UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, DC 20549
_________________

FORM 20-F
_________________

(Mark One)
 ☐
REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
   
 
OR
   
 ☒
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 ________________________________________________________________        
   
 
OR
   
 ☐
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the transition period from    _________________       to      __________________________________________________
   
 
OR
   
 ☐
SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
Date of event requiring this shell company report
   
 
Commission file number 001-38502

EURODRY LTD.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
Not applicable
(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)
 
 
Republic of the Marshall Islands
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
4 Messogiou & Evropis Street, 151 24 Maroussi Greece
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
Tasos Aslidis, Tel: (908) 301-9091, info@eurodry.gr, EuroDry Ltd. c/o Tasos Aslidis,
11 Canterbury Lane, Watchung, NJ 07069
 (Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)
 
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:



Title of each class
Trading Symbol(s)
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common shares, $0.01 par value
EDRY
Nasdaq Capital Market
     
 
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
 
 
None
(Title of Class)
 
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:
 
 
None
(Title of Class)
 
 
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report
 
2,348,216 common shares, $0.01 par value
   
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined by Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
☐ Yes       ☒    No
 
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
☐ Yes        ☒   No
 
Note – Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
☒ Yes        ☐  No
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
 
☒ Yes        ☐  No


 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company.  See definition of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
 
 
Large accelerated filer
Accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
 ☐  ☐  ☐
     
   
Emerging growth company
   
 
If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☒
 
† The term "new or revised financial accounting standard" refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.☐
 
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:
 
☒  U.S. GAAP
 
☐  International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.
 
☐  Other
 
If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow
 
 
☐ Item 17     ☐Item 18
 
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
☐ Yes         ☒ No
 
(APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS)
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.
☐ Yes       ☐ No



TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
Page
   
Forward-Looking Statements
1
     
Part I
   
     
Item 1.
Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers
2
Item 2.
Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable
2
Item 3.
Key Information
2
Item 4.
Information on the Company
40
Item 4A.
Unresolved Staff Comments
57
Item 5.
Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
57
Item 6.
Directors, Senior Management and Employees
70
Item 7.
Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions
75
Item 8.
Financial Information
78
Item 9.
The Offer and Listing
79
Item 10.
Additional Information
79
Item 11.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
91
Item 12.
Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities
92
     
Part II
   
     
Item 13.
Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies
92
Item 14.
Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds
92
Item 15.
Controls and Procedures
93
Item 16A.
Audit Committee Financial Expert
94
Item 16B.
Code of Ethics
94
Item 16C.
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
94
Item 16D.
Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees
94
Item 16E.
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
94
Item 16F.
Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant
95
Item 16G.
Corporate Governance
95
Item 16H.
Mine Safety Disclosure
95
     
Part III
   
     
Item 17.
Financial Statements
95
Item 18.
Financial Statements
95
Item 19.
Exhibits
95


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
EuroDry Ltd. and its wholly owned subsidiaries, or the Company, desires to take advantage of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and is including this cautionary statement in connection with this safe harbor legislation.  This annual report contains forward-looking statements.  These forward-looking statements include information about possible or assumed future results of our operations or our performance. Words such as “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” and variations of such words and similar expressions are intended to identify the forward-looking statements. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, no assurance can be given that such expectations will prove to have been correct. These statements involve known and unknown risks and are based upon a number of assumptions and estimates which are inherently subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. Actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding:

our future operating or financial results;

future, pending or recent acquisitions, joint ventures, business strategy, areas of possible expansion, and expected capital spending or operating expenses;

drybulk industry trends, including charter rates and factors affecting vessel supply and demand;

fluctuations in our stock price as a result of volatility in securities markets;

the impact of increasing scrutiny and changing expectations from investors, lenders, charterers and other market participants with respect to our Environmental, Social and Governance (“ESG”) policies;

our financial condition and liquidity, including our ability to obtain additional financing in the future to fund capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate activities;

availability of crew, number of off-hire days, drydocking requirements and insurance costs;

our expectations about the availability of vessels to purchase or the useful lives of our vessels;

our expectations relating to dividend payments and our ability to make such payments;

our ability to leverage to our advantage our Managers’ relationships and reputations in the drybulk shipping industry;

changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns;

changes in governmental rules and regulations or actions taken by regulatory authorities;

potential liability from future litigation;

global and regional political conditions;

acts of terrorism and other hostilities, including piracy;

the severity and duration of natural disasters or public health emergencies, including the coronavirus (“COVID-19”) pandemic, including governments’ related responses to the outbreak which could negatively impact global output and demand and cause a severe or prolonged decline in global economic activity; and

other factors discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors.”
WE UNDERTAKE NO OBLIGATION TO PUBLICLY UPDATE OR REVISE ANY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS CONTAINED IN THIS ANNUAL REPORT, EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY LAW, OR THE DOCUMENTS TO WHICH WE REFER YOU IN THIS ANNUAL REPORT, TO REFLECT ANY CHANGE IN OUR EXPECTATIONS WITH RESPECT TO SUCH STATEMENTS OR ANY CHANGE IN EVENTS, CONDITIONS OR CIRCUMSTANCES ON WHICH ANY STATEMENT IS BASED.
1

PART I
Item 1.
Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers
Not Applicable.
Item 2.
Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable
Not Applicable.
Item 3.
Key Information
Please note:  Throughout this report, all references to "we," "our," "us" and the "Company" refer to EuroDry Ltd. and its subsidiaries. We use the term deadweight ton, or dwt, in describing the size of vessels. Dwt, expressed in metric tons, each of which is equivalent to 1,000 kilograms, refers to the maximum weight of cargo and supplies that a vessel can carry. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to "dollars" and "$" in this report are to, and amounts are presented in, U.S. dollars.
A.
Selected Financial Data
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

On May 30, 2018, Euroseas Ltd. (“Euroseas” or “Former Parent Company”) contributed to the Company seven subsidiaries (the “Subsidiaries”) in connection with the spin-off of its drybulk fleet held for use as of December 31, 2017 comprising six vessels, one Ultramax and two Kamsarmax vessels built between 2016 and 2018, three Japanese-built Panamax vessels built between 2000 and 2004 and one dormant company, which was the hull-owning company of Hull No. DY161, the shipbuilding contract of which was cancelled in 2016 (the “Spin-off”). Historical comparative periods include the results of the carve-out operations of the seven Subsidiaries that were contributed to the Company.

The following table presents selected consolidated financial and other data of EuroDry Ltd. for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2020. The table should be read together with “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.”  Excluding fleet data, the selected consolidated financial data of EuroDry Ltd. is a summary of, is derived from, and is qualified by reference to, our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or “U.S. GAAP.”

Our audited consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 and the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2019 and 2020, together with the notes thereto, are included in “Item 18. Financial Statements” and should be read in their entirety.

As further described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements on January 1, 2018 we adopted the new accounting guidance for revenue from contracts with customers (ASC 606) and on January 1, 2019 we adopted the new accounting guidance for leases (ASC 842), in each case using the modified retrospective approach. As such, the information prior to adoption of such new guidance has not been restated and continues to be reported under the accounting standards in effect for such periods.





See next page for table of EuroDry Ltd. – Summary of Selected Historical Financials.
2

   
EuroDry Ltd. – Summary of Selected Historical Financials
(in U.S. Dollars except for the Fleet Data and number of shares)
 
 
 
2016
   
2017
   
2018
   
2019
   
2020
 
Statement of Operations Data
                             
Time charter revenue
   
8,331,821
     
16,985,607
     
25,934,204
     
28,789,458
     
23,594,678
 
Voyage charter revenue
   
-
     
3,294,608
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Commissions
   
(452,868
)
   
(1,122,196
)
   
(1,411,333
)
   
(1,547,996
)
   
(1,305,717
)
Net revenue
   
7,878,953
     
19,158,019
     
24,522,871
     
27,241,462
     
22,288,961
 
Voyage expenses
   
(82,627
)
   
(2,396,318
)
   
(410,676
)
   
(1,117,022
)
   
(285,132
)
Vessel operating expenses
   
(4,308,418
)
   
(6,892,388
)
   
(9,183,152
)
   
(10,776,338
)
   
(11,603,414
)
Dry-docking expenses
   
-
     
(127,509
)
   
(1,465,079
)
   
(1,664,915
)
   
(2,275,258
)
Vessel depreciation
   
(3,828,634
)
   
(4,786,272
)
   
(5,422,155
)
   
(6,458,251
)
   
(6,556,256
)
Related party management fees
   
(780,135
)
   
(1,409,716
)
   
(1,701,340
)
   
(1,964,536
)
   
(2,018,800
)
Loss on termination and impairment of shipbuilding contracts
   
(7,050,179
)
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
General and administrative expenses
   
(798,828
)
   
(917,160
)
   
(2,346,502
)
   
(2,252,666
)
   
(2,291,244
)
Operating (loss) / income
   
(8,969,868
)
   
2,628,656
     
3,993,967
     
3,007,734
     
(2,741,143
)
Interest and other financing costs
   
(1,161,169
)
   
(1,817,574
)
   
(2,913,141
)
   
(3,513,105
)
   
(2,331,998
)
Gain/(loss) on derivatives, net
   
-
     
49,167
     
13,786
     
496,820
     
(790,359
)
Other (expenses) / income
   
(10,316
)
   
(10,548
)
   
25,123
     
25,048
     
(14,361
)
Net (loss) / income
   
(10,141,353
)
   
849,701
     
1,119,735
     
16,497
     
(5,877,861
)
Dividends to Series B preferred shares
   
-
     
-
     
(565,229
)
   
(1,748,981
)
   
(1,573,874
)
Preferred deemed dividend
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
(185,665
)
   
-
 
Net (loss) / income attributable to common shareholders
   
(10,141,353
)
   
849,701
     
554,506
     
(1,918,149
)
   
(7,451,735
)
(Loss) / earnings per share attributable to common shareholders, basic and diluted
   
(6.21
)
   
0.38
     
0.25
     
(0.85
)
   
(3.28
)
Preferred stock dividends declared
   
-
     
-
     
565,229
     
1,748,981
     
1,573,874
 
Preferred dividends declared per preferred share
   
-
     
-
     
28.83
     
113.67
     
94.78
 
Weighted average number of shares outstanding during period, basic and diluted
   
1,633,141
     
2,213,505
     
2,232,821
     
2,251,439
     
2,275,062
 
3


   
EuroDry Ltd. – Summary of Selected Historical Financials (continued)
As of December 31,
 
Balance Sheet Data
 
2016
   
2017
   
2018
   
2019
   
2020
 
                               
Current assets
   
2,819,911
     
7,620,376
     
14,465,269
     
9,577,657
     
6,055,895
 
Vessels, net
   
64,439,364
     
81,979,636
     
110,637,462
     
105,461,265
     
99,305,990
 
Deferred assets and other long term assets
   
19,430,520
     
7,852,664
     
2,605,030
     
2,650,000
     
2,150,000
 
Total assets
   
86,689,795
     
97,452,676
     
127,707,761
     
117,688,922
     
107,511,885
 
Current liabilities including current portion of long term debt
   
2,124,590
     
9,641,000
     
8,983,748
     
11,169,038
     
19,259,797
 
Long term bank loans, including current portion
   
29,513,283
     
38,331,302
     
63,358,755
     
56,495,134
     
51,111,838
 
Total liabilities
   
55,592,898
     
64,590,553
     
65,411,848
     
61,162,052
     
56,971,780
 
Preferred shares
   
-
     
-
     
18,757,358
     
14,721,665
     
15,940,713
 
Former Parent Company investment
   
41,603,370
     
42,518,895
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Number of common shares outstanding
   
-
     
-
     
2,279,920
     
2,304,630
     
2,348,216
 
Share capital
   
-
     
-
     
22,799
     
23,046
     
23,482
 
Total shareholders’ equity
   
31,096,897
     
32,862,123
     
43,538,555
     
41,805,205
     
34,599,392
 
Cash Flow Data
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2016
     
2017
     
2018
     
2019
     
2020
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
   
4,255,829
     
2,910,287
     
3,970,170
     
15,113,924
     
2,325,534
 
Net cash used in investing activities
   
(24,243,012
)
   
(9,635,504
)
   
(29,045,685
)
   
(1,111,297
)
   
(611,106
)
Net cash provided by / (used in) financing activities
   
20,472,737
     
9,283,359
     
27,928,885
     
(12,628,112
)
   
(6,237,552
)

   
EuroDry Ltd. – Summary of Selected Historical Financials (continued)
As of December 31,
 
Fleet Data (1)
 
2016
   
2017
   
2018
   
2019
   
2020
 
                               
Average number of vessels
   
2.85
     
4.94
     
5.74
     
7.0
     
7.0
 
Calendar days
   
1,043
     
1,802
     
2,096
     
2,555
     
2,562
 
Available days
   
1,043
     
1,802
     
2,052
     
2,489
     
2,491
 
Voyage days
   
1,043
     
1,781
     
2,045
     
2,473
     
2,483
 
Utilization Rate (percent)
   
100.0
%
   
98.8
%
   
99.7
%
   
99.4
%
   
99.7
%

     
(In U.S. Dollars per day per vessel)
       
Average TCE rate (2)
   
7,909
     
10,042
     
12,481
     
11,190
     
9,388
 
Vessel Operating Expenses
   
4,131
     
3,825
     
4,381
     
4,218
     
4,529
 
Management Fees
   
748
     
782
     
812
     
769
     
788
 
4


G&A Expenses
   
766
     
509
     
1,120
     
882
     
894
 
Total Operating Expenses excluding drydocking expenses
   
5,645
     
5,116
     
6,313
     
5,869
     
6,211
 
Drydocking expenses
   
-
     
71
     
699
     
652
     
888
 

(1) For the definition of calendar days, available days, voyage days and utilization rate, see “Item 5.A – Operating Results”.
(2) Time charter equivalent rate, or TCE rate, is a measure of the average daily revenue performance of our vessels and is determined by dividing gross time charter revenue and voyage charter revenue less voyage expenses or time charter equivalent revenues, or TCE revenues, by the number of voyage days during the relevant time period. TCE revenues, a non-U.S. GAAP measure, provides additional meaningful information in conjunction with time charter revenue and voyage charter revenue, the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure, because it assists the Company’s management in making decisions regarding the deployment and use of its vessels and because the Company believes that it provides useful information to investors regarding the Company’s financial performance. TCE revenues and TCE rate are also standard shipping industry performance measures used primarily to compare period-to-period changes in a shipping company’s performance despite changes in the mix of charter types (i.e., spot charters, time charters, pool agreements and bareboat charters) under which the vessels may be employed between the periods (see also “Item 5.A – Operating Results”). Our definition of TCE revenues and TCE rate may not be comparable to that used by other companies in the shipping industry.

The following table reflects the reconciliation of TCE revenues to time charter revenue and voyage charter revenue as reflected in the consolidated statement of operations (see discussion above) and our calculation of TCE rates for the periods presented.


   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2017
   
2018
   
2019
   
2020
 
   
(In U.S. dollars, except for voyage days and TCE rates which are expressed in U.S. dollars per day)
 
Time charter revenue
   
8,331,821
     
16,985,607
     
25,934,204
     
28,789,458
     
23,594,678
 
Voyage charter revenue
   
-
     
3,294,608
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Voyage expenses
   
(82,627
)
   
(2,396,318
)
   
(410,676
)
   
(1,117,022
)
   
(285,132
)
Time Charter Equivalent or TCE Revenues
   
8,249,194
     
17,883,897
     
25,523,528
     
27,672,436
     
23,309,546
 
Voyage days
   
1,043
     
1,781
     
2,045
     
2,473
     
2,483
 
Average TCE rate
   
7,909
     
10,042
     
12,481
     
11,190
     
9,388
 

B.
Capitalization and Indebtedness
Not Applicable.
C.
Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds
Not Applicable.
5



D.
Risk Factors
Any investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the following factors, as well as the other information set forth in this annual report, before making an investment in our common stock. Some of the following risks relate principally to the industry in which we operate and our business in general. Other risks relate to the securities market for, and ownership of, our common stock. Any of the described risks could significantly and negatively affect our business, financial condition, operating results and common stock price. The following risk factors describe the material risks that are presently known to us.

Risk Factors Summary


The uncertainties in global and regional demand for dry bulk trade;

The volatile drybulk shipping market and difficulty finding profitable charters for our vessels;

Fluctuations in our stock price as a result of volatility in securities markets;

The severity and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic, including governments’ related responses to the outbreak which could negatively impact global output and demand and cause a severe or prolonged decline in global economic activity, including possible delays due to quarantine of vessels and crew caused by COVID-19 infections;

Our ability to comply with various financial and collateral covenants in our credit facilities;

Uncertainties related to the market value of our vessels;

Uncertainties related to the supply and demand of drybulk vessels;

The impact of increasing scrutiny and changing expectations from investors, lenders, charterers and other market participants with respect to our ESG policies;

Disruption of world trade due to rising protectionism or the breakdown of multilateral trade agreements;

Disruptions in global financial markets relating to terrorist attacks or geopolitical risk;

Uncertainties related to conducting business in China;

Our dependence on a limited number of customers;

Our ability to enter into time charters with existing and new customers, and to re-charter our vessels upon the expiry of existing charters;

Uncertainties related to our counterparties’ ability to meet their obligations, which could adversely affect our business;

Our ability to obtain additional debt financing for future acquisitions of vessels or to refinance our existing debt;

Uncertainties related to availability of new or secondhand vessels to acquire;

Uncertainties related to the price of fuel, and our reliance on suppliers;

Our ability to attract and retain qualified, skilled crew at reasonable cost;

A potential increase in operating costs associated with the aging of our fleet;
6



Our ability to leverage to our advantage our Managers’ relationships and reputation within the drybulk shipping industry;

Our ability to hedge against fluctuations in exchange rates and interest rates;

The expected cost of, and our ability to comply with, governmental regulations and maritime self-regulatory organization standards, as well as requirements imposed by classification societies and standards demanded by our charterers;

The expected cost of, and our ability to comply with, changing environmental and operational safety laws;

Potential disruption of shipping routes due to accidents, political events, piracy or acts by terrorists and armed conflicts;

Potential conflicts of interest between us, our principal officers and our Managers;

Uncertainties related to compliance with sanctions and embargo laws;

Uncertainties in the interpretation of corporate law in the Marshall Islands;

Uncertainties over our ability to pay dividends, including our Series B Convertible Perpetual Preferred Shares (the “Series B Preferred Shares”);

The expected costs associated with complying with public company regulations; and

The effect of issuance of preferred stock on the voting power of our shareholders.
Industry Risk Factors
Our future profitability will be dependent on the level of charter rates in the international drybulk shipping industry.
We are an independent shipping company that operates in the drybulk shipping industry. Our profitability is dependent upon the charter rates we are able to charge for our ships. The supply of, and demand for, shipping capacity strongly influences charter rates. The demand for shipping capacity is determined primarily by the demand for the types of commodities carried and the distance that those commodities must be moved by sea. The demand for commodities is affected by, among other things, world and regional economic and political conditions (including developments in international trade, economic slowdowns caused by public health events such as the recent COVID-19 outbreak, fluctuations in industrial and agricultural production and armed conflicts), environmental concerns, weather patterns, and changes in seaborne and other transportation costs. The size of the existing fleet in a particular market, the number of new vessel deliveries, the scrapping of older vessels and the number of vessels out of active service (i.e., laid-up, drydocked, awaiting repairs or otherwise not available for hire) determine the supply of shipping capacity, which is measured by the amount of suitable tonnage available to carry cargo.

In addition to the prevailing and anticipated charter rates, factors that affect the rate of newbuilding, scrapping and laying-up include newbuilding prices, secondhand vessel values in relation to scrap prices, costs of bunkers and other operating costs, costs associated with classification society surveys, normal maintenance and insurance coverage, the efficiency and age profile of the existing fleet in the market and government and industry regulation of maritime transportation practices, particularly environmental protection laws and regulations. These factors influencing the supply of and demand for shipping capacity are outside of our control, and we may not be able to correctly assess the nature, timing and degree of changes in industry conditions. Some of these factors may have a negative impact on our revenues and net income.
 
The cyclical nature of the shipping industry may lead to volatile changes in freight rates, which may reduce our revenues and negatively affect our results of operations.
Over the period 2016 to 2020, the BDI (Baltic Drybulk Index, an index that reflects the average daily equivalent rate of renting a vessel and operating crew) has fluctuated between a very low level of 297 points in February 2016 to a peak of 2,501 points in September 2019. In 2017, the BDI experienced a low of 702 points in February before reaching a high of 1,702 points in early December and closing the year at 1,366 points. In 2018, it
7


fluctuated between 1,082 points in February and 1,772 points in July before closing at 1,271 points.  The year 2019 began in a gloomy fashion with the BDI receding to 595 points by mid-February (-58% since the previous peak). By September, it had recovered to 2,501 points, but subsided again by mid-November to 1,284 points and closed the year at 1,090 points. During the first half of 2020, the COVID-19 pandemic caused a further decline in bulker demand, driving the index down to under 500 points on several occasions. However, starting in June 2020, the index started climbing, reaching nearly 2,000 points in July before dropping slightly, to around 1,500 points until the beginning of October when it reached a high of 2,097 points and closing the year at 1,366 points. As of March 31, 2021, the BDI stood at 2,046 points.
The continued volatility in dry bulk charter rates is mostly due to various factors affecting demand for and supply of vessels, including the lack of trade financing for purchases of commodities carried by sea, which may result in a significant decline in cargo shipments, trade disruptions caused by natural disasters, and increased newbuilding deliveries. In addition, the COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in disruptions to industrial production and supply chains initially in China and subsequently in other countries too, which have caused uncertainty in the short-term outlook for the sector. There is no certainty that the dry bulk charter market will experience any recovery over the next months and the market could decline from its current level, especially given the excess capacity accumulated during the previous year with newbuilding deliveries.

Rates in the drybulk market are influenced by the balance of demand for and supply of vessels and may remain depressed or decline again in the future.  Because the factors affecting the supply of and demand for vessels are outside of our control and are unpredictable, the nature, timing, direction and degree of changes in industry conditions are unpredictable, and as a result so are the rates at which we can charter our vessels.  In addition, we may not be able to successfully charter our vessels in the future or renew existing charters at rates sufficient to allow us to meet our obligations or to pay dividends to our shareholders.
 
Some of the factors that influence demand for vessel capacity include:


supply of, and demand for, drybulk commodities;

changes in the exploration or production of energy resources and commodities, and the resulting changes in the international pattern of trade;

global and regional economic and political conditions, including armed conflicts and terrorist activities;

pandemics, such as the outbreak of COVID-19 originating in China in 2020;

embargoes and strikes;

the location of regional and global exploration, production and manufacturing facilities;

availability of credit to finance international trade;

the location of consuming regions for energy resources and commodities;

the distance drybulk commodities are to be moved by sea;

environmental and other regulatory developments;

currency exchange rates;

changes in global production and manufacturing distribution patterns of finished goods that utilize drybulk commodities;

changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns; and

weather and other natural phenomena.

Some of the factors that influence the supply of vessel capacity include:

the number of newbuilding orders and deliveries including slippage in deliveries;

the scrapping rate of older vessels;

the price of steel and other materials;

port and canal congestion;

changes in environmental and other regulations that may limit the useful life of vessels;

the price of fuel;

vessel casualties;

the number of vessels that are out of service; and

changes in global commodity production.
8


We anticipate that the future demand for our drybulk vessels and the charter rates of the drybulk market will be dependent upon economic recovery and growth in the United States, Europe, Japan, China, India and the overall world economy, as well as seasonal and regional changes in demand and changes to the capacity of the world fleet. The capacity of the world fleet may increase and economic growth may not continue. Adverse economic, political, social or other developments could also have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

The market value of our vessels can fluctuate significantly, which may adversely affect our financial condition, cause us to breach financial covenants, result in the incurrence of a loss upon disposal of a vessel or increase the cost of acquiring additional vessels.
The value of our vessels may fluctuate, adversely affecting our earnings and liquidity and causing us to breach our secured credit agreements.
The fair market values of our vessels are related to prevailing charter rates. While the fair market value of vessels and the freight charter market have a very close relationship as the charter market moves from trough to peak, the time lag between the effect of charter rates on market values of ships can vary. A decrease in the market values of our vessels could limit the amount of funds that we can borrow or trigger certain financial covenants under our current or future credit facilities, and we may incur a loss if we sell vessels following a decline in their market value.  Furthermore, a decrease in the market value of our vessels could require us to raise additional capital at costs unfavorable to our shareholders in order to remain compliant with our loan covenants, or could result in foreclosure of our vessels and adversely affect our earnings and financial condition.

The market value of our vessels may increase or decrease depending on the following factors:

general economic and market conditions affecting the shipping industry;

supply of drybulk vessels, including newbuildings;

demand for drybulk vessels;

types and sizes of vessels in our fleet;

scrap values;

other modes of transportation;

cost of newbuildings;

technological advances;

new regulatory requirements from governments or self-regulated organizations;

competition from other shipping companies; and

prevailing level of charter rates
As vessels grow older, they generally decline in value. Due to the cyclical nature of the drybulk shipping industry, if for any reason we sell vessels at a time when prices have fallen, we could incur a loss and our business, results of operations, cash flow, financial condition and ability to pay dividends could be adversely affected.

In addition, we periodically re-evaluate the carrying amount and period over which vessels are depreciated to determine if events have occurred that would require modification to such assets’ carrying values or their useful lives. A determination that a vessel's estimated remaining useful life or fair value has declined below its carrying amount could result in an impairment charge against our earnings and a reduction in our shareholders' equity.

Our secured loan agreements, which are secured by mortgages on our vessels, contain various financial covenants. Any change in the assessed market value of any of our vessels might also cause a violation of the covenants of each secured credit agreement, which, in turn, might restrict our cash and affect our liquidity. Among those covenants are requirements that relate to our net worth, operating performance and liquidity. For example, there is a maximum fleet leverage covenant that is based, in part, upon the market value of the vessels securing the loans, as well as requirements to maintain a minimum ratio of the market value of our vessels mortgaged thereunder to our aggregate outstanding balance under each respective loan agreement. If the assessed market value of our vessels declines below certain thresholds, we may violate these covenants and may incur penalties for breach of our credit agreements. For example, these penalties could require us to prepay the shortfall between the assessed market value of our vessels and the value of such vessels required to be maintained pursuant to the secured credit agreement, or to provide additional security acceptable to the lenders in an amount at least equal to the amount of any shortfall. If we are unable to pledge additional collateral, our lenders could accelerate our debt and foreclose on our fleet. Furthermore, we may enter into future loans, which may include various other covenants, in addition to the vessel-related ones, that
9


may ultimately depend on the assessed values of our vessels. Such covenants could include, but are not limited to, minimum fair net worth covenants.

An over-supply of drybulk carrier capacity relative to the demand for it may lead to reductions in charter rates and profitability and may require us to raise additional capital in order to remain compliant with our loan covenants and affect our ability to pay dividends or redeem preferred stock in the future.
The market supply of drybulk carriers has been increasing. Although, the number of drybulk vessels on order is at a historically low level, it can quickly increase if multiple orders by industry participants and outside investors are placed. Expressed as percentage of the fleet, the drybulk orderbook reached a historically high level of more than 80% in November 2008 from a level of 25% of the fleet two years before. When the majority of the orderbook was delivered following the financial crisis of 2008, the resulting oversupply negatively affected the market charter rates. Ordering sprees of lesser magnitude occurred also in 2014 and 2018, with the orderbook to fleet ratio reaching 25% and 12%, respectively. Despite a number of order cancellations, delivery delays and an increased scrapping rate for drybulk vessels during 2015 and 2016, charter rates were also negatively influenced. In 2017 drybulk scrapping rates halved year on year, returning to their five-year average and, in 2018, scrapping of the world drybulk fleet declined significantly, 70% year on year to 4.4 million dwt. In 2019 scrapping rates increased by about 76% to 7.8 million dwt, followed by a precipitous 89% increase year on year to 14.87 million dwt in 2020 as a result of lower charter rates. In general, if the number of new ships delivered exceeds the number of vessels being scrapped and lost, vessel capacity will increase. If the supply of vessel capacity increases but the demand for vessel capacity does not increase correspondingly, charter rates and vessel values could materially decline. As of March 31, 2021, as reported by industry sources, the capacity of the worldwide drybulk fleet was approximately 919.15 million dwt with another 51.4 million dwt, or about 5.6% of the present fleet capacity, on order. While the orderbook has been at historically low levels, the lingering effects of oversupply in the past years may have a negative impact on charter rates.

If such a rate decline continues upon the expiration or termination of our current charters, we may only be able to re-charter those vessels at reduced rates or we may not be able to charter these vessels at all. A number of the drybulk carrier charters we renewed or concluded during 2016 and 2017 were at unprofitable rates and were entered into because they resulted in lower losses than would have resulted had we put the vessels in lay-up; charter rates improved and reached profitable levels during most of 2018 but remained volatile and fluctuated significantly during the year, which continued into 2019 and most of 2020. Despite this volatility, we were able to secure short and long-term time charters for our vessels throughout 2020, with remaining terms from one month to seventeen months as of March 31, 2021. Any inability to enter into more profitable charters may require us to raise additional capital in order to remain compliant with our loan covenants and may also affect our ability to pay dividends or redeem preferred stock in the future.

A decrease in the level of imports of raw materials and other commodities will reduce demand for our ships and, in turn, harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
The employment of our vessels and our revenues depend on the international shipment of raw commodities primarily to China, Japan, South Korea and Europe from North and South America, India and Australia. Any reduction in or hindrance to the demand for such materials could negatively affect demand for our vessels and, in turn, harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. For instance, the government of China has implemented economic policies aimed at reducing the consumption of coal which may, in turn, result in a decrease in shipping demand. Similarly, the COVID-19 pandemic resulted in reduced economic activity due to lockdowns and lower demand for movement of raw materials.

Our international operations expose us to the risk that increased trade protectionism will harm our business. If global economic challenges exist, governments may turn to trade barriers to protect their domestic industries against foreign imports, thereby depressing shipping demand. In particular, the leaders of the United States have indicated that the United States may seek to implement more protective trade measures. The results of the 2020 presidential election in the United States have created significant uncertainty about the future relationship between the United States, China and other exporting countries, including with respect to trade policies, treaties, government regulations and tariffs. For example, in March 2018, former President Trump announced tariffs on imported steel and aluminum into the United States that could have a negative impact on international trade generally and in January 2019, the United States announced sanctions against Venezuela, which may have an effect on its oil output, and in turn, affect global oil supply. However, it is not yet clear how the United States administration under President Biden may deviate from the former administration’s protectionist foreign trade policies. Protectionist developments, or the perception that they may occur, may have a material adverse effect on global economic conditions, and may significantly reduce global trade.
10


Increasing trade protectionism in the markets that our customers serve has caused and may continue to cause an increase in: (a) the cost of goods exported from Asia Pacific, (b) the length of time required to deliver goods from the region and (c) the risks associated with exporting goods from the region. Such increases may also affect the quantity of goods to be shipped, shipping time schedules, voyage costs and other associated costs.

Any increased trade barriers or restrictions on trade, especially trade with China, would have an adverse impact on our charterers' business, operating results and financial condition and could thereby affect their ability to make timely charter hire payments to us and to renew and increase the number of their time charters with us. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition and our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders.

Adverse economic conditions, especially in the Asia Pacific region, the European Union or the United States, could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
China has been one of the world’s fastest growing economies in terms of gross domestic product, or GDP, which has increased the demand for shipping. However, even prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, China’s high rate of real GDP growth had already reached a plateau, posting a 0.5 percentage points decline, year on year, in 2019, followed by a tremendous decline of 3.8 percentage points in 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic. In addition, the United States has imposed tariffs on certain goods and may seek to implement more protectionist trade measures to protect and enhance its domestic economy. The European Union, or the EU, and certain of its member states are facing significant economic and political challenges, including a risk of increased protectionist policies. Our business, results of operations and financial condition will likely be harmed by any significant economic downturn and economic instability in the Asia Pacific region, including China, or in the EU or the United States.
Pandemics such as the novel coronavirus (COVID-19) make it very difficult for us to operate in the short-term and have unpredictable long-term consequences, including our ability to rotate our crew and provide technical support from in-house teams to our vessels which would affect our operations and financial results.
On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the spread of a novel coronavirus (COVID-19) to be a global pandemic. Since then, the pandemic has forced governments around the world to close non-essential businesses, restrict travel, and put in place other measures which have resulted in a dramatic decrease of economic activity, including a reduction of goods imported and exported worldwide. With the situation constantly evolving and further “waves” of COVID-19 infections worldwide, combined with the hurdle of successfully distributing vaccines across the globe, and the emergence of new variants that may undermine such vaccines, it is impossible to predict the ultimate severity and long-term impact of the pandemic on the industry and our business. Some experts fear that the economic consequences of COVID-19 could cause a recession that outlives the pandemic.
In addition to economic consequences, there have been operational consequences as international transportation of personnel has been limited or otherwise disrupted. In particular, our crews generally work on a rotational basis, relying largely on international air transport for crew changes. Due to travel restrictions imposed as a result of the pandemic, certain of our crew faced extended periods on board our ships. The crew travel conditions improved over the summer of 2020 and we were able to rotate our crew. International travel remains constrained and any disruptions could impact the cost of rotating our crew, and our ability to maintain a full crew synthesis onboard all our vessels at any given time. It may also be difficult for our in-house technical teams to travel to ship yards to observe vessel maintenance, and we may need to hire local experts as happened for a period of the last year, which local experts may vary in skill and are difficult to supervise remotely, to conduct work we ordinarily address in-house.
Eurozone’s potential inability to deal with the sovereign debt issues of some of its members could have a material adverse effect on the profitability of our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Despite the efforts of the European Council since 2011 to implement a structured financial support mechanism for Eurozone countries experiencing financial difficulties, questions remain about the capability of a number of member countries to refinance their sovereign debt and meet their debt obligations, especially, as the COVID-19 pandemic resulted in lower economic growth in almost all countries. In March 2011, the European Council agreed on the need for Eurozone countries to establish a permanent stability mechanism, the European Stability Mechanism (or the “ESM”), which will be activated by mutual agreement to provide external financial assistance to Eurozone countries. Despite these measures, concerns persist regarding the debt burden of certain Eurozone countries and their ability to meet future financial obligations and the overall stability of the euro.  An extended period of adverse development in the outlook for Eurozone countries could reduce the overall demand for our services. These potential developments, or market perceptions concerning these and related issues, could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flow.
11


Effects and events related to the Greek sovereign debt crisis may adversely affect our operating results.
Greece has experienced a macroeconomic downturn in recent years, from which it has been slowly recovering as a result of the sovereign debt crisis and the related austerity measures implemented by the Greek government. Eurobulk Ltd.’s (“Eurobulk,” a Manager of the Company) operations in Greece may be subjected to new regulations or regulatory action that may require us to incur new or additional compliance or other administrative costs and may require that we or Eurobulk pay to the Greek government new taxes or other fees. We and Eurobulk also face the risk that strikes, work stoppages, civil unrest and violence within Greece may disrupt our and Eurobulk's shore-side operations located in Greece. The Greek government's taxation authorities have increased their scrutiny of individuals and companies to secure tax law compliance. If economic and financial market conditions remain uncertain, persist or deteriorate further, the Greek government may impose further changes to tax and other laws to which we and Eurobulk may be subject or change the ways they are enforced, which may adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial condition.

The drybulk industry is highly competitive, and we may be unable to compete successfully for charters with established companies or new entrants that may have greater resources and access to capital, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
The drybulk industry is highly competitive, capital intensive and highly fragmented. Competition arises primarily from other vessel owners, some of whom may have greater resources and access to capital than we have. Competition among vessel owners for the seaborne transportation of drybulk cargo can be intense and depends on the charter rate, location, size, age, condition and the acceptability of the vessel and its operators to the charterers. Due in part to the highly fragmented market, many of our competitors with greater resources and access to capital than we have could operate larger fleets than we may operate and thus be able to offer lower charter rates or higher quality vessels than we are able to offer. If this were to occur, we may be unable to retain or attract new charterers on attractive terms or at all, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

Changes in the economic and political environment in China and policies adopted by the Chinese government to regulate China’s economy may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The Chinese economy differs from the economies of most countries belonging to the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, (or “OECD”), in such respects as structure, government involvement, level of development, growth rate, capital reinvestment, allocation of resources, rate of inflation and balance of payments position. Prior to 1978, the Chinese economy was a planned economy. Since 1978, increasing emphasis has been placed on the utilization of market forces in the development of the Chinese economy. Annual and five-year State Plans are adopted by the Chinese government in connection with the development of the economy. Although state-owned enterprises still account for a substantial portion of the Chinese industrial output, in general, the Chinese government is reducing the level of direct control that it exercises over the economy through State Plans and other measures. There is an increasing level of freedom and autonomy in areas such as allocation of resources, production, pricing and management and a gradual shift in emphasis to a "market economy" and enterprise reform. Limited price reforms were undertaken, with the result that prices for certain commodities are principally determined by market forces. Many of the reforms are unprecedented or experimental and may be subject to revision, change or abolition based upon the outcome of such experiments. The Chinese government may not continue to pursue a policy of economic reform. The level of imports to and exports from China could be adversely affected by the nature of the economic reforms pursued by the Chinese government, as well as by changes in political, economic and social conditions or other relevant policies of the Chinese government, such as changes in laws, regulations or export and import restrictions, all of which could adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition and cash flows.

We conduct business in China, where the legal system is not fully developed and has inherent uncertainties that could limit the legal protections available to us.
Some of our vessels may be chartered to Chinese customers and from time to time on our charterers' instructions, our vessels may call on Chinese ports. Such charters and voyages may be subject to regulations in China that may require us to incur new or additional compliance or other administrative costs and may require that we pay to the Chinese government new taxes or other fees. Applicable laws and regulations in China may not be well publicized and may not be known to us or to our charterers in advance of us or our charterers becoming subject to them, and the implementation of such laws and regulations may be inconsistent. Changes in Chinese laws and regulations, including with regards to tax matters, or changes in their implementation by local authorities could affect
12


our vessels if chartered to Chinese customers as well as our vessels calling to Chinese ports and could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may become dependent on spot, short time charters or index linked charters in the volatile shipping markets, which may result in decreased revenues and/or profitability.
Almost all of our vessels are currently under time charters or pool agreements that are short term or linked to market indices (typically, those of the Baltic Exchange) which reflect the spot market. The spot market is highly competitive and rates within this market are subject to volatile fluctuations, while medium and longer term time charters provide income at pre-determined rates over more extended periods of time. In addition, if we decide to spot charter our vessels or time charter them for short periods typically equal to the length of a single voyage (voyage charters) as opposed to using medium or long term time charters (even index-linked), we may not be able to keep all our vessels fully employed in these short-term markets.  In addition, we may not be able to predict whether future spot rates will be sufficient to enable our vessels to be operated profitably. A significant decrease in charter rates has affected and could continue affecting the value of our fleet and could adversely affect our profitability and cash flows with the result that our ability to pay debt service to our lenders and reinstate currently suspended dividends to our shareholders could be adversely affected.

We may have difficulty securing profitable employment for our vessels if their charters expire in a depressed market.
All seven of our vessels are currently employed on time charter contracts. Six of our vessels are under time charters, four of which are scheduled to expire during 2021 and two of which are scheduled to expire during 2022, and one vessel has been under a pool agreement since August 2018. When the current charters of our vessels are due for renewal, we may be unable to re-charter these vessels at better rates if the current market rates do not improve or we might not be able to charter them at all. Although we do not receive any revenues from our vessels while not employed, we are required to pay expenses necessary to maintain the vessels in proper operating condition, insure them and service any indebtedness secured by such vessels. If we cannot re-charter our vessels on time charters or trade them in the spot market profitably, our results of operations and operating cash flow will be adversely affected. Despite the fact that as of March 31, 2021 all of our vessels are employed, we may be forced to lay up vessels if rates drop to levels below daily running expenses or if we are unable to find employment for the vessels for prolonged periods of time

We will not be able to take advantage of potentially favorable opportunities in the current spot market with respect to vessels employed on time charters.

Although, as of March 31, 2021, two vessels are employed under time charters with fixed charter rates with remaining terms of less than one month based on the minimum duration of the charter contracts, while four vessels are chartered under index-linked charters and one vessel is under a pool agreement we have entered into since August 2018, we may have more vessels under fixed rate time charters in the future. Although time charters provide relatively steady streams of revenue, vessels committed to time charters may not be available for spot charters during periods of increasing charter hire rates, when spot charters might be more profitable. If we cannot re-charter these vessels on time charters or trade them in the spot market profitably, our results of operations and operating cash flow may suffer. We may not be able to secure charter rates in the future that will enable us to operate our vessels profitably.
The current state of global financial markets and current economic conditions may adversely impact our ability to obtain additional financing on acceptable terms or at all, which may hinder or prevent us from expanding our business.
Global financial markets and economic conditions have been, and continue to be, volatile. Beginning in February 2020, partially due to fears associated with the spread of COVID-19, global financial markets, and starting in late February, financial markets in the United States experienced even greater relative volatility and a steep and abrupt downturn, which volatility and downturn continued as COVID-19 continued to spread. On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization (WHO) declared the COVID-19 outbreak a pandemic. In response to the outbreak, governments around the world shut workplaces, restricted travel, and put in place other measures which resulted in a dramatic decrease of economic activity, including a reduction of goods imported and exported worldwide. While some economies have begun re-opening in limited capacities, the second and the third “wave” of COVID 19 infections have forced and might continue to cause governments to impose further restrictions of economic activity. Such measures have and will likely continue to cause severe trade disruptions. This continuing volatility may negatively affect the general willingness of banks and other financial institutions to extend credit, particularly in the shipping industry, due to the historically volatile, and currently below historical average, asset values of vessels. As the shipping industry is highly dependent on the availability of credit to finance and expand operations, it has been
13


and may continue to be negatively affected by this decline in lending. In addition, the current state of global financial markets and current economic conditions might adversely impact our ability to issue additional equity at prices which will not be dilutive to our existing shareholders or preclude us from issuing equity at all.

Also, as a result of concerns about the stability of financial markets generally and the solvency of counterparties specifically, the cost of obtaining money from the credit markets has increased as many lenders have increased interest rates, enacted tighter lending standards, refused to refinance existing debt at all or on terms similar to current debt and reduced, and in some cases ceased, to provide funding to borrowers. Due to these factors, we cannot be certain that additional financing will be available, if needed, and to the extent required, on acceptable terms or at all. If additional financing is not available when needed, or is available only on unfavorable terms, we may be unable to meet our obligations as they come due or we may be unable to enhance our existing business, complete additional vessel acquisitions or otherwise take advantage of business opportunities as they arise.

Increasing scrutiny and changing expectations from investors, lenders and other market participants with respect to our Environmental, Social and Governance (“ESG”) policies may impose additional costs on us or expose us to additional risks.

Companies across all industries are facing increasing scrutiny relating to their ESG policies. Investor advocacy groups, certain institutional investors, investment funds, lenders and other market participants are increasingly focused on ESG practices and in recent years have placed increasing importance on the implications and social cost of their investments. The increased focus and activism related to ESG and similar matters may hinder access to capital, as investors and lenders may decide to reallocate capital or to not commit capital as a result of their assessment of a company’s ESG practices. Companies which do not adapt to or comply with investor, lender or other industry shareholder expectations and standards, which are evolving, or which are perceived to have not responded appropriately to the growing concern for ESG issues, regardless of whether there is a legal requirement to do so, may suffer from reputational damage and the business, financial condition, and/or stock price of such a company could be materially and adversely affected.

We may face increasing pressures from investors, lenders and other market participants, who are increasingly focused on climate change, to prioritize sustainable energy practices, reduce our carbon footprint and promote sustainability. As a result, we may be required to implement more stringent ESG procedures or standards so that our existing and future investors and lenders remain invested in us and make further investments in us. If we do not meet these standards, our business and/or our ability to access capital could be harmed.

Additionally, certain investors and lenders may exclude shipping companies, such as us, from their investing portfolios altogether due to environmental, social and governance factors.  These limitations in both the debt and equity capital markets may affect our ability to develop as our plans for growth may include accessing the equity and debt capital markets.  If those markets are unavailable, or if we are unable to access alternative means of financing on acceptable terms, or at all, we may be unable to implement our business strategy, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations and impair our ability to service our indebtedness. Further, it is likely that we will incur additional costs and require additional resources to monitor, report and comply with wide ranging ESG requirements.  The occurrence of any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

We are subject to complex laws and regulations, including environmental regulations that can adversely affect the cost, manner or feasibility of doing business.
Our operations are subject to numerous laws and regulations in the form of international conventions and treaties, national, state and local laws and national and international regulations in force in the jurisdictions in which our vessels operate or are registered, which can significantly affect the ownership and operation of our vessels. These requirements include, but are not limited to, the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships of 1973, as modified by the Protocol of 1978 relating thereto, collectively referred to as MARPOL 73/78 and herein as MARPOL, including the designation of emission control areas, ECAs, thereunder, the International Convention on Load Lines of 1966, or the LL Convention, the International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage of 1969, as amended by different Protocol in 1976, 1984 and 1992, and amended in 2000, and generally referred to as the CLC, the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage, or Bunker Convention, the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea of 1974, or SOLAS, the International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention, or ISM Code, the International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships' Ballast Water and Sediments, or the BWM Convention, the U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or OPA, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, or CERCLA, the U.S. Clean Water Act, or the CWA, the U.S. Clean Air Act, or the CAA, the U.S. Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act,
14


the U.S. Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002, or the MTSA, and European Union regulations. Compliance with such laws, regulations and standards, where applicable, may require installation of costly equipment or operational changes and may affect the resale value or useful lives of our vessels.

Furthermore, events like the explosion of the Deepwater Horizon and the subsequent release of oil into the Gulf of Mexico, or other events, may result in further regulation of the shipping industry, and modifications to statutory liability schemes. Thus, we may also incur additional costs in order to comply with other existing and future regulatory obligations, including, but not limited to, costs relating to air emissions including greenhouse gases, the management of ballast waters, maintenance and inspection, development and implementation of emergency procedures and insurance coverage or other financial assurance of our ability to address pollution incidents. These costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition. A failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations may result in administrative and civil penalties, criminal sanctions or the suspension or termination of our operations.

Environmental laws often impose strict liability for remediation of spills and releases of oil and hazardous substances, which could subject us to liability without regard to whether we were negligent or at fault. Because such conventions, laws and regulations are often revised, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with such conventions, laws and regulations or the impact thereof on the resale price or useful life of our vessels. Additional conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted which could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of our doing business and which may materially adversely affect our operations. We are required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain certain permits, licenses and certificates with respect to our operations. Under OPA, for example, owners, operators and bareboat charterers are jointly and severally strictly liable for the discharge of oil within the 200-mile exclusive economic zone around the United States. An oil spill could result in significant liability, including fines, penalties and criminal liability and remediation costs for natural resource damages under other federal, state and local laws, as well as third-party damages. We are required to satisfy insurance and financial responsibility requirements for potential oil (including marine fuel) spills and other pollution incidents. There can be no assurance that any such insurance we have arranged to cover certain environmental risks will be sufficient to cover all such risks or that any claims will not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition and our ability to pay dividends. We currently maintain, for each of our vessels, pollution liability coverage insurance of $1.0 billion per incident. If the damages from a catastrophic spill exceeded our insurance coverage, it would severely and adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and ability to pay dividends.

Environmental requirements can also require a reduction in cargo capacity, ship modifications or operational changes or restrictions, lead to decreased availability of insurance coverage for environmental matters or result in the denial of access to certain jurisdictional waters or ports, or detention in certain ports.  Under local, national and foreign laws, as well as international treaties and conventions, we could incur material liabilities, including clean up obligations and natural resource damages in the event that there is a release of bunkers or hazardous substances from our vessels or otherwise in connection with our operations.  We could also become subject to personal injury or property damage claims relating to the release of hazardous substances associated with our existing or historic operations.  Violations of, or liabilities under, environmental requirements can result in substantial penalties, fines and other sanctions, including in certain instances, seizure or detention of our vessels.

We are subject to international safety regulations and the failure to comply with these regulations may subject us to increased liability, may adversely affect our insurance coverage and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports.
The operation of our vessels is affected by the requirements set forth in the ISM Code set forth in Chapter IX of Solas. The ISM Code requires shipowners, ship managers and bareboat charterers to develop and maintain an extensive "Safety Management System" that includes the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for safe operation and describing procedures for dealing with emergencies. We rely upon the safety management system that we and our technical managers have developed for compliance with the ISM Code. The failure of a shipowner or bareboat charterer to comply with the ISM Code may subject it to increased liability, may invalidate existing insurance or decrease available insurance coverage for the affected vessels and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports.  Currently, each of our vessels, Eurobulk and Eurobulk (Far East) Ltd. Inc. (“Eurobulk FE”), our affiliated ship management companies (each a “Manager” and together, the “Managers”), are ISM Code-certified, but we may not be able to maintain such certification indefinitely.
The ISM Code requires that vessel operators obtain a safety management certificate for each vessel they operate. This certificate evidences compliance by a vessel’s management with the ISM Code requirements for a safety management system. No vessel can obtain a safety management certificate unless its manager has been awarded a
15


document of compliance, issued by each flag state, under the ISM Code. We have obtained documents of compliance for our offices and safety management certificates for all of our vessels for which the certificates are required by the United Nations’ International Maritime Organization (the “IMO”). The document of compliance (the “DOC”) and the safety management certificate (the “SMC”) are renewed as required.

In addition, vessel classification societies also impose significant safety and other requirements on our vessels. In complying with current and future environmental requirements, vessel-owners and operators may also incur significant additional costs in meeting new maintenance and inspection requirements, in developing contingency arrangements for potential spills and in obtaining insurance coverage. Government regulation of vessels, particularly in the areas of safety and environmental requirements, can be expected to become stricter in the future and require us to incur significant capital expenditures on our vessels to keep them in compliance.

The operation of our vessels is also affected by other government regulation in the form of international conventions, national, state and local laws and regulations in force in the jurisdictions in which the vessels operate, as well as in the country or countries of their registration. Because such conventions, laws, and regulations are often revised, we may not be able to predict the ultimate cost of complying with such conventions, laws and regulations or the impact thereof on the resale prices or useful lives of our vessels. Additional conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted which could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of our doing business and which may materially adversely affect our operations. We are required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain certain permits, licenses, certificates and financial assurances with respect to our operations. See Item 4: “Information on the Company – Business Overview – Environmental and Other Regulations in the Shipping Industry” for more information.

Regulations relating to ballast water discharge may adversely affect our revenues and profitability.

The IMO has imposed updated guidelines for ballast water management systems specifying the maximum amount of viable organisms allowed to be discharged from a vessel’s ballast water.  Depending on the date of the IOPP renewal survey, existing vessels constructed before September 8, 2017 must comply with the updated D-2 standard on or after September 8, 2019.  For most vessels, compliance with the D-2 standard will involve installing on-board systems to treat ballast water and eliminate unwanted organisms.  Ships constructed on or after September 8, 2017 are to comply with the D-2 standards on or after September 8, 2017. We currently have one vessel that has received an extension by the U.S. Coast Guard, pursuant to which the vessel has until May 2022 to comply with the updated guideline, due to complications caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. Costs of compliance may be substantial and adversely affect our revenues and profitability.

Furthermore, United States regulations are currently changing. Although the 2013 Vessel General Permit (“VGP”) program and U.S. National Invasive Species Act (“NISA”) are currently in effect to regulate ballast discharge, exchange and installation, the Vessel Incidental Discharge Act (“VIDA”), which was signed into law on December 4, 2018, requires that the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) develop national standards of performance for approximately 30 discharges, similar to those found in the VGP within two years.  On October 26, 2020, the EPA published a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking for Vessel Incidental Discharge National Standards of Performance under VIDA, and within two years, by 2022, the U.S. Coast Guard must develop corresponding implementation, compliance, and enforcement regulations regarding ballast water. The new regulations could require the installation of new equipment, which may cause us to incur substantial costs.

Regulations relating to low sulfur emissions that came into effect on January 1, 2020 may adversely affect our revenues and profitability.
Under maritime regulations that came into effect on January 1, 2020, ships will have to reduce sulfur emissions, for which the principal solutions are the use of scrubbers or buying fuel with low sulfur content which is more expensive than standard marine fuel.  We do not currently intend to install scrubbers on our fleet. Our fuel costs and fuel inventories have increased as a result of these sulfur emission regulations, but the effect is limited by the fact that our vessels are under time charter agreements and these costs are paid by the charterer. However, fuel costs are taken into account by the charterer in determining the amount of time charter hire and, therefore, fuel costs also indirectly affect time charter rates. Low sulfur fuel is more expensive than standard marine fuel containing 3.5% sulfur content and may become more expensive or difficult to obtain as a result of increased demand, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.
16


If our vessels fail to maintain their class certification and/or fail any annual survey, intermediate survey, drydocking or special survey, those vessels would be unable to carry cargo, thereby reducing our revenues and profitability and violating certain covenants in our loan agreements.

The hull and machinery of every commercial vessel must be classed by a classification society authorized by its country of registry. The classification society certifies that a vessel is safe and seaworthy in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations of the country of registry of the vessel and SOLAS. Our vessels are currently classed with Bureau Veritas, Rina, Lloyds Register, Det Norske Veritas (“DNV”) and Nippon Kaiji Kyokai. ISM and International Ship and Port Facilities Security (“ISPS”) certifications have been awarded to the vessels by Bureau Veritas or Liberian Flag Administration and to the Managers by Bureau Veritas.
 
A vessel must undergo annual surveys, intermediate surveys, drydockings and special surveys. In lieu of a special survey, a vessel's machinery may be on a continuous survey cycle, under which the machinery would be surveyed periodically over a five-year period. Every vessel is also required to be drydocked at least once or, more typically, twice within a five-year survey cycle for inspection of the underwater parts of such vessel (younger vessels can perform intermediate surveys “in-water”, i.e. without drydocking).

If any vessel does not maintain its class and/or fails any annual survey, intermediate survey, drydocking or special survey, the vessel will be unable to carry cargo between ports and will be unemployable and uninsurable. That status could cause us to be in violation of certain covenants in our loan agreements. Any such inability to carry cargo or be employed, or any such violation of covenants, could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Most insurance underwriters make it a condition for insurance coverage that a vessel be certified as "in class" by a classification society that is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies (“IACS”). All of our vessels that we have purchased, and may agree to purchase in the future, must be certified as being "in class" prior to their delivery under our standard purchase contracts and memorandum of agreement. If the vessel is not certified on the date of closing, we have no obligation to take delivery of the vessel. We have all of our vessels, and intend to have all vessels that we acquire in the future, classed by IACS members. See Item 4: “Information on the Company – Business Overview – Environmental and Other Regulations in the Shipping Industry” for more information.

Rising fuel prices may adversely affect our results of operations and the marketability of our vessels.

Fuel (bunkers) is a significant, if not the largest, operating expense for many of our shipping operations when our vessels are under voyage charter. When a vessel is operating under a time charter, these costs are paid by the charterer. However, fuel costs are taken into account by the charterer in determining the amount of time charter hire and, therefore, fuel costs also indirectly affect time charter rates. Fuel prices are highly based and are highly correlated to the price of oil. While the price of fuel is currently at relatively low levels due to the price of oil, the price and supply of fuel is unpredictable and fluctuates based on events outside our control, including geopolitical developments, supply and demand for oil and gas, actions by the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries (“OPEC”) and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing countries and regions, regional production patterns and environmental concerns. Fuel prices had been at historically high levels through mid-2014, but by the first quarter of 2016 fuel prices had fallen by more than 50%. By October of 2018, oil prices reached $76.41/bbl (for West Texas Intermediate, “WTI”) and then fell to $42.53/bbl by December 24, 2018. Thereafter, oil prices rebounded responding, at least partly, to a 90-day trade-war truce agreed between the United States and China. By April 1, 2019 the WTI rose by 49.1% to $63.43/bbl. Oil markets faced a steep one-day loss on August 7, 2019 with the WTI closing at $51.09/bbl, after the United States threatened to impose more tariffs on China, then soared to $62.90/bbl in September when key oil facilities in Saudi Arabia were disabled in a missile attack. Prices dropped to around $55.0/bbl in October 2019, and then began rising until the end of the year to approximately $61.0/bbl. However, by February 1, 2020 the price dropped to $52.10/bbl, as concerns over the COVID-19 pandemic started emerging, and further dropped to $23.43/bbl by March 25, 2020, after OPEC and Russia failed to agree on maintaining production cuts, and Saudi Arabia increased its own production. As the COVID-19 pandemic continued to spread around the world, oil prices dropped to historical lows in April 2020 to $11.26/bbl and closed the year at $43.52/bbl. Oil traded lower throughout the year, as rising COVID-19 infections and the new strain sparked demand concerns. Prices edged slightly higher in December 2020, ranging around $48/bbl, upon rolling out of the COVID-19 vaccines, coupled by Saudi Arabia’s announcement regarding a large output reduction for February and March 2021. In January 2021, oil traded at around $52/bbl. In February, the average WTI stood at $59/bbl, the highest value since the start of the pandemic, with hopes of steady vaccination roll out and OPEC production limits having led to cautious optimism at global markets. Still, oil prices are below their 10-year average of ca. $68/bbl (for WTI). Any increases in the price of fuel especially if exceeding its
17


10-year average may adversely affect our operations, especially if such increases are combined with lower drybulk rates.

Upon redelivery of vessels at the end of a period time or trip time charter, we may be obligated to repurchase bunkers on board at prevailing market prices, which could be materially higher than fuel prices at the inception of the charter period. We may also be obligated to value our bunkers inventories on board at the end of a period time or trip time charter, at a lower value than the acquisition value, if prevailing market prices are significantly lower at the time of the vessel redelivery from the charterer.

Rising crew costs may adversely affect our profits.

Crew costs are a significant expense for us under our charters. There is a limited supply of well-qualified crew. We generally bear crewing costs under our charters. An increase in the world vessel operating fleet will likely result in higher demand for crews which, in turn, might drive crew costs further up. Moreover, the COVID-19 pandemic has affected the rotation of our crew members due to quarantine restrictions placed on embarking and disembarking on our vessels. Any such disruptions could impact the cost of rotating our crew. Any increase in crew costs may adversely affect our profitability, especially if such increase is combined with lower drybulk rates.

Maritime claimants could arrest or attach our vessels, which would interrupt our business or have a negative effect on our cash flows.

Crew members, suppliers of goods and services to a vessel, shippers of cargo, lenders and other parties may be entitled to a maritime lien against that vessel for unsatisfied debts, claims or damages. In many jurisdictions, a maritime lien holder may enforce its lien by arresting or attaching a vessel through foreclosure proceedings. The arresting or attachment of one or more of our vessels could interrupt our cash flow and require us to pay large sums to have the arrest or attachment lifted which would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, in some jurisdictions, such as South Africa, under the "sister ship" theory of liability, a claimant may arrest both the vessel that is subject to the claimant's maritime lien, and any "associated" vessel, which is any vessel owned or controlled by the same owner. Claimants could try to assert "sister ship" liability against one of our vessels for claims relating to another of our vessels.

The smuggling of drugs or other contraband onto our vessels may lead to governmental claims against us.

We expect that our vessels will call in ports in South America and other areas where smugglers attempt to hide drugs and other contraband on vessels, with or without the knowledge of crew members. To the extent our vessels are found with contraband, whether inside or attached to the hull of our vessel and whether with or without the knowledge of any of our crew, we may face governmental or other regulatory claims, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and ability to pay dividends.

Governments could requisition our vessels during a period of war or emergency, resulting in loss of earnings.

A government could requisition for title or seize one or more of our vessels. Requisition for title occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and becomes the owner. Also, a government could requisition one or more of our vessels for hire. Requisition for hire occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and effectively becomes the charterer at dictated charter rates. Generally, requisitions occur during a period of war or emergency. Even if we would be entitled to compensation in the event of a requisition of one or more of our vessels, the amount and timing of the payment would be uncertain. Government requisition of one or more of our vessels could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

World events outside our control may negatively affect our ability to operate, thereby reducing our revenues and results of operations or our ability to obtain additional financing, thereby restricting the implementation of our business strategy.

We operate in a sector of the economy that is likely to be adversely impacted by the effects of political conflicts, including the continued global trade war between the U.S. and China, current political instability in the Middle East, terrorist or other attacks, war or international hostilities. Terrorist attacks such as the attacks in the United States on September 11, 2001 and similar attacks that followed, the continuing response to these attacks, as well as the threat of future terrorist attacks, continue to cause uncertainty in the world financial markets and may affect our
18


business, results of operations and financial condition.  The continuing conflicts in Iraq, Iran, Afghanistan, Libya, Egypt, Ukraine, Syria, amongst other countries, may lead to additional acts of terrorism and armed conflict around the world, which may contribute to further economic instability in the global financial markets. These uncertainties could also have a material adverse effect on our ability to obtain additional financing on terms acceptable to us or at all. Terrorist attacks on vessels may in the future also negatively affect our operations and financial condition and directly impact our vessels or our customers. Future terrorist attacks could result in increased volatility and turmoil of the financial markets in the United States of America and globally and could result in an economic recession in the United States of America or the world. There may also be long-term adverse impacts from the COVID-19 pandemic crisis which negatively affect industrial production. In addition, the continued global trade war between the U.S. and China, including the introduction by the U.S. of tariffs on selected imported goods, mainly from China, may provoke further retaliation measures from the affected countries which has the potential to impede trade. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, costs and operating cash flows.

Disruptions in world financial markets and the resulting governmental action could have a material adverse impact on our ability to obtain financing, our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows, and could cause the market price of our common stock to further decline.

Europe, the United States and other parts of the world have exhibited weak economic conditions, are exhibiting volatile economic trends or have been in a recession. For example, during the 2008-2009 crisis, the credit markets in the United States experienced sudden and significant contraction, deleveraging and reduced liquidity, and the United States federal government and state governments have since implemented a broad variety of governmental action and/or new regulation of the financial markets. Securities and futures markets and the credit markets are subject to comprehensive statutes, regulations and other requirements. The Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), other regulators, self-regulatory organizations and exchanges are authorized to take extraordinary actions in the event of market emergencies, and may effect changes in law or interpretations of existing laws. A number of financial institutions and especially banks that traditionally provided debt to shipping companies like ours have experienced serious financial difficulties and, in some cases, have entered bankruptcy proceedings or are in regulatory enforcement actions. As a result, access to credit markets around the world has been reduced. The extension of Quantitative Easing (“QE”), high levels of Non-Performing Loans (“NPLs”) in Europe and stricter lending requirements may reduce bank lending capacity and/or make the terms of any lending more onerous.

We face risks related to changes in economic environments, changes in interest rates, and instability in the banking and securities markets around the world, among other factors. Major market disruptions and the changes in market conditions and regulatory changes worldwide may adversely affect our business or impair our ability to borrow amounts under our credit facilities or any future financial arrangements. We cannot predict how long the current market conditions will last. However, these recent and developing economic and governmental factors, including proposals to reform the financial system, together with the concurrent decline in charter rates and vessel values, may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows, and might cause the price of our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market to decline.

In addition, public health threats, such as COVID-19, influenza and other highly communicable diseases or viruses, outbreaks of which have from time to time occurred in various parts of the world in which we operate, including China, could adversely impact our operations, and the operations of our customers.

We may require substantial additional financing to fund acquisitions of additional vessels and to implement our business plans. Sufficient financing may not be available on terms that are acceptable to us or at all. If we cannot raise the financing we need in a timely manner and on acceptable terms, we may not be able to acquire the vessels necessary to implement our business plans and consequently we may not be able to pay dividends.

We rely on information technology, and if we are unable to protect against service interruptions, data corruption, cyber-based attacks or network security breaches, our operations could be disrupted and our business could be negatively affected.

We rely on information technology networks and systems to process, transmit and store electronic and financial information; to capture knowledge of our business; to coordinate our business across our operation bases; and to communicate internally and with customers, suppliers, partners and other third-parties. These information technology systems, some of which are managed by third parties, may be susceptible to damage, disruptions or shutdowns, hardware or software failures, power outages, computer viruses, cyberattacks, telecommunication failures, user errors or catastrophic events. Our information technology systems are becoming increasingly integrated, so damage, disruption or shutdown to the system could result in a more widespread impact. Our business operations
19


could be targeted by individuals or groups seeking to sabotage or disrupt our information technology systems and networks, or to steal data. A successful cyber-attack could materially disrupt our operations, including the safety of our operations, or lead to unauthorized release of information or alteration of information in our systems. Any such attack or other breach of our information technology systems could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. If our information technology systems suffer severe damage, disruption or shutdown, and our business continuity plans do not effectively resolve the issues in a timely manner, our operations could be disrupted and our business could be negatively affected. In addition, cyber-attacks could lead to potential unauthorized access and disclosure of confidential information and data loss and corruption. There is no assurance that we will not experience these service interruptions or cyber-attacks in the future. Further, as the methods of cyber-attacks continue to evolve, we may be required to expend additional resources to continue to modify or enhance our protective measures or to investigate and remediate any vulnerabilities to cyber-attacks.

The increased number of our shore personnel working remotely might increase our vulnerability to cyber-attacks and risk of cyber-security breaches which would affect our operations and financial results.

 As a result of efforts to contain the spread of the COVID-19 pandemic, we and our vessel manager, Eurobulk Ltd., have implemented, amongst other measures, government mandated restrictions on the number of people that can be present at our shore office at any point of time.  Thus, our staff and the staff of our Managers are working in the office on a rotational basis. When not working at our shore office location, our staff is working remotely, typically, from their private residences. While we have taken measures to ensure secure communications with our office information systems and systems on-board our vessels, we do not control all of the equipment and communication systems that each of our staff is using at their residence. Consequently, we may face an increased risk of cyber-security attacks and cyber-security breaches which could impede our ability to manage our operations and affect our financial results.

The withdrawal of the United Kingdom from the European Union could adversely affect us.

The United Kingdom ("U.K.") referendum on its membership in the EU resulted in the U.K. withdrawing from the EU on January 31, 2020 (“Brexit”). We have activities in the EU, and as a result, we face risks associated with the potential uncertainty and disruptions that may follow Brexit, including volatility in exchange rates and interest rates and potential material changes to the regulatory regime applicable to our business or global trading parties. The framework for the U.K. and Europe’s future relationship has been laid out in a Withdrawal Agreement, the final terms of which were agreed on December 24, 2020, and went into effect on January 1, 2021. While the trade agreement reached contemplates zero tariffs and quotas on goods, some aspects relating to financial services have not been agreed upon. Additionally, the end of free movement could significantly disrupt the exchange of people and services between the U.K. and the EU, resulting in the imposition of impediments to trade. Brexit could adversely affect European or worldwide political, regulatory, economic or market conditions and could contribute to instability in global political institutions, regulatory agencies and financial markets generally and in the U.K., specifically. While we have limited exposure to the U.K. or the Pound sterling (“GBP”), any of these effects of Brexit, and others we cannot anticipate or that may evolve over time, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our operating results are subject to seasonal fluctuations, which could affect our operating results and the amount of available cash with which we service our debt or could pay dividends.

We operate our vessels in markets that have historically exhibited seasonal variations in demand and, as a result, in charter rates. To the extent we operate vessels in the spot market, this seasonality may result in quarter-to-quarter volatility in our operating results which could affect our ability to reinstate payment of dividends to our common shareholders. For example, the drybulk carrier market is typically stronger in the fall and winter months in anticipation of increased consumption of coal and other raw materials in the northern hemisphere during the winter months. The celebration of Chinese New Year in the first quarter of each year also results in lower volumes of seaborne trade into China during this period. In addition, unpredictable weather patterns in these months tend to disrupt vessel scheduling and supplies of certain commodities. This seasonality has not materially affected our operating results and the amount of available cash with which we service our debt or could pay dividends, because our fleet is currently employed on period time charters, but this seasonality may materially affect our operating results if our vessels are employed in the spot market in the future.
20


Reliance on suppliers may limit our ability to obtain supplies and services when needed.

We rely on a significant number of third party suppliers of consumables, spare parts and equipment to operate, maintain, repair and upgrade our fleet of ships. Delays in delivery or unavailability or poor quality of supplies could result in off-hire days due to consequent delays in the repair and maintenance of our fleet or lead to our time charters being terminated. This would negatively impact our revenues and cash flows. Cost increases could also negatively impact our future operations.

The derivative contracts we have entered into to hedge our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates can result in higher than market rates and reductions in our stockholders’ equity as well as charges against our income, while there is no assurance of the credit worthiness of our counterparties.

We have entered into interest rate swaps generally for purposes of managing our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates applicable to indebtedness under our credit facilities which were advanced at floating rates based on London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). Interest rates and currency hedging may result in us paying higher than market rates. As of December 31, 2020, the aggregate notional amount of interest rate swaps relating to our fleet as of such date was $20.0 million. There is no assurance that our derivative contracts or any that we enter into in the future will provide adequate protection against adverse changes in interest rates or that our bank counterparties will be able to perform their obligations. In addition, as a result of the implementation of new regulation of the swaps markets in the United States, the European Union and elsewhere over the next few years, the cost of interest rate swaps may increase or suitable hedges may not be available. While we monitor the credit risks associated with our bank counterparties, there can be no assurance that these counterparties would be able to meet their commitments under our derivative contracts or any future derivative contract. Our bank counterparties include financial institutions that are based in European Union countries that have faced and might face again financial stress. The potential for our bank counterparties to default on their obligations under our derivative contracts may be highest when we are most exposed to the fluctuations in interest and currency rates such contracts are designed to hedge, and several or all of our bank counterparties may simultaneously be unable to perform their obligations due to the same events or occurrences in global financial markets. To the extent our existing interest rate swaps do not, and future derivative contracts may not, qualify for treatment as hedges for accounting purposes, we would recognize fluctuations in the fair value of such contracts in our statement of operations. In addition, to the extent any future derivative contracts qualify for treatment as hedges for accounting purposes, changes in the fair value of our derivative contracts would be recognized in “Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss” affecting our accumulated deficit, and may affect compliance with the net worth covenant requirements in our credit facilities. Changes in the fair value of our derivative contracts that do not qualify for treatment as hedges for accounting and financial reporting purposes affect, among other things, our net income and our earnings per share. For additional information see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk”.

We may be subject to litigation that, if not resolved in our favor and not sufficiently insured against, could have a material adverse effect on us.

We may be involved in various litigation matters from time to time. These matters may include, among other things, contract disputes, personal injury claims, environmental claims or proceedings, asbestos and other toxic tort claims, employment matters, governmental claims for taxes or duties, and other litigation that arises in the ordinary course of our business. Although we intend to defend these matters vigorously, we cannot predict with certainty the outcome or effect of any claim or other litigation matter, and the ultimate outcome of any litigation or the potential costs to resolve them may have a material adverse effect on us. Insurance may not be applicable or sufficient in all cases and/or insurers may not remain solvent which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating cash flows.

Risks involved with operating ocean-going vessels could affect our business and reputation, which may reduce our revenues.

The operation of an ocean-going vessel carries inherent risks. These risks include, among others, the possibility of:

marine disaster;

piracy;

environmental accidents;

grounding, fire, explosions and collisions;
21



cargo and property losses or damage;

business interruptions caused by mechanical failure, human error, war, terrorism, political action in various countries, labor strikes, adverse weather conditions, natural disasters or other disasters outside our control, public health emergencies such as the COVID-19 outbreak; and

work stoppages or other labor problems with crew members serving on our vessels including crew strikes and/or boycotts.

Such occurrences could result in death or injury to persons, loss of property or environmental damage, delays in the delivery of cargo, loss of revenues from or termination of charter contracts, governmental fines, penalties or restrictions on conducting business, higher insurance rates, and damage to our reputation and customer relationships generally. Any of these circumstances or events could increase our costs or lower our revenues, which could result in reduction in the market price of our shares of common stock. The involvement of our vessels in an environmental disaster may harm our reputation as a safe and reliable vessel owner and operator.

The operation of drybulk carriers has certain unique operational risks which could affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay dividends.

The operation of drybulk carriers has certain unique risks. With a drybulk carrier, the cargo itself and its interaction with the ship can be a risk factor. By their nature, drybulk cargoes are often heavy, dense, easily shifted, and react badly to water exposure. In addition, drybulk carriers are often subjected to battering treatment during unloading operations with grabs, jackhammers (to pry encrusted cargoes out of the hold), and small bulldozers. This treatment may cause damage to the vessel. Vessels damaged due to treatment during unloading procedures may be more susceptible to breach to the sea. Hull breaches in drybulk carriers may lead to the flooding of the vessels holds. If a drybulk carrier suffers flooding in its forward holds, the bulk cargo may become so dense and waterlogged that its pressure may buckle the vessels bulkheads leading to the loss of a vessel. If we are unable to adequately maintain our vessels we may be unable to prevent these events. Any of these circumstances or events could negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay dividends. In addition, the loss of any of our vessels could harm our reputation as a safe and reliable vessel owner and operator. 

Company Risk Factors
We depend entirely on Eurobulk and Eurobulk FE to manage and charter our fleet, which may adversely affect our operations if Eurobulk or Eurobulk FE fails to perform its obligations.

We have no employees and we currently contract the commercial and technical management of our fleet, including crewing, maintenance and repair, to Eurobulk and Eurobulk FE, our affiliated ship management companies. We may lose a Manager’s services or a Manager may fail to perform its obligations to us which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of our operations. Although we may have rights against either Manager if it defaults on its obligations to us, you will have no recourse against either Manager. Further, we will need to seek approval from our lenders to change either Manager as our ship manager.

Because the Managers are privately held companies, there is little or no publicly available information about them and there may be very little advance warning of operational or financial problems experienced by the Managers that may adversely affect us.

The ability of a Manager to continue providing services for our benefit will depend in part on its own financial strength. Circumstances beyond our control could impair a Manager’s financial strength, and because each Manager is privately held it is unlikely that information about its financial strength would become public unless such Manager began to default on its obligations. As a result, there may be little advance warning of problems affecting the Managers, even though these problems could have a material adverse effect on us.

We may have difficulty properly managing our growth through acquisitions of new or secondhand vessels and we may not realize expected benefits from these acquisitions, which may negatively impact our cash flows, liquidity and our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders.

We intend to grow our business by ordering newbuild vessels and through selective acquisitions of high-quality secondhand vessels to the extent that they are available. Our future growth will primarily depend on:
22



the operations of the shipyards that build any newbuild vessels we may order;

the availability of employment for our vessels;

locating and identifying suitable high-quality secondhand vessels;

obtaining newbuild contracts at acceptable prices;

obtaining required financing on acceptable terms;

consummating vessel acquisitions;

enlarging our customer base;

hiring additional shore-based employees and seafarers;

continuing to meet technical and safety performance standards; and

managing joint ventures or significant acquisitions and integrating the new ships into our fleet.

Ship values are correlated with charter rates. During periods in which charter rates are high, ship values are generally high as well, and it may be difficult to consummate ship acquisitions or enter into shipbuilding contracts at favorable prices. During periods in which charter rates are low and employment is scarce, ship values are low and any vessel acquired without an attached time charter will automatically incur additional expenses to operate, insure, maintain and finance the ship, thereby significantly increasing the acquisition cost. In addition, any vessel acquisition may not be profitable at or after the time of acquisition and may not generate cash flows sufficient to justify the investment. We may not be successful in executing any future growth plans and we cannot give any assurance that we will not incur significant expenses and losses in connection with such growth efforts. Other risks associated with vessel acquisitions that may harm our business, financial condition and operating results include the risks that we may:


fail to realize anticipated benefits, such as new customer relationships, cost-savings or cash flow enhancements;

be unable to hire, train or retain qualified shore-based and seafaring personnel to manage and operate our growing business and fleet;

decrease our liquidity by using a significant portion of available cash or borrowing capacity to finance acquisitions;

significantly increase our interest expense or financial leverage if we incur additional debt to finance acquisitions;

incur or assume unanticipated liabilities, losses or costs associated with any vessels or businesses acquired; or

incur other significant charges, such as impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets, asset devaluation or restructuring charges.

If we fail to properly manage our growth through acquisitions of newbuild or secondhand vessels we may not realize expected benefits from these acquisitions, which may negatively impact our cash flows, liquidity and our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders. Unlike newbuild vessels, secondhand vessels typically do not carry warranties as to their condition. While we generally inspect existing vessels prior to purchase, such an inspection would normally not provide us with as much knowledge of a vessel’s condition as we would possess if it had been built for us and operated by us during its life. Repairs and maintenance costs for secondhand vessels are difficult to predict and may be substantially higher than for vessels we have operated since they were built. These costs could decrease our cash flows, liquidity and our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders.

Our business depends upon certain members of our senior management who may not necessarily continue to work for us.

Our future success depends to a significant extent upon our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Aristides J. Pittas, certain members of our senior management and our Managers. Mr. Pittas has substantial experience in the drybulk shipping industry and has worked with us and our Managers for many years. He, our Managers and certain members of our senior management team are crucial to the execution of our business strategies and to the growth and development of our business. If these individuals were no longer to be affiliated with us or our Managers, or if we were to otherwise cease to receive services from them, we may be unable to recruit other employees with equivalent talent and experience, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Certain of our shareholders hold shares of EuroDry in amounts to give them a significant percentage of the total outstanding voting power represented by our outstanding shares.

As of March 31, 2021, Dry Friends Investment Company Inc., or Dry Friends, our largest shareholder and an affiliate of the Company, partly owned by our Chairman and CEO, Vice Chairman and people affiliated or working
23


with Eurobulk amongst others, owns approximately 36.4% of the outstanding shares of our common stock and unvested incentive award shares, representing 33.4% of total voting power (after accounting for the certain voting rights of our Series B Preferred Shares before conversion and 30.8% of total voting power on an as converted basis). As a result of this share ownership and for as long as Dry Friends owns a significant percentage of our outstanding common stock, Dry Friends will be able to influence the outcome of any shareholder vote, including the election of directors, the adoption or amendment of provisions in our amended and restated articles of incorporation or bylaws, as amended, and possible mergers, corporate control contests and other significant corporate transactions. In addition, as of March 31, 2021, funds advised by Tennenbaum Capital Partners LLC (“TCP”) and Preferred Dry Friends Investment Company Inc., an affiliate of the Company partly owned by our Chairman and CEO, Vice Chairman and people affiliated or working with Eurobulk amongst others, owned shares of our Series B Convertible Perpetual Preferred Shares, to which we will refer as the Series B Preferred Shares, that are convertible into 10.1% and 5.4%, respectively, of our common shares and unvested incentive award shares on an as-converted basis. In addition, we cannot enter into certain transactions without consent from holders of our Series B Preferred Shares.  This concentration of ownership and the consent rights of holders of Series B Preferred Shares may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control, merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving us, and could also discourage a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, which could in turn have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

Our corporate governance practices are in compliance with, and are not prohibited by, the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and as such we are entitled to exemption from certain Nasdaq corporate governance standards. As a result, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the Nasdaq corporate governance requirements.

Our Company's corporate governance practices are in compliance with, and are not prohibited by, the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands. Therefore, we are exempt from many of Nasdaq's corporate governance practices other than the requirements regarding the disclosure of a going concern audit opinion, submission of a listing agreement, notification of material non-compliance with Nasdaq corporate governance practices, and the establishment and composition of an audit committee and a formal written audit committee charter. For a list of the practices followed by us in lieu of Nasdaq's corporate governance rules, we refer you to the section of this annual report entitled "Board Practices—Corporate Governance" under Item 6.

Our growth depends on our ability to expand relationships with existing charterers, establish relationships with new customers and obtain new time charters, for which we will face substantial competition from new entrants and established companies with significant resources.

One of our principal objectives is to acquire additional vessels in conjunction with entering into additional long-term, fixed-rate charters for these vessels. The process of obtaining new long-term, fixed-rate charters is highly competitive and generally involves an intensive screening process and competitive bids, and often extends for several months. Generally, we compete for charters based upon charter rate, customer relationships, operating expertise, professional reputation and vessel specifications, including size, age and condition.

In addition, as vessels age, it can be more difficult to employ them on profitable time charters, particularly during periods of decreased demand in the charter market. Accordingly, we may find it difficult to continue to find profitable employment for our vessels as they age.

We face substantial competition from a number of experienced companies, including state-sponsored entities and financial organizations. Some of these competitors have significantly greater financial resources than we do, and can therefore operate larger fleets and may be able to offer better charter rates. In the future, we may also face competition from reputable, experienced and well-capitalized marine transportation companies, including state-sponsored entities, that do not currently own vessels, but may choose to do so. Any increased competition may cause greater price competition for time charters, as well as for the acquisition of high-quality secondhand vessels and newbuild vessels. Further, since the charter rate is generally considered to be one of the principal factors in a charterer’s decision to charter a vessel, the rates and available tonnage offered by our competitors can place downward pressure on rates throughout the charter market. As a result of these factors, we may be unable to charter our vessels, expand our relationships with existing customers or to obtain new customers on a profitable basis, if at all, which
24


could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition, as well as our cash flows, including cash available for dividends to our stockholders.

We and our principal officers have affiliations with the Managers that could create conflicts of interest detrimental to us.

Our principal officers are also principals, officers and employees of the Managers, which are our ship management companies. These responsibilities and relationships could create conflicts of interest between us and the Managers. Conflicts may also arise in connection with the chartering, purchase, sale and operations of the vessels in our fleet versus other vessels that are or may be managed in the future by the Managers. Circumstances in any of these instances may make one decision advantageous to us but detrimental to the Managers and vice versa. Eurobulk currently manages vessels for EuroDry, and five bulkers that are not owned by EuroDry, potentially causing conflicts such as those described above. Further, it is possible that in the future Eurobulk may manage additional vessels which will not belong to EuroDry and in which the Pittas family may have non-controlling, little or even no power or participation, and Eurobulk may not be able to resolve all conflicts of interest in a manner beneficial to us and our shareholders.

Companies affiliated with Eurobulk or our officers and directors may acquire vessels that compete with our fleet.

Companies affiliated with Eurobulk or our officers and directors own drybulk carriers and may acquire additional drybulk carriers in the future. These vessels could be in competition with our fleet and other companies affiliated with Eurobulk might be faced with conflicts of interest with respect to their own interests and their obligations to us. Eurobulk, Dry Friends and Aristides J. Pittas, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, have granted us a right of first refusal to acquire any drybulk vessel that any of them may consider for acquisition in the future. In addition, Aristides J. Pittas will use his best efforts to cause any entity with respect to which he directly or indirectly controls to grant us this right of first refusal. Were we, however, to decline any such opportunity offered to us or if we did not have the resources or desire to accept any such opportunity, Eurobulk, Dry Friends and Aristides J. Pittas, and any of their respective affiliates, could acquire such vessels.

Our officers do not devote all of their time to our business.

Our officers are involved in other business activities that may result in their spending less time than is appropriate or necessary in order to manage our business successfully. Our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Administrative Officer, Internal Auditor and Secretary are not employed directly by us, but rather their services are provided pursuant to our Master Management Agreement with Eurobulk. Our CEO is also President of Eurobulk and involved in the management of other affiliates and member of the board of other companies. Therefore, our officers may spend a material portion of their time providing services to other companies.  They may also spend a material portion of their time providing services to Eurobulk and its affiliates on matters unrelated to us.

We are an "emerging growth company", and we cannot be certain that the reduced disclosure and other requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will not make our common shares less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (“JOBS Act”), and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. We cannot predict if investors will find our common shares less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common shares and our share price may be more volatile.

In addition, under the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Sarbanes-Oxley”) for so long as we are an emerging growth company.

For as long as we take advantage of the reduced reporting obligations, the information that we provide our shareholders may be different from information provided by other public companies.

We are a holding company, and we depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute funds to us in order to satisfy our financial obligations or to make dividend payments.

We are a holding company and our subsidiaries, which are all wholly-owned by us, conduct all of our operations and own all of our operating assets. We have no significant assets other than the equity interests in our
25


wholly-owned subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to make dividend payments to you depends on our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute funds to us. If we are unable to obtain funds from our subsidiaries, we may be unable or our Board of Directors may exercise its discretion not to pay dividends.

We may not be able to pay dividends.

We have not declared any dividends on our common stock and we may not earn sufficient revenues or we may incur expenses or liabilities that would reduce or eliminate the cash available for distribution as dividends. Our loan agreements may also limit the amount of dividends we can pay under some circumstances based on certain covenants included in the loan agreements.

The declaration and payment of any dividends will be subject at all times to the discretion of our Board of Directors. Our Series B Preferred Shares provide that we must pay a cash dividend to holders of the Series B Preferred Shares in an amount equal to 40% of any dividend we pay on our common shares on an as-converted-basis in addition to the dividend of the Series B Preferred Shares that is payable at the time.  This provision may be an important factor when our Board of Directors determines whether to declare dividends on our common shares. The timing and amount of dividends will depend on our earnings, financial condition, cash requirements and availability, restrictions in our loan agreements, growth strategy, charter rates in the drybulk shipping industry, the provisions of Marshall Islands law affecting the payment of dividends and other factors. Marshall Islands law generally prohibits the payment of dividends other than from surplus (retained earnings and the excess of consideration received for the sale of shares above the par value of the shares), but, if there is no surplus, dividends may be declared out of the net profits (basically, the excess of our revenue over our expenses) for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared or the preceding fiscal year. Marshall Islands law also prohibits the payment of dividends while a company is insolvent or if it would be rendered insolvent upon the payment of a dividend. As a result, we may not be able to pay dividends.

We may not have sufficient cash from our operations to enable us to pay dividends on or to redeem our Series B Preferred Shares following the payment of expenses and the establishment of any reserves.
 
The Series B Preferred Shares paid dividends in-kind until January 29, 2019 (rather than in cash). After that date, dividends to holders of the Series B Preferred Shares were paid in cash until March 31, 2020. On April 1, 2020, we agreed with the holders of the Series B Preferred Shares to have the option to pay the preferred dividend in-kind at an annual rate of 10.25%, instead of in cash at an annual rate of 9.25%, with effect from April 1, 2020 until January 29, 2021. On January 29, 2021, we redeemed a net amount of $3.0 million of our Series B Preferred Shares, and, contemporaneously, agreed with our Series B Preferred Shares shareholders to reduce the dividend rate of our Series B Preferred Shares to 8.0% per annum if paid in cash and 9.0% if paid in-kind at the Company’s option until January 29, 2023, after which date the dividend rate will increase to 14.00% and will be paid in cash. In the future, we may have insufficient cash available to redeem our Series B Preferred Shares. The amount we can pay for dividends or use to redeem Series B Preferred Shares depends upon the amount of cash we generate from our operations, which may fluctuate.

If we are unable to fund our future capital expenditures, we may not be able to continue to operate some of our vessels, which would have a material adverse effect on our business and our ability to pay dividends.

In order to fund our future capital expenditures, we may be required to incur borrowings or raise capital through the sale of debt or equity securities. Our ability to access the capital markets through future offerings may be limited by our financial condition at the time of any such offering as well as by adverse market conditions resulting from, among other things, general economic conditions and contingencies and uncertainties that are beyond our control. Our failure to obtain the funds for necessary future capital expenditures would limit our ability to continue to operate some of our vessels and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition and our ability to pay dividends. Even if we are successful in obtaining such funds through financings, the terms of such financings could further limit our ability to pay dividends.

Our existing loan agreements contain restrictive covenants that may limit our liquidity and corporate activities.

Our existing loan agreements impose operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions may limit our ability to:

 
incur additional indebtedness;
 
create liens on our assets;
 
sell capital stock of our subsidiaries;
26


 
make investments;
 
engage in mergers or acquisitions;
 
pay dividends;
 
make capital expenditures;
 
change the management of our vessels or terminate or materially amend the management agreement relating to each vessel; and
 
sell our vessels.

Therefore, we may need to seek permission from our lenders in order to engage in some corporate actions. The lenders' interests may be different from our interests, and we may not be able to obtain the lenders' permission when needed. This may prevent us from taking actions that are in our best interest.

Servicing future debt would limit funds available for other purposes.

To finance our fleet, we have incurred secured debt under loan agreements for our vessels. We also currently expect to incur additional secured debt to finance the acquisition of additional vessels we may decide to acquire in the future. We must dedicate a portion of our cash flow from operations to pay the principal and interest on our debt. These payments limit funds otherwise available for working capital expenditures and other purposes. As of December 31, 2020, we had total bank debt of approximately $51.4 million. Our debt repayment schedule as of December 31, 2020 required us to repay $17.6 million of debt during the next two years. In January 2021, we refinanced the outstanding loans of two of our vessels, M/V Alexandros and M/V Xenia, with a new loan of $26.7 million, after repaying their respective outstanding loans of $12.9 million and $9.6 million as of the date of the refinancing. In February 2021, we refinanced the outstanding loan of M/V Eirini P with a loan of $5.0 million, after repaying her outstanding loan of $3.3 million. As of March 31, 2021, we repaid $1.2 million of our total debt excluding the refinancing of our vessels described above, which resulted in outstanding debt of $56.1 million. If we are unable to service our debt, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

A further rise in interest rates could cause an increase in our costs and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. To finance vessel purchases, we have borrowed, and may continue to borrow, under loan agreements that provide for periodic interest rate adjustments based on indices that fluctuate with changes in market interest rates. If interest rates increase significantly, it would increase our costs of financing our acquisition of vessels, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Any increase in debt service would also reduce the funds available to us to purchase other vessels.

Our ability to obtain additional debt financing may be dependent on the performance of our then existing charters and the creditworthiness of our charterers.

The actual or perceived credit quality of our charterers, and any defaults by them, may be one of the factors that materially affect our ability to obtain the additional debt financing that we will require to purchase additional vessels or may significantly increase our costs of obtaining such financing. We may be unable to obtain additional financing, or may be able to obtain additional financing only at a higher-than-anticipated cost, which may materially affect our results of operations, cash flows and our ability to implement our business strategy.

As we expand our business, we may need to upgrade our operations and financial systems, and add more staff and crew. If we cannot upgrade these systems or recruit suitable employees, our performance may be adversely affected.

Our Managers’ current operating and financial systems may not be adequate if we expand the size of our fleet, and our attempts to improve those systems may be ineffective. In addition, if we expand our fleet, we will have to rely on our Managers to recruit suitable additional seafarers and shore-side administrative and management personnel. Our Managers may not be able to continue to hire suitable employees as we expand our fleet. If our Managers’ affiliated crewing agent encounters business or financial difficulties, we can make satisfactory arrangements with unaffiliated crewing agents or else we may not be able to adequately staff our vessels. If we are unable to operate our financial and operations systems effectively or to recruit suitable employees, our performance may be materially adversely affected.

27


If we acquire additional ships, whether on the secondhand market or newbuildings, and those vessels are not delivered on time or are delivered with significant defects, our earnings and financial condition could be adversely affected.

We expect to acquire additional vessels in the future either from the secondhand markets or by placing newbuilding orders. The delivery of any drybulk vessels we might decide to acquire, whether newbuildings or secondhand vessels, could be delayed or certain events may arise which could result in us not taking delivery of a vessel, such as a total loss of a vessel, a constructive loss of a vessel, substantial damage to a vessel prior to delivery or construction not in accordance with agreed upon specification or with substantial defects. A delay in the delivery of any of these vessels to us or the failure of the contract counterparty to deliver a vessel at all could cause us to breach our obligations under a related time charter and could adversely affect our earnings, our financial condition and the amount of dividends, if any, that we pay in the future.

We may have difficulty properly managing our planned growth through acquisitions of secondhand vessels and/or ordering of newbuilding vessels.

We intend to grow our business through selective acquisitions of secondhand vessels or ordering newbuilding vessels. Our future growth will primarily depend on our ability to locate and acquire suitable additional vessels and successfully supervise any newbuilds we may order and obtain required debt or equity financing on acceptable terms.

A delay in the delivery to us of any purchased vessel, or the failure of the shipyard to deliver a vessel at all, could cause us to breach our obligations under a related charter and could adversely affect our earnings. In addition, the delivery of any of these vessels with substantial defects could have similar consequences.

A shipyard could fail to deliver a newbuild on time or at all because of:


work stoppages or other hostilities, political or economic disturbances that disrupt the operations of the shipyard;

quality or engineering problems;

bankruptcy or other financial crisis of the shipyard;

a backlog of orders at the shipyard;

disputes between us and the shipyard regarding contractual obligations;

weather interference or catastrophic events, such as major earthquakes or fires;

our requests for changes to the original vessel specifications or disputes with the shipyard; or

shortages of or delays in the receipt of necessary construction materials, such as steel, or equipment, such as main engines, electricity generators and propellers.
During periods in which charter rates are high, vessel values generally are high as well, and it may be difficult to consummate vessel acquisitions or enter into newbuilding contracts at favorable prices. During periods when charter rates are low, we may be unable to fund the acquisition of newbuilding vessels, whether through lending or cash on hand. For these reasons, we may be unable to execute our growth plans or avoid significant expenses and losses in connection with our future growth efforts.

Credit market volatility may affect our ability to refinance our existing debt or incur additional debt.

The credit markets have recently experienced extreme volatility and disruption, which has limited credit capacity for certain issuers, and lenders have requested shorter terms and lower leverage ratios. The market for new debt financing is extremely limited and in some cases not available at all. If current levels of market disruption and volatility continue or worsen, we may not be able to refinance our existing debt or incur additional debt, which may require us to seek other funding sources to meet our liquidity needs or to fund planned expansion.

Labor interruptions could disrupt our business.

Our vessels are manned by masters, officers and crews that are employed by third parties. If not resolved in a timely and cost-effective manner, industrial action or other labor unrest could prevent or hinder our operations from being carried out normally and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and ability to pay dividends.
28


We or our Managers may be unable to attract and retain key management personnel and other employees in the shipping industry, which may negatively affect the effectiveness of our management and our results of operations.

Our success depends to a significant extent upon the abilities and efforts of our management team. Our success will depend upon our and our Managers’ ability to hire additional employees and to retain key members of our management team. The loss of any of these individuals could adversely affect our business prospects and financial condition and operating cash flows. Difficulty in hiring and retaining personnel could adversely affect our results of operations. We do not currently intend to maintain "key man" life insurance on any of our officers.

Our vessels may suffer damage and may face unexpected drydocking costs, which could affect our cash flows and financial condition.

If our vessels suffer damage, they may need to be repaired at a drydocking facility. The costs of drydock repairs are unpredictable and may be substantial. We may have to pay drydocking costs that our insurance does not cover. The loss of earnings while these vessels are being repaired and reconditioned, as well as the actual cost of these repairs, would decrease our earnings. In addition, space at drydocking facilities is sometimes limited and not all drydocking facilities are conveniently located.  We may be unable to find space at a suitable drydocking facility or our vessels may be forced to travel to a drydocking facility that is not conveniently located near our vessels’ positions.  The loss of earnings and any costs incurred while these vessels are forced to wait for space or to steam to more distant drydocking facilities would decrease our earnings.

Purchasing and operating previously owned vessels may result in increased operating costs and vessels off-hire, which could adversely affect our earnings. The aging of our fleet may result in increased operating costs in the future, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Although we inspect the secondhand vessels prior to purchase, this inspection does not provide us with the same knowledge about their condition and cost of any required (or anticipated) repairs that it would have had if these vessels had been built for and operated exclusively by us. Generally, we do not receive the benefit of warranties on secondhand vessels.

In general, the costs to maintain a vessel in good operating condition increase with the age of the vessel. As of March 31, 2021, the vessels in our fleet had an average age of approximately 12.6 years.  As our vessels age, they may become less fuel efficient and more costly to maintain and will not be as advanced as more recently constructed vessels due to improvements in design and engine technology. Rates for cargo insurance, paid by charterers, also increase with the age of a vessel, making older vessels less desirable to charterers. Governmental regulations, safety or other equipment standards related to the age of vessels may require expenditures for alterations, or the addition of new equipment, to our vessels and may restrict the type of activities in which our vessels may engage. As our vessels age, market conditions may not justify those expenditures or enable us to operate our vessels profitably during the remainder of their useful lives.

In addition, charterers actively discriminate against hiring older vessels. For example, Rightship, the ship vetting service founded by Rio Tinto and BHP-Billiton that has become the major vetting service in the drybulk shipping industry, ranks the suitability of vessels based on a scale of one to five stars. Most major carriers will not charter a vessel that Rightship has vetted with fewer than three stars. Rightship automatically downgrades any vessel over 18 years of age to two stars, which significantly decreases its chances of entering into a charter. Therefore, as our vessels approach and exceed 18 years of age, we may not be able to operate these vessels again profitably or even generate positive cash flows during the remainder of their useful lives even if the market rates improve, which could adversely affect our earnings. As of March 31, 2021, two of our vessels are over 18 years of age.

If we sell vessels, we are not certain that the price for which we sell them will equal their carrying amount at that time. 

Unless we set aside reserves for vessel replacement, at the end of a vessel's useful life, our revenue will decline, which would adversely affect our cash flows and income.

As of March 31, 2021, the vessels in our fleet had an average age of approximately 12.6 years. Unless we maintain cash reserves for vessel replacement, we may be unable to replace the vessels in our fleet upon the expiration of their useful lives. We estimate the useful life of our vessels to be 25 years from the completion of their construction.
29


Our cash flows and income are dependent on the revenues we earn by chartering our vessels to customers. If we are unable to replace the vessels in our fleet upon the expiration of their useful lives, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected. Any reserves set aside for vessel replacement would not be available for other cash needs or dividends.

Technological innovation could reduce our charter income and the value of our vessels.

The charter rates and the value and operational life of a vessel are determined by a number of factors including the vessel's efficiency, operational flexibility and physical life. Efficiency includes speed, fuel economy and the ability to load and discharge cargo quickly. Flexibility includes the ability to enter harbors, utilize related docking facilities and pass through canals and straits. The length of a vessel's physical life is related to its original design and construction, its maintenance and the impact of the stress of operations. If new vessels are built that are more efficient or more flexible or have longer physical lives than our vessels, competition from these more technologically advanced vessels could adversely affect the amount of charter hire payments we receive for our vessels and the resale value of our vessels could significantly decrease. As a result, our available cash could be adversely affected.

We are subject to certain risks with respect to our counterparties on contracts, and failure of such counterparties to meet their obligations could cause us to suffer losses or otherwise adversely affect our business.

We enter into, among other things, charter-party agreements. Such agreements subject us to counterparty risks. The ability and willingness of each of our counterparties to perform its obligations under a contract with us will depend on a number of factors that are beyond our control and may include, among other things, general economic conditions, the condition of the maritime and offshore industries, the overall financial condition of the counterparty, charter rates received for specific types of vessels, and various expenses. In addition, in depressed market conditions, our charterers may no longer need a vessel that is currently under charter or may be able to obtain a comparable vessel at lower rates. As a result, charterers may seek to renegotiate the terms of their existing charter parties or avoid their obligations under those contracts, especially when the contracted charter rates are significantly above market levels. If our charterers fail to meet their obligations to us or attempt to renegotiate our charter agreements, it may be difficult to secure substitute employment for such vessel, and any new charter arrangements we secure in the spot market or on time charters may be at lower rates given currently decreased charter rate levels. As a result, we could sustain significant losses which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, as well as our ability to pay dividends in the future and compliance with covenants in our credit facilities.

A decrease in spot charter rates may provide an incentive for some charterers to default on their charters.

When we enter into a time charter, charter rates under that charter are fixed for the term of the charter. If the spot charter rates or short-term time charter rates in the drybulk shipping industry remain significantly lower than the time charter equivalent rates that some of our charterers are obligated to pay us under our existing charters, the charterers may have incentive to default under that charter or attempt to renegotiate the charter. If our charterers fail to pay their obligations, we would have to attempt to re-charter our vessels at lower charter rates, which would affect our ability to operate our vessels profitably and may affect our ability to comply with covenants contained in our current or future credit facilities and financing agreements.

We may not have adequate insurance to compensate us adequately for damage to, or loss of, our vessels.

We procure insurance for our fleet against risks commonly insured against by vessel owners and operators which includes hull and machinery insurance, protection and indemnity insurance (which, in turn, includes environmental damage and pollution insurance) and war risk insurance and freight, demurrage and defense insurance for our fleet. We generally do not maintain insurance against loss of hire which covers business interruptions that result in the loss of use of a vessel except in cases we consider such protection appropriate. We may not be adequately insured against all risks and we may not be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage for our fleet in the future. The insurers may not pay particular claims. Even if our insurance coverage is adequate to cover our losses, we may not be able to timely obtain a replacement vessel in the event of a loss. Our insurance policies contain deductibles for which we will be responsible and limitations and exclusions which may increase our costs. Since it is possible that a large number of claims may be brought, the aggregate amount of these deductibles could be material. Moreover, the insurers may default on any claims they are required to pay. If our insurance is not enough to cover claims that may arise, it may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
30


Because we obtain some of our insurance through protection and indemnity associations (“P&I Associations”), we may also be subject to calls in amounts based not only on our own claim records, but also the claim records of other members of the P&I Associations.

We are indemnified for legal liabilities incurred while operating our vessels through membership in P&I Associations or clubs.  P&I Associations are mutual insurance associations whose members must contribute to cover losses sustained by other association members.  The objective of a P&I Association is to provide mutual insurance based on the aggregate tonnage of a member’s vessels entered into the association.  Claims are paid through the aggregate premiums of all members of the association, although members remain subject to calls for additional funds if the aggregate premiums are insufficient to cover claims submitted to the association.  We cannot assure you that the P&I Association to which we belong will remain viable or that we will not become subject to additional funding calls which could adversely affect us.  Claims submitted to the association may include those incurred by members of the association as well as claims submitted to the association from other P&I Associations with which our P&I Association has entered into inter-association agreements.

We may be subject to calls in amounts based not only on our claim records but also the claim records of other members of the P&I Associations through which we receive insurance coverage for tort liability, including pollution-related liability. Our payment of these calls could result in significant expense to us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and ability to pay dividends.

Our vessels are exposed to operational risks, including terrorism, cyber-terrorism and piracy that may not be adequately covered by our insurance.

The operation of any vessel includes risks such as weather conditions, mechanical failure, collision, fire, contact with floating objects, cargo or property loss or damage and business interruption due to political circumstances in countries, piracy, terrorist and cyber-terrorist attacks, armed hostilities and labor strikes. Such occurrences could result in death or injury to persons, loss, damage or destruction of property or environmental damage, delays in the delivery of cargo, loss of revenues from or termination of charter contracts, governmental fines, penalties or restrictions on conducting business, higher insurance rates and damage to our reputation and customer relationships generally.

Acts of piracy have historically affected ocean-going vessels trading in regions of the world such as the South China Sea, the Indian Ocean and in the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia. Although the frequency of sea piracy worldwide has generally decreased since 2013, sea piracy incidents continue to occur, particularly in the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia and increasingly in the Sulu Sea and the Gulf of Guinea, with drybulk vessels and tankers particularly vulnerable to such attacks. Acts of piracy could result in harm or danger to the crews that man our vessels.

If these piracy attacks occur in regions in which our vessels are deployed that insurers characterized as “war risk” zones or Joint War Committee “war and strikes” listed areas, premiums payable for such coverage could increase significantly and such insurance coverage may be more difficult to obtain. In addition, crew costs, including the employment of onboard security guards, could increase in such circumstances. Furthermore, while we believe the charterer remains liable for charter payments when a vessel is seized by pirates, the charterer may dispute this and withhold charterhire until the vessel is released. A charterer may also claim that a vessel seized by pirates was not “on-hire” for a certain number of days and is therefore entitled to cancel the charter party, a claim that we would dispute. We may not be adequately insured to cover losses from these incidents, which could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, any detention hijacking as a result of an act of piracy against our vessels, or an increase in cost, or unavailability, of insurance for our vessels, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and earnings.

We may not be adequately insured against all risks, and our insurers may not pay particular claims. With respect to war risks insurance, which we usually obtain for certain of our vessels making port calls in designated war zone areas, such insurance may not be obtained prior to one of our vessels entering into an actual war zone, which could result in that vessel not being insured. Even if our insurance coverage is adequate to cover our losses, we may not be able to timely obtain a replacement vessel in the event of a loss. Under the terms of our credit facilities, we will be subject to restrictions on the use of any proceeds we may receive from claims under our insurance policies. Furthermore, in the future, we may not be able to maintain or obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates for our fleet. We may also be subject to calls, or premiums, in amounts based not only on our own claim records but also the claim records of all other members of the P&I Associations through which we receive indemnity insurance coverage for tort liability. Our insurance policies also contain deductibles, limitations and exclusions which, although we believe are standard in the shipping industry, may nevertheless increase our costs in the event of a claim or decrease
31


any recovery in the event of a loss. If the damages from a catastrophic oil spill or other marine disaster exceeded our insurance coverage, the payment of those damages could have a material adverse effect on our business and could possibly result in our insolvency.

Recent action by the IMO’s Maritime Safety Committee and U.S. agencies indicate that cybersecurity regulations for the maritime industry are likely to be further developed in the near future in an attempt to combat cybersecurity threats.  This might cause companies to cultivate additional procedures for monitoring cybersecurity, which could require additional expenses and/or capital expenditures. However, the impact of such regulations is hard to predict at this time. We do not carry cyber-attack insurance, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In general, we do not carry loss of hire insurance. Occasionally, we may decide to carry loss of hire insurance when our vessels are trading in areas where a history of piracy has been reported. Loss of hire insurance covers the loss of revenue during extended vessel off-hire periods, such as those that occur during an unscheduled drydocking or unscheduled repairs due to damage to the vessel. Accordingly, any loss of a vessel or any extended period of vessel off-hire, due to an accident or otherwise, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If our vessels call on ports located in countries or territories that are the subject of sanctions or embargoes imposed by the U.S. government, the European Union, the United Nations, or other governmental authorities, it could lead to monetary fines or penalties and/or adversely affect our reputation and the market for our shares of common stock and its trading price.

Although none of our vessels have called on ports located in countries or territories that are the subject of country-wide or territory-wide comprehensive sanctions or embargoes imposed by the U.S. government or other applicable governmental authorities (“Sanctioned Jurisdictions”) in violation of sanctions or embargo laws during 2020, and we endeavor to take precautions reasonably designed to mitigate such risks, it is possible that, in the future, vessels in our fleet may call on ports located in Sanctioned Jurisdictions on charterers’ instructions and/or without our consent. If such activities result in a violation of sanctions or embargo laws, we could be subject to monetary fines, penalties, or other sanctions, and our reputation and the market for our common stock could be adversely affected.

The U.S. sanctions and embargo laws and regulations vary in their application, as they do not all apply to the same covered persons or proscribe the same activities, and such sanctions and embargo laws and regulations may be amended or expanded over time. Current or future counterparties of ours, including charterers, may be affiliated with persons or entities that are or may be in the future the subject of sanctions imposed by the U.S. government, the EU, and/or other international bodies. If we determine that such sanctions or embargoes require us to terminate existing or future contracts to which we, or our subsidiaries, are party or if we are found to be in violation of such applicable sanctions or embargoes, our results of operations may be adversely affected, we could face monetary fines or penalties, or we may suffer reputational harm.

All of the Company's revenues are from chartering-out its vessels on voyage or time charter contracts or from entering into pooling arrangements under which an international company and trading house involved in the use and/or transportation of drybulk commodities directs the Company's vessel to carry cargoes on its behalf. In time charters and pooling arrangements, the Company has no contractual relationship with the owner of the cargo and does not know the identity of the cargo owner. The vessel is directed to a load port to load the cargo, and to a discharge port to offload the cargo, based solely on the instructions of the charterer. Under its time charters and pooling arrangements, the terms of which are consistent with industry standards, the Company may not have the ability to prohibit its charterers from sending its vessels to Iran, North Korea, Crimea Region of Ukraine, Syria or Cuba to carry cargoes that do not violate applicable laws.  As of March 31, 2021 none of our vessels have called on ports at the aforementioned countries in the past or are arranged to call such ports in the future.  The vessels’ shipowning companies do not presently have, and have not in the past had, any agreements, arrangements or contracts with the governments of Iran, North Korea, Crimea Region of Ukraine, Syria or Cuba or entities that these countries control.

Although we believe that we have been in compliance with applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations, and intend to maintain such compliance, there can be no assurance that we will be in compliance with all applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations in the future, particularly as the scope of certain laws may be unclear and may be subject to changing interpretations. Any such violation could result in fines, penalties or other sanctions that could severely impact our ability to access U.S. capital markets and conduct our business, and could result in some investors deciding, or being required, to divest their interest, or not to invest, in us. In addition, certain institutional investors may have investment policies or restrictions that prevent them from holding securities of
32


companies that have contracts with countries or territories identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism. The determination by these investors not to invest in, or to divest from, our common stock may adversely affect the price at which our common stock trades. Moreover, our charterers may violate applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations as a result of actions that do not involve us or our vessels, and those violations could in turn negatively affect our reputation. In addition, our reputation and the market for our securities may be adversely affected if we engage in certain other activities, such as entering into charters with individuals or entities in countries or territories subject to U.S. sanctions and embargo laws that are not controlled by the governments of those countries or territories, or engaging in operations associated with those countries or territories pursuant to contracts with third parties that are unrelated to those countries or territories or entities controlled by their governments. Investor perception of the value of our common stock may be adversely affected by the consequences of war, the effects of terrorism, civil unrest and governmental actions in the countries or territories that we operate in.

We expect to operate substantially outside the United States, which will expose us to political and governmental instability, which could harm our operations.

We expect that our operations will be primarily conducted outside the United States and may be adversely affected by changing or adverse political and governmental conditions in the countries where our vessels are flagged or registered and in the regions where we otherwise engage in business. Any disruption caused by these factors may interfere with the operation of our vessels, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Past political efforts to disrupt shipping in these regions, particularly in the Arabian Gulf, have included attacks on ships and mining of waterways. In addition, terrorist attacks outside this region, such as the attacks that occurred against targets in the United States on September 11, 2001, and on a number of occasions in other countries following that, as well as continuing or new unrest and hostilities in Iraq, Iran, Afghanistan, Libya, Egypt, Ukraine, Syria and elsewhere in the world, may lead to additional armed conflicts or to further acts of terrorism and civil disturbance. Any such attacks or disturbances may disrupt our business, increase vessel operating costs, including insurance costs, and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Our operations may also be adversely affected by expropriation of vessels, taxes, regulation, tariffs, trade embargoes, economic sanctions or a disruption of or limit to trading activities or other adverse events or circumstances in or affecting the countries and regions where we operate or where we may operate in the future.

The international nature of our operations may make the outcome of any bankruptcy proceedings difficult to predict.

We are incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands and we conduct operations in countries around the world. Consequently, in the event of any bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or similar proceeding involving us or any of our subsidiaries, bankruptcy laws other than those of the United States could apply. If we become a debtor under U.S. bankruptcy law, bankruptcy courts in the United States may seek to assert jurisdiction over all of our assets, wherever located, including property situated in other countries. There can be no assurance, however, that we would become a debtor in the United States, or that a U.S. bankruptcy court would be entitled to, or accept, jurisdiction over such a bankruptcy case, or that courts in other countries that have jurisdiction over us and our operations would recognize a U.S. bankruptcy court's jurisdiction if any other bankruptcy court would determine it had jurisdiction.

Obligations associated with being a public company require significant company resources and management attention.

We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the “Exchange Act”) and the other rules and regulations of the SEC, including Sarbanes-Oxley. Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley requires that we evaluate and determine the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

We work with our legal, accounting and financial advisors to identify any areas in which changes should be made to our financial and management control systems to manage our growth and our obligations as a public company. We evaluate areas such as corporate governance, corporate control, internal audit, disclosure controls and procedures and financial reporting and accounting systems. We will make changes in any of these and other areas, including our internal control over financial reporting, which we believe are necessary. However, these and other measures we may take may not be sufficient to allow us to satisfy our obligations as a public company on a timely and reliable basis. In addition, compliance with reporting and other requirements applicable to public companies do create additional costs for us and require the time and attention of management. Our limited management resources may exacerbate the difficulties in complying with these reporting and other requirements while focusing on executing our business
33


strategy. We may not be able to predict or estimate the amount of the additional costs we may incur, the timing of such costs or the degree of impact that our management's attention to these matters will have on our business.

Exposure to currency exchange rate fluctuations will result in fluctuations in our cash flows and operating results.

We generate all our revenues in U.S. dollars, but we incur approximately 18% of our vessel operating expenses and drydocking expenses, all of our vessel management fees, and approximately 1% in 2020 of our general and administrative expenses in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. This could lead to fluctuations in our operating expenses, which would affect our financial results. Expenses incurred in foreign currencies increase when the value of the U.S. dollar falls, which would reduce our profitability and cash flows. In 2020, we had no exposure to the GBP.

Investment in derivative instruments such as freight forward agreements could result in losses.

From time to time, we may take positions in derivative instruments including freight forward agreements (“FFAs”). FFAs and other derivative instruments may be used to hedge a vessel owner's exposure to the charter market by providing for the sale of a contracted charter rate along a specified route and period of time. Upon settlement, if the contracted charter rate is less than the average of the rates, as reported by an identified index, for the specified route and period, the seller of the FFA is required to pay the buyer an amount equal to the difference between the contracted rate and the settlement rate, multiplied by the number of days in the specified period. Conversely, if the contracted rate is greater than the settlement rate, the buyer is required to pay the seller the settlement sum. If we take positions in FFAs or other derivative instruments and do not correctly anticipate charter rate movements over the specified route and time period, we could suffer losses in the settling or termination of the FFA. This could adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows. As of December 31, 2020, the Company has entered into interest rate swap and FFA agreements. See "Note 13 – Derivative Financial Instruments” under the “Consolidated Financial Statements” (beginning on page F-38).

We are exposed to volatility in LIBOR, and have entered into and may selectively enter from time to time into derivative contracts, which can result in higher than market interest rates and charges against our income. If volatility in LIBOR occurs, it could affect our profitability, earnings and cash flow.

LIBOR is the subject of recent national, international and other regulatory guidance and proposals for reform. These reforms and other pressures may cause LIBOR to be eliminated or to perform differently than in the past. The consequences of these developments cannot be entirely predicted but could include an increase in the cost of our variable rate indebtedness and obligations. The amount outstanding under our senior secured credit facilities has been, and amounts under additional credit facilities that we may enter in the future will generally be, advanced at a floating rate based on LIBOR, which has been volatile in prior years, which can affect the amount of interest payable on our debt, and which, in turn, could have an adverse effect on our earnings and cash flow. In addition, in recent years, LIBOR has been at relatively low levels, and may rise in the future as the current low interest rate environment comes to an end. Our financial condition could be materially adversely affected at any time that we have not entered into interest rate hedging arrangements to hedge our exposure to the interest rates applicable to our credit facilities and any other financing arrangements we may enter into in the future. Even if we enter into interest rate swaps or other derivative instruments for purposes of managing our interest rate exposure, our hedging strategies may not be effective and we may incur substantial losses.

LIBOR has historically been volatile, with the spread between LIBOR and the prime lending rate widening significantly at times. These conditions are the result of the disruptions in the international credit markets. Because the interest rates borne by our outstanding indebtedness fluctuate with changes in LIBOR, if this volatility were to occur, it would affect the amount of interest payable on our debt, which in turn, could have an adverse effect on our profitability, earnings and cash flow.

Furthermore, the calculation of interest in most financing agreements in our industry has been based on published LIBOR rates. Due in part to uncertainty relating to the LIBOR calculation process in recent years, it is likely that LIBOR will be phased out in the future. As a result, our loan agreements contain provisions that entitle the lenders, in their discretion, to replace published LIBOR as the base for the interest calculation with their cost-of-funds rate. Since some of our loans have such clauses, our borrowing costs could increase significantly, which would have an adverse effect on our profitability, earnings and cash flow.

In addition, the banks currently reporting information used to set LIBOR will likely stop such reporting after 2021, when their commitment to reporting information ends.  The Alternative Reference Rate Committee, a committee convened by the Federal Reserve that includes major market participants, has proposed an alternative rate to replace
34


U.S. Dollar LIBOR: the Secured Overnight Financing Rate, or “SOFR.” On November 30, 2020 the administrator of LIBOR, ICE Benchmark Administration (“IBA”), announced that it would consult on ceasing to determine one-week and two-month U.S. dollar LIBOR with effect from December 31, 2021 deadline but ceasing to determine the remaining U.S. dollar LIBOR tenors on June 30, 2023. This announcement coincided with an announcement by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association (“ISDA”) that the IBA announcement was not a triggering event which would set the spread to be used in its derivative contracts as part of the risk-free rate determination process. Uncertainty surrounding a phase-out of LIBOR may adversely affect the trading market for LIBOR-based agreements, which could negatively affect our operating results and financial condition as well as our cash flows, including cash available for dividends to our stockholders. We are continuing to evaluate the risks resulting from a termination of LIBOR and our credit facilities generally have fallback provisions in the event of the unavailability of LIBOR, but those fallback provisions and related successor benchmarks may create additional risks and uncertainties for us.

In order to manage our exposure to interest rate fluctuations, we use and may in the future use additional interest rate derivatives to effectively fix some of our floating rate debt obligations. No assurance can however be given that the use of these derivative instruments may effectively protect us from adverse interest rate movements. The use of interest rate derivatives may affect our results through mark to market valuation of these derivatives. Also, adverse movements in interest rate derivatives may require us to post cash as collateral, which may impact our free cash position. Interest rate derivatives may also be impacted by the transition from LIBOR to SOFR or other alternative rates. Entering into swaps and derivatives transactions is inherently risky and presents various possibilities for incurring significant expenses. Such risk may have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We depend upon a few significant customers, due to our currently small fleet, for a large part of our revenues and the loss of one or more of these customers could adversely affect our financial performance.

We have historically derived a significant part of our revenues from a small number of charterers. During 2020, approximately 77% of our revenues derived from our top five charterers. During 2019 and 2018, approximately 81% and 69%, respectively, of our revenues derived from our top five charterers. If one or more of our charterers chooses not to charter our vessels or is unable to perform under one or more charters with us and we are not able to find a replacement charter, we could suffer a loss of revenues that could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

United States tax authorities could treat us as a "passive foreign investment company," which could have adverse United States federal income tax consequences to United States holders.

A foreign corporation will be treated as a "passive foreign investment company," or PFIC, for United States federal income tax purposes if either (1) at least 75% of its gross income for any taxable year consists of certain types of "passive income" or (2) at least 50% of the average value of the corporation's assets produce or are held for the production of those types of "passive income." For purposes of these tests, "passive income" includes dividends, interest, and gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties which are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business. For purposes of these tests, income derived from the performance of services does not constitute "passive income." United States shareholders of a PFIC are subject to a disadvantageous United States federal income tax regime with respect to the income derived by the PFIC, the distributions they receive from the PFIC and the gain, if any, they derive from the sale or other disposition of their shares in the PFIC. In addition, United States shareholders of a PFIC are required to file annual information returns with the United States Internal Revenue Service, or IRS.

Based on our current method of operation, we do not believe that we have been, are or will be a PFIC with respect to any taxable year. In this regard, we treat the gross income we derive or are deemed to derive from our time chartering activities as services income, rather than rental income. Accordingly, we believe that our income from our time chartering activities should not constitute "passive income," and the assets that we own and operate in connection with the production of that income should not constitute passive assets.

There is substantial legal authority supporting this position consisting of case law and IRS pronouncements concerning the characterization of income derived from time charters and voyage charters as services income for other tax purposes.  However, it should be noted that there is also authority which characterizes time charter income as rental income rather than services income for other tax purposes.  Accordingly, in the absence of legal authority directly relating to PFIC rules, no assurance can be given that the IRS or a court of law will accept this position, and there is a risk that the IRS or a court of law could determine that we are a PFIC. Moreover, no assurance can be given that we would not constitute a PFIC for any future taxable year if the nature and extent of our operations changed.
35


If the IRS were to find that we are or have been a PFIC for any taxable year, our United States shareholders will face adverse United States federal income tax consequences. Under the PFIC rules, unless those shareholders make an election available under the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (which election could itself have adverse consequences for such shareholders, as discussed in Item 10 of this Annual Report under "Taxation — United States Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders"), such shareholders would be subject to United States federal income tax at the then prevailing income tax rates on ordinary income plus interest upon excess distributions and upon any gain from the disposition of our shares, as if the excess distribution or gain had been recognized ratably over the United States shareholder's holding period of our shares. See "Taxation — United States Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders" in this Annual Report under Item 10 for a more comprehensive discussion of the United States federal income tax consequences to United States shareholders if we are treated as a PFIC.

Based on the current and expected composition of our and our subsidiaries' assets and income, it is not anticipated that we will be treated as a PFIC. Our actual PFIC status for any taxable year, however, will not be determinable until after the end of such taxable year. Accordingly, there can be no assurances regarding our status as a PFIC for the current taxable year or any future taxable year. See the discussion in the section entitled "Item 10.E. Taxation — Passive Foreign Investment Company Status and Significant Tax Consequences". We urge U.S. Holders to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of the PFIC rules.
We may have to pay tax on United States source income, which would reduce our earnings.

Under the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or the Code, 50% of the gross shipping income of a vessel owning or chartering corporation, such as us and our subsidiaries, that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States may be subject to a 4% United States federal income tax without allowance for deduction, unless that corporation qualifies for exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code, or Section 883, and the applicable Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

We intend to take the position that we qualified for this statutory tax exemption for United States federal income tax return reporting purposes for our 2020 taxable year and we intend to so qualify for future taxable years. However, there are factual circumstances beyond our control that could cause us to lose the benefit of this tax exemption for any future taxable year and thereby become subject to United States federal income tax on our U.S.-source shipping income. For example, in certain circumstances we may no longer qualify for exemption under Section 883 for a particular taxable year if shareholders, other than “qualified shareholders”, with a five percent or greater interest in our common shares owned, in the aggregate, 50% or more of our outstanding common shares for more than half the days during the taxable year. Due to the factual nature of the issues involved, there can be no assurances on our tax-exempt status.  In addition, we may fail to qualify if our common stock comes to represent 50% or less of the value or outstanding voting power of our stock.

If we are not entitled to exemption under Section 883 for any taxable year, we would be subject for those years to an effective 2% United States federal income tax on the shipping income we derive during the year which is attributable to the transport of cargoes to or from the United States. The imposition of this taxation would have a negative effect on our business and would result in decreased earnings available for distribution to our shareholders.

Failure to comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act could result in fines, criminal penalties, and an adverse effect on our business.

We operate in a number of countries throughout the world, including countries known to have a reputation for corruption. We are committed to doing business in accordance with applicable anti-corruption laws and have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics which is consistent and in full compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977. We are subject, however, to the risk that we, our affiliated entities or our or their respective officers, directors, employees and agents may take action determined to be in violation of such anti-corruption laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977. Any such violation could result in substantial fines, sanctions, civil and/or criminal penalties, curtailment of operations in certain jurisdictions, and might adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. In addition, actual or alleged violations could damage our reputation and ability to do business. Furthermore, detecting, investigating, and resolving actual or alleged violations is expensive and can consume significant time and attention of our senior management.

36


If management is unable to provide reports as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, investors could lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which could result in a decrease in the value of our common stock.

Under Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley, we are required to include in each of our annual reports on Form 20-F a report containing our management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. If, in such annual reports on Form 20-F, our management cannot provide a report as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as required by Section 404, investors could lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which could result in a decrease in the value of our common stock.

It may be difficult to enforce service of process and enforcement of judgments against us and our officers and directors.

We are a Marshall Islands corporation, and our subsidiaries are incorporated in jurisdictions outside of the United States. Our executive offices are located outside of the United States in Maroussi, Greece. A majority of our directors and officers reside outside of the United States, and a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of our officers and directors are located outside of the United States. As a result, you may have difficulty serving legal process within the United States upon us or any of these persons. You may also have difficulty enforcing, both in and outside of the United States, judgments you may obtain in the U.S. courts against us or these persons in any action, including actions based upon the civil liability provisions of U.S. federal or state securities laws.

There is also substantial doubt that the courts of the Marshall Islands, Greece or jurisdictions in which our subsidiaries are organized would enter judgments in original actions brought in those courts predicated on U.S. federal or state securities laws. In addition, the protection afforded minority shareholders in the Marshall Islands is different than those offered in the United States.

Risk Factors Relating To Our Common Stock
The trading volume for our common stock has been low, which may cause our common stock to trade at lower prices and make it difficult for you to sell your common stock.

Although our shares of common stock have traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market since May 31, 2018, the trading volume has been low. Our shares may not actively trade in the public market and any such limited liquidity may cause our common stock to trade at lower prices and make it difficult to sell your common stock.

The market price of our common stock has recently been volatile and may continue to be volatile in the future, and as a result, investors in our common stock could incur substantial losses on any investment in our common stock.

The market price of our common stock has recently been volatile and may continue to be volatile in the future. For example, the reported closing sale price of our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market was $3.70 per share on November 2, 2020 and $8.26 per share on April 16, 2021. In addition, on February 12, 2021, the intra-day sale price of our common stock reported on the Nasdaq Capital Market fluctuated between a low of $7.80 per share and a high of $12.00 per share without any discernable announcements or developments by the Company or third parties to substantiate the movement of our stock price.

Among the factors that have in the past and could in the future affect our stock price are:

 
actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly and annual results and those of other public companies in our industry;
 
changes in market valuations or sales or earnings estimates or publication of research reports by analysts;
 
changes in earnings estimates or shortfalls in our operating results from levels forecasted by securities analysts;
 
speculation in the press or investment community about our business or the shipping industry;
 
changes in market valuations of similar companies and stock market price and volume fluctuations generally;
 
payment of dividends;
 
strategic actions by us or our competitors such as mergers, acquisitions, joint ventures, strategic alliances or restructurings;
 
changes in government and other regulatory developments;
 
additions or departures of key personnel;
37


 
general market conditions and the state of the securities markets; and
 
domestic and international economic, market and currency factors unrelated to our performance.

The international drybulk shipping industry has been highly unpredictable.  In addition, the stock markets in general, and the markets for drybulk shipping and shipping stocks in general, have experienced extreme volatility that has sometimes been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies. In addition, the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic has caused broad stock market and industry fluctuations. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.  As a result of this volatility, our shares may trade at prices lower than you originally paid for such shares and you may incur substantial losses on your investment in our common stock.

Investors may purchase our common stock to hedge existing exposure or to speculate on the price of our common stock. Speculation on the price of our common stock may involve long and short exposures. To the extent an aggregate short exposure in our common stock becomes significant, investors with short exposure may have to pay a premium to purchase common stock for delivery to common stock lenders at times if and when the price of our common stock increases significantly, particularly over a short period of time. Those purchases may in turn, dramatically increase the price of our common stock. This is often referred to as a “short squeeze.” A short squeeze could lead to volatile price movements in our common stock that are not directly correlated to our business prospects, operating performance, financial condition or other traditional measures of value for the Company or our common stock.

If our common stock does not meet the Nasdaq Capital Market’s minimum share price requirement, and if we cannot cure such deficiency within the prescribed timeframe, our common stock could be delisted.

Under the rules of the Nasdaq Capital Market, listed companies are required to maintain a share price of at least $1.00 per share.  If the share price declines below $1.00 for a period of 30 consecutive business days, then the listed company has a cure period of at least 180 days to regain compliance with the $1.00 per share minimum. The company may regain compliance if the bid price of its common shares closes at $1.00 per share or more for a minimum of ten consecutive business days at any time during the 180-day cure period. If the price of our common stock closes below $1.00 for 30 consecutive days, and if we cannot cure that deficiency within the 180-day timeframe, then our common stock could be delisted.

If the market price of our common stock falls below $5.00 per share, under stock exchange rules, our shareholders will not be able to use such shares as collateral for borrowing in margin accounts. This inability to continue to use our common stock as collateral may lead to sales of such shares creating downward pressure on and increased volatility in the market price of our common stock.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or publish negative reports about our business, our share price and trading volume could decline.

 The trading market for our common shares will depend, in part, upon the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over analysts as to whether they will cover us, and if they do, whether such coverage will continue. If analysts do not commence coverage of the Company, or if one or more of these analysts cease coverage of the Company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our share price or trading volume to decline. In addition, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our shares or change their opinion of our shares, our share price may likely decline.

Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws and Shareholders' Rights Plan contain anti-takeover provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent (1) our merger or acquisition and/or (2) the removal of incumbent directors and officers and (3) the ability of public shareholders to benefit from a change in control.

Our current amended and restated articles of incorporation and bylaws contain certain anti-takeover provisions. These provisions include blank check preferred stock, the prohibition of cumulative voting in the election of directors, a classified Board of Directors, advance written notice for shareholder nominations for directors, removal of directors only for cause, advance written notice of shareholder proposals for the removal of directors and limitations on action by shareholders. In addition, we adopted a shareholders' rights plan pursuant to which our Board of Directors may cause the substantial dilution of any person that attempts to acquire us without the approval of our Board of Directors.  These anti-takeover provisions, including provisions of our shareholders' rights plan, either individually or in the aggregate, may discourage, delay or prevent (1) our merger or acquisition by means of a tender offer, a proxy
38


contest or otherwise, that a shareholder may consider in its best interest, (2) the removal of incumbent directors and officers, and (3) the ability of public shareholders to benefit from a change in control. These anti-takeover provisions could substantially impede the ability of shareholders to benefit from a change in control and, as a result, may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and shareholders’ ability to realize any potential change of control premium.

Future sales of our common stock could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, may depress the market price for our common stock. These sales could also impair our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of our equity securities in the future.

We may issue additional shares of our stock in the future and our stockholders may elect to sell large numbers of shares held by them from time to time. Our amended and restated articles of incorporation authorize us to issue up to 200,000,000 shares of common stock and 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock.

Sales of a substantial number of any of the shares of common stock mentioned above may cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Issuance of preferred stock may adversely affect the voting power of our shareholders and have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a merger or acquisition, which could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

Our Board of Directors approved the issuance of 19,042 shares of our Series B Preferred Shares at the Spin-off date and may decide in the future to issue preferred shares in one or more series and to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions with respect to, among other things, dividends, conversion, voting, redemption, liquidation and the number of shares constituting any series subject to prior shareholders' approval. If our Board determines to issue preferred shares, such issuance may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that shareholders may consider favorable. The issuance of preferred shares with voting and conversion rights may also adversely affect the voting power of the holders of common shares. This could substantially impede the ability of public shareholders to benefit from a change in control and, as a result, may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and shareholders’ ability to realize any potential change of control premium.

Our Series B Preferred Shares are senior obligations of ours and rank prior to our common stock with respect to dividends, distributions and payments upon liquidation, which could have an adverse effect on the value of our common stock.

The rights of the holders of our Series B Preferred Shares rank senior to the obligations to holders of our common shares. Upon our liquidation, the holders of Series B Preferred Shares will be entitled to receive a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, plus all accrued but unpaid dividends, prior and in preference to any distribution to the holders of any other class of our equity securities, including our common shares. The existence of the Series B Preferred Shares could have an adverse effect on the value of our common shares.

Because the Republic of the Marshall Islands, where we are incorporated, does not have a well-developed body of corporate law, shareholders may have fewer rights and protections than under typical state law in the United States, such as Delaware, and shareholders may have difficulty in protecting their interests with regard to actions taken by our Board of Directors.

Our corporate affairs are governed by our amended and restated articles of incorporation and bylaws, as amended, and by the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act, or the BCA. The provisions of the BCA resemble provisions of the corporation laws of a number of states in the United States. However, there have been few judicial cases in the Republic of the Marshall Islands interpreting the BCA. The rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under the law of the Republic of the Marshall Islands are not as clearly established as the rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under statutes or judicial precedent in existence in certain U.S. jurisdictions. Stockholder rights may differ as well. For example, under Marshall Islands law, a copy of the notice of any meeting of the shareholders must be given not less than 15 days before the meeting, whereas in Delaware such notice must be given not less than 10 days before the meeting. Therefore, if immediate shareholder action is required, a meeting may not be able to be convened as quickly as it can be convened under Delaware law. Also, under Marshall Islands law, any action required to be taken by a meeting of shareholders may only be taken without a meeting if consent is in writing and is signed by all of the shareholders entitled to vote, whereas under Delaware law action may be taken by consent if approved by the number of shareholders
39


that would be required to approve such action at a meeting. Therefore, under Marshall Islands law, it may be more difficult for a company to take certain actions without a meeting even if a majority of the shareholders approve of such action. While the BCA does specifically incorporate the non-statutory law, or judicial case law, of Delaware and other states with substantially similar legislative provisions, public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions by the management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a U.S. jurisdiction.
Item 4.
Information on the Company
A.
History and Development of the Company
EuroDry Ltd. is a Marshall Islands company incorporated under the BCA on January 8, 2018. We are a provider of worldwide ocean-going transportation services. We own and operate drybulk carriers that transport major bulks such as iron ore, coal and grains, and minor bulks such as bauxite, phosphate and fertilizers. As of March 31, 2021, our fleet consisted of seven drybulk carriers (comprising four Panamax drybulk carriers, two Kamsarmax and one Ultramax drybulk carrier), all of which are in operation. The total cargo carrying capacity of our seven drybulk carriers is 528,931 dwt.

On May 30, 2018, EuroDry was spun-off from our Former Parent Company and issued 2,254,830 shares of its common stock to holders of common stock of Euroseas as of the applicable record date (one share of EuroDry for every five shares of Euroseas held).  Our common shares trade under the symbol EDRY on the Nasdaq Capital Market. Our executive offices are located at 4 Messogiou & Evropis Street, 151 24, Maroussi, Greece. Our telephone number is +30-211-1804005.

The SEC maintains an Internet site at www.sec.gov, which contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. Our website address is www.eurodry.gr. The information contained on our website is not part of this annual report.
B.
Business Overview
Our fleet consists of drybulk carriers that transport iron ore, coal, grain and other dry cargoes along worldwide shipping routes.  Please see information in the section "Our Fleet", below. During 2018, 2019 and 2020, we had a fleet utilization of 99.7%, 99.4% and 99.7%, respectively, our vessels achieved daily time charter equivalent rates of $12,481, $11,190 and $9,388, respectively, and we generated voyage charter and time charter revenues of $25.93 million, $28.79 million and $23.59 million, respectively.

Our business strategy is focused on providing consistent shareholder returns by carefully selecting the timing and the structure of our investments in drybulk vessels and by reliably, safely and competitively operating the vessels we own, through our affiliates, Eurobulk and Eurobulk FE. Representing a continuous shipowning and management history that dates back to the 19th century, we believe that one of our advantages in the industry is our ability to select and safely operate drybulk vessels of any age.
40


Our Fleet
As of April 15, 2021, the profile and deployment of our fleet are the following:
Name
Type
 
Dwt
   
Year Built
 
Employment (*)
 
TCE Rate ($/day)
 
Drybulk Vessels
                     
EKATERINI
Kamsarmax
   
82,000
     
2018
 
TC until Mar-22
 
Hire 106% of the Average Baltic Kamsarmax P5TC index (***)
 
XENIA
Kamsarmax
   
82,000
     
2016
 
TC until Aug-22
 
Hire 105% of the Average Baltic Kamsarmax P5TC index (***)
 
EIRINI P
Panamax
   
76,466
     
2004
 
TC until Apr-21
 
Hire 99% of the Average BPI 4TC index(**)
 
PANTELIS
Panamax
   
74,020
     
2000
 
TC until May-21
 

$10,450
 
TASOS
Panamax
   
75,100
     
2000
 
TC until May-21
 

$19,750
 
ALEXANDROS P
Ultramax
   
63,500
     
2017
 
Guardian Navigation GMax LLC Pool
 
Pool revenue from August 2018
 
STARLIGHT
Panamax
   
75,845
     
2004
 
TC until Aug-21
 
Hire 98.5% of the Average BPI 4TC index(**)
 
Total Vessels
7
   
528,931
                   

(*)
TC denotes time charter. All dates listed are the earliest redelivery dates under each TC.
(**)
BPI stands for the Baltic Panamax Index; The Average BPI 4TC is an index based on four time charter routes.
(***)
The average Baltic Kamsarmax P5TC Index is an index based on five Panamax time charter routes.

We plan to expand our fleet by investing in vessels in the drybulk market under favorable market conditions. We also intend to take advantage of the cyclical nature of the market by buying and selling ships when we believe favorable opportunities exist.  We employ our vessels in the spot and time charter market and through pool arrangements. As of April 15, 2021, all of our vessels are employed under time charter contracts or pool agreements.
As of April 15, 2021, approximately 50% of our ship capacity days for the remainder of 2021 are under contract or pool arrangements.
In “Critical Accounting Policies – Impairment of vessels” below, we discuss our policy for impairing the carrying values of our vessels. During the past few years, the market values of vessels have experienced extraordinarily high volatility, and substantial declines in many vessel classes.  As a result, the charter-free market value, or basic market value, of certain of our vessels may have declined below those vessels’ carrying value. We may not impair those vessels’ carrying value under our impairment accounting policy, due to our belief that future undiscounted cash flows expected to be earned by such vessels over their operating lives would exceed such vessels’ carrying amounts.
The table set forth below indicates (i) the carrying value of each of our vessels as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, (ii) which of our vessels we believe has a basic market value below its carrying value, and (iii) the aggregate difference between carrying and market value represented by such vessels.  This aggregate difference represents the approximate analysis of the amount by which we believe we would have to reduce our net income/ (loss) if we sold all of such vessels in the current environment, using industry-standard valuation methodologies, in cash, in arm’s-length transactions.  For purposes of this calculation, we have assumed that the vessels would be sold at a price that reflects our estimate of their current basic market values. However, we are not holding our vessels for sale, except as otherwise noted in this report.
41


Our estimates of basic market value assume that our vessels are all in good and seaworthy condition without need for repair and if inspected would be certified in class without any notations.  Our estimates are based on information available from various industry sources, including:
 
reports by industry analysts and data providers that focus on our industry and related dynamics affecting vessel values;
 
news and industry reports of similar vessel sales;
 
news and industry reports of sales of vessels that are not similar to our vessels where we have made certain adjustments in an attempt to derive information that can be used as part of our estimates;
 
approximate market values for our vessels or similar vessels that we have received from shipbrokers, whether solicited or unsolicited, or that shipbrokers have generally disseminated;
 
offers that we may have received from potential purchasers of our vessels; and
 
vessel sale prices and values of which we are aware through both formal and informal communications with shipowners, shipbrokers, industry analysts and various other shipping industry participants and observers.
As we obtain information from various industry and other sources, our estimates of basic market value are inherently uncertain.  In addition, vessel values are highly volatile; as such, our estimates may not be indicative of the current or future basic market value of our vessels or prices that we could achieve if we were to sell them.
Name
 
Capacity
 
Purchase Date
 
Carrying Value as of December 31, 2019
   
Carrying Value as of December 31, 2020
 
Drybulk Vessels
 
(dwt)
     
(million USD)
   
(million USD)
 
PANTELIS
   
74,020
 
Jul-2009
 
$
10.86
(1) 
 
$
9.47
(2) 
EIRINI P
   
76,466
 
May-2014
 
$
14.69
(1) 
 
$
13.44
(2) 
XENIA
   
82,000
 
Feb-2016
 
$
27.46
(1) 
 
$
26.34
(2) 
TASOS
   
75,100
 
Jan-2017
 
$
3.84
   
$
3.64
 
ALEXANDROS P.
   
63,500
 
Jan-2017
 
$
16.06
   
$
15.48
 
EKATERINI
   
82,000
 
May-2018
 
$
22.51
   
$
21.71
(2) 
STARLIGHT
   
75,845
 
Nov-2018
 
$
10.08
(1) 
 
$
9.23
(2) 
Total Drybulk Vessels
   
528,931
     
$
105.5
   
$
99.31
 
(1)  Indicates drybulk vessels for which we believe, as of December 31, 2019, the basic charter-free market value is lower than the vessel’s carrying value as of December 31, 2019.  We believe that the aggregate carrying value of these vessels, assessed separately, of $63.09 million as of December 31, 2019 exceeds their aggregate basic charter-free market value of approximately $49.20 million by approximately $13.89 million.  As further discussed in “Critical Accounting Policies – Impairment of vessels” below, we believe that the carrying values of our vessels as of December 31, 2019 were recoverable.
(2) Indicates drybulk vessels for which we believe, as of December 31, 2020, the basic charter-free market value is lower than the vessel’s carrying value as of December 31, 2020.  We believe that the aggregate carrying value of these vessels, assessed separately, of $80.19 million as of December 31, 2020 exceeds their aggregate basic charter-free market value of approximately $62.80 million by approximately $17.39 million.  As further discussed in “Critical Accounting Policies – Impairment of vessels” below, we believe that the carrying values of our vessels as of December 31, 2020 were recoverable.
We note that all of our drybulk vessels, are currently employed under time charter contracts of durations from less than one to 17 months until the earliest redelivery charter period, with the exception of the pool agreement we have entered into since August 2018.  If we sell those vessels with the charters attached, the sale price may be affected by the relationship of the charter rate to the prevailing market rate for a comparable charter with the same terms.
42


We refer you to the risk factor entitled “The market value of our vessels can fluctuate significantly, which may adversely affect our financial condition, cause us to breach financial covenants, result in the incurrence of a loss upon disposal of a vessel or increase the cost of acquiring additional vessels” and the discussion in Item 3.D under “Industry Risk Factors”.
Management of Our Fleet
The operations of our vessels are managed by Eurobulk Ltd., or Eurobulk, and Eurobulk (Far East) Ltd. Inc., or Eurobulk FE, both affiliated companies. Eurobulk manages our fleet under a Master Management Agreement with us and separate management agreements with each shipowning company. Eurobulk was founded in 1994 by members of the Pittas family and is a reputable ship management company with strong industry relationships and experience in managing vessels. Under our Master Management Agreement, Eurobulk is responsible for providing us with: (i) executive services associated with us being a public company; (ii) other services to our subsidiaries and commercial management services, which include obtaining employment for our vessels and managing our relationships with charterers; and (iii) technical management services, which include managing day-to-day vessel operations, performing general vessel maintenance, ensuring regulatory and classification society compliance, supervising the maintenance and general efficiency of vessels, arranging our hire of qualified officers and crew, arranging and supervising drydocking and repairs, arranging insurance for vessels, purchasing stores, supplies, spares and new equipment for vessels, appointing supervisors and technical consultants and providing technical support and shoreside personnel who carry out the management functions described above and certain accounting services.

Our Master Management Agreement with Eurobulk compensates Eurobulk with an annual fee and a daily management fee per vessel managed. Our Master Management Agreement is similar to the master management agreement between Euroseas and Eurobulk relating to our vessels that were previously owned by Euroseas.  The Master Management Agreement is terminable by Eurobulk only for cause or under other limited circumstances, such as sale of the Company or Eurobulk or the bankruptcy of either party. The Master Management Agreement runs through January 1, 2023 and will automatically be extended after the initial period for an additional five-year period unless terminated on or before the 90th day preceding the initial termination date. Pursuant to the Master Management Agreement, vessels we might acquire in the future can enter into a separate management agreement with Eurobulk with the term and daily rate as specified in the Master Management Agreement. The management agreements between Eurobulk FE and the ship owning companies follow substantially the same terms of the similar agreements with Eurobulk.

The management fee will be adjusted annually for Eurozone inflation every January 1. Under the Master Management Agreement, we pay Eurobulk an annual fee of $1,250,000 and a fee of 685 Euros per vessel per day in operation and 342.50 Euros per vessel per day in lay-up. In the case of newbuilding vessel contracts, the same management fee of 685 Euros will become effective when construction of the vessels actually begins. 

Eurobulk FE was founded in 2015 and is based in the Philippines. Eurobulk FE manages our vessels M/V "Xenia," M/V "Tasos," M/V "Alexandros P" and M/V "Ekaterini," pursuant to a management agreement with each vessel's shipowning company and Master Management Agreement with Eurobulk FE, with terms substantially the same as the corresponding agreements of Eurobulk with the other shipowning companies.
During 2019 and 2020, in exchange for providing us with the services described above, we paid Eurobulk an annual fee of $1,250,000. We also paid Eurobulk and Eurobulk FE a management fee of 685 Euros per vessel per day for any operating vessel and 50% (i.e. 342.5 Euros) of that amount for any vessel laid-up.  There was no adjustment for inflation from January 1, 2021, to date and, hence, we continue to pay an annual fee of $1,250,000 and a fee of 685 Euros per vessel per day in operation and 342.5 Euros per vessel per day in lay-up. In the case of newbuilding vessel contracts, the same management fee of 685 Euros becomes effective when construction of the vessels actually begins.
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe that we possess the following competitive strengths:

Experienced Management Team. Our management team has significant experience in all aspects of commercial, technical, operational and financial areas of our business. Aristides J. Pittas, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, holds a dual graduate degree in Naval Architecture and Marine Engineering and Ocean Systems Management from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. He has worked in various technical, shipyard and ship management capacities and since 1991 has focused on the ownership and operation of vessels carrying dry cargoes. Dr. Anastasios Aslidis, our Chief Financial Officer, holds a Ph.D. in Ocean Systems Management also from Massachusetts Institute of Technology and has over 20 years of experience, primarily as a partner at a Boston based international consulting firm focusing on investment and risk management in the maritime industry.
43



Cost Efficient Vessel Operations. We believe that because of the efficiencies afforded to us through Eurobulk, the strength of our management team and the quality of our fleet, we are, and will continue to be, a reliable, low cost vessel operator, without compromising our high standards of performance, reliability and safety. Our total vessel operating expenses, including management fees and general and administrative expenses but excluding drydocking expenses were $6,211 per day for the year ended December 31, 2020. Our technical and operating expertise allows us to efficiently manage and transport a wide range of cargoes with a flexible trade route profile, which helps reduce ballast time between voyages and minimize off-hire days. Our professional, well-trained masters, officers and on board crews further help us to control costs and ensure consistent vessel operating performance. We actively manage our fleet and strive to maximize utilization and minimize maintenance expenditures for operational and commercial utilization. For the year ended December 31, 2020, our operational fleet utilization was 99.7%, from 99.4% in 2019, while our commercial utilization rate was at 100% for both years. Our total fleet utilization rate in 2020 was 99.7%.

Strong Relationships with Customers and Financial Institutions. We believe ourselves, Eurobulk, Eurobulk FE and the Pittas family have developed strong industry relationships and have gained acceptance with charterers, lenders and insurers because of long-standing reputation for safe and reliable service and financial responsibility through various shipping cycles. Through Eurobulk and Eurobulk FE, we offer reliable service and cargo carrying flexibility that enables us to attract customers and obtain repeat business. We also believe that the established customer base and reputation of ourselves, Eurobulk, Eurobulk FE and the Pittas family help us to secure favorable employment for our vessels with well-known charterers.
Our Business Strategy
Our business strategy is focused on providing consistent shareholder returns by carefully timing and structuring acquisitions of drybulk carriers and by reliably, safely and competitively operating our vessels through our Managers. We continuously evaluate purchase and sale opportunities, as well as long term employment opportunities for our vessels. Key elements of the above strategy are:

Renew and Expand our Fleet. We expect to grow our fleet in a disciplined manner through timely and selective acquisitions of quality vessels. We perform in-depth technical review and financial analysis of each potential acquisition and only purchase vessels as market opportunities present themselves. We focus on purchasing well-maintained secondhand vessels, newbuildings or newbuilding resales based on the evaluation of each investment option at the time it is made. During 2018 the construction of an 82,000 DWT bulk carrier was completed, which was delivered on May 7, 2018. In November 2018, we acquired another second hand Panamax drybulk carrier.

Maintain Balanced Employment. We intend to employ our fleet on either longer term time charters, i.e. charters with duration of more than a year, or shorter term time/spot charters. We seek longer term time charter employment to obtain adequate cash flow to cover as much as possible of our fleet’s recurring costs, consisting of vessel operating expenses, management fees, general and administrative expenses, interest expense and drydocking costs for the upcoming 12-month period. We also may use FFAs – as a substitute for time charter employment – to partly provide coverage for our drybulk vessels in order to increase the predictability of our revenues.  We look to deploy the remainder of our fleet on spot charters, shipping pools or contracts of affreightment (“COA”) depending on our view of the direction of the markets and other tactical or strategic considerations. When we expect charter rates to improve we try to increase the percentage of our fleet employed in shorter term contracts (allowing us to take advantage of higher rates in the future), while when we expect the market to weaken we try to increase the percentage of our fleet employed in longer term contracts (allowing us to take advantage of higher current rates). We believe this balanced employment strategy will provide us with more predictable operating cash flows and sufficient downside protection, while allowing us to participate in the potential upside of the spot market during periods of rising charter rates. As of April 15, 2021, on the basis of our existing time charters, approximately 50% of our vessel capacity for the remainder of 2021 are under time charter contracts or pool arrangements, which will ensure employment of a portion of our fleet, partly protect us from market fluctuations and increase our ability to make principal and interest payments on our debt and pay dividends to our shareholders.

Optimize Use of Financial Leverage. We intend to use bank debt to partly fund our vessel acquisitions and increase financial returns for our shareholders. We actively assess the level of debt we incur in light of our ability to repay that debt based on the level of cash flow generated from our balanced chartering strategy and efficient operating cost structure. Our debt repayment schedule as of December 31, 2020 called for a reduction of approximately 27% of our debt by the end of 2021 and an additional reduction of about 9% by the end of 2022 for a total of 36% reduction over the next two years, excluding any new debt that we assumed or may assume. In January and February 2021, we refinanced the outstanding loans of three of our vessels, with new loans of $31.7 million, after repaying the outstanding loans of the vessels of $25.8 million as of the date of
44


refinancing. As our debt is being repaid we expect that our ability to raise or borrow additional funds more cheaply in order to grow our fleet and generate better returns for our shareholders will increase.

Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) Practices: We actively manage a broad range of ESG initiatives, taking into consideration their expected impact on the sustainability of our business over time, and the potential impact of our business on society and the environment. Regarding environmental initiatives, in 2021 we are implementing technical and operational measures that we expect will result in energy savings and a reduced carbon footprint for our vessels. Moreover, we pay considerable attention to our human resources both on our vessels and ashore, proven by a variety of practices, including worldwide training on safety and management systems, and medical insurance for all employees.
Our Customers
We have well-established relationships with major dry bulk charterers, which we serve by carrying a variety of cargoes over a multitude of routes around the globe. Our major charterer customers during the last three years include Klaveness, Quadra, Guardian pool, Ausca, Amaggi, Norden, Panocean and Cargill amongst others. We are a relationship driven company, and our top five customers in 2020 include four of our top five customers from 2019 (Klaveness, Quadra, Guardian pool and Panocean) and three from 2018 (Klaveness, Guardian and Panocean). Our top five customers accounted for approximately 77% and 81% of our revenues in 2020 and 2019, respectively.  In 2020, Klaveness, Quadra and Guardian pool accounted for 23%, 19% and 14% of our revenues, respectively, whereas in 2019, the same customers accounted for 35%, 16% and 15% of our revenues, respectively. Our dependence on our key charterer customers is moderate as in the event of a charterer default, our vessels can generally be re-chartered at the market rate, in the spot or charter market, although such a rate could be lower than the charter rate agreed with the charterer. In addition, as of the date of this report, none of our charterers have reported any inability to pay their obligations to us as a result of the COVID-19 outbreak.
The Dry Cargo Industry

Dry cargo shipping refers to the transport of certain commodities by sea between various ports in bulk or containerized form.

Drybulk commodities are typically divided into two categories — major and minor bulks. Major bulks include coal, iron ore and grains, while minor bulks include aluminum, phosphate rock, fertilizer, raw materials, agricultural and mineral cargo, cement, forest products and some steel products, including scrap.

There are five main classes of drybulk carriers — Handysize, Handymax, Panamax, Kamsarmax and Capesize. These classes represent the sizes of the vessel carrying the cargo in terms of deadweight (dwt) capacity, which is defined as the total weight including cargo that the vessel can carry when loaded to a defined load line of the vessel. Handysize vessels are the smallest of the five categories and include those vessels weighing up to 40,000 dwt. Handymax carriers are those vessels that weigh between 40,000 dwt and 60,000 dwt, while Panamax vessels are those ranging from 60,000 dwt to 80,000 dwt. Vessels over 80,000 dwt are called Kamsarmax vessels, while vessels over 100,000 dwt are called Capesize vessels (mini-Capes 100-140,000 dwt).

Drybulk carriers are ordinarily chartered either through a voyage charter or a time charter, under a longer term COA or in pools. Under a voyage charter, the owner agrees to provide a vessel for the transport of cargo between specific ports in return for the payment of an agreed freight rate per ton of cargo or an agreed dollar lump sum amount. Voyage costs, such as canal and port charges and bunker expenses, are the responsibility of the owner. Under a time charter, the ship owner places the vessel at the disposal of a charterer for a given period of time in return for a specified rate (either hire per day or a specified rate per dwt capacity per month) with the voyage costs being the responsibility of the charterer. In both voyage charters and time charters, operating costs (such as repairs and maintenance, crew wages and insurance premiums), as well as drydockings and special surveys, are the responsibility of the ship owner. The duration of time charters varies, depending on the evaluation of market trends by the ship owner and by charterers. Occasionally, drybulk vessels are chartered on a bareboat basis. Under a bareboat charter, operations of the vessels and all operating costs are the responsibility of the charterer, while the owner only pays the financing costs of the vessel.

A COA is another type of charter relationship where a charterer and a ship owner enter into a written agreement pursuant to which a specific cargo will be carried over a specified period of time. COAs benefit charterers by providing them with fixed transport costs for a commodity over an identified period of time. COAs benefit ship owners by offering ascertainable revenue over that same period of time and eliminating the uncertainty that would otherwise be caused by the volatility of the charter market. A shipping pool is a collection of similar vessel types under various ownerships, placed under the care of a single commercial manager. The manager markets the vessels as a single fleet and collects the earnings which are distributed to individual owners under a pre-arranged weighing system by which each participating vessel receives its share. Pools have the size and scope to combine voyage charters, time charters and COAs with freight forward agreements for hedging purposes, to perform more efficient vessel scheduling thereby increasing fleet utilization.
45


The international drybulk shipping industry is cyclical and volatile, having reached historical highs in 2008 and historical lows in 2016. Charter rates improved in 2017, however, they remained below profitable levels for most of the year. In 2018 the charter rates improved significantly before turning back to the 2017 levels at the beginning of 2019. Gradually during the year, the BDI turned to a six-year high, and peaked at the beginning of September 2019. However, by the end of the year, the BDI returned to 2017 levels and continued to decline even further in early 2020. Pressure on bulker demand was notable even before the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, as iron ore exports were running low in certain areas of the world, and coal and minor bulk trade were under pressure, partially caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, among other factors. Fuel prices for vessels that had not undergone scrubber retrofitting also increased due to the implementation of the IMO 2020 regulation. Despite the turbulence in drybulk trade due to the COVID-19 pandemic in the first half of 2020, there were some improvements in the second half of the year. By November 2020, the market strength eased off but starting in December of 2020, and continuing in 2021, it strengthened again reaching its highest levels since 2010 by the end of March 2021, then retreating to levels still amongst the highest of the last decade by mid-April 2021. The development of charter rates is dependent on the supply of and demand for drybulk vessels. Demand for vessels depends on the international trade of drybulk commodities which, in turn, is affected by the economic growth, infrastructure investment and industrial production of major importing regions like Europe and Far East amongst others as well as the production of drybulk commodities by exporters like Brazil, Australia, South Africa, Argentina and Russia amongst others. During 2017, global seaborne drybulk trade growth (in tons) reached 4.1% according to industry analysts, the highest annual growth since 2014, however, trade growth in 2018 decreased to 2.5% and further decreased to 0.5% in 2019. The significant effects of the COVID-19 pandemic reflected negatively on drybulk seaborne trade growth, which shrunk to an estimated -2.9% in 2020, but is expected to grow to 4.0% in 2021. According to the International Monetary Fund’s world economic growth forecast as of January 2021, trade growth is projected to increase to 8.1% for 2021 and 6.3% for 2022, indicating a boost in macroeconomic environment for drybulk seaborne trade growth.

At the same time, the supply of drybulk vessels cannot be changed drastically in the short term as it takes about nine months to build a ship and, usually, there is a lag of, at least, fifteen to eighteen months between placing an order to build a vessel and its delivery. In the near term, supply is limited by the existing number of vessels and can only be adjusted by increasing or decreasing the operating speed of a vessel but various economic and operational factors could limit the range of such adjustments. As of March 31, 2021, the backlog of vessels under construction ("orderbook") is about 5.6% of the fleet and it is scheduled to be delivered mostly over the next two years. This level of orderbook reflects lower newbuilding orders placed between 2017 and 2018 due to the depressed charter rates in those years and will limit supply growth during 2021 and 2022. Most of the orderbook is concentrated on Capesize vessels (5.9% of the Capesize fleet), while vessels below 100,000 dwt, the segment in which our vessels compete, face an orderbook of about 5.4% of the fleet and, consequently, less supply growth. The above levels of orderbook indicate that growth of fleet is likely to contract, thus, providing a foundation for charter rates to regain positive levels.

Typically, periods of high charter rates result in an increased rate of new vessel ordering, often more than what the demand levels warrant; these vessels begin to be delivered eighteen months or more later when demand growth for vessels often slows down creating oversupply and quick correction of charter rates. The cyclicality of charter rates is also reflected in vessel values.

Our Competitors

We operate in markets that are highly competitive and based primarily on supply and demand. We compete for charters on the basis of price, vessel location, size, age and vessel condition, as well as on reputation. Eurobulk arranges our charters (whether spot charters, time charters or shipping pools) through Eurochart S.A. (“Eurochart”), an affiliated brokering company which negotiates the terms of the charters based on market conditions. We compete primarily with other shipowners of carriers in the drybulk sector. Ownership of drybulk carriers is highly fragmented and is divided among state controlled and independent shipowners. Some of our publicly listed competitors include Diana Shipping Inc. (NYSE: DSX), Eagle Bulk Shipping Inc. (NASDAQ: EGLE), Genco Shipping and Trading Limited (NYSE: GNK), Navios Maritime Partners Inc. (NYSE: NMM), Star Bulk Carriers Corp. (NASDAQ: SBLK), Safe Bulkers, Inc. (NYSE: SB) and Globus Maritime Limited (NASDAQ: GLBS).

Seasonality
Coal, iron ore and grains trades, the major commodities of the drybulk shipping industry, are somewhat seasonal in nature. Energy markets primarily affect the demand for coal, higher demand is witnessed mainly during summer periods when air conditioning and refrigeration require more electricity and towards the end of the calendar year in anticipation of the forthcoming winter period. Demand for iron ore tends to decline in the summer months because many of the major steel users, such as automobile makers, significantly reduce their level of production. Grains are completely seasonal as they are driven by the harvest within a climate zone. Because three of the five
46


largest grain producers (the United States, Canada and the European Union) are located in the northern hemisphere and the other two (Argentina and Australia) in the southern one, harvests occur throughout the year and are shipped accordingly.
Environmental and Other Regulations in the Shipping Industry
Government regulation and laws significantly affect the ownership and operation of our fleet. We are subject to international conventions and treaties, national, state and local laws and regulations in force in the countries in which our vessels may operate or are registered relating to safety and health and environmental protection including the storage, handling, emission, transportation and discharge of hazardous and non-hazardous materials, and the remediation of contamination and liability for damage to natural resources.  Compliance with such laws, regulations and other requirements entails significant expense, including vessel modifications and implementation of certain operating procedures.
A variety of government and private entities subject our vessels to both scheduled and unscheduled inspections. These entities include the local port authorities (applicable national authorities such as the United States Coast Guard (“USCG”), harbor master or equivalent), classification societies, flag state administrations (countries of registry) and charterers, particularly terminal operators. Certain of these entities require us to obtain permits, licenses, certificates and other authorizations for the operation of our vessels. Failure to maintain necessary permits or approvals could require us to incur substantial costs or result in the temporary suspension of the operation of one or more of our vessels.
Increasing environmental concerns have created a demand for vessels that conform to stricter environmental standards. We are required to maintain operating standards for all of our vessels that emphasize operational safety, quality maintenance, continuous training of our officers and crews and compliance with United States and international regulations. We believe that the operation of our vessels is in substantial compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations and that our vessels have all material permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations necessary for the conduct of our operations. However, because such laws and regulations frequently change and may impose increasingly stricter requirements, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with these requirements, or the impact of these requirements on the resale value or useful lives of our vessels. In addition, a future serious marine incident that causes significant adverse environmental impact could result in additional legislation or regulation that could negatively affect our profitability.
While we do not carry oil as cargo, we do carry fuel oil (bunkers) in our drybulk carriers. We currently maintain, for each of our vessels, pollution liability insurance coverage of $1.0 billion per incident. If the damages from a catastrophic spill exceeded our insurance coverage, that would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating cash flows.
International Maritime Organization

 The International Maritime Organization, the United Nations agency for maritime safety and the prevention of pollution by vessels (the “IMO”), has adopted the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973, as modified by the Protocol of 1978 relating thereto, collectively referred to as MARPOL 73/78 and herein as “MARPOL,” the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea of 1974 (“SOLAS Convention”), and the International Convention on Load Lines of 1966 (the “LL Convention”). MARPOL establishes environmental standards relating to oil leakage or spilling, garbage management, sewage, air emissions, handling and disposal of noxious liquids and the handling of harmful substances in packaged forms.  MARPOL is applicable to drybulk, tanker and LNG carriers, among other vessels, and is broken into six Annexes, each of which regulates a different source of pollution. Annex I relates to oil leakage or spilling; Annexes II and III relate to harmful substances carried in bulk in liquid or in packaged form, respectively; Annexes IV and V relate to sewage and garbage management, respectively; and Annex VI, lastly, relates to air emissions. Annex VI was separately adopted by the IMO in September of 1997; new emissions standards, titled IMO-2020, took effect on January 1, 2020.

Air Emissions

In September of 1997, the IMO adopted Annex VI to MARPOL to address air pollution from vessels.  Effective May 2005, Annex VI sets limits on sulfur oxide and nitrogen oxide emissions from all commercial vessel exhausts and prohibits “deliberate emissions” of ozone depleting substances (such as halons and chlorofluorocarbons), emissions of volatile compounds from cargo tanks, and the shipboard incineration of specific substances. Annex VI also includes a global cap on the sulfur content of fuel oil and allows for special areas to be established with more stringent controls on sulfur emissions, as explained below.  Emissions of “volatile organic compounds” from certain
47


vessels, and the shipboard incineration (from incinerators installed after January 1, 2000) of certain substances (such as polychlorinated biphenyls, or PCBs) are also prohibited.  We believe that all our vessels are currently compliant in all material respects with these regulations.
The Marine Environment Protection Committee, or “MEPC,” adopted amendments to Annex VI regarding emissions of sulfur oxide, nitrogen oxide, particulate matter and ozone depleting substances, which entered into force on July 1, 2010.  The amended Annex VI seeks to further reduce air pollution by, among other things, implementing a progressive reduction of the amount of sulfur contained in any fuel oil used on board ships.  On October 27, 2016, at its 70th session, the MEPC agreed to implement a global 0.5% m/m sulfur oxide emissions limit (reduced from 3.50%) starting from January 1, 2020.  This limitation can be met by using low-sulfur compliant fuel oil, alternative fuels or certain exhaust gas cleaning systems.  Ships are now required to obtain bunker delivery notes and International Air Pollution Prevention (“IAPP”) Certificates from their flag states that specify sulfur content.  Additionally, at MEPC 73, amendments to Annex VI to prohibit the carriage of bunkers above 0.5% sulfur on ships were adopted and took effect on March 1, 2020.  These regulations subject ocean-going vessels to stringent emissions controls, and may cause us to incur substantial costs.
Sulfur content standards are even stricter within certain “Emission Control Areas,” or (“ECAs”).  As of January 1, 2015, ships operating within an ECA were not permitted to use fuel with sulfur content in excess of 0.1% m/m.  Amended Annex VI establishes procedures for designating new ECAs.  Currently, the IMO has designated four ECAs, including specified portions of the Baltic Sea area, North Sea area, North American area and United States Caribbean area. Ocean-going vessels in these areas will be subject to stringent emission controls and may cause us to incur additional costs. Other areas in China are subject to local regulations that impose stricter emission controls. If other ECAs are approved by the IMO, or other new or more stringent requirements relating to emissions from marine diesel engines or port operations by vessels are adopted by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) or the states where we operate, compliance with these regulations could entail significant capital expenditures or otherwise increase the costs of our operations.
Amended Annex VI also establishes new tiers of stringent nitrogen oxide emissions standards for marine diesel engines, depending on their date of installation.  At the MEPC meeting held from March to April 2014, amendments to Annex VI were adopted which address the date on which Tier III Nitrogen Oxide (NOx) standards in ECAs will go into effect.  Under the amendments, Tier III NOx standards apply to ships that operate in the North American and U.S. Caribbean Sea ECAs designed for the control of NOx produced by vessels with a marine diesel engine installed and constructed on or after January 1, 2016.  Tier III requirements could apply to areas that will be designated for Tier III NOx in the future.  At MEPC 70 and MEPC 71, the MEPC approved the North Sea and Baltic Sea as ECAs for nitrogen oxide for ships built on or after January 1, 2021. The EPA promulgated equivalent (and in some senses stricter) emissions standards in late 2010.  As a result of these designations or similar future designations, we may be required to incur additional operating or other costs.
As determined at the MEPC 70, the new Regulation 22A of MARPOL Annex VI became effective as of March 1, 2018 and requires ships above 5,000 gross tonnage to collect and report annual data on fuel oil consumption to an IMO database, with the first year of data collection having commenced on January 1, 2019. The IMO intends to use such data as the first step in its roadmap (through 2023) for developing its strategy to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from ships, as discussed further below.
As of January 1, 2013, MARPOL made mandatory certain measures relating to energy efficiency for ships. All ships are now required to develop and implement Ship Energy Efficiency Management Plans (“SEEMPs”), and new ships must be designed in compliance with minimum energy efficiency levels per capacity mile as defined by the Energy Efficiency Design Index (“EEDI”).  Under these measures, by 2025, all new ships built will be 30% more energy efficient than those built in 2014. Additionally, MEPC 75 adopted amendments to MARPOL Annex VI which brings forward the effective date of the EEDI’s “phase 3” requirements from January 1, 2025 to April 1, 2022 for several ship types, including gas carriers, general cargo ships, and LNG carriers.
Additionally, MEPC 75 introduced draft amendments to Annex VI which impose new regulations to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from ships.  These amendments introduce requirements to assess and measure the energy efficiency of all ships and set the required attainment values, with the goal of reducing the carbon intensity of international shipping.  The requirements include (1) a technical requirement to reduce carbon intensity based on a new Energy Efficiency Existing Ship Index (“EEXI”), and (2) operational carbon intensity reduction requirements, based on a new operational carbon intensity indicator (“CII”).  The attained EEXI is required to be calculated for ships of 400 gross tonnage and above, in accordance with different values set for ship types and categories.  With respect to the CII, the draft amendments would require ships of 5,000 gross tonnage to document and verify their actual annual
48


operational CII achieved against a determined required annual operational CII.  Additionally, MEPC 75 proposed draft amendments requiring that, on or before January 1, 2023, all ships above 400 gross tonnage must have an approved SEEMP on board.  For ships above 5,000 gross tonnage, the SEEMP would need to include certain mandatory content.  MEPC 75 also approved draft amendments to MARPOL Annex I to prohibit the use and carriage for use as fuel of heavy fuel oil (“HFO”) by ships in Arctic waters on and after July 1, 2024. The draft amendments introduced at MEPC 75 may be adopted at the MEPC 76 session, to be held during 2021.
We may incur costs to comply with these revised standards. Additional or new conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted that could require the installation of expensive emission control systems and could adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

Safety Management System Requirements

The SOLAS Convention was amended to address the safe manning of vessels and emergency training drills.  The Convention of Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims (the “LLMC”) sets limitations of liability for a loss of life or personal injury claim or a property claim against ship owners. We believe that our vessels are in substantial compliance with SOLAS and LLMC standards.
Under Chapter IX of the SOLAS Convention, or the International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention (the “ISM Code”), our operations are also subject to environmental standards and requirements. The ISM Code requires the party with operational control of a vessel to develop an extensive safety management system that includes, among other things, the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for operating its vessels safely and describing procedures for responding to emergencies. We rely upon the safety management system that we and our technical management team have developed for compliance with the ISM Code. The failure of a vessel owner or bareboat charterer to comply with the ISM Code may subject such party to increased liability, may decrease available insurance coverage for the affected vessels and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports.
The ISM Code requires that vessel operators obtain a safety management certificate for each vessel they operate. This certificate evidences compliance by a vessel’s management with the ISM Code requirements for a safety management system. No vessel can obtain a safety management certificate unless its manager has been awarded a document of compliance, issued by each flag state, under the ISM Code. We have obtained applicable documents of compliance for our offices and safety management certificates for all of our vessels for which the certificates are required by the IMO. The document of compliance and safety management certificate are renewed as required.
Although all our vessels are currently ISM Code-certified, such certification may not be maintained by all our vessels at all times. Non-compliance with the ISM Code may subject such party to increased liability, invalidate existing insurance or decrease available insurance coverage for the affected vessels and result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports. For example, the U.S. Coast Guard and E.U. authorities have indicated that vessels not in compliance with the ISM Code will be prohibited from trading in U.S. and E.U. ports.
Regulation II-1/3-10 of the SOLAS Convention governs ship construction and stipulates that ships over 150 meters in length must have adequate strength, integrity and stability to minimize risk of loss or pollution. Goal-based standards amendments in SOLAS regulation II-1/3-10 entered into force in 2012, with July 1, 2016 set for application to new oil tankers and bulk carriers.   The SOLAS Convention regulation II-1/3-10 on goal-based ship construction standards for bulk carriers and oil tankers, which entered into force on January 1, 2012, requires that all oil tankers and bulk carriers of 150 meters in length and above, for which the building contract is placed on or after July 1, 2016, satisfy applicable structural requirements conforming to the functional requirements of the International Goal-based Ship Construction Standards for Bulk Carriers and Oil Tankers (“GBS Standards”).
Amendments to the SOLAS Convention Chapter VII apply to vessels transporting dangerous goods and require those vessels be in compliance with the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (“IMDG Code”). Effective January 1, 2018, the IMDG Code includes (1) updates to the provisions for radioactive material, reflecting the latest provisions from the International Atomic Energy Agency, (2) new marking, packing and classification requirements for dangerous goods, and (3) new mandatory training requirements.  Amendments which took effect on January 1, 2020 also reflect the latest material from the UN Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods, including (1) new provisions regarding IMO type 9 tank, (2) new abbreviations for segregation groups, and (3) special provisions for carriage of lithium batteries and of vehicles powered by flammable liquid or gas.
49


The IMO has also adopted the International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers (“STCW”).  As of February 2017, all seafarers are required to meet the STCW standards and be in possession of a valid STCW certificate.  Flag states that have ratified SOLAS and STCW generally employ the classification societies, which have incorporated SOLAS and STCW requirements into their class rules, to undertake surveys to confirm compliance.
The IMO’s Maritime Safety Committee and MEPC, respectively, each adopted relevant parts of the International Code for Ships Operating in Polar Water (the “Polar Code”). The Polar Code, which entered into force on January 1, 2017, covers design, construction, equipment, operational, training, search and rescue as well as environmental protection matters relevant to ships operating in the waters surrounding the two poles.  It also includes mandatory measures regarding safety and pollution prevention as well as recommendatory provisions.  The Polar Code applies to new ships constructed after January 1, 2017, and after January 1, 2018, ships constructed before January 1, 2017 are required to meet the relevant requirements by the earlier of their first intermediate or renewal survey.
Furthermore, recent action by the IMO’s Maritime Safety Committee and United States agencies indicates that cybersecurity regulations for the maritime industry are likely to be further developed in the near future in an attempt to combat cybersecurity threats. For example, cyber-risk management systems must be incorporated by ship-owners and managers by 2021. This might cause companies to create additional procedures for monitoring cybersecurity, which could require additional expenses and/or capital expenditures. The impact of such regulations is hard to predict at this time.
Pollution Control and Liability Requirements
The IMO has negotiated international conventions that impose liability for pollution in international waters and the territorial waters of the signatories to such conventions. For example, the IMO adopted an International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships’ Ballast Water and Sediments (the “BWM Convention”) in 2004. The BWM Convention entered into force on September 8, 2017.  The BWM Convention requires ships to manage their ballast water to remove, render harmless, or avoid the uptake or discharge of new or invasive aquatic organisms and pathogens within ballast water and sediments.  The BWM Convention’s implementing regulations call for a phased introduction of mandatory ballast water exchange requirements, to be replaced in time with mandatory concentration limits, and require all ships to carry a ballast water record book and an international ballast water management certificate. 
On December 4, 2013, the IMO Assembly passed a resolution revising the application dates of the BWM Convention so that the dates are triggered by the entry into force date and not the dates originally in the BWM Convention.  This, in effect, makes all vessels delivered before the entry into force date “existing vessels” and allows for the installation of ballast water management systems on such vessels at the first International Oil Pollution Prevention (“IOPP”) renewal survey following entry into force of the convention. The MEPC adopted updated guidelines for approval of ballast water management systems (G8) at MEPC 70. At MEPC 71, the schedule regarding the BWM Convention’s implementation dates was also discussed and amendments were introduced to extend the date existing vessels are subject to certain ballast water standards.  Those changes were adopted at MEPC 72.  Ships over 400 gross tons generally must comply with a “D-1 standard,” requiring the exchange of ballast water only in open seas and away from coastal waters.  The “D-2 standard” specifies the maximum amount of viable organisms allowed to be discharged, and compliance dates vary depending on the IOPP renewal dates. Depending on the date of the IOPP renewal survey, existing vessels must comply with the D-2 standard on or after September 8, 2019. For most ships, compliance with the D-2 standard will involve installing on-board systems to treat ballast water and eliminate unwanted organisms.  Ballast water management systems, which include systems that make use of chemical, biocides, organisms or biological mechanisms, or which alter the chemical or physical characteristics of the ballast water, must be approved in accordance with IMO Guidelines (Regulation D-3). As of October 13, 2019, MEPC 72’s amendments to the BWM Convention took effect, making the Code for Approval of Ballast Water Management Systems, which governs assessment of ballast water management systems, mandatory rather than permissive, and formalized an implementation schedule for the D-2 standard.  Under these amendments, all ships must meet the D-2 standard by September 8, 2024. Costs of compliance with these regulations may be substantial. Additionally, in November 2020, MEPC 75 adopted amendments to the BWM Convention which would require a commissioning test of the ballast water management system for the initial survey or when performing an additional survey for retrofits.  This analysis will not apply to ships that already have an installed BWM system certified under the BWM Convention. These amendments are expected to enter into force on June 1, 2022.
50


Once mid-ocean exchange ballast water treatment requirements become mandatory under the BWM Convention, the cost of compliance could increase for ocean carriers and may have a material effect on our operations. However, many countries already regulate the discharge of ballast water carried by vessels from country to country to prevent the introduction of invasive and harmful species via such discharges. The U.S., for example, requires vessels entering its waters from another country to conduct mid-ocean ballast exchange, or undertake some alternate measure, and to comply with certain reporting requirements.
The IMO also adopted the Bunker Convention to impose strict liability on ship owners (including the registered owner, bareboat charterer, manager or operator) for pollution damage in jurisdictional waters of ratifying states caused by discharges of bunker fuel. The Bunker Convention requires registered owners of ships over 1,000 gross tons to maintain insurance for pollution damage in an amount equal to the limits of liability under the applicable national or international limitation regime (but not exceeding the amount calculated in accordance with the LLMC).  With respect to non-ratifying states, liability for spills or releases of oil carried as fuel in ship’s bunkers typically is determined by the national or other domestic laws in the jurisdiction where the events or damages occur.
Ships are required to maintain a certificate attesting that they maintain adequate insurance to cover an incident. In jurisdictions, such as the United States where the CLC or the Bunker Convention has not been adopted, various legislative schemes or common law govern, and liability is imposed either on the basis of fault or on a strict-liability basis.
Anti‑Fouling Requirements
In 2001, the IMO adopted the International Convention on the Control of Harmful Anti‑fouling Systems on Ships, or the “Anti‑fouling Convention.” The Anti‑fouling Convention, which entered into force on September 17, 2008, prohibits the use of organotin compound coatings to prevent the attachment of mollusks and other sea life to the hulls of vessels. Vessels of over 400 gross tons engaged in international voyages will also be required to undergo an initial survey before the vessel is put into service or before an International Anti‑fouling System Certificate is issued for the first time; and subsequent surveys when the anti‑fouling systems are altered or replaced. We have obtained Anti‑fouling System Certificates for all of our vessels that are subject to the Anti‑fouling Convention.
In November 2020, MEPC 75 approved draft amendments to the Anti-fouling Convention to prohibit anti-fouling systems containing cybutryne, which would apply to ships from January 1, 2023, or, for ships already bearing such an anti-fouling system, at the next scheduled renewal of the system after that date, but no later than 60 months following the last application to the ship of such a system.  These amendments may be formally adopted at MEPC 76 in 2021.
Compliance Enforcement
Noncompliance with the ISM Code or other IMO regulations may subject the ship owner or bareboat charterer to increased liability, may lead to decreases in available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to, or detention in, some ports. The USCG and European Union authorities have indicated that vessels not in compliance with the ISM Code by applicable deadlines will be prohibited from trading in U.S. and European Union ports, respectively.  As of the date of this annual report, each of our vessels is ISM Code certified. However, there can be no assurance that such certificates will be maintained in the future.  The IMO continues to review and introduce new regulations. It is impossible to predict what additional regulations, if any, may be passed by the IMO and what effect, if any, such regulations might have on our operations.
United States Regulations
The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act
The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (“OPA”) established an extensive regulatory and liability regime for the protection and cleanup of the environment from oil spills. OPA affects all “owners and operators” whose vessels trade or operate within the U.S., its territories and possessions or whose vessels operate in U.S. waters, which includes the U.S.’s territorial sea and its 200-nautical mile exclusive economic zone around the U.S.  The U.S. has also enacted the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”), which applies to the discharge of hazardous substances other than oil, except in limited circumstances, whether on land or at sea. OPA and CERCLA both define “owner and operator” in the case of a vessel as any person owning, operating or chartering by demise, the vessel.  Both OPA and CERCLA impact our operations.
51


Under OPA, vessel owners and operators are “responsible parties” and are jointly, severally and strictly liable (unless the spill results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war) for all containment and clean-up costs and other damages arising from discharges or threatened discharges of oil from their vessels, including bunkers (fuel).  OPA defines these other damages broadly to include:

(i)
injury to, destruction or loss of, or loss of use of, natural resources and related assessment costs;

(ii)
injury to, or economic losses resulting from, the destruction of real and personal property;

(iii)
loss of subsistence use of natural resources that are injured, destroyed or lost;

(iv)
net loss of taxes, royalties, rents, fees or net profit revenues resulting from injury, destruction or loss of real or personal property, or natural resources;

(v)
lost profits or impairment of earning capacity due to injury, destruction or loss of real or personal property or natural resources; and

(vi)
net cost of increased or additional public services necessitated by removal activities following a discharge of oil, such as protection from fire, safety or health hazards, and loss of subsistence use of natural resources.
OPA contains statutory caps on liability and damages; such caps do not apply to direct cleanup costs.  Effective November 12, 2019, the USCG adjusted the limits of OPA liability for non-tank vessels, edible oil tank vessels, and any oil spill response vessels, to the greater of $1,200 per gross ton or $997,100 (subject to periodic adjustment for inflation). These limits of liability do not apply if an incident was proximately caused by the violation of an applicable U.S. federal safety, construction or operating regulation by a responsible party (or its agent, employee or a person acting pursuant to a contractual relationship) or a responsible party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The limitation on liability similarly does not apply if the responsible party fails or refuses to (i) report the incident as required by law where the responsible party knows or has reason to know of the incident; (ii) reasonably cooperate and assist as requested in connection with oil removal activities; or (iii) without sufficient cause, comply with an order issued under the Federal Water Pollution Act (Section 311 (c), (e)) or the Intervention on the High Seas Act.
CERCLA contains a similar liability regime whereby owners and operators of vessels are liable for cleanup, removal and remedial costs, as well as damages for injury to, or destruction or loss of, natural resources, including the reasonable costs associated with assessing the same, and health assessments or health effects studies. There is no liability if the discharge of a hazardous substance results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war. Liability under CERCLA is limited to the greater of $300 per gross ton or $5.0 million for vessels carrying a hazardous substance as cargo and the greater of $300 per gross ton or $500,000 for any other vessel. These limits do not apply (rendering the responsible person liable for the total cost of response and damages) if the release or threat of release of a hazardous substance resulted from willful misconduct or negligence, or the primary cause of the release was a violation of applicable safety, construction or operating standards or regulations.  The limitation on liability also does not apply if the responsible person fails or refused to provide all reasonable cooperation and assistance as requested in connection with response activities where the vessel is subject to OPA.
OPA and CERCLA each preserve the right to recover damages under existing law, including maritime tort law.  OPA and CERCLA both require owners and operators of vessels to establish and maintain with the USCG evidence of financial responsibility sufficient to meet the maximum amount of liability to which the particular responsible person may be subject. Vessel owners and operators may satisfy their financial responsibility obligations by providing a proof of insurance, a surety bond, qualification as a self-insurer or a guarantee. We comply and plan to comply going forward with the USCG’s financial responsibility regulations by providing applicable certificates of financial responsibility.
The 2010 Deepwater Horizon oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico resulted in additional regulatory initiatives or statutes, including higher liability caps under OPA, new regulations regarding offshore oil and gas drilling, and a pilot inspection program for offshore facilities. However, several of these initiatives and regulations have been or may be revised. For example, the U.S. Bureau of Safety and Environmental Enforcement’s (“BSEE”) revised Production Safety Systems Rule (“PSSR”), effective December 27, 2018, modified and relaxed certain environmental and safety protections under the 2016 PSSR. Additionally, the BSEE amended the Well Control Rule, effective July 15, 2019, which rolled back certain reforms regarding the safety of drilling operations, and former U.S. President Trump had proposed leasing new sections of U.S. waters to oil and gas companies for offshore drilling.  The effects of these proposals and changes are currently unknown, and recently, current U.S. President Biden signed an executive order temporarily blocking new leases for oil and gas drilling in federal waters. Compliance with any new requirements of
52


OPA and future legislation or regulations applicable to the operation of our vessels could impact the cost of our operations and adversely affect our business.
OPA specifically permits individual states to impose their own liability regimes with regard to oil pollution incidents occurring within their boundaries, provided they accept, at a minimum, the levels of liability established under OPA and some states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited liability for oil spills. Many U.S. states that border a navigable waterway have enacted environmental pollution laws that impose strict liability on a person for removal costs and damages resulting from a discharge of oil or a release of a hazardous substance.  These laws may be more stringent than U.S. federal law.  Moreover, some states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited liability for discharge of pollutants within their waters, although in some cases, states which have enacted this type of legislation have not yet issued implementing regulations defining vessel owners’ responsibilities under these laws. The Company intends to comply with all applicable state regulations in the ports where the Company’s vessels call.
We currently maintain pollution liability coverage insurance in the amount of $1 billion per incident for each of our vessels. If the damages from a catastrophic spill were to exceed our insurance coverage, it could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operation.

Other United States Environmental Initiatives
The U.S. Clean Air Act of 1970 (including its amendments of 1977 and 1990) (“CAA”) requires the EPA to promulgate standards applicable to emissions of volatile organic compounds and other air contaminants.  The CAA requires states to adopt State Implementation Plans, or SIPs, some of which regulate emissions resulting from vessel loading and unloading operations which may affect our vessels.
The U.S. Clean Water Act (“CWA”) prohibits the discharge of oil, hazardous substances and ballast water in U.S. navigable waters unless authorized by a duly-issued permit or exemption, and imposes strict liability in the form of penalties for any unauthorized discharges. The CWA also imposes substantial liability for the costs of removal, remediation and damages and complements the remedies available under OPA and CERCLA. In 2015, the EPA expanded the definition of “waters of the United States” (“WOTUS”), thereby expanding federal authority under the CWA. Following litigation on the revised WOTUS rule, in December 2018, the EPA and Department of the Army proposed a revised, limited definition of “waters of the United States.” The proposed rule was published in the Federal Register on February 14, 2019 and was subject to public comment. On October 22, 2019, the agencies published a final rule repealing the 2015 Rule defining “waters of the United States” and recodified the regulatory text that existed prior to the 2015 Rule. The final rule became effective on December 23, 2019. On January 23, 2020, the EPA published the “Navigable Waters Protection Rule,” which replaces the rule published on October 22, 2019, and redefines “waters of the United States.” This rule became effective on June 22, 2020, although the effective date has been stayed in at least one U.S. state pursuant to court order. The effect of this rule is currently unknown.

The EPA and the USCG have also enacted rules relating to ballast water discharge, compliance with which requires the installation of equipment on our vessels to treat ballast water before it is discharged or the implementation of other port facility disposal arrangements or procedures at potentially substantial costs, and/or otherwise restrict our vessels from entering U.S. Waters.  The EPA will regulate these ballast water discharges and other discharges incidental to the normal operation of certain vessels within United States waters pursuant to the Vessel Incidental Discharge Act (“VIDA”), which was signed into law on December 4, 2018 and replaces the 2013 Vessel General Permit (“VGP”) program (which authorizes discharges incidental to operations of commercial vessels and contains numeric ballast water discharge limits for most vessels to reduce the risk of invasive species in U.S. waters, stringent requirements for exhaust gas scrubbers, and requirements for the use of environmentally acceptable lubricants) and current Coast Guard ballast water management regulations adopted under the U.S. National Invasive Species Act (“NISA”), such as mid-ocean ballast exchange programs and installation of approved USCG technology for all vessels equipped with ballast water tanks bound for U.S. ports or entering U.S. waters. VIDA establishes a new framework for the regulation of vessel incidental discharges under Clean Water Act (CWA), requires the EPA to develop performance standards for those discharges within two years of enactment, and requires the U.S. Coast Guard to develop implementation, compliance, and enforcement regulations within two years of EPA’s promulgation of standards. Under VIDA, all provisions of the 2013 VGP and USCG regulations regarding ballast water treatment remain in force and effect until the EPA and U.S. Coast Guard regulations are finalized. Non-military, non-recreational vessels greater than 79 feet in length must continue to comply with the requirements of the VGP, including submission of a Notice of Intent (“NOI”) or retention of a PARI form and submission of annual reports. We have submitted NOIs for our vessels where required.

53


Compliance with the EPA, U.S. Coast Guard and state regulations could require the installation of ballast water treatment equipment on our vessels or the implementation of other port facility disposal procedures at potentially substantial cost, or may otherwise restrict our vessels from entering U.S. waters.
European Union Regulations
In October 2009, the European Union amended a directive to impose criminal sanctions for illicit ship-source discharges of polluting substances, including minor discharges, if committed with intent, recklessly or with serious negligence and the discharges individually or in the aggregate result in deterioration of the quality of water.  Aiding and abetting the discharge of a polluting substance may also lead to criminal penalties.  The directive applies to all types of vessels, irrespective of their flag, but certain exceptions apply to warships or where human safety or that of the ship is in danger.  Criminal liability for pollution may result in substantial penalties or fines and increased civil liability claims.
Regulation (EU) 2015/757 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 29 April 2015 (amending EU Directive 2009/16/EC) governs the monitoring, reporting and verification of carbon dioxide emissions from maritime transport, and, subject to some exclusions, requires companies with ships over 5,000 gross tonnage to monitor and report carbon dioxide emissions annually, which may cause us to incur additional expenses.
The European Union has adopted several regulations and directives requiring, among other things, more frequent inspections of high-risk ships, as determined by type, age, and flag as well as the number of times the ship has been detained.  The European Union also adopted and extended a ban on substandard ships and enacted a minimum ban period and a definitive ban for repeated offenses.  The regulation also provided the European Union with greater authority and control over classification societies, by imposing more requirements on classification societies and providing for fines or penalty payments for organizations that failed to comply. Furthermore, the EU has implemented regulations requiring vessels to use reduced sulfur content fuel for their main and auxiliary engines. The EU Directive 2005/33/EC (amending Directive 1999/32/EC) introduced requirements parallel to those in Annex VI relating to the sulfur content of marine fuels. In addition, the EU imposed a 0.1% maximum sulfur requirement for fuel used by ships at berth in the Baltic, the North Sea and the English Channel (the so called “SOx-Emission Control Area”). As of January 2020, EU member states must also ensure that ships in all EU waters, except the SOx-Emission Control Area, use fuels with a 0.5% maximum sulfur content.
On September 15, 2020, the European Parliament voted to include greenhouse gas emissions from the maritime sector in the European Union’s carbon market from 2022. This will require shipowners to buy permits to cover these emissions. Contingent on another formal approval vote, specific regulations are forthcoming and are expected to be proposed within 2021.
International Labour Organization
The International Labour Organization (the “ILO”) is a specialized agency of the UN that has adopted the Maritime Labor Convention 2006 (“MLC 2006”). A Maritime Labor Certificate and a Declaration of Maritime Labor Compliance is required to ensure compliance with the MLC 2006 for all ships that are 500 gross tonnage or over and are either engaged in international voyages or flying the flag of a Member and operating from a port, or between ports, in another country.  We believe that all our vessels are in substantial compliance with and are certified to meet MLC 2006.
Greenhouse Gas Regulation
Currently, the emissions of greenhouse gases from international shipping are not subject to the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, which entered into force in 2005 and pursuant to which adopting countries have been required to implement national programs to reduce greenhouse gas emissions with targets extended through 2020.  International negotiations are continuing with respect to a successor to the Kyoto Protocol, and restrictions on shipping emissions may be included in any new treaty. In December 2009, more than 27 nations, including the U.S. and China, signed the Copenhagen Accord, which includes a non-binding commitment to reduce greenhouse gas emissions.  The 2015 United Nations Climate Change Conference in Paris resulted in the Paris Agreement, which entered into force on November 4, 2016 and does not directly limit greenhouse gas emissions from ships.  The U.S. initially entered into the agreement, but on June 1, 2017, former U.S. President Trump announced that the United States intends to withdraw from the Paris Agreement, and the withdrawal became effective on November 4, 2020.   On January 20, 2021, U.S. President Biden signed an executive order to rejoin the Paris Agreement, which the U.S. officially rejoined on February 19, 2021.
54


At MEPC 70 and MEPC 71, a draft outline of the structure of the initial strategy for developing a comprehensive IMO strategy on reduction of greenhouse gas emissions from ships was approved. In accordance with this roadmap, in April 2018, nations at the MEPC 72 adopted an initial strategy to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from ships.  The initial strategy identifies “levels of ambition” to reducing greenhouse gas emissions, including (1) decreasing the carbon intensity from ships through implementation of further phases of the EEDI for new ships; (2) reducing carbon dioxide emissions per transport work, as an average across international shipping, by at least 40% by 2030, pursuing efforts towards 70% by 2050, compared to 2008 emission levels; and (3) reducing the total annual greenhouse emissions by at least 50% by 2050 compared to 2008 while pursuing efforts towards phasing them out entirely. The initial strategy notes that technological innovation, alternative fuels and/or energy sources for international shipping will be integral to achieve the overall ambition. These regulations could cause us to incur additional substantial expenses.
The EU made a unilateral commitment to reduce overall greenhouse gas emissions from its member states from 20% of 1990 levels by 2020. The EU also committed to reduce its emissions by 20% under the Kyoto Protocol’s second period from 2013 to 2020.  Starting in January 2018, large ships over 5,000 gross tonnage calling at EU ports are required to collect and publish data on carbon dioxide emissions and other information. As previously discussed, regulations relating to the inclusion of greenhouse gas emissions from the maritime sector in the European Union’s carbon market are also forthcoming.
In the United States, the EPA issued a finding that greenhouse gases endanger the public health and safety, adopted regulations to limit greenhouse gas emissions from certain mobile sources, and proposed regulations to limit greenhouse gas emissions from large stationary sources. However, in March 2017, former U.S. President Trump signed an executive order to review and possibly eliminate the EPA’s plan to cut greenhouse gas emissions, and in August 2019, the Administration announced plans to weaken regulations for methane emissions. On August 13, 2020, the EPA released rules rolling back standards to control methane and volatile organic compound emissions from new oil and gas facilities.  However, U.S. President Biden recently directed the EPA to publish a proposed rule suspending, revising, or rescinding certain of these rules.  The EPA or individual U.S. states could enact environmental regulations that would affect our operations.
Any passage of climate control legislation or other regulatory initiatives by the IMO, the EU, the U.S. or other countries where we operate, or any treaty adopted at the international level to succeed the Kyoto Protocol or Paris Agreement, that restricts emissions of greenhouse gases could require us to make significant financial expenditures which we cannot predict with certainty at this time. Even in the absence of climate control legislation, our business may be indirectly affected to the extent that climate change may result in sea level changes or certain weather events.
Vessel Security Regulations
Since the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001 in the United States, there have been a variety of initiatives intended to enhance vessel security such as the U.S. Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002 (“MTSA”). To implement certain portions of the MTSA, the USCG issued regulations requiring the implementation of certain security requirements aboard vessels operating in waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States and at certain ports and facilities, some of which are regulated by the EPA.
Similarly, Chapter XI-2 of the SOLAS Convention imposes detailed security obligations on vessels and port authorities, and mandates compliance with the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code (“the ISPS Code”).  The ISPS Code is designed to enhance the security of ports and ships against terrorism.  To trade internationally, a vessel must attain an International Ship Security Certificate (“ISSC”) from a recognized security organization approved by the vessel’s flag state.  Ships operating without a valid certificate may be detained, expelled from, or refused entry at port until they obtain an ISSC. The various requirements, some of which are found in the SOLAS Convention, include, for example, on-board installation of automatic identification systems to provide a means for the automatic transmission of safety-related information from among similarly equipped ships and shore stations, including information on a ship’s identity, position, course, speed and navigational status; on-board installation of ship security alert systems, which do not sound on the vessel but only alert the authorities on shore; the development of vessel security plans; ship identification number to be permanently marked on a vessel’s hull; a continuous synopsis record kept onboard showing a vessel's history including the name of the ship, the state whose flag the ship is entitled to fly, the date on which the ship was registered with that state, the ship's identification number, the port at which the ship is registered and the name of the registered owner(s) and their registered address; and compliance with flag state security certification requirements.
The USCG regulations, intended to align with international maritime security standards, exempt non-U.S. vessels from MTSA vessel security measures, provided such vessels have on board a valid ISSC that attests to the
55


vessel’s compliance with the SOLAS Convention security requirements and the ISPS Code. Future security measures could have a significant financial impact on us. We intend to comply with the various security measures addressed by MTSA, the SOLAS Convention and the ISPS Code.
The cost of vessel security measures has also been affected by the escalation in the frequency of acts of piracy against ships, notably off the coast of Somalia, including the Gulf of Aden and Arabian Sea area. Substantial loss of revenue and other costs may be incurred as a result of detention of a vessel or additional security measures, and the risk of uninsured losses could significantly affect our business. Costs are incurred in taking additional security measures in accordance with Best Management Practices to Deter Piracy, notably those contained in the BMP5 industry standard.
Inspection by Classification Societies
The hull and machinery of every commercial vessel must be classed by a classification society authorized by its country of registry. The classification society certifies that a vessel is safe and seaworthy in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations of the country of registry of the vessel and SOLAS. Most insurance underwriters make it a condition for insurance coverage and lending that a vessel be certified “in class” by a classification society which is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies, the IACS.  The IACS has adopted harmonized Common Structural Rules, or the Rules, which apply to oil tankers and bulk carriers contracted for construction on or after July 1, 2015.  The Rules attempt to create a level of consistency between IACS Societies. All of our vessels are certified as being “in class” by all the applicable Classification Societies. Our vessels are currently classed with Lloyd’s Register of Shipping, Bureau Veritas, Rina, DNV and Nippon Kaiji Kyokai. ISM and ISPS certification have been awarded by Bureau Veritas and the Liberian Flag Administration to our vessels and Eurobulk, our ship management company.
A vessel must undergo annual surveys, intermediate surveys, drydockings and special surveys. In lieu of a special survey, a vessel’s machinery may be on a continuous survey cycle, under which the machinery would be surveyed periodically over a five-year period. Every vessel is also required to be drydocked every 30 to 36 months for inspection of the underwater parts of the vessel. If any vessel does not maintain its class and/or fails any annual survey, intermediate survey, drydocking or special survey, the vessel will be unable to carry cargo between ports and will be unemployable and uninsurable which could cause us to be in violation of certain covenants in our loan agreements. Any such inability to carry cargo or be employed, or any such violation of covenants, could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
The following table lists the upcoming intermediate or special survey for the vessels in our current fleet. Special surveys typically require drydocking of the vessels while intermediate surveys may not, depending on the age of the vessel and its condition.  The intermediate surveys listed in the table below will not require drydocking of the vessels, unless otherwise indicated below.
Vessel
Next
Type
STARLIGHT
March 2022
Intermediate Survey (Drydocking)
EIRINI P
June 2022
Intermediate Survey (Drydocking)
PANTELIS
January 2023
Special Survey
TASOS
April 2023
Special Survey
XENIA
December 2023
Intermediate Survey
ALEXANDROS P
January 2022
Special Survey
EKATERINI
May 2021
Intermediate Survey
Risk of Loss and Liability Insurance
General
The operation of any cargo vessel includes risks such as mechanical failure, physical damage, collision, property loss, cargo loss or damage and business interruption due to political circumstances in foreign countries, piracy incidents, hostilities and labor strikes. In addition, there is always an inherent possibility of marine disaster, including oil spills and other environmental mishaps, and the liabilities arising from owning and operating vessels in international trade. OPA, which imposes virtually unlimited liability upon shipowners, operators and bareboat charterers of any vessel trading in the exclusive economic zone of the United States for certain oil pollution accidents in the United States, has made liability insurance more expensive for shipowners and operators trading in the United States market. We carry insurance coverage as customary in the shipping industry. However, not all risks can be
56


insured, specific claims may be rejected, and we might not be always able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates.
Hull and Machinery Insurance
We procure hull and machinery insurance, protection and indemnity insurance, which includes environmental damage and pollution insurance and war risk insurance and freight, demurrage and defense insurance for our fleet. We generally do not maintain insurance against loss of hire (except for certain charters for which we consider it appropriate), which covers business interruptions that result in the loss of use of a vessel.
Protection and Indemnity Insurance
Protection and indemnity insurance is provided by mutual protection and indemnity associations, or “P&I Associations”, and covers our third-party liabilities in connection with our shipping activities. This includes third-party liability and other related expenses of injury or death of crew, passengers and other third parties, loss or damage to cargo, claims arising from collisions with other vessels, damage to other third-party property, pollution arising from oil or other substances, and salvage, towing and other related costs, including wreck removal. Protection and indemnity insurance is a form of mutual indemnity insurance, extended by protection and indemnity mutual associations, or “clubs.”
Our current protection and indemnity insurance coverage for pollution is $1 billion per vessel per incident. The 13 P&I Associations that comprise the International Group insure approximately 90% of the world’s commercial tonnage and have entered into a pooling agreement to reinsure each association’s liabilities. The International Group’s website states that the Pool provides a mechanism for sharing all claims in excess of US$ 10 million up to, currently, approximately US$8.2 billion. As a member of a P&I Association, which is a member of the International Group, we are subject to calls payable to the associations based on our claim records as well as the claim records of all other members of the individual associations and members of the shipping pool of P&I Associations comprising the International Group.
C.
Organizational structure
EuroDry is the sole owner of all outstanding shares of the subsidiaries listed in Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements under “Item 18. Financial Statements” and in Exhibit 8.1 to this annual report.
D.
Property, plants and equipment
We do not own any real estate property.  As part of the management services provided by Eurobulk during the period in which we have conducted business to date, we have shared, at no additional cost, offices with Eurobulk.  We do not have current plans to lease or purchase office space, although we may do so in the future.
Our interests in our vessels are owned through our wholly-owned vessel owning subsidiaries and these are our only material properties. Please refer to Note 1, “Basis of Presentation and General Information”, of the attached Financial Statements for a listing of our vessel owning subsidiaries.  Our vessels are subject to first priority mortgages, which secure our obligations under our various credit facilities. For further details regarding our credit facilities, refer to “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — B. Liquidity and Capital Resources — Credit Facilities.”
Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
Item 5.
Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with “Item 3. Key Information – D. Risk Factors”, “Item 4. Business Overview”, and our financial statements and footnotes thereto contained in this annual report. This discussion contains forward-looking statements, which are based on our assumptions about the future of our business. Our actual results may differ materially from those contained in the forward-looking statements. Please read “Forward-Looking Statements” for additional information regarding forward-looking statements used in this annual report. Reference in the following discussion to “we,” “our” and “us” refer to EuroDry and our subsidiaries, except where the context otherwise indicates or requires.

We actively manage the deployment of our fleet between spot market voyage charters, which generally last from several days to several weeks, and time charters, which can last up to several years.  Some of our vessels may participate in shipping pools, or, in some cases in contracts of affreightment. We may also use FFA contracts to provide
57


partial coverage for our drybulk vessels – as a substitute for time charters – in order to increase the predictability of our revenues.

Vessels operating on time charters provide more predictable cash flows but can yield lower profit margins than vessels operating in the spot market during periods characterized by favorable market conditions. Vessels operating in the spot market generate revenues that are less predictable but may enable us to achieve increased profit margins during periods of high vessel rates although we are exposed to the risk of declining vessel rates, which may have a materially adverse impact on our financial performance. Vessels operating in pools benefit from better scheduling, and thus increased utilization, and better access to contracts of affreightment due to the larger commercial operation of the pool. We are constantly evaluating opportunities to increase the number of our vessels deployed on time charters or to participate in shipping pools (if available for our vessels), however we only expect to enter into additional time charters or shipping pools if we can obtain contract terms that satisfy our criteria.  We carefully evaluate the length and the rate of the time charter contract at the time of fixing or renewing a contract considering market conditions, trends and expectations.

We constantly evaluate vessel purchase opportunities to expand our fleet accretive to our earnings and cash flow. Additionally, we will consider selling certain of our vessels when favorable sales opportunities present themselves. If, at the time of sale, the carrying value is less than the sales price, we will realize a gain on sale, which will increase our earnings, but if, at the time of sale, the carrying value of a vessel is more than the sales price, we will realize a loss on sale, which will negatively impact our earnings. Please see “Critical Accounting Policies”, below, for a further discussion of the consequences of selling our vessels for amounts below their carrying values.
Significant Developments in 2020
On July 6, 2020, we entered into a supplemental agreement with the National Bank of Greece S.A. to defer the last two of our 2020 loan repayments to be repaid together with the respective balloon installment. A total of $1.4 million was rescheduled to November 2021.
A.          Operating results
Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations
We believe that the important measures for analyzing trends in the results of our operations consist of the following:
Calendar days. We define calendar days as the total number of days in a period during which each vessel in our fleet was owned by us including off-hire days associated with major repairs, drydockings or special or intermediate surveys or days of vessels in lay-up. Calendar days are an indicator of the size of our fleet over a period and affect both the amount of revenues and the amount of expenses that we record during that period.
Available days. We define available days as the total number of Calendar days net of off-hire days associated with scheduled repairs, drydockings or special or intermediate surveys or days of vessels in lay-up. The shipping industry uses available days to measure the number of days in a period during which vessels were available to generate revenues.
Voyage days. We define voyage days as the total number of Available days net of off-hire days associated with unscheduled repairs or days waiting to find employment but including days our vessels were sailing for repositioning. The shipping industry uses voyage days to measure the number of days in a period during which vessels actually generate revenues or are sailing for repositioning purposes.
Fleet utilization. We calculate fleet utilization by dividing the number of our voyage days during a period by the number of our available days during that period. The shipping industry uses fleet utilization to measure a company’s efficiency in finding suitable employment for its vessels and minimizing the amount of days that its vessels are off-hire either waiting to find employment, or commercial off-hire, or for reasons such as unscheduled repairs or other off-hire time related to the operation of the vessels, or operational off-hire.  We distinguish our fleet utilization into commercial and operational. We calculate our commercial fleet utilization by dividing our available days net of commercial off-hire days during a period by our available days during that period.  We calculate our operational fleet utilization by dividing our available days net of operational off-hire days during a period by our available days during that period.
Spot Charter Rates. We calculate spot charter rates on contracts made in the spot market for the use of a vessel for a specific voyage (“voyage charter”) to transport a specified agreed upon cargo at a specified freight rate per ton or occasionally a lump sum amount. Under a voyage charter agreement, the charter party generally commits
58



to a minimum amount of cargo and the charterer is liable for any short loading of cargo or "dead" freight. Spot charter rates are volatile and fluctuate on a seasonal and year to year basis. The fluctuations are caused by imbalances in the availability of cargoes for shipment and the number of vessels available at any given time to transport these cargoes.
Time Charter Equivalent (“TCE”). A standard maritime industry performance measure used to evaluate performance is the daily TCE. Daily TCE revenues are time charter revenues and voyage charter revenues minus voyage expenses divided by the number of voyage days during the relevant time period. Voyage expenses primarily consist of port, canal and fuel costs that are unique to a particular voyage, which would otherwise be paid by a charterer under a time charter whereas under spot market voyage charters, we pay such voyage expenses. We believe that the daily TCE neutralizes the variability created by unique costs associated with particular voyages or the employment of drybulk carriers on time charter or on the spot market (drybulk vessels are, generally, chartered on a time charter basis) and presents a more accurate representation of the revenues generated by our vessels. Our definition of TCE may not be comparable to that used by other companies in the shipping industry.
Basis of Presentation and General Information
We use the following measures to describe our financial performance:
Time charter revenue and Voyage charter revenue. Our charter revenues are driven primarily by the number of vessels in our fleet, the number of voyage days during which our vessels generate revenues and the amount of daily charter revenue that our vessels earn under charters, which, in turn, are affected by a number of factors, including our decisions relating to vessel acquisitions and disposals, the amount of time that we spend positioning our vessels, the amount of time that our vessels spend in drydock undergoing repairs, maintenance and upgrade work, the age, condition and specifications of our vessels, levels of supply and demand in the transportation market, the number of vessels on time charters, spot charters and in pools and other factors affecting charter rates in the drybulk market.
Commissions. We pay commissions on all chartering arrangements of 1.25% to Eurochart, a company affiliated with our CEO, plus additional commission of usually up to 1.25% to other brokers involved in the transaction, plus address commission of usually up to 3.75% deducted from charter hire. These additional commissions, as well as changes to charter rates will cause our commission expenses to fluctuate from period to period. Eurochart also receives a fee equal to 1% calculated as stated in the relevant memorandum of agreement for any vessel sold by it on our behalf.
Voyage expenses. Voyage expenses primarily consist of port, canal and fuel costs that are unique to a particular voyage which would otherwise be paid by the charterer under a time charter contract. Under time charters, the charterer pays voyage expenses whereas under spot market voyage charters, we pay such expenses. The amounts of such voyage expenses are driven by the mix of charters undertaken during the period. Voyage expenses are also incurred, when our vessels are idle or are sailing for repositioning purposes or for drydocking, which we pay.
Vessel operating expenses. Vessel operating expenses include crew wages and related costs, the cost of insurance, expenses relating to repairs and maintenance, the costs of spares and consumable stores, tonnage taxes and other miscellaneous expenses. Our vessel operating expenses, which generally represent fixed costs, have historically changed in line with the size of our fleet. Other factors beyond our control, some of which may affect the shipping industry in general (including, for instance, developments relating to market prices for insurance or inflationary increases) may also cause these expenses to increase.
Related party management fees. These are the fees that we pay to our affiliated ship managers under our management agreements for the technical and commercial management that Eurobulk and Eurobulk FE perform on our behalf.
Vessel depreciation. We depreciate our vessels on a straight-line basis with reference to the cost of the vessel, age and scrap value as estimated at the date of acquisition. Depreciation is calculated over the remaining useful life of the vessel. Remaining useful lives of property are periodically reviewed and revised to recognize changes in conditions, new regulations or other reasons. Revisions of estimated lives are recognized over current and future periods.
Dry-docking expenses. Dry-docking expenses relate to regularly scheduled intermediate survey or special survey necessary to preserve the quality of our vessels as well as to comply with international shipping standards and environmental laws and regulations. Our vessels are required to be drydocked approximately every 30 to 60 months for major repairs and maintenance that cannot be performed while the vessels are trading. Dry-docking expenses are accounted for using the direct expense method as this method eliminates the significant amount of time and subjectivity to determine which costs and activities related to drydocking and special survey should be deferred.
59



General and administrative expenses. We incur expenses consisting mainly of executive compensation, share-based compensation, professional fees, directors’ liability insurance and reimbursement of our directors’ and officers’ travel-related expenses. We acquire executive services of our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief administrative officer, internal auditor and corporate secretary, through Eurobulk as part of our Master Management Agreement.
Interest and other financing costs. We traditionally finance vessel acquisitions partly with loan facilities on which we incur interest expense. The interest rate we pay is generally linked to the 3-month LIBOR rate, although from time to time we may utilize fixed rate loans or could use interest rate swaps to eliminate our interest rate exposure. Interest due is expensed in the period incurred. We also incur financing costs in connection with establishing those facilities, which are presented as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the relevant debt liability and amortize them to interest and other financing costs over the term of the underlying obligation using the effective interest method; the un-amortized portion is written-off if the loan is prepaid early.
Gain / (Loss) on derivatives, net. We enter into interest rate swap transactions to manage interest costs and risk associated with changing interest rates with respect to our variable interest loans. Interest rate swaps are recorded in the balance sheet as either assets or liabilities, measured at their fair value (Level 2) with changes in such fair value recognized in earnings under Gain / (loss) on derivatives, net, unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met.
We also take positions in FFAs with an objective to utilize those instruments as economic hedges of a vessel owner's exposure to the charter market by providing for the sale of a contracted charter rate along a specified route and period of time. The fair value of FFAs is treated as asset/liability until they are settled. Any such settlements by us or settlements to us under FFAs are recorded under Gain / (loss) on derivatives, net. The fair value of FFAs is determined through Level 1 inputs of the fair value hierarchy (quoted prices from the applicable exchanges). Our FFAs do not qualify for hedge accounting and therefore unrealized gains or losses are recognized under Gain / (loss) on derivatives, net.
In evaluating our financial condition, we focus on the above measures to assess our historical operating performance and we use future estimates of the same measures to assess our future financial performance.  In addition, we use the amount of cash at our disposal and our total indebtedness to assess our short-term liquidity needs and our ability to finance additional acquisitions with available resources (see also discussion under “Capital Expenditures” below).  In assessing the future performance of our present fleet, the greatest uncertainty relates to the spot market performance which affects those of our vessels that are not employed under fixed time charter contracts as well as the level of the new charter rates for the charters that are to expire. Decisions about the acquisition of additional vessels or possible sales of existing vessels are based on financial and operational evaluation of such action and depend on the overall state of the drybulk vessel market, the availability of purchase candidates, available employment, anticipated drydocking cost and our general assessment of economic prospects for the sectors in which we operate.
Results from Operations
Year ended December 31, 2020 compared to year ended December 31, 2019
Time charter revenue. Time charter revenue for 2020 amounted to $23.59 million, a decrease of 18.0% compared to $28.79 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, as a result of the decrease in the average TCE our vessels earned in 2020 partly attributable to reduced economic activity, lockdowns and lower demand for movement of raw materials because of the COVID-19 pandemic (See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – Operating Results – COVID-19” for more information), compared to 2019.  In each year, we operated an average of 7.0 vessels. In the year 2020 our fleet had 2,483 voyage days earning revenue as compared to 2,473 voyage days earning revenue in 2019.  While employed, our vessels generated a TCE rate of $9,388 per day per vessel in 2020 compared to a TCE rate of $11,190 per day per vessel in 2019, a decrease of 16.1%.  The average TCE rate our vessels achieve is a combination of the time charter rate earned by our vessels under fixed rate time charter contracts, which is not influenced by market developments during the duration of the charter (unless the two charter parties renegotiate the terms of the charter or the charterer is unable to make the contracted payments or we enter into
60


new charter party agreements), and the TCE rate earned by our vessels employed in the spot market, including time charters linked to an index and pool agreements, which is influenced by market developments.

Commissions. We paid a total of $1.31 million in charter commissions for the year ended December 31, 2020, representing 5.5% of charter revenues. This represents a decrease over the year ended December 31, 2019, where commissions paid were $1.55 million, representing 5.4% of charter revenues.
Voyage expenses. Voyage expenses for the year were $0.29 million and relate to expenses for repositioning voyages between time charter contracts, and owners’ expenses at certain ports, partly offset by gain on bunkers. For the year ended December 31, 2019, voyage expenses amounted to $1.11 million and related to expenses for repositioning voyages between time charter contracts, and owners’ expenses at certain ports. Our vessels are, generally, chartered under time charter contracts. Voyage expenses, usually, represent a small fraction (1.21% and 3.88% in 2020 and 2019, respectively) of voyage revenues.  Voyage expenses are dependent on the number of voyage charters, the cost of fuel, port costs and canal tolls and the number of days our vessels sailed without a charter.
Vessel operating expenses. Vessel operating expenses were $11.60 million in 2020 compared to $10.78 million in 2019.  Daily vessel operating expenses per vessel amounted to $4,529 per day in 2020 versus $4,218 per day in 2019, an increase of 7.4%, mainly due to an increase in the supply of stores and spare parts for our vessels in 2020 compared to 2019, and increased crewing costs resulting from difficulties in crew rotation due to COVID-19 related restrictions.
Related party management fees. These are part of the fees we pay to Eurobulk and Eurobulk FE under our Master Management Agreement. During 2020, Eurobulk and Eurobulk FE charged us 685 Euros per day per vessel totalling $2.02 million for the year, or $788 per day per vessel. During 2019, Eurobulk and Eurobulk FE charged us 685 Euros per day per vessel totalling $1.96 million for the year, or $769 per day per vessel.
General and administrative expenses. These expenses include the fixed portion of our management fees, incentive awards, legal and auditing fees, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and other miscellaneous corporate expenses.  In 2020, general and administrative expenses were comparable to the same period of 2019, at $2.3 million.
Drydocking expenses. These are expenses we pay for our vessels to complete a drydocking as part of an intermediate or special survey. In 2020, three vessels underwent drydock for a total cost of $2.28 million, as compared to two vessels that underwent drydock and one vessel that underwent in-water (intermediate) survey in 2019 for a total cost of $1.67 million.
Vessel depreciation. Vessel depreciation for 2020 increased to $6.56 million, from $6.46 million in 2019. The increase is due to the increase in the cost base of our vessels due to the recent installation of ballast water treatment systems.
Interest and other financing costs. Interest expense and other financing costs for the year were $2.33 million, as compared to $3.51 million during the same period in 2019. This decrease of 33.6% is due to lower average outstanding debt and decreased LIBOR rates on our loans in 2020 compared to 2019.
Gain / (loss) on derivatives, net. In 2020, we had a realized loss of $0.13 million and an unrealized loss of $0.41 million from the mark to market valuation on our interest rate swap contracts that we entered into in August 2017, July 2018 and April 2020, compared to a realized gain of $0.02 million and an unrealized loss of $0.31 million in 2019 from the mark to market valuation on the same interest rate swap contracts entered into in August 2017 and July 2018. We enter into the interest rate swaps to mitigate our exposure to possible increases in interest rates. In 2020 we also entered into five FFA contracts. We enter into FFA contracts to mitigate our exposure to possible declines in the drybulk market rates. In 2020, we recognized a $0.25 million loss on FFA contracts ($0.13 million of which was unrealized and $0.12 million was realized). Within the first quarter of 2019, we entered into four FFA contracts. These positions all matured or were closed by October 2019 with a net realized gain of $0.7 million. In 2019 we also entered into two bunker swap contracts that resulted in a net realized gain of $0.1 million.
Dividend Series B Preferred Shares. The Series B Preferred Shares paid dividends in-kind until January 29, 2019 at a rate of 5% per annum. From January 29, 2019 to June 19, 2019, the Series B Preferred Shares carried a dividend of 12% per annum, which was paid in cash. On June 18, 2019, we agreed to redeem approximately $4.3 million of the Series B Preferred Shares with a simultaneous reduction of the dividend rate for the remaining outstanding shares to 9.25% per annum until January 29, 2021, payable in cash. Thereafter, the Series B Preferred Shares would carry a rate of 14% per annum, also payable in cash. On April 1, 2020, we agreed with the holders of the Series B Preferred Shares to have the option to pay the Preferred dividend in-kind at an annual rate of 10.25%, instead of in cash at an annual rate of 9.25%, effective April 1, 2020 until January 29, 2021. On January 29, 2021, we redeemed a net amount of $3 million of our Series B Preferred Shares and, contemporaneously agreed with our Series B Preferred Shareholders to reduce the dividend rate of our Series B Preferred Shares to 8% per annum if paid in cash and 9% if
61


paid in-kind at the Company’s option until January 29, 2023, after which date the dividend rate will reset to 14% and will be payable in cash.  In 2020, the Company declared $1.57 million in dividends on its Series B Preferred Shares, of which $0.35 million were paid in cash and another $1.22 million were paid in-kind. In 2019, the Company declared $1.75 million in dividends on its Series B Preferred Shares, of which $0.08 million were paid in-kind, $1.31 million were paid in cash and another $0.36 million were accrued as of December 31, 2019 and were paid in the first quarter of 2020, and recorded preferred deemed dividends of $0.19 million arising out of the redemption of approximately $4.3 million of Series B Preferred Shares.
Net loss attributable to common shareholders. As a result of the above, net loss attributable to common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $7.45 million, as compared to a net loss of $1.92 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.
Year ended December 31, 2019 compared to year ended December 31, 2018
For a discussion of the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018, please refer to Part A, Item 5, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2019.
Critical Accounting Policies

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or U.S. GAAP. The preparation of those financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
Critical accounting policies are those that reflect significant judgments or uncertainties, and potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. We have described below what we believe are our most critical accounting policies that involve a high degree of judgment and the methods of their application.
Impairment of vessels
We review our vessels held for use for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances (such as vessel market values, vessel sales and purchases, business plans and overall market conditions) indicate that the carrying amount of the vessels may not be recoverable. If indicators for impairment are present, we determine future undiscounted net operating cash flows for the related vessels and compare them to their carrying values. When the estimate of future undiscounted net operating cash flows, excluding interest charges, expected to be generated by the use and eventual disposition of the vessel is less than its carrying amount, we record an impairment loss calculated by comparing the vessel’s carrying value to the estimated fair market value. We estimate fair market value primarily through the use of third party valuations performed on an individual vessel basis.
The carrying values of the Company’s vessels may not represent their fair market value at any point in time since the market prices of second-hand vessels tend to fluctuate with changes in charter rates and the cost of newbuildings.
The Company determines the rates to be used in its impairment analysis based on the prevailing market charter rates for the first two years (based on the length of charters that can be secured at the time of the analysis, generally, one to two years) and on inflation-unadjusted historical average rates for similar vessels, from year three onwards. The Company calculates the historical average rates over a 19-year period for 2020, excluding peak periods, and a 18-year period for 2019, which both start in 2002 and take into account complete market cycles, and which
62


provide a more representative reference for the long term rates. These rates are used for the period a vessel is not under a charter contract; if there is a contract, the fixed charter rate of the contract is used for the period of the contract.
Our impairment exercise is highly sensitive on variances in the time charter rates; it also requires assumptions for:

the effective fleet utilization rate;

estimated scrap values;

vessel operating costs;

future drydocking costs; and

probabilities of sale for each vessel.
Vessel utilization estimates are based on the status of each vessel at the time of the assessment and the Company’s past experience in finding employment for its vessels at comparable market conditions. Cost estimates, like drydocking and operating costs, are based on the Company’s data for its own vessels; past estimates for such costs have generally been very close to the actual levels observed. Specifically, we use our budgeted operating expenses escalated by 1.5% per annum and our budgeted drydocking costs, assuming a five-year special survey cycle. Overall, the assumptions are based on historical trends as well as future expectations. Although management believes that the assumptions used to evaluate potential impairment are reasonable and appropriate, such assumptions are highly subjective. Our impairment test, for the year ended December 31, 2020, identified five of our vessels with indication for impairment as presented in the following table. For these vessels, we performed our impairment analysis which indicated no impairment. Furthermore, we performed sensitivity analysis for the charter rates (which is the input most sensitive to variations) allowing for a decrease of up to 10% in the rates used from the third year onwards, or using the average rates from the third year onwards taken over the period after the financial crisis, from 2009 to 2020, without an impairment indication.
There can be no assurance as to how long-term charter rates and vessel values will increase as compared to their current levels and approach historical average levels for similarly aged vessels or whether they will improve by any significant degree. Charter rates, which improved significantly during 2017 and the first half of 2018, gradually weakened in the second half of 2018 and through most of 2019 and 2020, and may return to their previously depressed levels which could adversely affect our revenue, profitability and future assessments of vessel impairment. The impairment analysis may determine that the carrying value of a vessel is recoverable if the vessel is held and operated to the end of its useful life, however, if the vessel is sold when the market is depressed, the Company might suffer a loss on the sale. Whether the Company realizes a gain or loss on the sale of a vessel is primarily a function of the relative market values of vessels at the time the vessel was acquired less the accumulated depreciation and impairment, if any, versus the relative market values on the date a vessel is sold.

For a discussion of the potential loss in the case of sale of all of our vessels with market value below their carrying value, we refer to the “Item 4.B. Business Overview – Our Fleet”.
63


For the five vessels that as of December 31, 2020 had an impairment indication, a comparison of the average estimated daily TCE rate used in our impairment analysis with the average “break even rate” for the uncontracted period for each of the vessels is presented below:

Vessel
Charter Rate as of 12/31/2020
Remaining
Months Chartered
Remaining Life (years)
Rate Year 1 (2021)
Rate Year 2 (2022)
Rate Year 3+ (2023+)
Breakeven Rate (USD/day)
Eirini P*
12,139
3
8.5
12,189
12,189
15,296
11,384
Ekaterini*
13,556
3
22
13,350
13,350
16,753
9,476
Xenia*
12,522
20
20
13,350
13,350
16,753
10,463
Pantelis**
9,000
1
4
11,725
11,725
14,713
11,518
Starlight*
12,315
8
8
12,189
12,189
15,296
9,416
(*) These vessels are chartered at a market index linked rate. The charter rate as of the end of December will change based on the movement of the relevant index for the remaining contract period.
(**) Pantelis was chartered at the beginning of February at $10,450 per day and will be open to be re-chartered in May, while its sister vessel Tasos was chartered at the beginning of April at $19,750 per day.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Please refer to Note 2 of the financial statements included in Item 18 of this annual report for a description of recent accounting pronouncements that may apply to us.
Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company
We had less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, which means that we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage or specified reduced reporting and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:


exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of the emerging growth company’s internal controls over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of Sarbanes-Oxley;

exemption from new or revised financial accounting standards applicable to public companies until such standards are also applicable to private companies; and

exemption from compliance with any new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or the PCAOB, requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and financial statements.
We may take advantage of these provisions until the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will cease to be an emerging growth company if, among other things, we have more than $1.07 billion in “total annual gross revenues” during the most recently completed fiscal year. We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of these reduced burdens. For as long as we take advantage of the reduced reporting obligations, the information that we provide shareholders may be different from information provided by other public companies. We are choosing to “opt out” of the extended transition period relating to the exemption from new or revised financial accounting standards and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth public companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.
COVID-19

The COVID-19 pandemic has had and continues to have a significant negative impact on the global economy and the demand for shipping regionally as well as globally. We believe the COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in lower dry bulk rates since March 2020 than those that could have been achieved in the absence of COVID-19, given the lower demand for some of the cargoes that we and our peers carry. As a result of this disruption, global economies have ground to a halt which consequently adversely affected the derived demand for shipping transportation.

Given the uncertain nature of the socioeconomic and political circumstances arising from the COVID-19 pandemic, the duration of any business disruptions as well as any related financial impact cannot be further assessed
64

at this point in time, but could further affect, to a lesser or more significant extent, our business, results of operations and financial condition. Accordingly, an estimate of the overall impact of COVID-19 cannot be made at this time.

B.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
    Historically, our sources of funds have been equity provided by our shareholders, operating cash flows and long-term borrowings. Our principal use of funds has been capital expenditures to establish and expand our fleet, maintain the quality of our vessels during operations and the periodically required drydockings, comply with international shipping standards and environmental laws and regulations, fund working capital requirements and, if necessary, operating shortfalls, make principal repayments on outstanding loan facilities, and pay preferred dividends.
Our short-term liquidity requirements include paying operating expenses, funding working capital requirements, interest and principal payments on outstanding debt, paying our preferred dividends and maintaining cash reserves to strengthen our position against adverse fluctuations in operating cash flows. Our primary source of short-term liquidity is cash generated from operating activities, available cash balances and portions from debt and equity financings.
Our long-term liquidity requirements are funding vessel acquisitions and debt repayment. Sources of funding for our long-term liquidity requirements include cash flows from operations, bank borrowings, issuance of debt and equity securities, and vessel sales.
Our total cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at December 31, 2020 were $4.6 million, a decrease of $4.5 million from $9.1 million at December 31, 2019. We hold cash and cash equivalents primarily in U.S. Dollars, with a minor balance held in Euros. We conduct our funding and treasury activities based on corporate policies designed to minimize borrowing costs and maximize investment returns while maintaining the safety of the funds and appropriate levels of liquidity for our purposes.
We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates and market rates for vessels. We use interest rate swaps to manage interest costs and the risks associated with changing interest rates of some of our loans. Please refer to "Item 11 – Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk."
We expect to rely on cash available, funds generated from operating cash flows, funds from our shareholders, equity offerings and long-term borrowings to meet our liquidity needs going forward and to finance our capital expenditures and working capital needs in 2021 and beyond.
Cash Flows
As of December 31, 2020, we had a working capital deficit of $13.2 million, partly due to a balloon payment on our long-term debt.  For the year ended December 31, 2020 we incurred a net loss of $5.9 million and a net loss attributable to common shareholders of $7.5 million and generated net cash from operating activities of $2.3 million. As of December 31, 2020, our cash balance amounted to $0.9 million and cash in restricted retention accounts amounted to $3.7 million. We expect our revenues to increase compared to 2020, as the negative impacts from the COVID-19 pandemic have started to subside and trade growth has resumed, which should improve demand in the drybulk market. We intend to fund our working capital requirements via cash on hand and cash flows from operations. In the event that these are not sufficient, we may use funds from debt refinancing, debt balloon payment refinancing and equity offerings and sell vessels (where equity will be released) among other options.  We believe we will have adequate funding through the sources described above and, accordingly, we believe we have the ability to continue as a going concern and finance our obligations as they come due over the next twelve months following the date of the issuance of our financial statements. Consequently, our consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business.
Year ended December 31, 2020 compared to year ended December 31, 2019
Net cash from operating activities.
Our net surplus from cash flows provided by operating activities for 2020 was $2.33 million as compared to a surplus $15.11 million in 2019.
The major drivers of the change of cash flows from operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019, are the following:  the decrease in market rates during the year ended December 31, 2020, which resulted in a lower TCE rate of $9,388 compared to $11,190 for the year ended December 31, 2019, and the decrease in the inflow from the “Due to related companies” balance. This effect resulted
65


in a decrease in operating income (excluding non-cash items) to $4.06 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $9.65 million for the corresponding period in 2019. For the year ended December 31, 2020, we had a net working capital inflow of $0.71 million, as compared to a net working capital inflow of $7.94 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The net working capital inflow was mainly decreased due to the increase in the amount of net disbursements made to our Managers by $6.08 million between the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. During 2019 there were decreased disbursements made to the Managers, in order to eliminate a large due from related companies balance, after the Spin-off, of $5.97 million as of December 31, 2018 which turned to a payable “Due to related companies” balance of $1.55 million as of December 31, 2019, as compared to a smaller increase in the “Due to related companies balance” from $1.55 million to $2.98 million in 2020. These negative effects were partly offset by the lower interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the corresponding period in 2019.

Net cash from investing activities.

Net cash flows used in investing activities were $0.61 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to $1.11 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The amount paid in 2020 relates mainly to the installation of ballast water treatment system on board the vessel Pantelis and other vessels improvements. The amount paid in 2019 relates to the installation of ballast water treatment systems on board the vessels Starlight and Eirini P.

Net cash from financing activities.

Net cash flows used in financing activities were $6.24 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to net cash flows used in financing activities of $12.63 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This decrease in cash flows used in financing activities of $6.39 million, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019, is mainly attributable to a decrease of $5.97 million in repayments of long-term bank loans and a $0.60 million decrease in dividends paid on the Series B Preferred Shares during the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the same period in 2019, as well as to the redemption of $4.30 million of the Series B Preferred Shares, partly offset by $4.48 million proceeds from long term debt (net of loan arrangement fees paid) during the year ended December 31, 2019.

Year ended December 31, 2019 compared to year ended December 31, 2018

For a discussion of the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018, please refer to Part A, Item 5, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2019.
Debt Financing

We operate in a capital-intensive industry which requires significant amounts of investment, and we fund a major portion of this investment through long term debt. We maintain debt levels we consider prudent based on our market expectations, cash flow, interest coverage and percentage of debt to capital.

As of December 31, 2020, we had five outstanding floating interest-bearing loans with a combined outstanding balance of $51.4 million with margins over LIBOR ranging from 2.70% to 3.25%. These loans have maturity dates between 2021 and 2025. In January 2021, we refinanced the outstanding loans of two of our vessels, M/V Alexandros and M/V Xenia, with a new loan of $26.7 million which, after repaying the outstanding loans of the vessels, resulted in approximately $3.9 million of additional funds available to the Company. The loan is to be repaid in twenty-four consecutive quarterly installments of $0.5 million along with a balloon payment of $14.7 million to be paid together with the last installment. In February 2021, we also refinanced the outstanding loan of M/V Eirini P with a loan of $5.0 million which, after repaying the outstanding loan of the vessel, resulted in approximately $1.6 million of additional funds available to the Company. The loan will be repaid in twenty consecutive quarterly installments of $0.21 million along with a balloon payment of $0.8 million to be paid together with the last installment. The abovementioned refinancings resulted also in extension of the maturity of the respective loans between two and four years.

Our long-term debt as of December 31, 2020 comprises bank loans granted to our vessel-owning subsidiaries.

66


Borrower
 
December 31, 2020
 
Interest rate (margin + LIBOR)
Kamsarmax One Shipping Ltd.
   
9,597,000
 
2.95% + LIBOR
Ultra One Shipping Ltd.
   
13,120,000
 
3.25% + LIBOR
Kamsarmax Two Shipping Ltd.
   
14,550,000
 
2.80% + LIBOR
Light Shipping Ltd. / Areti Shipping Ltd. / Pantelis Shipping Corp.
   
10,800,000
 
3.25% + LIBOR
Eirini Shipping Ltd.
   
3,300,000
 
2.70% + LIBOR
     
51,367,000
   
Less: Current portion
   
(14,013,835
)
 
Long-term portion
   
37,353,165
   

A description of our loans, as of December 31, 2020, is provided in Note 7 of our attached financial statements. As of December 31, 2020, we are scheduled to repay approximately $14.0 million of the above bank loans in 2021.
Our loan agreements contain covenants.
Our loans have various covenants such as minimum requirements regarding the security cover ratio (the ratio of fair value of vessel to outstanding loan less cash in retention accounts) and restrictions as to changes in management and ownership of the vessel ship-owning companies, distribution of profits or assets (in effect not permitting dividend payment or other distributions in cases that an event of default has occurred), additional indebtedness and mortgage of vessels without the lender’s prior consent, sale of vessels, maximum fleet-wide leverage, sale of capital stock of our subsidiaries, ability to make investments and other capital expenditures, entering in mergers or acquisitions, minimum cash balance requirements and minimum cash retention accounts (restricted cash). When necessary, we do provide supplemental collateral in the form of restricted cash or cross-collateralize vessels to ensure compliance with security cover ratio (“loan-to-value” ratio).  Increases in restricted cash required to satisfy loan covenants would reduce funds available for investment or working capital and could have a negative impact on our operations.  If we cannot cure any violated covenants, we might be required to repay all or part of our loans, which, in turn, might require us to sell one or more of our vessels under distressed conditions. As of December 31, 2020, we were not in default of any credit facility covenant.
Capital Expenditures
We make capital expenditures from time to time in connection with our vessel acquisitions or capital enhancements to our vessels.
In March 2017, Euroseas declared the option to build a Kamsarmax vessel which was delivered in May 2018 for $23.9 million and named Ekaterini. In November 2018, we took delivery of the Panamax drybulk carrier of 75,845 dwt built in 2004 in Japan (renamed M/V “Starlight”) for approximately $10.21 million.
We currently have no vessels scheduled for drydocking over the next 12 months (refer to section above “B. Liquidity and Capital Resources – Cash Flows” for a discussion of how we plan to cover our working capital requirements and capital commitments).
Dividends
In 2018, 2019 and 2020, the Company declared no dividend on its common stock. The Series B Preferred Shares paid dividends in-kind until January 29, 2019 at a rate of 5% per annum. From January 29, 2019 to January 29, 2021, the dividend rate on the Series B Preferred Shares was set to increase to 12% per annum and to 14% per annum thereafter. On June 18, 2019, the Board of Directors agreed to redeem approximately $4.3 million of the Series B Preferred Shares with a simultaneous reduction of the dividend rate to 9.25% per annum until January 29, 2021, after which it would increase to 14% per annum. From January 29, 2019 to June 19, 2019, the Series B Preferred Shares carried a dividend rate of 12% per annum. On April 1, 2020, we agreed with the holders of the Series B Preferred Shares to have the option to pay the preferred dividend in-kind at an annual rate of 10.25%, instead of in cash at an annual rate of 9.25%, with effect from April 1, 2020 until January 29, 2021. On January 29, 2021, we redeemed a net amount of $3 million of our Series B Preferred Shares and, contemporaneously agreed with our Series B Preferred Shareholders to reduce the dividend rate of our Series B Preferred Shares to 8% per annum if paid in cash and 9% if paid in-kind at the Company’s option until January 29, 2023, after which date the dividend rate will reset to 14% and will be payable in cash. In 2020, the Company declared $1.57 million in dividends on its Series B Preferred
67


Shares, of which $0.35 million were paid in cash and $1.22 million were paid in kind. Within 2019 the Company declared one dividend on its Series B Preferred Shares, amounting to $0.08 million, which was paid in-kind, and four quarterly dividends out of which $1.3 million were paid in cash and another $0.36 million were accrued and paid in the first quarter of 2020. We also recorded a preferred deemed dividend of $0.19 million arising out of the redemption of approximately $4.3 million of the Series B Preferred Shares.
C.
Research and development, patents and licenses, etc.
Not applicable.
D.
Trend information
Our results of operations depend primarily on the charter rates that we are able to realize. Charter rates paid for drybulk carriers are primarily a function of the underlying balance between vessel supply and demand.
The demand for drybulk carrier capacity is determined by the underlying demand for commodities transported in these vessels, which in turn is influenced by trends in the global economy. One of the main drivers of the drybulk trade has been the growth in imports by China of iron ore, coal and steel products during the last ten years and exports of finished goods. Demand for drybulk carrier capacity is also affected by the operating efficiency of the global fleet, i.e., the average speed the fleet operates, and port congestion.
The supply of drybulk carriers is dependent on the delivery of new vessels and the removal of vessels from the global fleet, either through scrapping or loss.  As of March 31, 2021, as reported by industry sources, the capacity of the worldwide drybulk fleet was approximately 919.1 million dwt with another 51.4 million dwt, or about 5.6% of the present fleet capacity, on order.
The level of scrapping activity is generally a function of scrapping prices in relation to current and prospective charter market conditions, as well as operating, repair and survey costs. The average age at which a vessel is scrapped over the last ten years has been between 25 and 27 years, with smaller vessels scrapped at a later age. During strong markets, the average age at which the vessels are scrapped increases; during 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 and the first nine months of 2008, the majority of the Handysize and Handymax bulkers that were scrapped were in excess of 30 years of age.  During the same period, Panamax drybulk carriers were scrapped at an average age of 29 years. However, the scrapping rate increased significantly and the average age decreased since the beginning of October of 2008 when daily charter rates declined. Increased charter rates in the drybulk market commencing in the second quarter of 2009 resulted in decreased scrapping rates of drybulk vessels throughout 2010. However, as the drybulk market declined throughout 2012, 2013, 2014 and 2015, scrapping rates of drybulk vessels increased again. In 2016 drybulk rates decreased and scrapping activity remained strong, at close to 2015 levels. In 2017 scrapping of drybulk vessels declined to almost half of its 2016 level. 2018 saw a further decline in scrapping to 4.4 million dwt, a decline of 70% year on year, while in 2019, a total of 7.9 million dwt were scrapped. In 2020, scrapping activity almost doubled, with a total of 14.87 million dwt being scrapped. As of March 31, 2021, the year to date 2021 demolition rate is 3.59 million dwt, which represents a 27.1% decrease over the demolition rate for the corresponding period in 2020 as drybulk export disruptions have eased and economic activity has picked up since the outbreak of COVID-19.
Declining shipping charter hire rates have a negative impact on our earnings when our vessels are employed in the spot market or when they are to be re-chartered after completing a time charter contract. The extent to which COVID-19 will impact our future results of operations and financial condition will depend on future developments, which are uncertain and cannot be predicted, including the high level of uncertainty relating to how the pandemic will evolve, the availability of vaccines and their global deployment, the development of effective treatments, the imposition of effective public safety and other protective measures and the public's and government's responses to such measures. The Company’s business could be materially and adversely affected by the risks, or the public perception of the risks and travel restrictions related to COVID-19. We are unable to reasonably predict the estimated length or severity of the COVID-19 pandemic on future operating results.  As of April 15, 2021, approximately 50% of our ship capacity days for the remainder of 2021 are under time charter contracts or pool arrangements. If the market rates decrease from current levels or the supply of vessels increases, our vessels may have difficulty securing employment and, if so, may be employed at rates lower than their present charters.
E.
Off-balance Sheet Arrangements
As of December 31, 2020, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.
68


F.
Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
Contractual obligations are set forth in the following table as of December 31, 2020:

In U.S. dollars (US$)
Total
Less Than
One to
Three Years
Three to
More Than
One Year
Five Years
Five Years
Bank debt
51,367,000
14,013,835
17,726,890
4,476,890
15,149,385
Interest Payments (1)
6,639,000
1,977,000
2,589,000
1,283,000
790,000
Vessel Management fees (2)
5,140,000
2,100,000
3,040,000
-
-
Other Management fees (3)
3,059,000
1,250,000
1,809,000
-
-
Total
66,205,000
19,340,835
25,164,890
5,759,890
15,939,385
(1)          Assuming the amortization of the loans as of December 31, 2020 described above, each loan’s interest rate margin over LIBOR and average LIBOR rates of about 0.19%, 0.23%, 0.62%, 1.63% and 3.05% per annum for the five years, respectively, based on the LIBOR yield curve as of December 31, 2020. Also includes our obligation to make payments required as of December 31, 2020 under our interest rate swap agreements based on the same LIBOR forward rate assumptions.
(2)          Refers to our obligation for management fees we expect to incur under our Master Management agreements and management agreements with the shipowning companies in effect as of December 31, 2020 and expiring on May 30, 2023.  These agreements were renewed for five years effective May 30, 2018. The management fees have been computed for 2021 based on the agreed rate of 685 Euros per day per vessel (approximately $822). For the years after 2021 we have assumed an annual increase in the rate of 2.0% for inflation. We assumed a rate of 1.20 in the Euro to US Dollar exchange rate. We further assume that we hold our vessels until they reach 25 years of age, after which they are considered to be scrapped and no long bear obligations and a fleet of seven vessels in 2021 and the subsequent years.
(3)          Refers to our obligation for management fees of $1.25 million per year under our Master Management Agreement with Eurobulk for the cost of providing executive services to the Company.  This fee is adjusted for inflation in Greece during the previous calendar year every January 1st. From January 1, 2022 on, we have assumed an inflation rate of 2.0% per year. The agreement expires on May 30, 2023.
69



G.          Safe Harbor

See “Forward-Looking Statements” at the beginning of this annual report.
Item 6.
Directors, Senior Management and Employees
A.
Directors and Senior Management
The following sets forth the name and position of each of our directors and executive officers.
Name
Age
Position
Aristides J. Pittas
61
Chairman, President and CEO; Class C Director
Dr. Anastasios Aslidis
61
CFO and Treasurer; Class C Director
Aristides P. Pittas
69
Vice Chairman; Class C Director
Stephania Karmiri
53
Secretary
Panagiotis Kyriakopoulos
60
Class A Director
George Taniskidis
60
Class B Director
Apostolos Tamvakakis
63
Class B Director
Christian Donohue
53
Series B Director

Aristides J. Pittas has been a member of the Board of Directors and Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of EuroDry since its inception on January 8, 2018. He is also member of the Board of Directors and Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Euroseas since its inception on May 5, 2005. Since 1997, Mr. Pittas has also been the President of Eurochart, our affiliate. Eurochart is a shipbroking company specializing in chartering and selling and purchasing ships. Since January 1995, Mr. Pittas has been the President and Managing Director of Eurobulk, our affiliated ship management company. He resigned as Managing Director of Eurobulk in June 2005. Eurobulk is a ship management company that provides ocean transportation services. From September 1991 to December 1994, Mr. Pittas was the Vice President of Oceanbulk Maritime SA, a ship management company. From March 1990 to August 1991, Mr. Pittas served both as the Assistant to the General Manager and the Head of the Planning Department of Varnima International SA, a shipping company operating tanker vessels. From June 1987 until February 1990, Mr. Pittas was the head of the Central Planning department of Eleusis Shipyards S.A. From January 1987 to June 1987, Mr. Pittas served as Assistant to the General Manager of Chios Navigation Shipping Company in London, a company that provides ship management services. From December 1985 to January 1987, Mr. Pittas worked in the design department of Eleusis Shipyards S.A. where he focused on shipbuilding and ship repair. Mr. Pittas has a B.Sc. in Marine Engineering from University of Newcastle - Upon-Tyne and a MSc in both Ocean Systems Management and Naval Architecture and Marine Engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Dr. Anastasios Aslidis has been the Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer and a member of the Board of Directors of EuroDry since May 5, 2018. He is also member of the Board of Directors, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer of Euroseas since September 2005. Prior to joining Euroseas, Dr. Aslidis was a partner at Marsoft Inc., an international consulting firm focusing on investment and risk management in the maritime industry. Dr. Aslidis has more than 30 years of experience in the maritime industry. He also served as consultant to the Boards of Directors of shipping companies (public and private) advising on strategy development, asset selection and investment timing. Dr. Aslidis holds a Ph.D. in Ocean Systems Management (1989) from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, M.S. in Operations Research (1987) and M.S. in Ocean Systems Management (1984) also from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, and a Diploma in Naval Architecture and Marine Engineering from the National Technical University of Athens (1983).
Aristides P. Pittas has been a member of EuroDry's Board of Directors and Vice Chairman of the Board of EuroDry since its inception on January 8, 2018. He is also member of the Board of Directors of Euroseas since its inception on May 5, 2005 and its Vice Chairman since September 1, 2005. Mr. Pittas has been a shareholder in over 100 oceangoing vessels during the last 20 years. Since February 1989, Mr. Pittas has been the Vice President of Oceanbulk Maritime SA, a ship management company. From November 1987 to February 1989, Mr. Pittas was employed in the supply department of Drytank SA, a shipping company. From November 1981 to June 1985, Mr. Pittas was employed at Trust Marine Enterprises, a brokerage house as a sale and purchase broker. From September 1979 to November 1981, Mr. Pittas worked at Gourdomichalis Maritime SA in the operation and Freight Collection department. Mr. Pittas has a B.Sc in Economics from Athens School of Economics.
70


Stephania Karmiri has been a member of the Board of Directors of EuroDry since its inception on January 8, 2018 until May 5, 2018, and EuroDry's Secretary since May 5, 2018. She has also been Euroseas' Secretary since its inception on May 5, 2005. Since July 1995, Mrs. Karmiri has been executive secretary to Eurobulk, our affiliated ship management company. Eurobulk is a ship management company that provides ocean transportation services. At Eurobulk, Mrs. Karmiri has been responsible for dealing with sale and purchase transactions, vessel registrations/deletions, bank loans, supervision of office administration and office/vessel telecommunication. From May 1992 to June 1995, she was secretary to the technical department of Oceanbulk Maritime SA, a ship management company. From 1988 to 1992, Mrs. Karmiri served as assistant to brokers for Allied Shipbrokers, a company that provides shipbroking services to sale and purchase transactions. Mrs. Karmiri has taken assistant accountant and secretarial courses from Didacta college.
Panagiotis Kyriakopoulos has been a member of the Board of Directors of EuroDry since May 5, 2018. He has also been a member of the Board of Directors of Euroseas since its inception on May 5, 2005. Since July 2002, he has been the Chief Executive Officer of STAR INVESTMENTS S.A., one of the leading Mass Media Companies in Greece, running television and radio stations. From July 1997 to July 2002 he was the C.E.O. of the Hellenic Post Group, the Universal Postal Service Provider, having the largest retail network in Greece for postal and financial services products. From March 1996 until July 1997, Mr. Kyriakopoulos was the General Manager of ATEMKE SA, one of the leading construction companies in Greece listed on the Athens Stock Exchange. From December 1986 to March 1996, he was the Managing Director of Globe Group of Companies, a group active in the areas of shipowning and management, textiles and food and distribution. The company was listed on the Athens Stock Exchange. From June 1983 to December 1986, Mr. Kyriakopoulos was an assistant to the Managing Director of Armada Marine S.A., a company active in international trading and shipping, owning and managing a fleet of twelve vessels. Presently he is Chairman of the Hellenic Private Television Owners Association, BoD member of the Hellenic Federation of Enterprises (SEV) and BoD member of Digea S.A.  He has also been an investor in the shipping industry for more than 20 years. Mr. Kyriakopoulos has a B.Sc. degree in Marine Engineering from the University of Newcastle upon Tyne, a MSc. degree in Naval Architecture and Marine Engineering with specialization in Management from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and a Master degree in Business Administration (MBA) from Imperial College, London.
George Taniskidis has been a member of the Board of Directors of EuroDry since May 5, 2018. He has also been a member of the Board of Directors of Euroseas since its inception on May 5, 2005. He is the Chairman of Optima Bank and Chairman of Core Capital Partners, a consulting firm specializing in debt restructuring. He was Chairman and Managing Director of Millennium Bank and a member of the Board of Directors of BankEuropa (subsidiary bank of Millennium Bank in Turkey) until May 2010. He was also a member of the Executive Committee and the Board of Directors of the Hellenic Banks Association. From 2003 until 2005, he was a member of the Board of Directors of Visa International Europe, elected by the Visa issuing banks of Cyprus, Malta, Portugal, Israel and Greece. From 1990 to 1998, Mr. Taniskidis worked at XIOSBANK (until its acquisition by Piraeus Bank in 1998) in various positions, with responsibility for the bank’s credit strategy and network. Mr. Taniskidis studied Law in the National University of Athens and in the University of Pennsylvania Law School, where he received a L.L.M. After law school, he joined the law firm of Rogers & Wells in New York, where he worked until 1989 and was also a member of the New York State Bar Association. He is also a member of the Young Presidents Organization.
Apostolos Tamvakakis has been a member of the Board of Directors of EuroDry since May 5, 2018. He has also been a member of the Board of Directors of Euroseas since June 25, 2013. From January 2015 to February 2017 he was independent non-executive Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors of Piraeus Bank. Since July 2012 he participated as a Member of the Board of Directors and Committees in various companies. From December 2009 to June 2012, Mr. Tamvakakis was appointed Chief Executive Officer of the National Bank of Greece. From May 2004 to March 2009, he served as Chairman and Managing Director of Lamda Development, a real estate development company of the Latsis Group and from March 2009 to December 2009, he served on the management team of the Geneva-based Latsis Group, as Head of Strategy and Business Development. From October 1998 to April 2004, he served as Deputy CEO of National Bank of Greece. Prior to that, he worked as Deputy Governor of National Mortgage Bank of Greece, as Deputy General Manager of ABN AMRO Bank, as Manager of Corporate Finance at Hellenic Investment Bank and as Planning Executive at Mobil Oil Hellas. He also served as Vice-Chairman of Athens Stock Exchange, Chairman of the Steering Committee of Interalpha Group of Banks, Chairman of Ethnokarta, National Securities, AVIS (Greece), ETEVA and the Southeastern European Board of the Europay Mastercard Group. Mr. Tamvakakis has also served in numerous boards of directors and committees. He is the Chairman and Managing Partner of EOS Capital Partners Alternative Investment Fund Manager, the investment manager of a private equity fund “EOS Hellenic Renaissance Fund”. He holds the positions of Vice Chairman of Gek Terna, Member of the BoD of Quest Holdings, Chairman of the Liquidations Committee of PQH Single Special Liquidation S.A. and member of the Marketing Commission of the Hellenic Olympic Committee. He is a graduate of the Athens University of
71


Economics and has an M.A. in Economics from the Saskatchewan University in Canada with major in econometrics and economics.
Christian Donohue has been a member of the Board of Directors of EuroDry since May 30, 2018. He has also been a member of the Board of Directors of Euroseas since December 7, 2017. Mr. Donohue was appointed pursuant to the provisions of the Statement of Designation of our Series B Preferred Shares. Mr. Donohue is a Managing Director at BlackRock and he held the same position at Tennenbaum Capital Partners, before Tennenbaum Capital Partners was acquired by BlackRock in 2018.
Family Relationships
Aristides P. Pittas, Vice Chairman, is the cousin of Aristides J. Pittas, our Chairman, President and CEO.
B.
Compensation
Executive Compensation
We have no direct employees. The services of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Administrative Officer, Internal Auditor and Secretary are provided by Eurobulk. These services are provided to us under our Master Management Agreement with Eurobulk under which we pay a fee, before bonuses, adjusted annually for inflation in the Eurozone to account for the increased management cost associated with us being a public company and other services to our subsidiaries. During 2020, under this Master Management Agreement, as amended, we paid Eurobulk $1,250,000 for the services of our executives, Mr. Aristides J. Pittas, Dr. Anastasios Aslidis and Mr. Symeon Pariaros, our Secretary, Mrs. Stephania Karmiri, and our Internal Auditor. As of January 1, 2021, this fee remained the same at $1,250,000.
Director Compensation
Our directors who are also our officers or have executive positions or beneficially own greater than 10% of the outstanding common shares receive no compensation for serving on our Board of Directors or its committees.
Directors who are not our officers, do not have any executive position or do not beneficially own greater than 10% of the outstanding common shares receive the following compensation: an annual retainer of $7,500, plus $1,875 for attending a quarterly meeting of the Board of Directors, plus an additional retainer of $3,750 if serving as Chairman of the Audit Committee. They also participate in the Company’s Equity Incentive Plan.
All directors are reimbursed reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending meetings of our Board of Directors or any committee of our Board of Directors.
Equity Incentive Plan
In May 2018, our Board of Directors approved an equity incentive plan. The equity incentive plan is administered by the Board of Directors which can make awards totaling in aggregate up to 150,000 shares over five years after the equity incentive plan’s adoption date. Officers, directors and employees (including any prospective officer or employee) of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates and consultants and service providers to (including persons who are employed by or provide services to any entity that is itself a consultant or service provider to) the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates are eligible to receive awards under the equity incentive plan.  Awards may be made under the equity incentive plan in the form of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, dividend equivalent rights, restricted stock, unrestricted stock, restricted stock units and performance shares.
On November 21, 2018, the Board of Directors awarded 25,090 shares of restricted stock to our directors, officers and key employees of Eurobulk, 50% of which vested on November 16, 2019, and the remainder vested on November 16, 2020.
On November 4, 2019, the Board of Directors awarded 24,710 shares of restricted stock to our directors, officers and key employees of Eurobulk, 50% of which vested on July 1, 2020 and the remainder will vest on July 1, 2021.
On November 5, 2020, the Board of Directors awarded 44,900 of shares to our directors, officers and key employees of Eurobulk, 50% of which will vest on November 16, 2021, and the remainder will vest on November 16,
72


2022. There were 1,314 shares that were forfeited due to employee termination. Vesting of the awards is conditioned on continuous employment throughout the period to the vesting date.
C.          Board Practices
The current term of our Class A director expires in 2021, the term of our Class B directors expires in 2022 and the term of our Class C directors expires in 2023.
There are no service contracts between us and any of our directors providing for benefits upon termination of their employment or service.
Our Board of Directors does not have separate compensation or nomination committees, and instead, the entire Board of Directors performs those responsibilities.
Audit Committee
We currently have an Audit Committee comprised of three independent members of our Board of Directors. The Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing the Company’s accounting controls and the appointment of the Company’s outside auditors. The members of the Audit Committee are Mr. Panagiotis Kyriakopoulos (Chairman and “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined under SEC regulations), Mr. Apostolos Tamvakakis and Mr. George Taniskidis.
Code of Ethics
We have adopted a code of ethics that complies with the applicable guidelines issued by the SEC. Our code of ethics is posted on our website: http://www.eurodry.gr under “Corporate Governance.”
Corporate Governance
Our Company’s corporate governance practices are in compliance with, and are not prohibited by, the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands. We are exempt from many of Nasdaq’s corporate governance practices other than the requirements regarding the disclosure of a going concern audit opinion, submission of a listing agreement, notification of material non-compliance with Nasdaq corporate governance practices, and the establishment and composition of an audit committee and a formal written audit committee charter. The practices that we follow in lieu of Nasdaq’s corporate governance rules are described below.

We are not required under Marshall Islands law to maintain a Board of Directors with a majority of independent directors, and we may not be able to maintain a Board of Directors with a majority of independent directors in the future.

In lieu of a compensation committee comprised of independent directors, our Board of Directors will be responsible for establishing the executive officers’ compensation and benefits. Under Marshall Islands law, compensation of the executive officers is not required to be determined by an independent committee.

In lieu of a nomination committee comprised of independent directors, our Board of Directors will be responsible for identifying and recommending potential candidates to become board members and recommending directors for appointment to board committees. Shareholders may also identify and recommend potential candidates to become board members in writing. No formal written charter has been prepared or adopted because this process is outlined in our bylaws.

In lieu of obtaining an independent review of related party transactions for conflicts of interests, consistent with Marshall Islands law requirements, a related party transaction will be permitted if: (i) the material facts as to his or her relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors and the Board of Directors in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, or, if the votes of the disinterested directors are insufficient to constitute an act of the Board of Directors as defined in Section 55 of the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act, by unanimous vote of the disinterested directors; or (ii) the material facts as to his relationship or interest are disclosed and the shareholders are entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by a simple majority vote of the shareholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Company as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the shareholders. Common or interested directors may be counted
73


in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

As a foreign private issuer, we are not required to solicit proxies or provide proxy statements to Nasdaq pursuant to Nasdaq corporate governance rules or Marshall Islands law. Consistent with Marshall Islands law, we will notify our shareholders of meetings between 15 and 60 days before the meeting. This notification will contain, among other things, information regarding business to be transacted at the meeting. In addition, our bylaws provide that shareholders must give us advance notice to properly introduce any business at a meeting of the shareholders. Our bylaws also provide that shareholders may designate in writing a proxy to act on their behalf.

In lieu of holding regular meetings at which only independent directors are present, our entire Board of Directors, a majority of whom are independent, will hold regular meetings as is consistent with the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

The Board of Directors adopted a new Equity Incentive Plan in May 2018.  Shareholder approval was not necessary since Marshall Islands law permits the Board of Directors to take such actions.

As a foreign private issuer, we are not required to obtain shareholder approval if any of our directors, officers, or 5% or greater shareholders has a 5% or greater interest (or such persons collectively have a 10% or greater interest), directly or indirectly, in the company, or assets to be acquired, or in the consideration to be paid in the transaction(s) and the present or potential issuance of common stock, or securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock, could result in an increase in outstanding common stock or voting power of 5% or more.

In lieu of obtaining shareholder approval prior to the issuance of designated securities, the Company will comply with provisions of the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act, providing that the Board of Directors approves share issuances.
Other than as noted above, we are in full compliance with all other applicable Nasdaq corporate governance standards.
D.          Employees
We have no salaried employees, although we pay Eurobulk for the services of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Administrative Officer, Internal Auditor and Secretary: Mr. Aristides J. Pittas, Dr. Anastasios Aslidis, Mr. Symeon Pariaros, Mr. Konstantinos Siadimas and Ms. Stephania Karmiri, respectively.  Eurobulk also ensures that all seamen have the qualifications and licenses required to comply with international regulations and shipping conventions, and that all of our vessels employ experienced and competent personnel.  As of December 31, 2020, approximately 62 officers and 98 crew members served on board the vessels in our fleet.
E.          Share Ownership
With respect to the ownership of our common stock by each of our directors and executive officers, and all of our directors and executive officers as a group, see “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions”.
All of the shares of our common stock have the same voting rights and are entitled to one vote per share.
Equity Incentive Plan
See Item 6.B of this annual report, “Compensation.”
Options
No options were granted during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020. There are currently no options outstanding to acquire any of our shares.
Warrants
We do not currently have any outstanding warrants.
74


Item 7.
Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions
A.
Major Stockholders
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our voting stock as of March 31, 2021 by each person or entity known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our voting stock, each of our directors and executive officers, and all of our directors and executive officers and 5% owners as a group. All of our shareholders, including the shareholders listed in this table, are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held.
 
 
Number of Shares of Voting Common Stock Beneficially Owned
   
Percent of Voting of Common Stock (13)
   
Number of Shares of Voting Series B Preferred Stock Beneficially Owned (14)
   
Percent of Voting of Series B Preferred Shares (14)
   
Number of Shares of Voting Common Stock Beneficially Owned Upon Conversion; 50% Voting Before Conversion
   
Percent of Total Voting Securities
 
Dry Friends Investment Company Inc(2)
   
855,613
     
36.4
%
               
855,613
     
30.8
%
Tennenbaum Opportunities Fund VI, LLC (3, 4)
   
58,320
     
2.5
%
   
8,849
     
65.0
%
   
337,998
     
12.2
%
Tennenbaum Opportunities Partners V, LLC (3)
   
121,680
     
5.2
%
                   
121,680
     
4.4
%
Family United Navigation Co
   
350,673
     
14.9
%
                   
350,673
     
12.6
%
Preferred Dry Friends Investment Company Inc(4)
   
-
     
-
     
4,757
     
35.0
%
   
150,348
     
5.4
%
Aristides J Pittas(5)
   
36,014
     
1.5
%
                   
36,014
     
1.3
%
George Taniskidis(6)
   
1,500
     
*
                     
2,224
     
*
 
Panagiotis Kyriakopoulos(7)
   
11,797
     
*
                     
11,297
     
*
 
Aristides P Pittas(8)
   
8,653
     
*
                     
7,123
     
*
 
Anastasios Aslidis(9)
   
13,500
     
*
                     
13,500
     
*
 
Apostolos Tamvakakis(10)
   
3,983
     
*
                     
2,686
     
*
 
Christian Donohue
   
-
     
*
                     
-
     
*
 
Stephania Karmiri(11)
   
-
     
*
                     
-
     
*
 
Symeon Pariaros(12)
   
5,797
     
*
                     
5,797
     
*
 
All directors and officers and 5% owners as a group
   
1,465,427
     
62.5
%
   
13,606
     
100.0
%
   
2,778,242
     
68.3
%
*      Indicates less than 1.0%.

(1)
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the Rule 13d-3(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Except as subject to community property laws, where applicable, the person named above has sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by him/her.
(2)
Represents shares of common stock held of record by Dry Friends. A majority of the shareholders of Dry Friends are members of the Pittas family. Investment power and voting control by Dry Friends resides in its Board of Directors which consists of five directors, a majority of whom are members of the Pittas family. Actions by Dry Friends may be taken by a majority of the members on its Board of Directors.
(3)
Tennenbaum Capital Partners, LLC serves as investment advisor to, inter alia, Tennenbaum Opportunities Partners V, LP and Tennenbaum Opportunities Fund VI, LLC, which are the registered holders of the Common Shares and Series B Preferred Shares of EuroDry Ltd. beneficially owned by Tennenbaum Capital Partners, LLC. Tennenbaum Capital Partners, LLC is indirectly controlled by BlackRock, Inc., which may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of shares beneficially owned by Tennenbaum Capital Partners, LLC. The address of Tennenbaum Opportunities Partners V, LP, Tennenbaum Opportunities Fund V, LLC and Tennenbaum Capital Partners, LLC is 2951 28th Street, Suite 1000, Santa Monica, CA 90405. The address of BlackRock, Inc. is 55 East 52nd Street, New York, NY 10055. Tennenbaum Opportunities Partners V, LP and Tennenbaum Opportunities Fund VI, LLC currently hold (a) 180,000 shares of common stock and (b) 8,849 Series B Preferred Shares that are convertible into 279,678 shares of common stock.
(4)
Common shares are issuable upon conversion of Series B Preferred Shares (or any convertible notes into which the Series B Preferred Shares may convert) owned by this shareholder (based on the current conversion ratio).
75


(5)
Does not include 84,172 shares of common stock held of record by Dry Friends, by virtue of ownership interest in Dry Friends by Mr. Pittas. Mr. Pittas disclaims beneficial ownership except to the extent of his pecuniary interest. Does not include 1,794 Series B Preferred Shares held of record by Preferred Dry Friends Investment Company Inc., by virtue of ownership interest in Preferred Dry Friends Investment Company Inc. by Mr. Pittas. Mr. Pittas disclaims beneficial ownership except to the extent of his pecuniary interest. Includes 2,800 shares vesting on July 1, 2021, 5,400 shares vesting on November 16, 2021 and 5,400 shares vesting on November 16, 2022.
(6)
Does not include 4,086 shares held of record by Dry Friends, by virtue of Mr. Taniskidis’ ownership in Dry Friends. Mr. Taniskidis disclaims beneficial ownership except to the extent of his pecuniary interest. Does not include 125 Series B Preferred Shares held of record by Preferred Dry Friends Investment Company Inc., by virtue of ownership interest in Preferred Dry Friends Investment Company Inc. by Mr. Taniskidis and members of his family. Mr. Taniskidis disclaims beneficial ownership except to the extent of his pecuniary interest. Includes 300 shares vesting on July 1, 2021, 600 shares vesting on November 16, 2021 and 600 shares vesting on November 16, 2022.
(7)
Includes 300 shares vesting on July 1, 2021, 600 shares vesting on November 16, 2021 and 600 shares vesting on November 16, 2022.
(8)
Does not include 210,889 shares of common stock held of record by Dry Friends and Family United Navigation Co., by virtue of ownership interest in Dry Friends and Family United Navigation Co. of Mr. Pittas and members of his family. Mr. Pittas disclaims beneficial ownership except to the extent of his pecuniary interest. Does not include 104 shares of Series B Preferred stock held of record by Preferred Dry Friends Investment Company Inc., by virtue of ownership interest in Preferred Dry Friends Investment Company Inc.by Mr. Pittas and members of his family. Includes 770 shares vesting on July 1, 2021, 1,500 shares vesting on November 16, 2021 and 1,500 shares vesting on November 16, 2022.
(9)
Includes 1,900 shares vesting on July 1, 2021, 3,650 shares vesting on November 16, 2021 and 3,650 shares vesting on November 16, 2022.
(10)
Includes 300 shares vesting on July 1, 2021, 600 shares vesting on November 16, 2021 and 600 shares vesting on November 16, 2022.
(11)
Does not include 112 shares of common stock held of records by Dry Friends, by virtue of Mrs. Karmiri’s ownership in Dry Friends. Mrs. Karmiri disclaims beneficial ownership except to the extent of her pecuniary interest.
(12)
Includes 300 shares vesting on July 1, 2021, 600 shares vesting on November 16, 2021 and 600 shares vesting on November 16, 2022.
(13)
Voting stock includes 56,745 unvested shares for a total of 2,348,216 issued and outstanding shares of the Company as of March 31, 2021.
(14)
As of March 31, 2021, Series B Preferred Shares vote on an as-converted basis weighted by 50%.

B.
Related Party Transactions
The operations of our vessels are managed by Eurobulk and Eurobulk FE, both affiliated companies.  Eurobulk manages certain corporate matters and certain vessels of our fleet under a Master Management Agreement with us and separate management agreements with each shipowning company. Eurobulk FE manages four of our vessels under similar management agreements with the respective ship-owning companies.
Under our Master Management Agreement, Eurobulk is responsible for providing us with executive services associated with us being a public company. Under the separate management agreements with the shipowning companies, Eurobulk or Eurobulk FE are responsible to provide (i) other administration services to our subsidiaries and commercial management services, which include obtaining employment for our vessels and managing our relationships with charterers; and (ii) technical management services, which include managing day-to-day vessel operations, performing general vessel maintenance, ensuring regulatory and classification society compliance, supervising the maintenance and general efficiency of vessels, arranging our hire of qualified officers and crew, arranging and supervising drydocking and repairs, arranging insurance for vessels, purchasing stores, supplies, spares and new equipment for vessels, appointing supervisors and technical consultants and providing technical support and shoreside personnel who carry out the management functions described above and certain accounting services.
EuroDry signed new Master Management Agreements (“MMAs”) with the Managers which took effect after the completion of the Spin-off. Our Master Management Agreement with Eurobulk compensates Eurobulk with an annual executive compensation and a daily management fee per vessel managed. The amount of such executive compensation allocated to the Company prior to the Spin-off was based on the proportion of the number of calendar days that related to EuroDry's vessels to the number of days of the entire fleet of Euroseas. For the Company post Spin-off the annual compensation for such services was set at $1,250,000. This amount was $731,456, $1,250,000 and $1,250,000 for 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively. Our Master Management Agreement is substantially similar to the master management agreement between Euroseas and Eurobulk relating to our vessels that were previously
76


owned by Euroseas.  The Master Management Agreement is terminable by Eurobulk only for cause or under other limited circumstances, such as sale of the Company or Eurobulk or the bankruptcy of either party.  The management agreements between Eurobulk FE and the ship-owning companies follow substantially the same terms of the similar agreements with Eurobulk.
The EuroDry Master Management Agreement ("MMA") with the Managers provides for an annual adjustment of the daily vessel management fee due to inflation in the Eurozone to take effect on January 1 of each year. The vessel management fee for laid-up vessels is half of the daily fee. This MMA, as periodically amended and restated, will automatically be extended after the initial five-year period for an additional five-year period unless terminated on or before the 90th day preceding the initial termination date. Pursuant to the MMA, each ship-owning company has signed – and each future ship owning company when a vessel is acquired will sign - with the Managers, a management agreement with the rate and term of these agreements set in the MMA effective at such time.
The MMA was amended and restated on January 1, 2012 to reflect a 5% discount on the daily vessel management fee for the period during which the number of the Euroseas-owned vessels (including vessels in which Euroseas is a part owner) managed by the Managers is greater than 20 ("volume discount"). The daily vessel management fee was set at 685 Euros per day per vessel in operation and 342.50 Euros per day per vessel in lay-up after the 5% discount. The MMA was renewed on January 1, 2018 for an additional five-year term until January 1, 2023 with the 5% volume discount permanently incorporated in the daily management fee. The daily management fee remained unchanged at Euros 685 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, and will be adjusted annually for inflation in the Eurozone. Vessel management fees paid to the Managers amounted to $1,701,340, $1,964,536 and $2,018,800 in 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively. The fee remains unchanged for 2021.
The management of the M/V “Xenia”, M/V “Alexandros P.”, M/V “Tasos” and M/V “Ekaterini” is performed by Eurobulk FE, which provides technical, commercial and accounting services. The remaining fleet (M/V “Pantelis, M/V “Eirini P.” and M/V “Starlight”) is managed by Eurobulk.
We receive chartering and sale and purchase services from Eurochart, an affiliate, and pay a commission of 1.25% on charter revenue and 1% on vessel sale price. During 2018, 2019 and 2020 Eurochart received $324,178, $359,868 and $294,933, respectively, for chartering services calculated at 1.25% of chartering revenues. Eurochart also receives 1% commission of the acquisition price from the seller of the vessel for the vessels we acquire.
Technomar S.A., a crewing agent, and Sentinel Marine Services Inc., an insurance brokering company are affiliates to whom we pay a fee of about $50 per crew member per month and a commission on premium not exceeding 5%, respectively.
Aristides J. Pittas is currently the Chairman of each of Eurochart and Eurobulk, all of which are our affiliates.
We have entered into a registration rights agreement with Friends, which registration rights were transferred to Dry Friends, our largest shareholder, pursuant to which we granted Dry Friends the right, under certain circumstances and subject to certain restrictions, to require us to register under the Securities Act shares of our common stock held by Dry Friends. Under the registration rights agreement, Dry Friends has the right to request us to register the sale of shares held by it on its behalf and may require us to make available shelf registration statements permitting sales of shares into the market from time to time over an extended period. In addition, Dry Friends has the ability to exercise certain piggyback registration rights in connection with registered offerings initiated by us.
Eurobulk, Eurobulk FE, Friends Investment Company Inc. and Aristides J. Pittas, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, have granted us a right of first refusal to acquire any drybulk vessel or containership which any of them may consider for acquisition in the future. In addition, Mr. Pittas has granted us a right of first refusal to accept any chartering out opportunity for a drybulk vessel which may be suitable for any of our vessels, provided that we have a suitable vessel, properly situated and available, to take advantage of the chartering out opportunity. Mr. Pittas has also agreed to use his best efforts to cause any entity he directly or indirectly controls to grant us this right of first refusal.
C.
Interests of Experts and Counsel
Not Applicable.

77

Item 8.
Financial Information
A.
Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information
See Item 18.
Legal Proceedings
To our knowledge, there are no material legal proceedings to which we are a party or to which any of our properties are subject, other than routine litigation incidental to our business. In our opinion, the disposition of these lawsuits should not have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations, financial position and cash flows.
Dividend Policy
Thus far we have not paid a dividend to our common shareholders.  The exact timing and amount of any future dividend payments to our common stock will be determined by our Board of Directors and will be dependent upon our earnings, financial condition, cash requirement and availability, restrictions in its loan agreements, growth strategy, the provisions of Marshall Islands law affecting the payment of distributions to shareholders and other factors, such as the acquisition of additional vessels.
The payment of dividends to our common stock is not guaranteed or assured, and may again be discontinued at any time at the discretion of our Board of Directors. Because we are a holding company with no material assets other than the stock of our subsidiaries, our ability to pay dividends will depend on the earnings and cash flow of these subsidiaries and their ability to pay dividends to us. If there is a substantial decline in the drybulk charter market, our earnings would be negatively affected, thus limiting our ability to pay dividends. Marshall Islands law generally prohibits the payment of dividends other than from surplus or while a company is insolvent or would be rendered insolvent upon the payment of such dividends. Dividends may be declared in conformity with applicable law by, and at the discretion of, our Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be declared and paid in cash, stock or other property of the Company.
The Series B Preferred Shares paid dividends in-kind until January 29, 2019 at a rate of 5% per annum. From January 29, 2019 to January 29, 2021, the dividend rate on the Series B Preferred Shares was set to increase to 12% per annum and to 14% per annum thereafter and the related dividends would be payable in cash. On June 18, 2019, the Board of Directors agreed to redeem approximately $4.3 million of the Series B Preferred Shares with a simultaneous reduction of the dividend rate to 9.25% per annum until January 29, 2021, after which it would increase to 14% per annum, payable in cash. From January 29, 2019 to June 19, 2019, the Series B Preferred Shares carried a dividend rate of 12% per annum. On April 1, 2020, we agreed with the holders of the Series B Preferred Shares to have the option to pay the preferred dividend in-kind at an annual rate of 10.25%, instead of in cash at an annual rate of 9.25%, with effect from April 1, 2020 until January 29, 2021. On January 29, 2021, the Board of Directors agreed to redeem a net amount of $3 million of the Series B Preferred Shares with a simultaneous reduction of the dividend rate to 8% per annum if paid in cash and 9% if paid in-kind at the Company’s option until January 29, 2023, after which date the dividend rate will reset to 14% and will be payable in cash. If a cash dividend is paid on the Company's common stock after January 29, 2019, the holders of Series B Preferred Shares shall receive an additional cash dividend in an amount equal to 40% of the common stock dividend it would have received on an as-converted basis. The Company declared $1.57 million in dividends on its Series B Preferred Shares during 2020, of which $0.35 million were paid in cash and another $1.22 million were paid in-kind, and $1.75 million in dividends on its Series B Preferred Shares during 2019, of which $0.08 million were paid in-kind, $1.31 million were paid in cash, and another $0.36 million were accrued as of December 31, 2019 and were paid in the first quarter of 2020. In addition, $0.19 million of preferred deemed dividends were recorded in 2019 as a result of the redemption of $4.3 million of the Series B Preferred Shares, representing the difference between (1) the fair value of the consideration transferred to the holders of the EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares (comprising the cash payment offered) and (2) the carrying amount of the Series B Preferred Shares before the redemption (net of issuance costs).

B.
Significant Changes
Series B Preferred Shares
The Series B Preferred Shares paid dividends in-kind until January 29, 2019 (rather than in cash). After that date, dividends to holders of the Series B Preferred Shares were paid in cash until March 31, 2020. On April 1, 2020, the Company agreed with the holders of the Series B Preferred Shares, to have the option to pay the Series B Preferred dividends in-kind at a rate of 10.25% per annum, or 9.25% per annum if paid in cash, until January 29, 2021, after which it was set to increase to 14% per annum. On January 29, 2021, we redeemed a net amount of $3 million of our
78


Series B Preferred Shares and, contemporaneously agreed with our Series B Preferred Shareholders to reduce the dividend rate of our Series B Preferred Shares to 8% per annum if paid in cash and 9% if paid in-kind at the Company’s option until January 29, 2023, after which date the dividend rate will reset to 14% and will be payable in cash. The partial redemption and the reduction of the dividend rate for two years will result in about $0.50 per share higher earnings per year over the next two years and $0.18 higher earnings per share thereafter.
Loan Refinancings
In January 2021, we refinanced the outstanding loans of two of our vessels, the M/V Alexandros and M/V Xenia, with a new loan of $26.7 million which, after repaying the outstanding loans of the vessels, resulted in approximately $3.9 million of additional funds available to the Company. The loan is payable in twenty-four consecutive quarterly installments of $0.5 million along with a balloon payment of $14.7 million to be paid together with the last installment.
In February 2021, we refinanced the outstanding loan of M/V Eirini P with a loan of $5 million which, after repaying the outstanding loan of the vessel, resulted in approximately $1.6 million of additional funds available to the Company. The loan is payable in twenty consecutive quarterly installments of $0.21 million along with a balloon payment of $0.8 million to be paid together with the last installment.
Item 9.
The Offer and Listing
A.
Offer and Listing Details
The trading market for shares of our common stock is the Nasdaq Capital Market, on which our shares have traded under the symbol "EDRY" since May 31, 2018.
B.
Plan of Distribution
Not Applicable.
C.
Markets
The trading market for shares of our common stock is the Nasdaq Capital Market, on which our shares have traded under the symbol "EDRY" since May 31, 2018.  Our shares began trading on the Nasdaq Global Market on May 24, 2018 under the symbol “EDRYV" and continued through the close of trading on May 30, 2018. Beginning on May 31, 2018, "when-issued" trading under the symbol “EDRYV" ended and EuroDry Ltd. begun "regular-way" trading on the NASDAQ under the symbol “EDRY".
D.
Selling Shareholders
Not Applicable.
E.
Dilution
Not Applicable.
F.
Expenses of the Issue
Not Applicable.
Item 10.
Additional Information
A.
Share Capital
Not Applicable.
79


B.
Memorandum and Articles of Association
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, as amended

Our current amended and restated articles of incorporation are filed with the SEC as Exhibit 1.1 (Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation) to this Annual Report on Form 20-F, and our current bylaws, as amended, are filed with the SEC as Exhibit 1.2 (Amended and Restated Bylaws) to this Annual Report on Form 20-F.
Purpose
Our purpose, as stated in our amended and restated articles of incorporation, is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the Business Corporations Act of the Marshall Islands, or the BCA.
Authorized Capitalization
Under our amended and restated articles of incorporation, our authorized capital stock consists of 200,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share and 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock par value $0.01 per share. All of our shares of stock are in registered form.
Common Stock
As of March 31, 2021, we are authorized to issue up to 200,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which there are 2,348,216 shares issued and outstanding. Each outstanding share of common stock is entitled to one vote, either in person or by proxy, on all matters that may be voted upon by their holders at meetings of the shareholders. Holders of our common stock (i) have equal ratable rights to dividends from funds legally available therefore, if declared by the Board of Directors; (ii) are entitled to share ratably in all of our assets available for distribution upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up; and (iii) do not have preemptive, subscription or conversion rights or redemption or sinking fund provisions. All issued shares of our common stock when issued will be fully paid for and non-assessable.
Preferred Stock
As of March 31, 2021, we are authorized to issue up to 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which there are 13,606 shares issued and outstanding. The preferred stock may be issued in one or more series and our Board of Directors, without further approval from our shareholders, is authorized to fix the dividend rights and terms, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption rights, liquidation preferences and other rights and restrictions relating to any series. Issuances of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible financings, acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, adversely affect the voting power of the holders of our common stock. Additional Series B Convertible Preferred Shares were issued when dividends to preferred shares were paid in-kind (see below).
The Series B Preferred Shares paid dividends in-kind, quarterly in arrears until January 29, 2019 at a rate of 5% per annum, depending on the trading price of the Company's common stock. The first payment of dividend was made in-kind on June 30, 2018 at a dividend rate of 5%, followed by another two quarterly dividends in-kind at the same dividend rate. The Series B Preferred Shares dividend rate was set to increase to 12% per annum from January 29, 2019 to January 29, 2021 and to 14% per annum thereafter, and the related dividends would be payable in cash. On June 18, 2019, the Board of Directors agreed to redeem $4.3 million of the Series B Preferred Shares with a simultaneous reduction of the dividend rate for the remaining outstanding shares. After the agreed redemption, there were $15.4 million face value of Series B Preferred Shares outstanding. In parallel with the redemption, the holders of the remaining Series B Preferred Shares agreed to reduce the annual dividend to 9.25% until January 29, 2021, thereafter increasing it to 14% per annum, payable in cash. From January 29, 2019 to June 18, 2019, the dividend rate was 12% per annum. On April 1, 2020, we agreed with the holders of the Series B Preferred Shares to have the option to pay the preferred dividend in-kind at an annual rate of 10.25%, instead of in cash at an annual rate of 9.25%, with effect from April 1, 2020 until January 29, 2021. On January 29, 2021, the Board of Directors agreed to redeem a net amount of $3 million of the Series B Preferred Shares with a simultaneous reduction of the dividend rate to 8% per annum if paid in cash and 9% if paid in-kind at the Company’s option until January 29, 2023, after which date the dividend rate will reset to 14% and will be payable in cash. The terms of the Series B Preferred Shares after the agreed-upon redemption and simultaneous reduction of dividend rate, remain the same. If a cash dividend is paid on the Company's common stock after January 29, 2019, the holders of Series B Preferred Shares shall receive an additional cash dividend in an amount equal to 40% of the common stock dividend it would have received on an as-converted basis.
80


The Series B Preferred Shares can be converted into common shares of the Company at the option of their holders at any time, and at the option of the Company only if certain share price and liquidity milestones are met, including the Company’s common stock trading that a volume-weighted average price of $25.00 (subject to adjustment), the Company having sold its common stock in a public offering at a per share price of at least $25.00 (subject to adjustment) resulting in gross proceeds of at least $20 million and an effective registration statement for the common stock into which the Series B Preferred Shares would convert being effective. Each Series B Preferred Share is convertible into common stock at an initial conversion price of $31.64 (subject to adjustment, including upon a default). The Series B Preferred Shares are redeemable in cash by the Company at any time after the fifth anniversary of the original issue date. Holders of the Series B Preferred Shares may require the Company to redeem their shares only upon the occurrence of certain corporate events.
Subject to certain ownership thresholds, holders of Series B Preferred Shares have the right to appoint one director to the Company's board of directors and TCP also has consent rights over certain corporate actions including authorizing, creating or issuing any class or series of capital stock that runs senior or in parity with the Series B Preferred Shares, engaging in certain transactions with affiliates or engaging in transactions that increase the leverage of the Company more than a certain level. In addition, the holders of Series B Preferred Shares will vote as one class with the Company's common stock on all matters on which shareholders are entitled to vote, with each Series B Preferred Share having a number of votes equal to 50% of the numbers of shares of common stock of the Company into which such Series B Preferred Share would be convertible on the applicable record date.
The rights and privileges of the Series B Preferred Shares are set forth in the Amended and Restated Statement of Designation of the Rights, Preferences and Privileges of the Series B Convertible Preferred Shares, a copy of which is included as Exhibit 2.4 hereto and is incorporated by reference herein.

Directors

Our directors, except the Series B Director (defined below), are elected by a plurality of the votes cast at a meeting of the shareholders by the holders of shares entitled to vote in the election. Cumulative voting may not be used to elect directors.
Our Board of Directors must consist of at least three directors, such number to be determined by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of the entire Board of Directors from time to time. Shareholders may change the number of our directors only by an affirmative vote of the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.
Our Board of Directors is divided into three classes as set out below in “Classified Board of Directors.” Each director, except the Series B Director, is elected to serve until the third succeeding annual meeting after his election and until his successor shall have been elected and qualified, except in the event of his death, resignation or removal.
Our Series B Director was appointed pursuant to the provisions of the Statement of Designation of our Series B Preferred Shares. The holders of Series B Preferred Shares have the right, voting separately as a class, to nominate and elect one member of the Board of Directors (the “Series B Director”) who shall (i) have no family relationship with any other officer or director of the Corporation; (ii) be independent pursuant to the rules of Nasdaq if the Corporation is required to be subject to the rules of Nasdaq requiring a listed company to maintain a majority independent board; and (iii) be determined by the Board of Directors to meet its nominating standards.  The Series B Director shall be elected by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series B Preferred Shares. Any Series B Director elected as provided herein may be removed and replaced at any time by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series B Preferred Shares.  Upon any termination of the right of the holders of the Series B Preferred Shares to vote as a class for a Series B Director, the term of office of the Series B Director then in office elected by such holders voting as a class shall terminate immediately and the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall automatically be reduced by one.  The Series B Director is entitled to one vote on any matter before the Board of Directors.  The Series B Director is not entitled to remuneration by the Corporation for acting as director, but is entitled to the reimbursement of reasonable expenses, including all out-of-pocket expenses, incurred in connection therewith. The right of the Holders of Series B Preferred Shares to elect a member of the Board of Directors shall terminate once Tennenbaum Opportunities Fund VI, LLC, a fund managed by TCP, and allowed transferees no longer hold at least 65% of the number of shares of Common Stock (on an as-converted basis) that the Series B Preferred Shares acquired by Tennenbaum Opportunities Fund VI, LLC would have converted into at the time of purchase.
81


Shareholder Meetings
Under our bylaws, as amended, annual shareholder meetings will be held at a time and place selected by our Board of Directors. The meetings may be held in or outside of the Marshall Islands. Special meetings may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or by the President. Notice of every annual and special meeting of shareholders must be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at least 15 but no more than 60 days before such meeting.
Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal and Payment
Under the BCA, our shareholders have the right to dissent from various corporate actions, including any merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets not made in the usual course of our business, and receive payment of the fair value of their shares. In the event of any further amendment of our amended and restated articles of incorporation, a shareholder also has the right to dissent and receive payment for his or her shares if the amendment alters certain rights in respect of those shares. The dissenting shareholder must follow the procedures set forth in the BCA to receive payment. In the event that we and any dissenting shareholder fail to agree on a price for the shares, the BCA procedures involve, among other things, the institution of proceedings in the high court of the Republic of the Marshall Islands or in any appropriate court in any jurisdiction in which the Company’s shares are primarily traded on a local or national securities exchange.
Shareholders Derivative Actions
Under the BCA, any of our shareholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the shareholder bringing the action is a holder of common stock both at the time the derivative action is commenced and at the time of the transaction to which the action relates.
Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors
The BCA authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors and officers to corporations and their shareholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties. Our bylaws, as amended, include a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for actions taken as a director to the fullest extent permitted by law.
Our bylaws, as amended, provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by law. We are also expressly authorized to carry directors’ and officers’ insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.
The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our bylaws, as amended, may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.
There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.
Anti-takeover Effect of Certain Provisions of our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, as Amended
Several provisions of our amended and restated articles of incorporation and bylaws, as amended, which are summarized below, may have anti-takeover effects. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, lessen our vulnerability to a hostile change in control and enhance the ability of our Board of Directors to maximize shareholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these anti-takeover provisions, which are summarized below, could also discourage, delay or prevent (1) the merger or acquisition of our company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise that a shareholder may consider in its best interest and (2) the removal of incumbent officers and directors.
82


Blank Check Preferred Stock
Under the terms of our amended and restated articles of incorporation, our Board of Directors has authority, without any further vote or action by our shareholders, to issue up to 20,000,000 shares of blank check preferred stock. Our Board of Directors may issue shares of preferred stock on terms calculated to discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or the removal of our management.
Classified Board of Directors
Our amended and restated articles of incorporation provide for the division of our Board of Directors into three classes of directors, with each class as nearly equal in number as possible, serving staggered, three-year terms. Approximately one-third of our Board of Directors will be elected each year. This classified board provision could discourage a third party from making a tender offer for our shares or attempting to obtain control of us. It could also delay shareholders who do not agree with the policies of our Board of Directors from removing a majority of our Board of Directors for two years.
Election and Removal of Directors
Our amended and restated articles of incorporation prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors. Our bylaws, as amended, require parties other than the Board of Directors to give advance written notice of nominations for the election of directors. Our bylaws, as amended, also provide that our directors may be removed only for cause and by either action of the Board of Directors or the holders of 51% of the issued and outstanding voting shares of the Company. These provisions may discourage, delay or prevent the removal of incumbent officers and directors.
Limited Actions by Shareholders
Our amended and restated articles of incorporation and our bylaws, as amended, provide that any action required or permitted to be taken by our shareholders must be effected at an annual or special meeting of shareholders or by the unanimous written consent of our shareholders. Our amended and restated articles of incorporation and our bylaws, as amended, provide that, subject to certain exceptions, our Board of Directors, our Chairman of the Board or by the President and the business transacted at the special meeting is limited to the purposes stated in the notice. Accordingly, a shareholder may not call a special meeting and shareholder consideration of a proposal may be delayed until the next annual meeting.
Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals and Director Nominations
Our bylaws, as amended, provide that shareholders seeking to nominate candidates for election as directors or to bring business before an annual meeting of shareholders must provide timely notice of their proposal in writing to the corporate secretary. Generally, to be timely, a shareholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 150 days nor more than 180 days prior to the one-year anniversary of the immediately preceding annual meeting of shareholders. Our bylaws, as amended, also specify requirements as to the form and content of a shareholder’s notice. These provisions may impede shareholders’ ability to bring matters before an annual meeting of shareholders or make nominations for directors at an annual meeting of shareholders.
Certain Business Combinations
Our amended and restated articles of incorporation also prohibit us, subject to several exclusions, from engaging in any “business combination” with any interested shareholder for a period of three years following the date the shareholder became an interested shareholder.
Shareholders’ Rights Plan
We adopted a shareholders’ rights plan on May 5, 2018. Each right entitles the registered holder, upon the occurrence of certain events, to purchase from us one-thousandth of a share of Series A Participating Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $26, subject to adjustment. The rights will expire on the earliest of (i) May 30, 2028 or (ii) redemption or exchange of the rights. The plan was designed to enable us to protect shareholder interests in the event that an unsolicited attempt is made for a business combination with or takeover of the company. We believe that the shareholders' rights plan should enhance the board of directors' negotiating power on behalf of shareholders in the event of a coercive offer or proposal. We are not currently aware of any such offers or proposals and we adopted the plan as a matter of prudent corporate governance. A copy of the plan is filed as Exhibit 2.5 to this Annual Report on Form 20-F.
83


C.
Material Contracts
We have a number of credit facilities with commercial banks. For a discussion of our facilities, please see the section of this annual report entitled “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—B. Liquidity and Capital Resources—Debt Financing”, and Note 7 of our attached financial statements.
We are a party to a registration rights agreement with Friends, which was transferred to Dry Friends. For a discussion of these agreements, please see the section of this annual report entitled “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—B. Related Party Transactions.” Furthermore, we are a party to a registration rights agreement with TCP and a registration obligation agreement with two funds managed by TCP. For a discussion of these agreements, please see the section of this annual report entitled “Item 3—Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Company Risk Factors—Future sales of our stock could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.”
There are no other material contracts, other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party.
D.
Exchange Controls
Under Marshall Islands law, there are currently no restrictions on the export or import of capital, including foreign exchange controls or restrictions that affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-resident holders of our shares.

E.
Taxation
The following is a discussion of the material Marshall Islands, Liberian and United States federal income tax considerations applicable to us and U.S. Holders and Non-U.S. Holders, each as discussed below, of our common stock.
Marshall Islands Tax Considerations
We are incorporated in the Marshall Islands. Under current Marshall Islands law, we are not subject to tax on income or capital gains, and no Marshall Islands withholding tax will be imposed upon payments of dividends by us to holders of our common stock that are not residents or domiciled or carrying any commercial activity in the Marshall Islands. The holders of our common stock will not be subject to Marshall Islands tax on the sale or other disposition of such common stock.
Liberian Tax Considerations
Certain of our subsidiaries are incorporated in the Republic of Liberia.  Under the Consolidated Tax Amendments Act of 2010, our Liberian subsidiaries will be deemed non-resident Liberian corporations wholly exempted from Liberian taxation effective as of 1977, and distributions we make to our shareholders will be made free of any Liberian withholding tax.
United States Federal Income Tax
The following are the material United States federal income tax consequences to us of our activities and to U.S. Holders and Non-U.S. Holders, each as defined below, of our common stock. The following discussion of United States federal income tax matters is based on the Code, judicial decisions, administrative pronouncements, and existing and proposed regulations issued by the United States Department of the Treasury, or the Treasury Regulations, all as of the date of this Annual Report, and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This discussion is also based in part upon Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 883 of the Code. The discussion below is based, in part, on the description of our business as described in “Business” above and assumes that we conduct our business as described in that section. References in the following discussion to “we” and “us” are to EuroDry and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.
United States Federal Income Taxation of Our Company
Taxation of Operating Income: In General
Unless exempt from United States federal income taxation under the rules discussed below, a foreign corporation is subject to United States federal income taxation in respect of any income that is derived from the use of vessels, from the hiring or leasing of vessels for use on a time, voyage or bareboat charter basis, from the participation in a pool, partnership, strategic alliance, joint operating agreement, code sharing arrangement or other joint venture it directly or indirectly owns or participates in that generates such income, or from the performance of services directly related to those uses, which we refer to as “shipping income,” to the extent that the shipping income
84


is derived from sources within the United States. For these purposes, 50% of shipping income that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States exclusive of certain U.S. territories and possessions constitutes income from sources within the United States, which we refer to as “U.S.-source shipping income.”
Shipping income attributable to transportation that both begins and ends in the United States is considered to be 100% from sources within the United States. We are not permitted by law to engage in transportation that produces income which is considered to be 100% from sources within the United States.
Shipping income attributable to transportation exclusively between non-United States ports will be considered to be 100% derived from sources outside the United States. Shipping income derived from sources outside the United States will not be subject to any United States federal income tax.
In the absence of exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code, our gross U.S.-source shipping income would be subject to a 4% tax imposed without allowance for deductions as described below.
Exemption of Operating Income from United States Federal Income Taxation
Under Section 883 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, we will be exempt from United States federal income taxation on our U.S.-source shipping income if:

we are organized in a foreign country, or our country of organization, that grants an “equivalent exemption” to corporations organized in the United States; and
either

more than 50% of the value of our stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by “qualified shareholders,” individuals who are “residents” of our country of organization or of another foreign country that grants an “equivalent exemption” to corporations organized in the United States, which we refer to as the “50% Ownership Test,” or

our stock is “primarily and regularly traded on an established securities market” in our country of organization, in another country that grants an “equivalent exemption” to United States corporations, or in the United States, which we refer to as the “Publicly-Traded Test.”
The Marshall Islands and Liberia, the jurisdictions where we and our shipowning subsidiaries were incorporated during 2018, each grants an “equivalent exemption” to United States corporations. Therefore, we will be exempt from United States federal income taxation with respect to our U.S.-source shipping income if we satisfy either the 50% Ownership Test or the Publicly-Traded Test.
We do not believe that we can establish that we satisfied the 50% Ownership Test for the 2020 taxable year due to the widely-held nature of our stock.
The Treasury Regulations provide, in pertinent part, that the stock of a foreign corporation will be considered to be "primarily traded" on an established securities market in a country if the number of shares of each class of stock that is traded during the taxable year on all established securities markets in that country exceeds the number of shares in each such class that is traded during that year on established securities markets in any other single country. Our common stock is "primarily traded" on the Nasdaq Capital Market, which is an established securities market for these purposes.  
The Treasury Regulations also require that our stock be "regularly traded" on an established securities market. Under the Treasury Regulations, our stock will be considered to be "regularly traded" if one or more classes of our stock representing more than 50% of our outstanding shares, by total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote and by total combined value of all classes of stock, are listed on one or more established securities markets, which we refer to as the "listing threshold." We intend to take the position that our common stock, which is listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market constituted more than 50% of our outstanding shares by value and total combined voting power for the 2020 taxable year. Accordingly, we intend to take the position that we satisfied the listing threshold for the 2020 taxable year.  However, it is possible that our common stock may come to constitute 50% or less of our outstanding shares by value in a future taxable year in which case we may not be able to satisfy the listing threshold or the Publicly Traded Test.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the regulations provide, in pertinent part, that a class of shares will not be considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market for any taxable year in which 50% or more of the vote and value of the outstanding shares of such class are owned, actually or constructively under specified share attribution rules, on more than half the days during the taxable year by persons who each own 5% or more of the vote and value of such class of stock, to which we refer as the “Five Percent Override Rule.”
85


For purposes of being able to determine the persons who actually or constructively own 5% or more of the vote and value of our common stock, or “5% Shareholders,” the regulations permit us to rely on those persons that are identified on Schedule 13G and Schedule 13D filings with the SEC, as owning 5% or more of our common stock. The regulations further provide that an investment company which is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, will not be treated as a 5% Shareholder for such purposes.  In the event the Five Percent Override Rule is triggered, the regulations provide that the Five Percent Override Rule will nevertheless not apply if we can establish that within the group of 5% Shareholders, there are sufficient qualified shareholders for purposes of Section 883 to preclude non-qualified shareholders in such group from owning 50% or more of our common stock for more than half the number of days during the taxable year.
We believe that we were subject to the Five Percent Override Rule, but nonetheless satisfied the Publicly-Traded Test for the 2020 taxable year because the nonqualified 5% Shareholders did not own more than 50% of our common stock for more than half of the days during the taxable year. We intend to take this position on our 2020 United States federal income tax returns.
Taxation in Absence of Exemption
To the extent the benefits of Section 883 are unavailable for any taxable year, our U.S.-source shipping income, to the extent not considered to be “effectively connected” with the conduct of a United States trade or business, as described below, would be subject to a 4% tax imposed by Section 887 of the Code on a gross basis, without the benefit of deductions which we refer to as the “4% gross basis tax regime”. Since under the sourcing rules described above, no more than 50% of our shipping income is treated as being derived from United States sources, the maximum effective rate of United States federal income tax on our shipping income will not exceed 2% under the 4% gross basis tax regime.
To the extent the benefits of the Section 883 of the Code are unavailable and our U.S.-source shipping income is considered to be “effectively connected” with the conduct of a United States trade or business, as described below, any such “effectively connected” U.S.-source shipping income, net of applicable deductions, would be subject to the United States federal corporate income tax currently imposed at rates of up to 21%. In addition, we may be subject to the 30% United States federal “branch profits” taxes on earnings effectively connected with the conduct of such trade or business, as determined after allowance for certain adjustments, and on certain interest paid or deemed paid attributable to the conduct of such United States trade or business.
Our U.S.-source shipping income would be considered “effectively connected” with the conduct of a United States trade or business only if:

We have, or are considered to have, a fixed place of business in the United States involved in the earning of shipping income; and

substantially all of our U.S.-source shipping income is attributable to regularly scheduled transportation, such as the operation of a vessel that follows a published schedule with repeated sailings at regular intervals between the same points for voyages that begin or end in the United States.
We do not intend to have, or permit circumstances that would result in having, any vessel operating to the United States on a regularly scheduled basis. Based on the foregoing and on the expected mode of our shipping operations and other activities, we do not anticipate that any of our U.S.-source shipping income will be “effectively connected” with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business.
United States Taxation of Gain on Sale of Vessels
Regardless of whether we qualify for exemption under Section 883 of the Code, we will not be subject to United States federal income taxation with respect to gain realized on a sale of a vessel, provided the sale is considered to occur outside of the United States under United States federal income tax principles. In general, a sale of a vessel will be considered to occur outside of the United States for this purpose if title to the vessel, and risk of loss with respect to the vessel, pass to the buyer outside of the United States. It is expected that any sale of a vessel by us will be considered to occur outside of the United States.
United States Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders
As used herein, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of common stock that is a United States citizen or resident, United States corporation or other United States entity taxable as a corporation, an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source, or a trust if (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary jurisdiction over the administration of the trust and one or more United States
86


persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) the trust has a valid election in effect to be treated as a United States person for United States federal income tax purposes.
This discussion does not purport to deal with the tax consequences of owning common stock to all categories of investors, some of which, such as dealers in securities, investors whose functional currency is not the United States dollar, persons required to recognize income for United States federal income tax purposes no later than when such income is reported on an “applicable financial statement” and investors that own, actually or under applicable constructive ownership rules, 10% or more of our common stock, may be subject to special rules. This discussion deals only with holders who hold the common stock as a capital asset. You are encouraged to consult your own tax advisors concerning the overall tax consequences arising in your own particular situation under United States federal, state, local or foreign law of the ownership of common stock. This discussion does not address the tax consequences of owning our preferred stock.
If a partnership holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding our common stock, you are encouraged to consult your tax advisor.
Distributions
Subject to the discussion of passive foreign investment companies below, any distributions made by us with respect to our common stock to a U.S. Holder will generally constitute dividends, which may be taxable as ordinary income or “qualified dividend income” as described in more detail below, to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under United States federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits will be treated first as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in his common stock on a dollar-for-dollar basis and thereafter as capital gain. Because we are not a United States corporation, U.S. Holders that are corporations generally will not be entitled to claim a dividend received deduction with respect to any distributions they receive from us. Dividends paid with respect to our common stock will generally be treated as “passive category income” or, in the case of certain types of U.S. Holders, “general category income” for purposes of computing allowable foreign tax credits for United States foreign tax credit purposes.
Dividends paid on our common stock to a U.S. Holder who is an individual, trust or estate, or a U.S. Individual Holder, will generally be treated as “qualified dividend income” that is taxable to such U.S. Individual Holders at preferential tax rates provided that (1) we are not a passive foreign investment company for the taxable year during which the dividend is paid or the immediately preceding taxable year (which we do not believe we are, have been or will be), (2) our common stock is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States (such as the Nasdaq Capital Market, on which our common stock is listed), (3) the U.S. Individual Holder has owned the common stock for more than 60 days in the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the date on which the common stock becomes ex-dividend, and (4) the U.S. Individual Holder is not under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make payments with respect to positions in similar or related property. There is no assurance that any dividends paid on our common stock will be eligible for these preferential rates in the hands of a U.S. Individual Holder. Dividends paid on our stock prior to the date on which our common stock became listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market were not eligible for these preferential rates.  Any dividends paid by us which are not eligible for these preferential rates will be taxed as ordinary income to a U.S. Individual Holder.
Special rules may apply to any “extraordinary dividend” generally, a dividend paid by us in an amount which is equal to or in excess of ten percent of a shareholder’s adjusted tax basis (or fair market value in certain circumstances) in a share of our common stock. If we pay an “extraordinary dividend” on our common stock that is treated as “qualified dividend income,” then any loss derived by a U.S. Individual Holder from the sale or exchange of such common stock will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of such dividend.
Sale, Exchange or other Disposition of Common Stock
Assuming we do not constitute a passive foreign investment company for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized by the U.S. Holder from such sale, exchange or other disposition and the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in such stock. Such gain or loss will generally be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period is greater than one year at the time of the sale, exchange or other disposition. Such capital gain or loss will generally be treated as U.S.-source income or loss, as applicable, for
87


United States foreign tax credit purposes. A U.S. Holder’s ability to deduct capital losses is subject to certain limitations.
Passive Foreign Investment Company Status and Significant Tax Consequences
Special United States federal income tax rules apply to a U.S. Holder that holds stock in a foreign corporation classified as a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for United States federal income tax purposes. In general, we will be treated as a PFIC with respect to a U.S. Holder if, for any taxable year in which such holder held our common stock, either:

at least 75% of our gross income for such taxable year consists of passive income (e.g., dividends, interest, capital gains and rents derived other than in the active conduct of a rental business); or

at least 50% of the average value of our assets during such taxable year produce, or are held for the production of, passive income, which we refer to as “passive assets”.
For purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC, we will be treated as earning and owning our proportionate share of the income and assets, respectively, of any of our subsidiary corporations in which we own at least 25% of the value of the subsidiary’s stock. Income earned, or deemed earned, by us in connection with the performance of services would not constitute passive income. By contrast, rental income would generally constitute “passive income” unless we were treated under specific rules as deriving our rental income in the active conduct of a trade or business.
Based on our current operations and future projections, we do not believe that we are, nor do we expect to become, a PFIC with respect to any taxable year. Although there is no legal authority directly on point, and we are not relying upon an opinion of counsel on this issue, our belief is based principally on the position that, for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC, the gross income we derive or are deemed to derive from the time chartering and voyage chartering activities of our wholly-owned subsidiaries should constitute services income, rather than rental income. Correspondingly, such income should not constitute passive income, and the assets that we or our wholly-owned subsidiaries own and operate in connection with the production of such income, in particular, the vessels, should not constitute passive assets for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC. We believe there is substantial legal authority supporting our position consisting of case law and United States Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, pronouncements concerning the characterization of income derived from time charters and voyage charters as services income for other tax purposes. However, there is also authority which characterizes time charter income as rental income rather than services income for other tax purposes.  Moreover, in the absence of any legal authority specifically relating to the statutory provisions governing PFICs, the IRS or a court could disagree with our position. In addition, although we intend to conduct our affairs in a manner to avoid being classified as a PFIC with respect to any taxable year, there can be no assurance that the nature of our operations will not change in the future.
As discussed more fully below, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year which included a U.S. Holder’s holding period in our common stock, then such U.S. Holder would be subject to different United States federal income taxation rules depending on whether the U.S. Holder makes an election to treat us as a “qualified electing fund,” which election we refer to as a “QEF election”. As an alternative to making a QEF election, a U.S. Holder should be able to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common stock, as discussed below.  In addition, if we were to be treated as a PFIC, a U.S. Holder of our common stock would be required to file annual information returns with the IRS.
In addition, if a U.S. Holder owns our common stock and we are a PFIC, such U.S. Holder must generally file IRS Form 8621 with the IRS.
U.S. Holders Making a Timely QEF Election
A U.S. Holder who makes a timely QEF election with respect to our common stock, or an Electing Holder, would report for United States federal income tax purposes his pro rata share of our ordinary earnings and our net capital gain, if any, for our taxable year that ends with or within the taxable year of the Electing Holder.  Our net operating losses or net capital losses would not pass through to the Electing Holder and will not offset our ordinary earnings or net capital gain reportable to the Electing Holder in subsequent years (although such losses would ultimately reduce the gain, or increase the loss, if any, recognized by the Electing Holder on the sale of his common stock).  Distributions received from us by an Electing Holder are excluded from the Electing Holder’s gross income to the extent of the Electing Holder’s prior inclusions of our ordinary earnings and net capital gain. The Electing Holder’s tax basis in his common stock would be increased by any amount included in the Electing Holder’s income. Distributions received by an Electing Holder, which are not includible in income because they have been previously
88


taxed, would decrease the Electing Holder’s tax basis in the common stock.  An Electing Holder would generally recognize capital gain or loss on the sale or exchange of common stock.
U.S. Holders Making a Timely Mark-to-Market Election
A U.S. Holder who makes a timely mark-to-market election with respect to our common stock would include annually in the U.S. Holder’s income, as ordinary income, any excess of the fair market value of the common stock at the close of the taxable year over the U.S. Holder’s then adjusted tax basis in the common stock. The excess, if any, of the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis at the close of the taxable year over the then fair market value of the common stock would be deductible in an amount equal to the lesser of the amount of the excess or the net mark-to-market gains that the U.S. Holder included in income in previous years with respect to the common stock. A U.S. Holder’s tax basis in his common stock would be adjusted to reflect any income or loss amount recognized pursuant to the mark-to-market election.  A U.S. Holder would recognize ordinary income or loss on a sale, exchange or other disposition of the common stock; provided, however, that any ordinary loss on the sale, exchange or other disposition may not exceed the net mark-to-market gains that the U.S. Holder included in income in previous years with respect to the common stock.
U.S. Holders Not Making a Timely QEF Election or Mark-to-Market Election
A U.S. Holder who does not make a timely QEF Election or a timely mark-to-market election, which we refer to as a “Non-Electing Holder”, would be subject to special rules with respect to (i) any “excess distribution” (generally, the portion of any distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder on the common stock in a taxable year in excess of 125% of the average annual distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder in the three preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, the Non-Electing Holder’s holding period for the common stock), and (ii) any gain realized on the sale or other disposition of the common stock. Under these rules, (i) the excess distribution or gain would be allocated ratably over the Non-Electing Holder’s holding period for the common stock; (ii) the amount allocated to the current taxable year, and any taxable year prior to the first taxable year in which we were a PFIC, would be taxed as ordinary income; and (iii) the amount allocated to each of the other prior taxable years would be subject to tax at the highest rate of tax in effect for the applicable class of taxpayer for that year, and an interest charge for the deemed tax deferral benefit would be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each such other taxable year. If a Non-Electing Holder dies while owning the common stock, the Non-Electing Holder’s successor would be ineligible to receive a step-up in the tax basis of that common stock.
United States Federal Income Taxation of “Non-U.S. Holders”
A beneficial owner of common stock (other than a partnership) that is not a U.S. Holder is referred to herein as a “Non-U.S. Holder.”
Dividends on Common Stock
Non-U.S. Holders generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax or withholding tax on dividends received from us with respect to our common stock, unless that income is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States. If the Non-U.S. Holder is entitled to the benefits of a United States income tax treaty with respect to those dividends, that income is taxable only if it is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States.
Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Stock
Non-U.S. Holders generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax or withholding tax on any gain realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock, unless:

such gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States, if the Non-U.S. Holder is entitled to the benefits of a United States income tax treaty with respect to that gain, that gain is taxable only if it is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States; or

the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of disposition and other conditions are met.
89


If the Non-U.S. Holder is engaged in a United States trade or business for United States federal income tax purposes, the income from the common stock, including dividends and the gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of the stock that is effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business will generally be subject to regular United States federal income tax in the same manner as discussed in the previous section relating to the taxation of U.S. Holders. In addition, in the case of a corporate Non-U.S. Holder, its earnings and profits that are attributable to the effectively connected income, subject to certain adjustments, may be subject to an additional United States federal “branch profits” tax at a rate of 30%, or at a lower rate as may be specified by an applicable United States income tax treaty.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
In general, dividend payments, or other taxable distributions, made within the United States to you will be subject to information reporting requirements. Such payments will also be subject to backup withholding tax if a U.S. Individual Holder:


fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number;

is notified by the IRS that he failed to report all interest or dividends required to be shown on your United States federal income tax returns; or

in certain circumstances, fails to comply with applicable certification requirements.
Non-U.S. Holders may be required to establish their exemption from information reporting and backup withholding by certifying their status on an appropriate IRS Form W-8.
If a shareholder sells our common stock to or through a United States office of a broker, the payment of the proceeds is subject to both United States backup withholding and information reporting unless the shareholder certifies that it is a non-U.S. person, under penalties of perjury, or the shareholder otherwise establishes an exemption. If a shareholder sells our common stock through a non-United States office of a non-United States broker and the sales proceeds are paid outside the United States then information reporting and backup withholding generally will not apply to that payment. However, United States information reporting requirements, but not backup withholding, will apply to a payment of sales proceeds, even if that payment is made outside the United States, if a shareholder sells our common stock through a non-United States office of a broker that is a United States person or has some other contacts with the United States.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, a shareholder generally may obtain a refund of any amounts withheld under backup withholding rules that exceed the shareholder’s United States federal income tax liability by filing a refund claim with the IRS.
Individuals who are U.S. Holders (and to the extent specified in the applicable Treasury Regulations, certain individuals who are Non-U.S. Holders and certain United States entities) who hold “specified foreign financial assets” (as defined in Section 6038D of the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations) are required to file IRS Form 8938 (Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets) with information relating to each such asset for each taxable year in which the aggregate value of all such assets exceeds $75,000 at any time during the taxable year or $50,000 on the last day of the taxable year.  Specified foreign financial assets would include, among other assets, our common stock, unless the common stock were held through an account maintained with a United States financial institution.  Substantial penalties apply to any failure to timely file IRS Form 8938, unless the failure is shown to be due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect.  Additionally, the statute of limitations on the assessment and collection of United States federal income tax with respect to a taxable year for which the filing of IRS Form 8938 is required may not close until three years after the date on which IRS Form 8938 is filed.  U.S. Holders (including United States entities) and Non-U.S. Holders are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors regarding their reporting obligations under Section 6038D of the Code.
We encourage each shareholder to consult with his, her or its own tax advisor as to particular tax consequences to it of holding and disposing of our common stock, including the applicability of any state, local or foreign tax laws and any proposed changes in applicable law.
F.
Dividends and paying agents
Not Applicable.
90


G.
Statement by experts
Not Applicable.
H.
Documents on display
We file reports and other information with the SEC. These materials, including this annual report and the accompanying exhibits, may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, or from the SEC's website: http://www.sec.gov. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling 1 (800) SEC-0330 and you may obtain copies at prescribed rates.
I.
Subsidiary Information
Not Applicable.
Item 11.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
In the normal course of business, we face risks that are non-financial or non-quantifiable. Such risks principally include country risk, credit risk and legal risk. Our operations may be affected from time to time in varying degrees by these risks but their overall effect on us is not predictable. We have identified the following market risks as those which may have the greatest impact upon our operations:
Interest Rate Fluctuation Risk
The international drybulk shipping industry is capital intensive, requiring significant amounts of investment. Much of this investment is financed by long term debt. Our debt usually contains interest rates that fluctuate with LIBOR.
We are subject to market risks relating to changes in interest rates because we have floating rate debt outstanding, which is based on U.S. dollar LIBOR plus, in the case of each credit facility, a specified margin. Our objective is to manage the impact of interest rate changes on our earnings and cash flow in relation to our borrowings and to this effect, when we deem appropriate, we use derivative financial instruments. Effective on August 8, 2017, Euroseas Ltd. (our parent company before the Spin-off) entered into an interest rate swap with HSBC Bank Plc. ("HSBC") for a notional amount of $5.0 million, in order to manage interest costs and the risk associated with changing interest rates of the loans associated with M/V "Eirini P.", M/V "Tasos" and M/V "Pantelis" which was allocated to the Company. Under the terms of the swap, HSBC makes a quarterly payment to the Company equal to the 3-month LIBOR while the Company pays an adjustable rate averaging 1.93% (more specifically, the Company pays the fixed rate of 1.40% until August 8, 2018, 1.75% until August 8, 2019, 1.85% until August 8, 2020 and then 2.32% until August 8, 2022) based on the notional amount. The swap is effective from August 8, 2017 to August 8, 2022. As of May 30, 2018, the swap agreement was novated to EuroDry.
On July 24, 2018, EuroDry Ltd. entered into an interest rate swap with HSBC for a notional amount of $5.0 million, with inception date on July 24, 2018 and maturity date on July 24, 2023. Under this contract, HSBC makes a quarterly payment to EuroDry equal to the 3-month LIBOR while EuroDry pays a fixed rate of 2.93% based on the notional amount. 
On April 9, 2020, EuroDry Ltd. entered into an interest rate swap with HSBC for a notional amount of $10.0 million, with inception date on April 15, 2020 and maturity date on April 15, 2025. Under this contract, HSBC makes a quarterly payment to the Company equal to the 3-month LIBOR while the Company pays a fixed rate of 0.74% based on the notional amount. The swap is effective from April 30, 2020 to April 30, 2025.
As at December 31, 2020, our average debt coverage for 2021 was approximately 44% and for the two-year period of 2022 and 2023 was approximately 54%.
As at December 31, 2020, we had $51.4 million of floating rate debt outstanding with margins over LIBOR ranging from 2.70% to 3.25 %. Our interest expense is affected by changes in the general level of interest rates. As an indication of the extent of our sensitivity to interest rate changes, an increase of 100 basis points would have decreased our net income and decreased our cash flows in the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2020 by approximately $536,300 assuming the same debt profile throughout the year.
The following table sets forth the sensitivity of our loans and the interest rate swaps as of December 31, 2020 in U.S. dollars to a 100 basis points increase in LIBOR during the next five years. Specifically, the interest we will
91


have to pay for our loans will increase but net payments we will have to make under our interest rate swap contracts will decrease.
Year Ended December 31,
Amount in $ (loans)
Amount in $ (swap)
2021
474,818
(200,000)
 
2022
355,839
(180,417)
 
2023
251,455
(128,333)
 
2024
185,071
(100,000)
 
2025 and thereafter
315,925
(33,333)
 
       
Inflation Risk
The general rate of inflation has been relatively low in recent years and as such its associated impact on costs has been minimal. We do not believe that inflation has had, or is likely to have in the foreseeable future, a significant impact on expenses. Should inflation increase, it will increase our expenses and subsequently have a negative impact on our earnings.
Foreign Exchange Rate Risk
The international drybulk shipping industry’s functional currency is the U.S. Dollar. We generate all of our revenues in U.S. dollars, but, in 2020, incurred approximately 18% of our vessel operating expenses (excluding depreciation) in currencies other than U.S. dollars.  In addition, our vessel management fee is denominated in Euros and certain general and administrative expenses (about 1% in 2020) are mainly in Euros and some other currencies. On December 31, 2020, approximately 27% of our outstanding trade accounts payable were denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, mainly in Euros. We do not use currency exchange contracts to reduce the risk of adverse foreign currency movements but we believe that our exposure from market rate fluctuations is unlikely to be material. Net foreign exchange loss for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $0.02 million. Net foreign exchange gain for the year ended December 31, 2019 was marginal, and for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $0.01 million.
A hypothetical 10% immediate and uniform adverse move in all currency exchange rates from the rates in effect as of December 31, 2020, would have increased our operating expenses by approximately $0.25 million and the fair value of our outstanding trade accounts payable by approximately $0.03 million.
Item 12.
Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities
Not Applicable.
PART II
Item 13.
Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies
None.
Item 14.
Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds
We adopted a shareholders’ rights plan on May 5, 2018 and declared a dividend distribution of one preferred stock purchase right to purchase one one-thousandth of our Series A Participating Preferred Stock for each outstanding share of our common stock, to shareholders of record at the close of business on May 30, 2018. Each right entitles the registered holder, upon the occurrence of certain events, to purchase from us one one-thousandth of a share of Series A Participating Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $26, subject to adjustment. The rights will expire on the earliest of (i) May 30, 2028 or (ii) redemption or exchange of the rights. The plan was designed to enable us to protect shareholder interests in the event that an unsolicited attempt is made for a business combination with or takeover of the company. We believe that the shareholders’ rights plan should enhance the board of directors' negotiating power on behalf of shareholders in the event of a coercive offer or proposal. We are not currently aware of any such offers or proposals and we adopted the plan as a matter of prudent corporate governance.


92

Item 15.
Controls and Procedures
(a)     Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Pursuant to Rules 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act, the Company’s management, under the supervision and with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2020. The term disclosure controls and procedures is defined under SEC rules as controls and other procedures of an issuer that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the issuer in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by an issuer in the reports that it files or submits under the Act is accumulated and communicated to the issuer’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives.

Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that as of December 31, 2020, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC.

(b)     Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as such term is identified in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the issuer’s Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions and dispositions of assets; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with the authorization of its management and directors; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

Our management, with the participation of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020 using the control criteria framework of the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, or COSO 2013, published in its report entitled 2013 Internal Control-Integrated Framework. As a result of its assessment, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting are effective as of December 31, 2020.

(c)       Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

This annual report does not contain an attestation report of our registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting as the Company is an emerging growth company and is exempt from this requirement.

(d)      Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

No significant change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting occurred during the period covered by this annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls

Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that our disclosure controls or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that
93


the control system’s objectives will be met. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives. The design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Further, because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Controls can also be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Projections of any evaluation of controls effectiveness to future periods are subject to risks. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures.
Item 16A.          Audit Committee Financial Expert
Our Board of Directors has determined that all the members of our Audit Committee qualify as financial experts and they are all considered to be independent according to Nasdaq and SEC rules.  Mr. Panagiotis Kyriakopoulos serves as the Chairman of our Audit Committee and as the Audit Committee’s financial expert with Mr. Apostolos Tamvakakis and Mr. George Taniskidis as members.
Item 16B.          Code of Ethics
We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to officers and employees. Our code of ethics is posted in our website, www.eurodry.gr, under “Corporate Governance”.
Item 16C.          Principal Accountant Fees and Services
Our principal auditors, Deloitte Certified Public Accountants, S.A. have charged us for audit, audit-related and non-audit services as follows:
   
2019
(dollars in thousands)
   
2020
(dollars in thousands)
 
Audit Fees
 
$
155
   
$
176
 
Audit related fees
 
_
   
_
 
Tax fees
 
_
   
_
 
All other fees / expenses
 
_
   
_
 
Total
 
$
155
   
$
176
 

Audit fees relate to compensation for professional services rendered for the audit of the consolidated financial statements of the Company and for the review of the quarterly financial information as well as in connection with any other audit services required for SEC or other regulatory filings or offerings.
The Audit Committee is responsible for the appointment, replacement, compensation, evaluation and oversight of the work of the independent registered public accounting firm. As part of this responsibility, the Audit Committee pre-approves the audit and non-audit services performed by the independent registered public accounting firm in order to assure that they do not impair the auditor's independence from the Company. The Audit Committee has adopted a policy which sets forth the procedures and the conditions pursuant to which services proposed to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm may be pre-approved.
All services provided by Deloitte Certified Public Accountants, S.A., were pre-approved by the Audit Committee.
Item 16D.          Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees
Not Applicable.
Item 16E.          Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
Not Applicable.
94


Item 16F.          Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant
None.
Item 16G.          Corporate Governance
Please see Item 6.C. Board Practices - Corporate Governance.
OTHER THAN AS NOTED IN THE SECTION ABOVE, WE ARE IN FULL COMPLIANCE WITH ALL OTHER APPLICABLE NASDAQ CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STANDARDS.
Item 16H.          Mine Safety Disclosure
Not Applicable.
PART III
Item 17.
Financial Statements
See Item 18.
Item 18.
Financial Statements
The financial statements set forth on pages F-1 through F-46, together with the report of independent registered public accounting firm, are filed as part of this annual report.
Item 19.
Exhibits
1.1
 
1.2
 
2.1
 
2.2
 
2.3
 
2.4
 
2.5
 
2.6
  Form of Contribution Agreement between EuroDry Ltd. and Euroseas Ltd. (2)
4.1
 
4.2
 
4.3
 
4.4
 
4.5
 
4.6
 
4.7
 
4.8 
 
4.9 
 
4.10
 
4.11 
 
4.12
 
95


4.13 
 
4.14 
 
4.15 
 
4.16 
 
4.17
 
4.18
 
4.19
 
4.20
 
4.21
 
4.22
 
4.23
 
4.24
 
4.25
 
4.26
 
4.27
 
4.28
 
4.29
 
8.1
 
12.1
 
12.2
 
13.1
 
13.2
 
15.1   Consent of Deloitte Certified Public Accountants S.A.
     
101.INS*
 
XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH*
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL*
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF*
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB*
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE*
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
________________
*
Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, these interactive data files are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, are deemed not filed for the purposes of Section 18 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise are not subject to liability under those sections.

(1)          Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Form 6-K (File No. 001-38502) on May 29, 2018.
(2)          Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Registration Statement (File No. 333-224732) on May 8, 2018.
(3)          Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Form 6-K (File No. 001-38502) on February 1, 2021.
(4)          Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-38502) on April 30, 2019.
(5)          Filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-38502) on April 17, 2020.


96

SIGNATURES

The Registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.
 
EURODRY LTD.
(Registrant)
   
   
 
By:
/s/ Aristides J. Pittas
   
Aristides J. Pittas
   
Chairman, President and CEO

Date: April 22, 2021

97


EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated financial statements


Index to consolidated financial statements

Pages
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
F-2
   
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2020
F-3
   
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended
 
    December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
F-5
   
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the Years Ended
 
    December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
F-6
   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended
 
    December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
F-7
   
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
F-9


F-1


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of EuroDry Ltd.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of EuroDry Ltd. and subsidiaries (the "Company" ) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows, for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ Deloitte Certified Public Accountants S.A.
Athens, Greece
April 22, 2021
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2018.
F-2


EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(All amounts, except share data, expressed in U.S. Dollars)




   
Notes
   
December 31, 2019
   
December 31, 2020
 
Assets
                 
Current assets
                 
Cash and cash equivalents
         
5,396,406
     
938,282
 
Restricted cash
   
7
     
1,083,036
     
1,518,036
 
Trade accounts receivable, net
           
1,843,008
     
1,528,055
 
Other receivables
           
459,785
     
460,209
 
Prepaid expenses
           
286,711
     
226,033
 
Inventories
   
3
     
508,711
     
1,385,280
 
Total current assets
           
9,577,657
     
6,055,895
 
                         
Long-term assets
                       
Vessels, net
   
4
     
105,461,265
     
99,305,990
 
Restricted cash
   
7
     
2,650,000
     
2,150,000
 
Total assets
           
117,688,922
     
107,511,885
 
                         
Liabilities, mezzanine equity and shareholders' equity
                       
Current liabilities
                       
Long-term bank loans, current portion
   
7
     
6,806,294
     
13,793,754
 
Trade accounts payable
           
1,046,561
     
1,074,518
 
Accrued expenses
   
5
     
964,423
     
704,508
 
Accrued preferred dividends
   
14
     
358,726
     
-
 
Derivatives
   
13
     
-
     
456,133
 
Deferred revenues
           
445,824
     
246,125
 
Due to related companies
   
6
     
1,547,210
     
2,984,759
 
Total current liabilities
           
11,169,038
     
19,259,797
 


(Consolidated balance sheets continue on the next page)

F-3

EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(All amounts, except share data, expressed in U.S. Dollars)


(continued)
   
Notes
   
December 31, 2019
   
December 31, 2020
 
                   
Long-term liabilities
                 
Long-term bank loans, net of current portion
   
7
     
49,688,840
     
37,318,084
 
Derivatives
   
13
     
304,174
     
393,899
 
Total long-term liabilities
           
49,993,014
     
37,711,983
 
Total liabilities
           
61,162,052
     
56,971,780
 
                         
Commitments and contingencies
   
9
                 
                         
Mezzanine Equity
                       
Preferred shares (par value $0.01, 20,000,000 shares authorized, 15,387 and 16,606 issued and outstanding, respectively)
   
14
     
14,721,665
     
15,940,713
 
                         
Shareholders' equity
                       
Common stock (par value $0.01, 200,000,000 shares authorized, 2,304,630 and 2,348,216 issued and outstanding, respectively)
           
23,046
     
23,482
 
Additional paid-in capital
           
52,802,574
     
53,048,060
 
Accumulated deficit
           
(11,020,415
)
   
(18,472,150
)
Total shareholders' equity
           
41,805,205
     
34,599,392
 
Total liabilities, mezzanine equity and shareholders' equity
           
117,688,922
     
107,511,885
 


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated statements of operations
Years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts, except for share data, expressed in U.S. Dollars)


   
Notes
   
2018
   
2019
   
2020
 
Revenues
                       
Time charter revenue
         
25,934,204
     
28,789,458
     
23,594,678
 
Commissions (including $324,178, $359,868 and $294,933, respectively, to related party)
   
6
     
(1,411,333
)
   
(1,547,996
)
   
(1,305,717
)
Net revenue
           
24,522,871
     
27,241,462
     
22,288,961
 
                                 
Operating expenses
                               
Voyage expenses
   
12
     
410,676
     
1,117,022
     
285,132
 
Vessel operating expenses (including $115,026, $148,329 and $122,909, respectively, to related party)
   
6, 12
     
9,183,152
     
10,776,338
     
11,603,414
 
Dry-docking expenses
           
1,465,079
     
1,664,915
     
2,275,258
 
Vessel depreciation
   
4
     
5,422,155
     
6,458,251
     
6,556,256
 
Related party management fees
   
6
     
1,701,340
     
1,964,536
     
2,018,800
 
General and administrative expenses (including $731,456, $1,250,000 and $1,250,000, respectively, to related party)
   
6, 10
     
2,346,502
     
2,252,666
     
2,291,244
 
Total operating expenses
           
20,528,904
     
24,233,728
     
25,030,104
 
Operating income / (loss)
           
3,993,967
     
3,007,734
     
(2,741,143
)
Other income / (expenses)
                               
Interest and other financing costs
   
7
     
(2,913,141
)
   
(3,513,105
)
   
(2,331,998
)
Gain / (loss) on derivatives, net
   
13
     
13,786
     
496,820
     
(790,359
)
Interest income
           
14,083
     
22,216
     
4,094
 
Foreign exchange gain / (loss)
           
11,040
     
2,832
     
(18,455
)
Other expenses, net
           
(2,874,232
)
   
(2,991,237
)
   
(3,136,718
)
Net income / (loss)
           
1,119,735
     
16,497
     
(5,877,861
)
Dividends to Series B preferred shares
   
14
     
(565,229
)
   
(1,748,981
)
   
(1,573,874
)
Preferred deemed dividend
           
-
     
(185,665
)
   
-
 
Net income / (loss) attributable to common shareholders
           
554,506
     
(1,918,149
)
   
(7,451,735
)
Earnings / (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders - basic and diluted
   
11
     
0.25
     
(0.85
)
   
(3.28
)
Weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year, basic and diluted
   
11
     
2,232,821
     
2,251,439
     
2,275,062
 


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated statements of shareholders' equity
Years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts, except share data, expressed in U.S. Dollars)


   
Number
of
Shares
Outstanding
   
Common Stock
Amount
   
Additional Paid - in
Capital
   
Accumulated Deficit
   
Former Parent Company investment
   
Total
 
Balance December 1, 2018
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
(9,656,772
)
   
42,518,895
     
32,862,123
 
Net increase in former Parent Company investment
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
9,984,409
     
9,984,409
 
Capitalization at spin-off, including issuance of common stock
   
2,254,830
     
22,548
     
52,480,756
     
-
     
(52,503,304
)
   
-
 
Net income
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
1,119,735
     
-
     
1,119,735
 
Dividends to Series B preferred shares
                           
(565,229
)
           
(565,229
)
Issuance of restricted shares for stock incentive award and share-based compensation
   
25,090
     
251
     
137,266
     
-
     
-
     
137,517
 
Balance December 31, 2018
   
2,279,920
     
22,799
     
52,618,022
     
(9,102,266
)
   
-
     
43,538,555
 
Net income
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
16,497
     
-
     
16,497
 
Dividends to Series B preferred shares
                           
(1,748,981
)
           
(1,748,981
)
Preferred deemed dividend
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
(185,665
)
   
-
     
(185,665
)
Issuance of restricted shares for stock incentive award and share-based compensation
   
24,710
     
247
     
184,552
     
-
     
-
     
184,799
 
Balance December 31, 2019
   
2,304,630
     
23,046
     
52,802,574
     
(11,020,415
)
   
-
     
41,805,205
 
Net loss
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
(5,877,861
)
   
-
     
(5,877,861
)
Dividends to Series B preferred shares
                           
(1,573,874
)
           
(1,573,874
)
Issuance of restricted shares for stock incentive award and share-based compensation
   
44,900
     
449
     
245,473
     
-
     
-
     
245,922
 
Shares forfeited
   
(1,314
)
   
(13
)
   
13
                     
-
 
Balance December 31, 2020
   
2,348,216
     
23,482
     
53,048,060
     
(18,472,150
)
   
-
     
34,599,392
 


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-6


EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated statements of cash flows
Years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)


   
2018
   
2019
   
2020
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                 
Net income / (loss)
   
1,119,735
     
16,497
     
(5,877,861
)
Adjustments to reconcile net income / (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Vessel depreciation
   
5,422,155
     
6,458,251
     
6,556,256
 
Amortization and write off of deferred charges
   
396,925
     
152,879
     
140,704
 
Share-based compensation
   
137,517
     
184,799
     
245,922
 
Provision for doubtful debts
   
167,019
     
-
     
-
 
Change in the fair value of derivatives
   
(3,577
)
   
359,204
     
545,859
 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                       
(Increase) / decrease in:
                       
Trade accounts receivable
   
(1,809,442
)
   
393,202
     
314,953
 
Prepaid expenses
   
(75,269
)
   
(138,922
)
   
60,678
 
Other receivables
   
302,110
     
(117,833
)
   
(424
)
Inventories
   
(114,756
)
   
58,236
     
(876,569
)
Due from related companies
   
(1,968,521
)
   
-
     
-
 
Increase / (decrease) in:
                       
Trade accounts payable
   
360,599
     
185,151
     
238,081
 
Accrued expenses
   
129,182
     
(201,787
)
   
(259,915
)
Deferred revenues
   
(93,507
)
   
249,593
     
(199,699
)
Due to related companies
   
-
     
7,514,654
     
1,437,549
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
   
3,970,170
     
15,113,924
     
2,325,534
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Cash paid for vessels under construction, capitalized expenses and vessel acquisition
   
(29,045,685
)
   
(1,111,297
)
   
(611,106
)
Net cash used in investing activities
   
(29,045,685
)
   
(1,111,297
)
   
(611,106
)


(Consolidated statements of cash flows continue on the next page)
F-7


EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated statements of cash flows
Years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)


(Continued)
   
2018
   
2019
   
2020
 
Cash flows from financing activities:
                 
Net increase in former Parent Company investment
   
3,298,356
     
-
     
-
 
Redemption of preferred shares
   
-
     
(4,300,000
)
   
-
 
Preferred dividends paid
   
-
     
(1,311,612
)
   
(713,552
)
Loan arrangement fees paid
   
(432,200
)
   
(22,500
)
   
-
 
Proceeds from long-term bank loans
   
48,400,000
     
4,500,000
     
-
 
Repayment of long-term bank loans
   
(23,337,271
)
   
(11,494,000
)
   
(5,524,000
)
Net cash provided by / (used in) financing activities
   
27,928,885
     
(12,628,112
)
   
(6,237,552
)
                         
Net increase / (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
   
2,853,370
     
1,374,515
     
(4,523,124
)
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of year
   
4,901,557
     
7,754,927
     
9,129,442
 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of year
   
7,754,927
     
9,129,442
     
4,606,318
 
Cash Breakdown
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
   
4,375,972
     
5,396,406
     
938,282
 
Restricted cash, current
   
828,955
     
1,083,036
     
1,518,036
 
Restricted cash, long term
   
2,550,000
     
2,650,000
     
2,150,000
 
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash shown in the statement of cash flows
   
7,754,927
     
9,129,442
     
4,606,318
 
                         
Supplemental cash flow information
Cash paid for interest, net of capitalized expenses
   
2,220,713
     
3,468,478
     
2,426,395
 
Financing and investing activities fees:
                       
Payment-in-kind dividends
   
565,229
     
78,642
     
1,219,048
 
Capital expenditures included in liabilities
   
47,562
     
218,319
     
8,194
 
Accrued preferred dividends
   
-
     
358,726
     
-
 
Preferred shares distributed to EuroDry
   
18,192,129
     
-
     
-
 
Prior year contributions from the former Parent Company recognized in paid-in capital
   
5,490,106
     
-
     
-
 
Due from former Parent Company amount allocated to Due from related companies balance
   
903,283
     
-
     
-
 


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-8

EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the
years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)


1. Basis of Presentation and General Information

EuroDry Ltd. (the "Company" or "EuroDry") was formed by Euroseas Ltd. ("Euroseas" or "former Parent Company") on January 8, 2018 under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands to serve as the holding company of seven subsidiaries (the "Subsidiaries") contributed by Euroseas to EuroDry in connection with the spin-off of Euroseas' drybulk vessels held for use as of December 31, 2017 (the "Spin-off"). On May 30, 2018, Euroseas contributed these Subsidiaries to EuroDry in exchange for 2,254,830 common shares in EuroDry, which Euroseas, distributed to holders of Euroseas common stock on a pro rata basis. Further, on May 30, 2018 Euroseas distributed shares of the Company's Series B Preferred Stock (the "EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares") to holders of Euroseas' Series B Preferred Shares, representing 50% of Euroseas Series B Preferred Stock. For periods up to May 30, 2018, the accompanying financial statements reflect the financial position and results of the carve-out operations of the Subsidiaries that were contributed to the Company.

The operations of the vessels are managed by Eurobulk Ltd. ("Eurobulk" or "Manager") and Eurobulk (Far East) Ltd. Inc. ("Eurobulk FE"), collectively the "Managers", corporations controlled by members of the Pittas family.  Eurobulk has an office in Greece located at 4 Messogiou & Evropis Street, Maroussi, Greece; Eurobulk FE has an office at Manilla, Philippines Suite 1003, 10th Floor Ma. Natividad Building, 470 T.M. Kalaw cor. Cortada Sts., Ermita. Both provide the Company with a wide range of shipping services such as technical support and maintenance, insurance consulting, chartering, financial and accounting services, while Eurobulk also provides executive management services, in consideration for fixed and variable fees (see Note 6).

The Pittas family is the controlling shareholder of Dry Friends Investment Company Inc. which, in turn, owns 36.4% of the Company's shares as of December 31, 2020. Mr. Aristides J. Pittas is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and Euroseas.

On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the 2019 Novel Coronavirus (the "COVID-19") outbreak a pandemic. In response to the outbreak, many countries, ports and organizations, including those where the Company conducts a large part of its operations, have implemented measures to combat the outbreak, such as social distancing, travel restrictions, border closures, limitations on public gatherings, working from home, supply chain logistical changes and closure of non-essential businesses. Such measures have and will likely continue to cause severe trade disruptions, significant reduction in global economic activity and extreme volatility in the global financial markets.  Although to date there has not been any significant effect on the Company's operating activities due to COVID-19, other than the decrease in market rates in 2020, which have recovered in 2021, and increased crew cost, there continues to be a high level of uncertainty relating to how the pandemic will evolve, including the availability of vaccines and their global deployment, the development of effective treatments, the imposition of effective public safety and other protective measures and the public's and government's responses to such measures. Accordingly, an estimate of the future impact of COVID-19 on the Company's operational and financial performance cannot be made at this time, as it may take some time to materialize and may not be fully reflected in the results for 2020.

F-9


EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the
Years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)


1.   Basis of Presentation and General Information - Continued

The Company is engaged in the ocean transportation of dry bulk through ownership and operation of dry bulk ship-owning companies. Details of the Company's wholly owned subsidiaries are set out below:

Pantelis Shipping Corp., incorporated in the Republic of Liberia on December 4, 2009, owner of the Liberian flag 74,020 DWT bulk carrier M/V "Pantelis" which was built in 2000 and acquired on July 23, 2009.

Eirini Shipping Ltd., incorporated in the Republic of Liberia on February 2, 2014, owner of the Liberian flag 76,466 DWT bulk carrier M/V "Eirini P" which was built in 2004 and acquired on May 26, 2014.

Ultra One Shipping Ltd., incorporated in the Republic of Liberia on November 21, 2013, owner of Liberian flag 63,500 DWT bulk carrier M/V "Alexandros P." (ex- Hull DY 160). M/V "Alexandros P", which is a new build, was delivered on January 16, 2017.

Kamsarmax One Shipping Ltd., incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands on April 4, 2014, owner of the Marshall Islands flag 82,000 DWT bulk carrier M/V "Xenia". M/V "Xenia", which is a new build, was delivered on February 25, 2016.

Kamsarmax Two Shipping Ltd., incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands on April 4, 2014, owner of the Marshall Islands flag 82,000 DWT bulk carrier M/V "Ekaterini". M/V "Ekaterini", which is a new build, was delivered on May 7, 2018.

Areti Shipping Ltd., incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands on November 15, 2016, owner of the Cypriot flag 75,100 DWT bulk carrier M/V "Tasos" which was built in 2000 and acquired on January 9, 2017.

Light Shipping Ltd., incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands on November 6, 2018, owner of the Cypriot flag 75,845 DWT bulk carrier M/V "Starlight" which was built in 2004 and acquired on November 30, 2018.

F-10


EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the
Years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)


1. Basis of Presentation and General Information - Continued

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had a working capital deficit of $13.2 million, and for the year ended December 31, 2020 incurred a net loss of $5.9 million and a net loss attributable to common shareholders of $7.5 million and generated net cash from operating activities of $2.3 million. The Company's cash balance amounted to $0.9 million and cash in restricted retention accounts amounted to $3.7 million as of December 31, 2020. The Company intends to fund its working capital requirements via cash on hand and cash flows from operations. In the event that these are not sufficient the Company may also use funds from debt refinancing, debt balloon payment refinancing, equity offerings and sell vessels (where equity will be released), if required, among other options. The Company believes it will have adequate funding through the sources described above and, accordingly, it believes it has the ability to continue as a going concern and finance its obligations as they come due over the next twelve months following the date of the issuance of these financial statements. Consequently, the consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business.

The following charterers individually accounted for more than 10% of the Company's revenues as follows:

   
Year ended December 31,
 
Charterer
 
2018
   
2019
   
2020
 
A/S Klaveness Chartering
   
32
%
   
35
%
   
23
%
Quadra Commodities S.A.
   
-
     
16
%
   
19
%
Guardian Navigation GMax LLC pool
   
-
     
15
%
   
14
%
Ultrabulk A/S
   
-
     
-
     
13
%
Amaggi Europe B.V.
   
11
%
   
-
     
-
 

F-11


EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the
years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)


2. Significant Accounting Policies

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  The following are the significant accounting policies adopted by the Company:

Principles of consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of EuroDry Ltd. and its subsidiaries.  Inter-company balances and transactions are eliminated on consolidation.

Use of estimates

The preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the stated amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Other comprehensive income / (loss)

The Company has no other comprehensive income / (loss) and accordingly comprehensive income / (loss) equals net income / (loss) for all periods presented. As such, no statement of comprehensive income / (loss) has been presented.

F-12


EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the
years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)


2. Significant Accounting Policies - Continued

Foreign currency translation

The Company's functional currency as well as the functional currency of all its subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar.  Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates prevailing at the balance sheet date.  Income and expenses denominated in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates prevailing at the date of the transaction.  The resulting exchange gains and/or losses on settlement or translation are included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Cash equivalents

Cash equivalents are cash in bank accounts, time deposits or other certificates purchased with an original maturity of three months or less.

Restricted cash

Restricted cash reflects deposits with certain banks that can only be used to pay the current loan installments or are required to be maintained as a certain minimum cash balance per mortgaged vessel and amounts that are pledged, blocked or held as cash collateral.

Trade accounts receivable

The amount shown as trade accounts receivable, at each balance sheet date, includes estimated recoveries from each voyage or time charter. At each balance sheet date, the Company provides for doubtful accounts on the basis of specific identified doubtful receivables.
The Company recorded a provision for doubtful accounts of $167,019 for the year ended December 31, 2018. The Company did not record any material provisions for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020.
Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value, which is the estimated selling price less reasonably predictable costs of disposal and transportation. Inventories are valued using the FIFO (First-In First-Out) method.

Vessels

Vessels are stated at cost, which comprises the vessel contract price, costs of major repairs and improvements upon acquisition, direct delivery and other acquisition expenses to prepare the vessel for her initial voyage, less accumulated depreciation and impairment, if any. Subsequent expenditures for conversions and major improvements are also capitalized when they appreciably extend the life, increase the earning capacity or improve the efficiency or safety of the vessels;
F-13


EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the
Years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)


2. Significant Accounting Policies - Continued

otherwise these amounts are charged to expense as incurred. Vessels under construction are presented at cost, which includes shipyard installment payments and other vessel costs incurred during the construction period that are directly attributable to the construction of the vessels, including interest costs incurred during the construction period.

Expenditures for vessel repair and maintenance are charged against income in the period incurred.

Depreciation

Depreciation is calculated on a straight line basis over the estimated useful life of the vessel with reference to the cost of the vessel, and estimated scrap value. Remaining useful lives of vessels are periodically reviewed and revised to recognize changes in conditions and such revisions, if any, are recognized over current and future periods. The Company estimates that its vessels have a useful life of 25 years from the completion of their construction. When regulations place limitations over the ability of a vessel to trade on a worldwide basis, its remaining useful life is adjusted at the date such regulations are adopted. The estimated salvage value of each vessel is $250 per light weight ton as of December 31, 2019 and 2020.

Insurance claims and insurance proceeds

Claims receivable are recorded on the accrual basis and represent the amounts to be received, net of deductibles incurred through each balance sheet date, for which recovery from insurance companies is probable and the claim is not subject to litigation. Any remaining costs to complete the claims are included in accrued liabilities. Insurance proceeds are recorded according to type of claim that gives rise to the proceeds in the consolidated statements of operations and the consolidated statements of cash flow.

Revenue and expense recognition

Revenues are generated mainly from time charters.  Under a time charter agreement a contract is entered into for the use of a vessel for a specific period of time and a specified daily fixed or index-linked charter hire rate.

A minor part of the Company's revenues is also generated from pool arrangements. For the vessel that operated under pool arrangement during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 the Company does not consider itself the principal, primarily because of its lack of control over the service to be transferred to the charterer under those charter party agreements and therefore related revenues and expenses are presented net. In particular, the pool manager calculates the net pool revenues using gross revenues less voyage expenses of all the pool vessels and less the general and administrative expenses of the pool and distributes the net pool revenues as time charter hire to participants based on an agreed upon formula, which is determined by pool points awarded to each vessel in the pool (vessel attributes such as age,

F-14

EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the
Years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)


2. Significant Accounting Policies - Continued

design, cargo carrying capacity, fuel consumption, and speed are taken into consideration) as well as the number of days the vessel participated in the pool in the period. The Company recognized net pool revenues on a monthly basis, when the vessel has participated in the pool during the period and the amount of net pool revenues for the period can be estimated reliably. Revenue generated from the pool is accounted for as revenue from operating leases, pursuant to the accounting standard on leases (ASC 842), as further described below.

On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted ASC 842 Leases ("ASC 842"), which amends the existing accounting standard for lease accounting and adds additional disclosures about leasing arrangements. ASC 842 requires lessees to recognize on the balance sheet the assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by most leases, while lessor accounting remains largely unchanged. ASC 842, as amended, subject to certain transition relief options, allows a modified retrospective transition approach for all leases existing at, or entered into after, the date of initial application, or allows entities to elect not to recast the comparative periods presented when transitioning to ASC 842 and to recognize a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. ASC 842 also provides a practical expedient to lessors by class of underlying asset, to not separate non lease components from the associated lease component, similar to the expedient provided for lessees, when the following criteria are met: i) the timing and pattern of transfer for the lease component is the same as those for the non-lease component associated with that lease component and (ii) the lease component, if accounted for separately, would be classified as an operating lease.

A time charter is a contract for the use of a vessel for a specific period of time and a specified daily fixed or index-linked charter hire rate, which is generally payable 15 or 30 days in advance as determined in the charter party agreement. The duration of the Company’s time charter contracts range from 15 days to 4 years and certain time charter contracts include renewal options up to 12 months. Time charter revenue is recognized when a charter agreement exists, the vessel is made available to the charterer and collection of the related revenue is reasonably assured. As of December 31, 2020, all of the Company's time charter agreements have remaining terms ranging from less than three months to 20 months based on the minimum duration of the time charter contracts and do not include any renewal options. A time charter generally provides typical warranties and owner protective restrictions. The Company's time charter agreements are classified as operating leases pursuant to ASC 842, because (i) the vessel is an identifiable asset, (ii) the Company does not have substantive substitution rights and (iii) the charterer has the right to control the use of the vessel, during the term of the contract, and derives the economic benefits from such use. In a time charter contract, the Company is responsible for all the costs incurred for running the vessel such as crew costs, vessel insurance, repairs and maintenance and lubricants. The charterer bears the voyage related costs such as bunker expenses, port charges and canal tolls during the hire period.


F-15


EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the
Years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)


2. Significant Accounting Policies – Continued

As discussed above, the transition guidance associated with ASC 842 allows for certain practical expedients to lessors. The Company elected not to separate the lease and non-lease components included in the time charter revenue because the pattern of revenue recognition for the lease and non-lease components (included in the daily hire rate) is the same and the lease component, if accounted for separately, would be classified as an operating lease. The nature of the lease component and non-lease component that are combined as a result of applying the respective practical expedient are the hire rate for a bareboat charter as well as the compensation for expenses incurred running the vessel such as crewing expense, repairs, insurance, maintenance and lubricants, respectively. The lease component is the predominant component and the Company accounts for the combined component as an operating lease in accordance with ASC 842.

Both the lease component and non-lease component are earned by the passage of time. Since lessor accounting remains largely unchanged from previous U.S. GAAP, upon adoption of ASC 842, the timing and recognition of earnings from time charter contracts to which the Company is party did not change from prior policy, with the exception of ballast bonuses which were recognized during the ballast leg while they are now deferred and recognized over time during the charter period. The performance obligations in a time charter contract are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the respective time charter agreements, beginning when the vessel is delivered to the charterer until it is redelivered back to the Company, and are recorded in "Time charter revenue" in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020. Time charter agreements may include ballast bonus payments made by the charterer which serve as compensation for the ballast trip of the vessel to the delivery port, which are deferred and also recognized on a straight line basis over the charter period.

F-16


EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the
Years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)


2. Significant Accounting Policies - Continued

Charter fees received in advance are recorded as a liability (deferred revenue) until charter services are rendered.

Vessel operating expenses are comprised of all expenses relating to the operation of the vessels, including crewing, insurance, repairs and maintenance, stores, lubricants, spares and consumables, professional and legal fees and miscellaneous expenses. Vessel operating expenses are recognized as incurred; payments in advance of services or use are recorded as prepaid expenses. Under time charter agreements, voyage expenses which are also recognized as incurred by the Company include costs for draft surveys, hold cleaning, postage, extra war risk insurance and other minor miscellaneous expenses related to the voyage. The charterer is responsible for paying the cost of bunkers and other voyage expenses whilst the vessel is on time charter. Certain voyage expenses paid by the Company, such as extra war risk insurance and holds cleaning may be recovered from the charterer; such amounts recovered are recorded as other income within "Time charter revenue" in the consolidated statements of operations.

Commissions (address and brokerage), regardless of charter type, are always paid by the Company, are deferred and amortized over the related charter period and are presented as a separate line item in revenues to arrive at net revenues in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Dry-docking and special survey expenses

Dry-docking and special survey expenses are expensed as incurred.

Pension and retirement benefit obligations – crew

The ship-owning companies contract the crews on board the vessels under short-term contracts (usually up to 9 months).  Accordingly, they are not liable for any pension or post-retirement benefits.

F-17

EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the
Years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)


2.
Significant Accounting Policies - Continued

Financing costs

Fees paid to lenders or required to be paid to third parties on the lenders' behalf for obtaining new loans or for refinancing or amending existing loans, are required to be presented on the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, similar to debt discounts. These costs are amortized as interest and other financing costs over the duration of the underlying loan using the effective interest method. Any unamortized balance of costs relating to debt repaid or refinanced that meet the criteria for Debt Extinguishment (see Subtopic 470-50), is expensed in the period in which the repayment is made or refinancing occurs. Any unamortized balance of costs relating to debt refinanced that do not meet the criteria for Debt Extinguishment, are amortized over the term of the refinanced debt.

Offering costs

Expenses directly attributable to an equity offering are deferred and are either presented against paid-in capital when the offering is completed or are written-off and charged to "General and administrative expenses" in the consolidated statements of operations when it is probable that the offering will be aborted.

Stock incentive plan awards

Share-based compensation represents vested and non-vested restricted shares granted to officers and directors as well as to non-employees and are included in "General and administrative expenses" in the consolidated statements of operations. The shares to employees and directors as well as to non-employees are measured at their fair value equal to the market value of the Company's common stock on the grant date. The shares that do not contain any future service vesting conditions are considered vested shares and the total fair value of such shares is expensed on the grant date. The shares that contain a time-based service vesting condition are considered non-vested shares on the grant date and the total fair value of such shares is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

Impairment of vessels

The Company reviews its vessels held for use for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the vessels may not be recoverable. If indicators of impairment are present, the Company performs an analysis of the future undiscounted net operating cash flows of the related vessels. When the estimate of future undiscounted net operating cash flows, excluding interest charges, expected to be generated by the use and eventual disposition of the vessel is less than its carrying amount, the Company records an impairment loss to the extent the vessel's carrying value exceeds its fair market value. In this respect, management regularly reviews the carrying amount of the vessels in connection with the estimated recoverable amount for each of the Company's vessels.
F-18


EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the
Years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)


2.
Significant Accounting Policies - Continued

In developing its estimates of future undiscounted net operating cash flows, the Company makes assumptions and estimates about vessels' future performance, with the significant assumptions being related to charter rates, fleet utilization, vessel operating expenses, drydocking costs, vessels' residual value and the estimated remaining useful lives of the vessels.  These assumptions are based on historical trends as well as future expectations.
The Company determines the rates to be used in its impairment analysis based on the prevailing market charter rates for the first two years and on inflation-unadjusted historical average rates, from the third year onwards. The Company calculates the historical average rates over a 19-year period for 2020, excluding peak periods, and a 18-year period for 2019, which both start in 2002 and take into account complete market cycles. These rates are used for the period a vessel is not under a charter contract; if there is a contract, the charter rate of the contract is used for the period of the contract. Vessel utilization estimates are based on the status of each vessel at the time of the assessment and the Company's past experience in finding employment for its vessels at comparable market conditions. Cost estimates, like drydocking and operating costs, are based on the Company's data for its own vessels. Specifically, the Company's management uses the Company's internal budget for operating expenses escalated by 1.5% per annum and the Company's budgeted drydocking costs, assuming a five-year special survey cycle. The estimated salvage value of each vessel is $250 per light weight ton, in accordance with the Company's vessel depreciation policy. The Company uses a probability weighted approach for developing estimates of future cash flows used to test its vessels for recoverability when alternative uses are under consideration (i.e. sale or continuing operation of a vessel).
If the Company's estimate of future undiscounted net operating cash flows for any vessel is lower than the vessel's carrying value, the carrying value is written down to the vessel's fair market value with a charge recorded under "Impairment loss" in the consolidated statement of operations.

F-19

EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the
Years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)


2.
Significant Accounting Policies - Continued

Derivative financial instruments

Derivative financial instruments are  recorded in the balance sheet as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value with changes in the instruments' fair value recognized as either a component in other comprehensive income if specific hedge accounting criteria are met in accordance with guidance relating to  "Derivatives and Hedging"  or in earnings if hedging criteria are not met.

Preferred shares

Preferred shares are recorded at the initial amount of preferred stock assumed based on the initial consideration received by the former Parent Company less offering expenses and adjusted by including the redemption value of dividends paid in-kind. The Company recognizes changes in the redemption value of the preferred shares immediately as they occur and adjusts the carrying amount of the preferred shares to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period to that effect.

Earnings / (loss) per common share

Basic earnings / (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income/(loss) attributable to common shareholders, after the deduction of dividends paid (in cash or in-kind) to preferred shareholders, by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. The weighted-average number of common shares outstanding does not include any potentially dilutive securities or any non-vested restricted shares of common stock. These non-vested restricted shares, although classified as issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, are considered contingently returnable until the restrictions lapse and are not included in the basic earnings / (loss) per share calculation until the shares are vested.

Diluted earnings / (loss) per share gives effect to all potentially dilutive securities to the extent that they are dilutive, using the treasury stock method. The Company uses the treasury stock method for non-vested restricted shares, while for the preferred shares issued the Company uses the if-converted method to assess the dilutive effect.

F-20


EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the
Years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)


2.
Significant Accounting Policies - Continued

Segment reporting

The Company reports financial information and evaluates its operations by charter revenue and not by the type of ship employment for its customers, i.e. voyage or time charters.  The Company does not use discrete financial information to evaluate the operating results for each such type of charter. Although revenue can be identified for these types of charters, management cannot and does not identify expenses, profitability or other financial information for these charters.  As a result, management, including the chief operating decision maker, reviews operating results solely by revenue per day and operating results of the fleet and thus the Company has determined that it operates under one operating segment. Furthermore, when the Company charters a vessel to a charterer, the charterer is free to trade the vessel worldwide and, as a result, the disclosure of geographical information is impracticable.

Recent accounting pronouncements

In June 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2016-13, "Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments". The main objective of this update is to provide financial statement users with more decision-useful information about the expected credit losses on financial instruments and other commitments to extend credit held by a reporting entity at each reporting date. The amendments in this update replace the incurred loss impairment methodology in current GAAP with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates. The ASU requires a financial asset (or a group of financial assets) measured at amortized cost basis to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected. The allowance for credit losses is a valuation account that is deducted from the amortized cost basis of the financial asset(s) to present the net carrying value at the amount expected to be collected on the financial asset. In November 2018, FASB issued ASU 2018-19 "Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses". The amendments in this update clarify that operating lease receivables are not within the scope of ASC 326-20 and should instead be accounted for under the new leasing standard, ASC 842. For public business entities, the amendments in this Update became effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company adopted this ASU for its reporting period commencing January 1, 2020 with no impact on its consolidated financial statements.

F-21


EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the
Years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)


2.
Significant Accounting Policies - Continued

Recent accounting pronouncements

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, "Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework – Changes to the disclosure requirements for fair value measurement". The amendments in this update modify the disclosure requirements on fair value measurements in Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement, based on the concepts in the Concepts Statement, including the consideration of costs and benefits. The amendments on changes in unrealized gains and losses, the range and weighted average of significant unobservable inputs used to develop Level 3 fair value measurements, and the narrative description of measurement uncertainty should be applied prospectively for only the most recent interim or annual period presented in the initial fiscal year of adoption. All other amendments should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented upon their effective date. The amendments in this update became effective for all entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. An entity is permitted to early adopt any removed or modified disclosures upon issuance of this Update and delay adoption of the additional disclosures until their effective date. The Company adopted this ASU for its reporting period commencing January 1, 2020 with no impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-04, "Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting" ("ASU 2020-04"). This ASU provides temporary optional expedients and exceptions to the guidance in U.S. GAAP on contract modifications and hedge accounting to ease the financial reporting burdens related to the expected market transition from the London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") and other interbank offered rates to alternative reference rates. This ASU is effective for adoption at any time between March 12, 2020 and December 31, 2022. In January 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-01 (Topic 848), which amends and clarifies the existing accounting standard issued in March 2020, ASU 2020-04 for Reference Rate Reform. Reference rates such as LIBOR, are widely used in a broad range of financial instruments and other agreements. The Company is still evaluating the timing of the adoption and the optional expedients and exceptions it may adopt, as well as the effect of the adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

F-22


EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the
Years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)


3.
Inventories

Inventories consisted of the following:
   
December 31,
2019
   
December 31,
2020
 
Lubricants
   
487,268
     
547,534
 
Victualing
   
21,443
     
38,232
 
Bunkers
   
-
     
799,514
 
Total
   
508,711
     
1,385,280
 

F-23


EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the
years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)


4.
Vessels, net

The amounts in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are as follows:

   
Cost
   
Accumulated
Depreciation
   
Net Book
Value
 
Balance, January 1, 2019
   
137,119,350
     
(26,481,888
)
   
110,637,462
 
- Depreciation for the year
   
-
     
(6,458,251
)
   
(6,458,251
)
- Capitalized expenses
   
1,282,054
     
-
     
1,282,054
 
Balance, December 31, 2019
   
138,401,404
     
(32,940,139
)
   
105,461,265
 
- Depreciation for the year
   
-
     
(6,556,256
)
   
(6,556,256
)
- Capitalized expenses
   
400,981
     
-
     
400,981
 
Balance, December 31, 2020
   
138,802,385
     
(39,496,395
)
   
99,305,990
 

During the year ended December 31, 2019, M/V "Starlight" and M/V "Eirini P" installed Water Ballast Treatment systems onboard with a total cost of $1.3 million. During the year ended December 31, 2020, M/V "Pantelis" completed the installation of its Water Ballast Treatment system onboard for a total cost of $0.3 million. The fleet installed within the year ended December 31, 2020 smart bunkers monitoring systems ("Flow meters") for a total cost of $0.1 million. These installations qualified as vessel improvements and were therefore capitalized.

The Company performed the undiscounted cash flow test as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 for those operating vessels whose carrying values were above their respective market values and determined that the net book value of its vessels held for use was recoverable.

As of December 31, 2020, all vessels are used as collateral under the Company's loan agreements (see Note 7).
F-24


EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the`
years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)


5.
Accrued Expenses

The accrued expenses consist of:
   
December 31,
2019
   
December 31,
2020
 
             
Accrued payroll expenses
   
112,381
     
137,332
 
Accrued interest expense
   
586,186
     
351,085
 
Accrued general and administrative expenses
   
68,336
     
86,043
 
Accrued commissions
   
52,175
     
32,586
 
Other accrued expenses
   
145,345
     
97,462
 
Total
   
964,423
     
704,508
 

F-25


EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the
years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)


6.
Related Party Transactions

The Managers (see Note 1) provided technical and commercial vessel management for a fixed daily fee per vessel of Euro 685 for 2018, 2019 and 2020. Vessel management fees paid to the Managers amounted to $1,701,340, $1,964,536 and $2,018,800 in 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and are recorded under "Related party management fees" in the consolidated statements of operations. An additional fixed management fee is paid to Eurobulk for the provision of management executive services. The amount of such executive compensation allocated to the Company prior to the Spin-off was based on the proportion of the number of calendar days that related to EuroDry's vessels to the number of days of the entire fleet of Euroseas. After the Spin-off, the annual compensation for such services was set at $1,250,000. This amount was $731,456, $1,250,000 and $1,250,000 for 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and is recorded in "General and administrative expenses" in the consolidated statements of operations.

The Euroseas' Master Management Agreement ("MMA") with the Managers provides for an annual adjustment of the daily vessel management fee due to inflation to take effect on January 1 of each year. The vessel management fee for laid-up vessels is half of the daily fee for the period they are laid-up. The MMA, as periodically amended and restated, will automatically be extended after the initial five-year period for an additional five-year period unless terminated on or before the 90th day preceding the initial termination date. Pursuant to the MMA, each ship-owning company has signed – and each future ship owning company when a vessel is acquired will sign - with either of the Managers, a management agreement with the rate and term of these agreements set in the MMA effective at such time.

The MMA was amended and restated on January 1, 2012 to provide for a 5% discount on the daily fixed vessel management fee for the period during which the number of the Euroseas-owned vessels (including vessels in which Euroseas is a part owner) managed by the Managers is greater than 20 ("volume discount"). The daily fixed vessel management fee was set at Euro 685 per day per vessel in operation and Euro 342.5 per day per vessel in lay-up after the 5% discount.

The MMA was renewed on January 1, 2018 for an additional five year term until January 1, 2023 with the 5% volume discount permanently incorporated in the daily vessel management fee. The daily fixed vessel management fee remained unchanged for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 and will be adjusted annually for inflation in the Eurozone. EuroDry signed new MMAs with the Managers which took effect after the completion of the Spin-off. EuroDry's MMAs are substantially on the same terms as the MMA between Euroseas and Eurobulk relating to the vessels that were previously owned by Euroseas. The fee remains unchanged for 2021.

The vessels M/V "Xenia", M/V "Alexandros P.", M/V "Tasos" and M/V "Ekaterini" are managed by Eurobulk FE, which provides technical, commercial and accounting services for the same daily vessel management fee as noted above. The remaining fleet of the Company (M/V "Pantelis, M/V "Eirini P." and M/V "Starlight") is managed by Eurobulk.

F-26


EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the
years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)


6.
Related Party Transactions - Continued

Amounts due to or from related companies represent net disbursements and collections made on behalf of the ship-owning companies by the Managers during the normal course of operations for which a right of off-set exists.  As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the amount due to related companies was $1,547,210 and $2,984,759, respectively. Based on the MMA, an estimate of the quarter's operating expenses, expected dry-dock expenses, vessel management fee and fee for management executive services are to be advanced by the Company's ship-owning subsidiaries in the beginning of the quarter to the respective Manager.

The Company uses brokers for various services, as is industry practice.  Eurochart S.A. ("Eurochart"), a company controlled by certain members of the Pittas family, provides vessel sale and purchase services, and chartering services to the Company whereby the Company pays commission of 1% of the vessel sales price and 1.25% of charter revenues. A commission of 1% of the purchase price is also paid to Eurochart by the seller of the vessel for acquisitions the Company makes using Eurochart's services. Commissions to Eurochart for chartering services totaled $324,178, $359,868 and $294,933 in 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively, recorded in "Commissions" in the consolidated statements of operations.

Certain members of the Pittas family, together with another unrelated ship management company, have formed a joint venture with the insurance broker Sentinel Maritime Services Inc. ("Sentinel"). Technomar Crew Management Services Corp ("Technomar") is a company owned by certain members of the Pittas family, together with two other unrelated ship management companies, which provides crewing services. Sentinel is paid a commission on insurance premiums not exceeding 5%; Technomar is paid a fee of about $50 per crew member per month. Total fees charged by Sentinel and Technomar were $48,734 and $66,292 in 2018, $65,924 and $82,405 in 2019, and $40,962 and $81,947 in 2020, respectively.  These amounts are recorded in "Vessel operating expenses" in the consolidated statements of operations.

F-27

EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the
years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)


7.
Long-Term Bank Loans

These consist of bank loans of the ship-owning companies and are as follows:

Borrower
   
December 31,
2019
   
December 31,
2020
 
               
Kamsarmax One Shipping Ltd.
(a)
   
10,531,000
     
9,597,000
 
Ultra One Shipping Ltd.
(b)
   
14,060,000
     
13,120,000
 
Kamsarmax Two Shipping Ltd.
(c)
   
16,000,000
     
14,550,000
 
Light Shipping Ltd. / Areti Shipping Ltd. / Pantelis Shipping Corp.
(d)
   
12,200,000
     
10,800,000
 
Eirini Shipping Ltd.
(e)
   
4,100,000
     
3,300,000
 
       
56,891,000
     
51,367,000
 
Less: Current portion
     
(6,924,000
)
   
(14,013,835
)
Long-term portion
     
49,967,000
     
37,353,165
 
Deferred charges, current portion
     
117,706
     
220,081
 
Deferred charges, long-term portion
     
278,160
     
35,081
 
Long-term bank loans, current portion net of deferred charges
     
6,806,294
     
13,793,754
 
Long-term bank loans, long-term portion net of deferred charges
     
49,688,840
     
37,318,084
 

The future annual loan repayments are as follows:

To December 31:
     
2021
   
14,013,835
 
2022
   
3,538,445
 
2023
   
14,188,445
 
2024
   
2,238,445
 
2025
   
2,238,445
 
Thereafter
   
15,149,385
 
Total
   
51,367,000
 

F-28


EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated financial statements
as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the
years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)


7.   Long-Term Bank Loans - Continued


(a)
On February 17, 2016, the Company signed a term loan facility with Nord LB and, on February 25, 2016, a loan of $13,800,000 was drawn by Kamsarmax One Shipping Ltd. to partly finance the pre-delivery installment of M/V "Xenia". The loan is to be repaid in fourteen consecutive equal semi-annual installments of $467,000 plus a balloon amount of $7,262,000 to be paid together with the last installment in February 2023. The loan bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.95%. The loan is secured with (i) first priority mortgage over M/V "Xenia", (ii) first assignment of earnings and insurance of M/V "Xenia", (iii) a corporate guarantee of EuroDry Ltd. and other covenants and guarantees similar to the remaining loans of the Company. The security cover ratio covenant for this facility stands at 130%. The Company completed the refinancing of the specific loan on January 27, 2021 (see note 16(a)).


(b)
On October 1, 2018, the Company signed a term loan facility with Eurobank Ergasias S.A. (EFG) of up to $15 million or 60% of the market value of M/V "Alexandros P.", for the purpose of refinancing the outstanding amount of $9.9 million of the loan facility of HSH Nordbank AG (drawn on January 25, 2017 to partly finance the pre-delivery installment of M/V "Alexandros P.") and providing working capital. The facility was drawn on October 5, 2018. The loan is payable in twenty-eight consecutive equal quarterly installments of $235,000 each, followed by a balloon payment of $8,420,000 to be paid together with the last installment in October 2025. The loan bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 3.25%. The loan is secured with (i) first priority mortgage over M/V "Alexandros P.", (ii) first assignment of earnings and insurance of M/V "Alexandros P.", (iii) a corporate guarantee of EuroDry Ltd and other covenants and guarantees similar to the remaining loans of the Company. The security cover ratio covenant for this facility stands at 120%. The Company paid loan arrangement fees of $135,000 for this loan. The Company completed the refinancing of the specific loan on January 29, 2021 (see note 16(a)).

F-29


EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated financial statements
as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the
years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)


7.   Long-Term Bank Loans - Continued


(c)
On April 27, 2018, the Company signed a term loan facility with HSBC Bank Plc. and a loan of $18.4 million was drawn by Kamsarmax Two Shipping Ltd. on April 30, 2018 to finance 70% of the construction cost but no more than 70% of the market value of M/V "Ekaterini", subject to the existence of a time charter at the time of drawdown for a minimum period of 24 months approved by the lender. The loan is payable in twenty consecutive quarterly installments commencing from July 2018, eight in the amount of $400,000 and twelve in the amount of $325,000, with a $11,300,000 balloon payment to be paid together with the last installment in April 2023.  The loan bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.80%. The loan is secured with (i) first priority mortgage over M/V "Ekaterini", (ii) first assignment of earnings and insurance of M/V "Ekaterini" and (iii) other covenants and guarantees similar to the remaining loans of the Company. The security cover ratio covenant for this facility stands at 130%. The Company paid loan arrangement fees of $147,200 for this loan.


(d)
On November 27, 2018, the Company signed a term loan facility with the National Bank of Greece S.A. ("NBG") and a loan of $15,000,000 was drawn by Light Shipping Ltd., Areti Shipping Ltd. and Pantelis Shipping Corp. for the purpose of refinancing the existing loans with HSBC Bank Plc. regarding M/V "Pantelis" and M/V "Tasos" and financing part of the acquisition cost of M/V "Starlight". The loan is payable in twelve consecutive equal quarterly installments of $700,000, commencing from February 2019, plus a balloon amount of $6,600,000 to be paid together with the last installment in November 2021. On July 6, 2020, the Company entered into a supplemental agreement with NBG to defer the last two of its 2020 loan repayments to be repaid together with the respective balloon installment. A total of $1,400,000 was rescheduled to November 2021, increasing the balloon amount to $8,000,000. The loan bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 3.25%. The loan is secured with (i) first priority mortgages over M/V "Starlight", M/V "Pantelis " and M/V "Tasos" (ii) first assignment of earnings and insurance of M/V "Starlight", M/V "Pantelis " and M/V "Tasos", (iii) a corporate guarantee of EuroDry Ltd and other covenants and guarantees similar to the remaining loans of the Company. The security cover ratio covenant for this facility stands at 125%. The Company paid loan arrangement fees of $150,000 for this loan.


(e)
On May 22, 2019, the Company signed a term loan facility with HSBC Bank Plc. for a loan up to the lesser of 49.9% of the market value of M/V "Eirini P" and $4.5 million to refinance the then existing indebtedness of Eirini Shipping Ltd. On May 24, 2019, a loan of $4.5 million was drawn by Eirini Shipping Ltd. The loan is payable in twelve consecutive quarterly equal installments of $200,000 each, commencing from August 2019, with a $2,100,000 balloon payment to be paid together with the last installment in May 2022. The loan bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.70%. The loan is secured with (i) first priority mortgage over M/V "Eirini P", (ii) first assignment of earnings and insurance of M/V "Eirini P" and (iii) other covenants and guarantees similar to the

F-30


EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated financial statements
as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the
years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)


7. Long-Term Bank Loans - Continued

remaining loans of the Company. The security cover ratio covenant for this facility stands at 130%. The Company paid loan arrangement fees of $22,500 for this loan. The Company completed the refinancing of the specific loan on February 24, 2021 (see note 16(c)).

In addition to the terms specific to each loan described above, all the above loans are secured with a pledge of all the issued shares of each borrower.

The loan agreements also contain covenants such as minimum requirements regarding the security cover ratio covenant (the ratio of fair value of vessel to outstanding loan less cash in retention accounts), restrictions as to changes in management and ownership of the ship-owning companies, distribution of profits or assets (i.e. not permitting dividend payment or other distributions in cases that an event of default has occurred), additional indebtedness and mortgage of vessels without the lender's prior consent, sale of vessels, maximum fleet-wide leverage, sale of capital stock of the Company's subsidiaries, ability to make investments and other capital expenditures, entering in mergers or acquisitions, minimum cash balance requirements and minimum cash retention accounts (restricted cash).  The loan agreements also require the Company to make deposits in retention accounts with certain banks that can only be used to pay the current loan installments. Minimum cash balance requirements are in addition to cash held in retention accounts. These cash deposits amounted to $4,410,376 and $3,668,036 as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and are included in "Restricted cash" under "Current assets" and "Long-term assets" in the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2020, all the debt covenants are satisfied.
Interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 amounted to $2,516,216, $3,360,226 and $2,191,294, respectively. Capitalized interest for the year ended December 31, 2018 amounted to $173,841. No interest was capitalized for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020.

F-31


EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated financial statements
as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the
years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)


8. Income Taxes

Under the laws of the countries of the companies' incorporation and/or vessels' registration, the companies are not subject to tax on international shipping income, however, they are subject to registration and tonnage taxes, which have been included in "Vessel operating expenses" in the consolidated statements of operations.

Under the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), the U.S. source gross transportation income of a ship-owning or chartering corporation, such as the Company, is subject to a 4% U.S. federal income tax without allowance for deduction, unless that corporation qualifies for exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. U.S. source gross transportation income consists of 50% of the gross shipping income that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States.

Under the Code, a corporation will be exempt from U.S. federal income tax if its stock is primarily and regularly traded on an established securities market in its country of organization, in another country that grants an "equivalent exemption" to United States corporations, or in the United States, which is referred to as the "Publicly Traded Test". Under IRS regulations, a Company's shares will be considered to be regularly traded on an established securities market if (i) one or more classes of its shares representing 50% or more of its outstanding shares, by voting power of all classes of shares of the corporation entitled to vote and of the total value of the shares of the corporation, are listed on the market and (ii) (A) such class of shares is traded on the market, other than in minimal quantities, on at least 60 days during the taxable year or one sixth of the days in a short taxable year; and (B) the aggregate number of shares of such class of shares traded on such market during the taxable year must be at least 10% of the average number of shares of such class of shares outstanding during such year or as appropriately adjusted in the case of a short taxable year.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the treasury regulations provide, in pertinent part, that a class of the Company's shares will not be considered to be "regularly traded" on an established securities market for any taxable year in which 50% or more of the vote and value of the outstanding shares of such class are owned, actually or constructively under specified share attribution rules, on more than half the days during the taxable year by persons who each own 5% or more of the vote and value of such class of the Company's outstanding shares ("5% Override Rule").

For the taxable years 2018, 2019 and 2020 the Company believes that it was exempt from U.S. federal income tax of 4% on U.S. source shipping income, as it believes that it satisfies the Publicly Traded Test for the respective year, although it is subject to the 5% Override Rule, because the non-qualified 5% shareholders did not own more than 50% of the Company's common stock for more than half of the days during the taxable years.

F-32


EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated financial statements
as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the
years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)


9.
Commitments and Contingencies

As of December 31, 2017, Areti Shipping Ltd. had a dispute with Windrose SPS Shipping and Trading ("Windrose"), a charterer, regarding Windrose's failure to pay the balance of the charter fee of $52,019 in relation to a charter party agreement dated January 20, 2017. Additionally, Areti Shipping Ltd. paid an amount of $115,000 to a bunker supplier for portion of the total claim of $179,281, after facing an arrest of M/V "Tasos" in Brazil. The Company took the case to London arbitration and obtained an award of approximately $215,000. The Company hired Swiss lawyers in order to proceed with the recovery of the funds in Switzerland where Windrose was based. In February 2018, Windrose was declared bankrupt and a liquidator was appointed by the Swiss Court. According to the Swiss Law, Areti Shipping Ltd. through their lawyers had to seek recovery of the claim from the directors of Windrose, who may be personally liable for the company's debts. In May 2018, in view of the uncertain recovery prospects, the Company's Freight, Demurrage and Defence club withdrew its support on the case. In view of the high costs, the Company's management decided to abstain from any action against Windrose directors. Further, Areti Shipping Ltd. has filed its claim with the liquidator; however, the amounts recoverable, if any, will be small. In view of the above, management decided to make a provision for the full amount of $167,019, which is included in "General and administrative expenses" in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018.

There are no other material legal proceedings to which the Company is a party or to which any of its properties are subject, other than routine litigation incidental to the Company's business.  In the opinion of the management, the disposition of these lawsuits should not have a material impact on the consolidated results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

As of December 31, 2020, future gross minimum revenues under non-cancellable time charter agreements total $15.1 million. The amount of $12.2 million is due in the year ending December 31, 2021 and the remaining $2.9 million is due in the year ending December 31, 2022. In arriving at the future gross minimum revenues, the Company has deducted an estimated one off-hire day per quarter. Such off-hire estimate may not be reflective of the actual off-hire in the future. In addition, the actual revenues could be affected by early delivery of the vessel by the charterers or any exercise of the charterers' options to extend the terms of the charters, which however cannot be estimated and hence not reflected above.

F-33


EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated financial statements
as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the
years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)


10.   Stock Incentive Plan
On July 31, 2014, the Board of Directors of Euroseas approved the 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (the "2014 Plan"). The plan is administered by Euroseas' Board of Directors which could make awards totaling in aggregate up to 2,500,000 shares, respectively over 10 years after the plan's adoption date. The persons eligible to receive awards under the plan are officers, directors, and executive, managerial, administrative and professional employees of Euroseas or Eurobulk or Eurochart (collectively, "key persons") as the Board, in its sole discretion, shall select based upon such factors as the Board shall deem relevant.  Awards may be made under the plan in the form of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, dividend equivalent rights, restricted stock, unrestricted stock, restricted stock units and performance shares. Following the Spin-off, each shareholder of Euroseas received one share of EuroDry, for every five shares of Euroseas held. Awardees of the Euroseas stock incentive awards with unvested shares received unvested shares of EuroDry with the same ratio, one share of EuroDry for every five shares of Euroseas out of the EuroDry Stock Incentive Plan, taking also into account that the awardees described above are common in both Euroseas and EuroDry. Shares of EuroDry issued for unvested shares of Euroseas vested on the same schedule with the original Euroseas shares.
Details of awards granted under the 2014 Plan of Euroseas, which had unvested shares as of the Spin-off date, are noted below.


a)
On November 3, 2016 an award of 82,080 non-vested restricted shares, was made to 19 key persons of which 50% vested on November 1, 2017 and 50% vested on November 1, 2018; awards to officers and directors amounted to 48,048 shares and the remaining 34,032 shares were awarded to employees of Eurobulk. 8,208 shares of EuroDry were issued for unvested shares of Euroseas as of the Spin-off date (4,805 were awarded to officers and directors and 3,403 were awarded to employees of Eurobulk) and vested on November 1, 2018.


b)
On November 2, 2017 an award of 100,270 non-vested restricted shares, was made to 18 key persons of which 50% vested on July 1, 2018 and 50% vested on July 1, 2019; awards to officers and directors amounted to 57,700 shares and the remaining 42,570 shares were awarded to employees of Eurobulk. 20,054 shares of EuroDry were issued for unvested shares of Euroseas as of the Spin-off date (11,540 were awarded to officers and directors and 8,514 were awarded to employees of Eurobulk), 50% of which vested on July 1, 2018 and 50% vested on July 1, 2019.

F-34


EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the
years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)


10.
Stock Incentive Plan – Continued

In May 2018, the Company's Board of Directors approved an equity incentive plan (the "May 2018 Plan"). The May 2018 Plan will be administered by the Company's Board of Directors which can make awards totaling in aggregate up to 150,000 shares over five years after the May 2018 Plan's adoption date. Officers, directors and employees (including any prospective officer or employee) of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates and consultants and service providers (including persons who are employed by or provide services to any entity that is itself a consultant or service provider) to the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates will be eligible to receive awards under the equity incentive plan.  Awards may be made under the May 2018 Plan in the form of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, dividend equivalent rights, restricted stock, unrestricted stock, restricted stock units and performance shares. Details of awards granted under the May 2018 Plan are noted below.

On November 21, 2018 an award of 25,090 non-vested restricted shares, was made to 18 key persons of which 50% vested on November 16, 2019 and 50% vested on November 16, 2020; awards to officers and directors amounted to 14,434 shares and the remaining 10,656 shares were awarded to employees of Eurobulk.

On November 4, 2019 an award of 24,710 non-vested restricted shares, was made to 17 key persons of which 50% vested on July 1, 2020 and 50% will vest on July 1, 2021; awards to officers and directors amounted to 13,940 shares and the remaining 10,770 shares were awarded to employees of Eurobulk.

On November 5, 2020 an award of 44,900 non-vested restricted shares, was made to 15 key persons of which 50% will vest on November 16, 2021 and the remaining 50% will vest on November 16, 2022; awards to officers and directors amounted to 27,100 shares and the remaining 17,800 shares were awarded to employees of Eurobulk.

All non-vested restricted shares are conditional upon the grantee's continued service as an employee of the Company or Eurobulk or as a director of the Company until the applicable vesting date. The grantee does not have the right to vote on such non-vested restricted shares until they vest or exercise any right as a shareholder of these shares, however, the non-vested shares will accrue dividends as declared and paid which will be retained by the Company until the shares vest, at which time they are payable to the grantee. As non-vested restricted share grantees accrue dividends on awards that are expected to vest, such dividends are charged to retained earnings.

The Company accounts for restricted share award forfeitures as they occur. No forfeitures occurred in the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019. During the year ended December 31, 2020, 1,314 shares were forfeited with a weighted-average grant-date fair value of $10.14 per share.

F-35


EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the
years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)


10.
Stock Incentive Plan - Continued

The compensation cost that has been charged against income for awards was $137,517, $184,799 and $245,922, for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and is included within "General and administrative expenses" in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company has used the straight-line method to recognize the cost of the awards.

A summary of the status of the Company's non-vested shares as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, and the movement during the periods ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, are presented below:

Non-vested Shares
 
Shares
   
Weighted-Average
Grant-Date Fair Value
 
Non-vested on January 1, 2019
   
35,117
     
9.61
 
Granted
   
24,710
     
8.13
 
Vested
   
(22,572
)
   
9.62
 
Non-vested on December 31, 2019
   
37,255
     
8.81
 
                 
Non-vested on January 1, 2020
   
37,255
     
8.81
 
Granted
   
44,900
     
4.30
 
Vested
   
(24,096
)
   
9.11
 
Forfeited
   
(1,314
)
   
9.36
 
Non-vested on December 31, 2020
   
56,745
     
5.10
 

As of December 31, 2020, there was $241,602 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the May 2018 Plan and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.897 years. The total fair value at grant-date of shares granted during the year ended December 31, 2020 was $193,070.

F-36

EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the
years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)


11.
Earnings / (Loss) per Share

Basic and diluted earnings / (loss) per common share are computed as follows:

   
2018
   
2019
   
2020
 
Income:
                 
Net income / (loss)
   
1,119,735
     
16,497
     
(5,877,861
)
Dividends to Series B preferred shares
   
(565,229
)
   
(1,748,981
)
   
(1,573,874
)
Preferred deemed dividend
   
-
     
(185,665
)
   
-
 
Net income / (loss) attributable to common shareholders
   
554,506
     
(1,918,149
)
   
(7,451,735
)
Weighted average common shares – outstanding, basic and diluted
   
2,232,821
     
2,251,439
     
2,275,062
 
Basic and diluted earnings / (loss) per share
   
0.25
     
(0.85
)
   
(3.28
)

For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, the effect of 35,117, 37,255 and 56,745 non-vested stock awards and of 19,608, 15,387 and 16,606 Series B Preferred Shares, respectively, was anti-dilutive. The number of dilutive securities was nil shares in 2018, 2019 and 2020.

12.   Voyage and Vessel Operating Expenses

These consist of:

   
Year ended December 31,
 
   
2018
   
2019
   
2020
 
Voyage expenses
                 
Port charges and canal dues
   
260,139
     
262,806
     
205,880
 
Bunkers
   
150,537
     
854,216
     
79,252
 
Total
   
410,676
     
1,117,022
     
285,132
 
                         
Vessel operating expenses
                       
Crew wages and related costs
   
5,532,463
     
6,778,958
     
6,744,095
 
Insurance
   
682,991
     
872,131
     
1,085,663
 
Repairs and maintenance
   
407,324
     
375,338
     
352,890
 
Lubricants
   
520,452
     
724,837
     
696,297
 
Spares and consumable stores
   
1,404,080
     
1,368,325
     
2,040,039
 
Professional and legal fees
   
257,250
     
264,704
     
273,958
 
Other
   
378,592
     
392,045
     
410,472
 
Total
   
9,183,152
     
10,776,338
     
11,603,414
 

F-37


EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the
years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)


13. Derivative Financial Instruments

Interest rate swaps

Effective August 8, 2017, Euroseas Ltd. entered into a five year interest rate swap with HSBC Bank Plc. ("HSBC") for a notional amount of $5.0 million, in order to manage interest costs and the risk associated with changing interest rates of the loans associated with M/V "Eirini P.", M/V "Tasos" and M/V "Pantelis", which therefore was allocated to the Company. Under the terms of the swap, HSBC makes a quarterly payment to the Company equal to the 3-month LIBOR while the Company pays an adjustable rate averaging 1.93% (more specifically, the Company pays the fixed rate of 1.40% until August 8, 2018, then 1.75% until August 8, 2019, then 1.85% until August 8, 2020 and then 2.32% until August 8, 2022) based on the notional amount. The swap agreement was novated to the Company on May 30, 2018.

On July 24, 2018, the Company entered into an interest rate swap with HSBC for a notional amount of $5.0 million, with inception date on July 24, 2018 and maturity date on July 24, 2023. Under this contract, HSBC makes a quarterly payment to the Company equal to the 3-month LIBOR while the Company pays a fixed rate of 2.93% based on the notional amount.

On April 9, 2020, the Company entered into an interest rate swap with HSBC for a notional amount of $10.0 million, with inception date on April 15, 2020 and maturity date on April 15, 2025. Under this contract, HSBC makes a quarterly payment to the Company equal to the 3-month LIBOR while the Company pays a fixed rate of 0.737% based on the notional amount.

The interest rate swaps did not qualify for hedge accounting as of December 31, 2019 and 2020.

F-38


EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the
years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)


13. Derivative Financial Instruments –Continued

Freight Forward Agreements ("FFA")

In October 2018, the Company entered into one FFA contract on the Baltic Panamax Index ("BPI") for the first three calendar months of 2019, totaling 90 days at an average time charter equivalent ("TCE") rate of $12,200 per day. In January 2019, the Company entered into four FFA contracts on the BPI (a contract for the first three calendar months of 2019, totaling 120 days at an average TCE rate of $11,950 per day, a contract for the three months of the second quarter of 2019, totaling 270 days at an average TCE rate of $11,250, a contract for the three months of the third quarter of 2019, totaling 270 days at an average TCE rate of $11,100 and a contract for the three months of the fourth quarter of 2019, totaling 270 days at an average TCE rate of $11,350). In 2020 the Company entered into five FFA contracts on the BPI (a contract for the three months of the third quarter of 2020, totaling 90 days at an average TCE rate of $9,800, a contract for the three months of the third quarter of 2020, totaling 90 days at an average TCE rate of $12,000 per day, a contract for the three months of the fourth quarter of 2020, totaling 90 days at an average TCE rate of $10,200 per day , a contract for the three months of the fourth quarter of 2020, totaling 90 days at an average TCE rate of $12,000 per day and a contract for 10 days per month for the first quarter of 2021, totaling 30 days at an average TCE rate of $9,500 per day). The contracts are settled on a monthly basis using the average of the BPI for the days of the month the BPI is published.  The Company receives a payment if the average BPI for the month is below the contract rate equal to the difference of the contract rate less the average BPI for the month multiplied by the number of contract days sold; if the average BPI for the month is greater than the contract rate the Company makes a payment equal to the difference of the average BPI for the month less the contract rate multiplied by the number of contract days sold. If the Company buys contracts previously sold (or the opposite) the Company receives or pays the difference of the two rates for the period covered by the contracts.

In April 2019, the Company hedged the forward purchase of 1,200mt of Singapore Fuel Oil (type 380cst) for this month, at $375.25 per metric ton. Also, in November 2019 the Company hedged the forward purchase of 1,200mt of Singapore Fuel Oil (type 380cst) for this month, at $278.5 per metric ton. By using these bunker swaps the Company has locked in the price that would be paid for bunkers over the time period selected and the quantity purchased.  These contracts were settled on a monthly basis using the Platts daily assessment price for 380 CST Singapore Fuel Oil. The Company receives a payment if the average of the Platts daily assessment price for 380 CST Singapore Fuel Oil for the month is above the contract rate equal to the difference of the Platts daily assessment price for 380 CST Singapore Fuel Oil for the month less the contract rate multiplied by the number of contract days sold. If the average for the month was below the contract rate, the Company made a payment equal to the difference of the contract rate less the Platts daily assessment price for 380 CST Singapore Fuel Oil for the month multiplied by the number of contract days sold.

The FFA and the bunker swap contracts did not qualify for hedge accounting. The Company follows guidance relating to "Fair value measurements" to calculate the fair value of the FFA and bunker swap contracts (see Note 15).

F-39

EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the
years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)


13. Derivative Financial Instruments – Continued


Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
 
 
Balance Sheet Location
 
December 31, 2019
 
December 31, 2020
FFA contract
Current liabilities– Derivatives
-
134,010
       
Interest rate swap contracts
Current liabilities – Derivatives
-
322,123
Interest rate swap contracts
Long-term liabilities – Derivatives
304,174
393,899
       
Total derivative liabilities
 
304,174
850,032


Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
 
Location of gain (loss) recognized
Year Ended December 31, 2019
Year Ended December 31, 2020
Interest rate swap contracts – Unrealized loss
Gain / (loss) on derivatives, net
(309,854)
(411,849)
Interest rate swap contracts – Realized gain / (loss)
Gain / (loss) on derivatives, net
17,646
(128,556)
FFA contracts – Unrealized loss
Gain / (loss) on derivatives, net
-
(134,010)
FFA contracts and Bunker Swap contracts– Realized gain / (loss)
Gain / (loss) on derivatives, net
789,028
(115,944)
Total gain / (loss) on derivatives, net
 
496,820
(790,359)


F-40


EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the
years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)


14. Preferred shares

   
Number
of
Shares
   
Preferred Shares
Amount
   
Dividends paid-in-kind
   
Total
 
Issued,
May 30, 2018
   
19,042
     
18,192,129
     
-
     
18,192,129
 
Dividends declared
   
566
     
-
     
565,229
     
565,229
 
Balance,
December 31, 2018
   
19,608
     
18,192,129
     
565,229
     
18,757,358
 
Dividends declared
   
79
     
-
     
78,642
     
78,642
 
Redemption of Preferred shares
   
(4,300
)
   
(3,775,696
)
   
(524,304
)
   
(4,300,000
)
Preferred deemed dividend
   
-
     
185,665
     
-
     
185,665
 
Balance,
December 31, 2019
   
15,387
     
14,602,098
     
119,567
     
14,721,665
 
Dividends declared
   
1,219
     
-
     
1,219,048
     
1,219,048
 
Balance,
December 31, 2020
   
16,606
     
14,602,098
     
1,338,615
     
15,940,713
 

On January 27, 2014, Euroseas issued 25,000 shares of its Series B Convertible Perpetual Preferred Shares to a fund managed by Tennenbaum Capital Partners, LLC ("TCP") and 5,700 shares to Preferred Friends Investment Company Inc., an affiliate of Euroseas and the Company, for total net proceeds of approximately $29 million. The redemption amount of the Series B Preferred Shares is $1,000 per share.

Under the Company's amended and restated articles of incorporation, effective after the Spin-off, the Company is authorized to issue up to 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. The preferred stock may be issued in one or more series and the Company's Board of Directors, without further approval from the Company's shareholders, is authorized to fix the dividend rights and terms, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption rights, liquidation preferences and other rights and restrictions relating to any series.  On May 30, 2018, in connection with the Spin-off, 19,042 EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares, representing 50% of Euroseas Series B Preferred Stock, were issued and distributed to holders of Euroseas' Series B Preferred Shares in exchange for the cancellation of an equal number of such Euroseas Series B Preferred Shares. The rights of the holders of EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares rank senior to the obligations to holders of the Company's common shares. Additionally, EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares are issued when dividends to EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares are paid in-kind.

F-41


EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the
years ended December 31, 2017, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)


14. Preferred shares - Continued

The EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares paid dividends in-kind until January 29, 2019 at a rate of 5% per annum. The dividend rate increased to 12% for the two years following January 29, 2019 and to 14% thereafter and is payable only in cash. Cash dividends are declared at each quarter and actual payments are made within the following quarter.  If a cash dividend is paid on the Company's common stock after January 29, 2019 the holders of EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares will receive an additional cash dividend in an amount equal to 40% of the common stock dividend it would have received on an as-converted basis. The EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares are convertible into common shares at the option of their holders at any time, and at the option of the Company only if certain share price and liquidity milestones are met. Each EuroDry Series B Preferred Share will be convertible into common shares at an initial conversion price of $31.64 (subject to adjustment for certain events, including upon a default). EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares are redeemable in cash by the Company at any time after January 29, 2019. Holders of EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares may require the Company to redeem their shares only upon the occurrence of certain corporate events.

On June 19, 2019, the Company agreed to redeem $4.3 million of its Series B Preferred Shares. In parallel with the redemption, the holders of the remaining Series B Preferred Shares agreed to reduce the annual dividend rate to 9.25% until January 2021. The difference between (1) the fair value of the consideration transferred to the holders of the EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares (comprising the cash payment offered) and (2) the carrying amount of the Series B Preferred Shares before the redemption (net of issuance costs) amounted to $185,665, and was recorded as preferred deemed dividend.

For the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company declared three consecutive dividends totaling $565,229, all of which were paid in kind. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company declared dividends of $1,748,981, of which $78,642 were paid in-kind, $1,311,612 were paid in cash during 2019 and another $358,726 were accrued as of December 31, 2019 and were paid in the first quarter of 2020. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company declared dividends of $1,573,874, of which $354,826 was paid in cash during 2020 and another $1,219,048 were paid in kind. The redemption liability as of December 31, 2020 was $16,605,048.

Subject to certain ownership thresholds, holders of EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares have the right to appoint one director to the Company's board of directors and TCP also has consent rights over certain corporate actions. In addition, the holders of EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares will vote as one class with the Company's common stock on all matters on which shareholders are entitled to vote, with each EuroDry Series B Preferred Share having a number of votes equal to 50% of the numbers of shares of common stock of the Company into which such EuroDry Series B Preferred Share would be convertible on the applicable record date.

F-42


EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the
years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)


15. Financial Instruments

The principal financial assets of the Company consist of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, trade accounts receivable and other receivables. The principal financial liabilities of the Company consist of long-term bank loans, trade accounts payable, accrued expenses, derivatives and due to related companies.

Interest rate risk

The Company enters into interest rate swap contracts as economic hedges to manage some of its exposure to variability in its floating rate long-term bank loans. Under the terms of the interest rate swaps the Company and HSBC agreed to exchange, at specified intervals the difference between a paying fixed rate and receiving floating rate interest amount calculated by reference to the agreed principal amounts and maturities.  Interest rate swaps allow the Company to convert long-term bank loans issued at floating rates into equivalent fixed rates. Even though the interest rate swaps were entered into for economic hedging purposes, as noted in Note 13 they do not qualify for hedge accounting, under the guidance relating to Derivatives and Hedging, as the Company does not have currently written contemporaneous documentation identifying the risk being hedged and, both on a prospective and retrospective basis, performing an effectiveness test to support that the hedging relationship is highly effective. Consequently, the Company recognizes the change in fair value of the derivative under "Gain / (loss) on derivatives, net" in the consolidated statements of operations. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had three open interest rate swap contracts for a notional amount of $20.0 million.

F-43


EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the
years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)


15. Financial Instruments - Continued

Concentration of credit risk

Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to significant concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and trade accounts receivable. The Company places its temporary cash investments, consisting mostly of deposits, with high credit qualified financial institutions. The Company performs periodic evaluation of the relative credit standing of these financial institutions that are considered in the Company's investment strategy. The Company limits its credit risk with trade accounts receivable by performing ongoing credit evaluations of its customers' financial condition and generally does not require collateral for its trade accounts receivable.

Fair value of financial instruments

The Company follows guidance relating to "Fair value measurements", which establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosure about fair value measurements.  This statement enables the reader of the financial statements to assess the inputs used to develop those measurements by establishing a hierarchy for ranking the quality and reliability of the information used to determine fair values. The statement requires that assets and liabilities carried at fair value will be classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

Level 1: Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2: Observable market based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data;
Level 3: Unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data.

The fair value of the Company's investment in FFA contracts is determined based on quoted prices from the applicable exchanges and therefore are considered Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy as defined in guidance relating to "Fair value measurements".

The fair value of the Company's interest rate swap agreements is determined using a discounted cash flow approach based on market-based LIBOR swap rates.  LIBOR swap rates are observable at commonly quoted intervals for the full terms of the swaps and therefore are considered Level 2 items. The fair values of the interest rate swaps determined through Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as defined in guidance relating to "Fair value measurements" are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data. Inputs include quoted prices for similar assets, liabilities (risk adjusted) and market-corroborated inputs, such as market comparables, interest rates, yield curves and other items that allow value to be determined.

F-44

EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the
years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)


15. Financial Instruments - Continued

Recurring Fair Value Measurements

   
Fair Value Measurement as of December 31, 2020
 
   
Total
   
(Level 1)
   
(Level 2)
   
(Level 3)
 
Liabilities
                       
Interest rate swap contracts, current portion
 
$
322,123
         
$
322,123
       
FFA contract, current portion
 
$
134,010
   
$
134,010
               
Interest rate swap
contracts, long term portion
 
$
393,899
     
-
   
$
393,899
     
-
 
                                 
   
Fair Value Measurement as of December 31, 2019
 
   
Total
   
(Level 1)
   
(Level 2)
   
(Level 3)
 
Liabilities
                               
Interest rate swap contracts, long term portion
 
$
304,174
     
-
   
$
304,174
     
-
 
                                 
The estimated fair values of the Company's financial instruments such as cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash approximate their individual carrying amounts as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, due to their short-term maturity.  Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash are considered Level 1 items as they represent liquid assets with short-term maturities. The fair value of the Company's long-term bank loans, bearing interest at variable interest rates approximates their recorded values as of December 31, 2020, due to the variable interest rate nature thereof. LIBOR rates are observable at commonly quoted intervals for the full terms of the loans and hence fair values of the long-term bank loans are considered Level 2 items in accordance with the fair value hierarchy due to their variable interest rate, being the LIBOR.

F-45


EuroDry Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the
years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)


16.   Subsequent events

The following events occurred after December 31, 2020:


(a)
On January 27, 2021, the Company signed a term loan facility with Eurobank S.A. for an amount of up to $26,700,000, in order to refinance the existing indebtedness of M/V "Xenia" and M/V "Alexandros P.", amounting to $22,482,000 as of the date of refinancing, and for working capital purposes, including the partial redemption of the Company's Series B Preferred Shares. The facility was available in two tranches.  The first tranche of $13,815,000 was drawn on January 27, 2021 and the second tranche of $12,885,000 was drawn on January 29, 2021 by Kamsarmax One Shipping Ltd. and Ultra One Shipping Ltd. as the Borrowers. The loan is payable in twenty-four consecutive quarterly instalments of $500,000 each followed by a balloon payment of $14,700,000 to be paid together with the last installment in January 2027. The loan bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.75%. The loan is secured with the following: (i) first priority mortgages over M/V "Xenia" and M/V "Alexandros P.", (ii) first assignment of earnings and insurance and (iii) other covenants and guarantees similar to the remaining loans of the Company. The security cover ratio covenant for this facility stands at 120%.


(b)
On January 29, 2021 and February 8, 2021, the Company redeemed a net amount of $3 million of its Series B Preferred Shares ("Preferred Shares") and, contemporaneously, agreed with its preferred shareholders to reduce the dividend rate of its Preferred Shares to 8% per annum for two years from the 14% per annum level it was set to increase on January 29, 2021. Over the next two years, the Company has also the option to pay the preferred dividends in kind at a rate of 9%. The dividend rate will reset to 14% per annum on January 29, 2023.


(c)
On February 22, 2021, the Company signed a term loan facility with Sinopac Capital International (HK) Limited for an amount of up to $5,000,000, in order to refinance the existing indebtedness of M/V "Eirini P" and for working capital purposes. An aggregate amount of $5,000,000 was drawn on February 24, 2021 by Eirini Shipping Ltd. as the Borrower. The loan is payable in twenty consecutive quarterly instalments of $210,000 each followed by a balloon payment of $800,000 to be paid together with the last installment in February 2026. The loan bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 3.60%. The loan is secured with the following: (i) first priority mortgages over M/V "Eirini", (ii) first assignment of earnings and insurance and (iii) other covenants and guarantees similar to the remaining loans of the Company. The security cover ratio covenant for this facility stands at 120%.


F-46
Exhibit 4.25




Dated ___ July 2020
PANTELIS SHIPPING CORP.
ARETI SHIPPING LTD
LIGHT SHIPPING LTD
as joint and several Borrowers
and
EURODRY LTD.
as Guarantor
and
NATIONAL BANK OF GREECE S.A.
as Lender



SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
relating to
a loan agreement dated 27 November 2018
 in respect of a term loan facility
of (originally) $15,000,000








Index
Clause
 
Page

1
Definitions
2
2
Representations and Warranties
2
3
Agreement of the Lender
3
4
Conditions
4
5
Variations to Loan Agreement and Finance Documents
4
6
Costs and Expenses
6
7
Communications
6
8
Supplemental
6
9
Law and Jurisdiction
6
     
Execution
   
     
Execution Pages
 
7




THIS SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT is made on ___ July 2020
PARTIES
(1)
PANTELIS SHIPPING CORP., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of Liberia whose registered address is at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia, ARETI SHIPPING LTD and LIGHT SHIPPING LTD, each a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands and whose registered address is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH96960, Marshall Islands (together, the "Borrowers");
(2)
EURODRY LTD., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands and whose registered address is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH96960, Marshall Islands (the "Guarantor"); and
(3)
NATIONAL BANK OF GREECE S.A., acting through its branch at 2 Bouboulinas Street and Akti Miaouli, Piraeus 185 35, Greece (as "Lender").
BACKGROUND
(A)
By a loan agreement dated 27 November 2018 (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the "Loan Agreement") and made between (i) the Borrowers and (ii) the Lender, the Lender agreed to make available to the Borrowers a term loan facility of (originally) $15,000,000 on the terms and conditions contained therein, of which the amount of US$10,800,000 is currently outstanding.
(B)
By a guarantee dated 27 November 2018 (as amended and supplemented from time to time) and made between (i) the Guarantor and (ii) the Lender, the Guarantor guaranteed the Borrowers’ obligations under the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents.
(C)
The Borrowers have requested the Lender’s consent to:

(i)
defer the payment of the aggregate amount of $1,400,000 (the “Deferred Amount”), representing the amount of the Repayment Instalments which will fall due on 28 August 2020 and 30 November 2020 respectively;

(ii)
add such Deferred Amount to the Balloon Instalment so that it becomes due and payable together with the Balloon Instalment on the Final Repayment Date; and

(iii)
waive the application of the monthly retention provisions included in clause 17.2 (a) of the Loan Agreement relating to the transfers made in respect of the Repayment Instalments to the Retention Account from the period commencing on 28 May 2020 and ending on 30 November 2020,
together, (the "Request").
(D)
The Lender's approval and consent to the Request is subject the terms and conditions of this Supplemental Agreement.
(E)
This Supplemental Agreement sets out the terms and conditions on which the Lender agrees to:

(i)
the Borrowers’ Request; and



(ii)
the consequential amendments to the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents.
OPERATIVE PROVISIONS
1
DEFINITIONS
1.1
Defined Expressions
Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement (as hereby amended) and the recitals hereto and not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings when used in this Supplemental Agreement.
1.2
Definitions
In this Supplemental Agreement the words and expressions specified below shall have the meanings attributed to them below:
"Effective Date" means the date on which the conditions precedent in Clause 4 are satisfied;
"Mortgage Addendum" means an addendum to the Mortgage over Ship A executed or to be executed by the Borrower in favour of the Lender in the Agreed Form;
"Deferred Amount" means the aggregate amount of $1,400,000 representing the amount of the Repayment Instalments falling due on 28 August 2020 and 30 November 2020 respectively which, following the Borrowers’ request, have been deferred and added to the Balloon Instalment; and
""Waiver Period" means the period commencing on 28 May 2020 and ending on 30 November 2020 (inclusive).
1.3
Application of construction and interpretation provisions of Loan Agreement
Clauses 1.2 to 1.6 of the Loan Agreement apply, with any necessary modifications, to this Supplemental Agreement.
2
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
2.1
Repetition of Loan Agreement representations
The Borrowers hereby represent to the Lender, as at the date of this Supplemental Agreement, that the representations and warranties set forth in clause 9 of the Loan Agreement (updated mutatis mutandis to the date of this Supplemental Agreement), are true and correct as if all references therein to "this Agreement" were references to the Loan Agreement as further amended by this Supplemental Agreement.
2.2
Further representations and warranties
The Borrowers hereby further represent and warrant to the Lender that as at the date of this Supplemental Agreement:
(a)
each is duly incorporated and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Republic of Liberia and the Republic of the Marshall Islands (as applicable) and has full power to enter into and perform its obligations under this Supplemental Agreement and has complied
2


with all statutory and other requirements relative to its business, and does not have an established place of business in any part of the United Kingdom or the United States of America;
(b)
all necessary governmental or other official consents, authorisations, approvals, licences, consents or waivers for the execution, delivery, performance, validity and/or enforceability of this Supplemental Agreement and all other documents to be executed in connection with the amendments to the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents as contemplated hereby have been obtained and will be maintained in full force and effect, from the date of this Supplemental Agreement and so long as any moneys are owing under any of the Finance Documents and while all or any part of the Loan remains outstanding;
(c)
each has taken all necessary corporate and other action to authorise the execution, delivery and performance of its obligations under this Supplemental Agreement and such other documents to which it is a party and such documents do or will upon execution thereof constitute its valid and binding obligations enforceable in accordance with their respective terms;
(d)
the execution, delivery and performance of this Supplemental Agreement and all such other documents as contemplated hereby does not and will not, from the date of this Supplemental Agreement and so long as any moneys are owing under any of the Finance Documents and while all or any part of the Loan remains outstanding, constitute a breach of any contractual restriction or any existing applicable law, regulation, consent or authorisation binding on the Borrowers or on any of respective property or assets and will not result in the creation or imposition of any security interest, lien, charge or encumbrance (other than under the Finance Documents) on any of such property or assets; and
(e)
each has fully disclosed in writing to the Lender all facts which it knows or which it should reasonably know and which are material for disclosure to the Lender in the context of this Supplemental Agreement and all information furnished by the Borrowers relating to their business and affairs in connection with this Supplemental Agreement was and remains true, correct and complete in all material respects and there are no other material facts or considerations the omission of which would render any such information misleading.
3
AGREEMENT OF THE LENDER
3.1
Agreement of the Lender
The Lender, relying upon each of the representations and warranties set out in Clauses 2.1, and 2.2 of this Supplemental Agreement, hereby agrees with the Borrowers, subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Supplemental Agreement and in particular, but without limitation, subject to the fulfilment of the conditions precedent set out in Clause 4, to:
(a)
the Request; and
(b)
the amendments/variations to the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents referred to in Clause 5.
3.2
Effect of Lender's Agreement
The agreement of the Lender contained in Clause 1 shall have effect on and from the Effective Date.
3


4
CONDITIONS
4.1
Conditions precedent
The agreement of the Lender contained in Clause 3.1 of this Supplemental Agreement shall all be expressly subject to the condition that the Lender shall have received in form and substance satisfactory to it and its legal advisers on or before the Effective Date:
(a)
true and complete copy of the standing authorities of each Borrower and the Guarantor authorising and approving the execution of this Supplemental Agreement and the Mortgage Addendum (if applicable), and authorising their respective directors or other representatives to execute the same on their behalf;
(b)
the original of the power of attorney issued by each Borrower and the Guarantor pursuant to such resolutions aforesaid in paragraph (a) above;
(c)
an original of this Supplemental Agreement duly executed by the parties hereto and countersigned by the Security Parties;
(d)
a duly executed original of the Mortgage Addendum;
(e)
documentary evidence that any Mortgage Addendum has been duly recorded against Ship A as a valid addendum to the Mortgage according to the laws of the Republic of Liberia;
(f)
certified copies of all documents (with a certified translation if an original is not in English) evidencing any other necessary action, approvals or consents with respect to this Supplemental Agreement and the Mortgage Addendum and all necessary governmental and other official approvals and consents in such pertinent jurisdictions as the Lender deems appropriate;
(g)
such legal opinions as the Lender may require in respect of the matters contained in this Supplemental Agreement and the Mortgage Addendum; and
(h)
evidence that the agent referred to in clause 31.4 of the Loan Agreement (as amended and supplemented by this Supplemental Agreement) has accepted its appointment as agent for service of process under this Supplemental Agreement.
5
VARIATIONS TO LOAN AGREEMENT AND FINANCE DOCUMENTS
5.1
Specific amendments to Loan Agreement
In consideration of the agreement of the Lender contained in Clause 3.1 of this Supplemental Agreement, the Borrowers hereby agree with the Lender that upon satisfaction of the conditions referred to in Clause 4.1, the provisions of the Loan Agreement shall be varied and/or amended and/or supplemented with effect on and from the Effective Date as follows:
(a)
by inserting the definition of "Waiver Period" in clause 1.1 thereof;
(b)
by deleting Clauses 7.1 and 7.2 thereof in their entirety and replacing them with the following:
7.1          Amount of repayment instalments
Save as previously prepaid or repaid, the Borrowers shall repay the Loan by:
4



(a)
4 consecutive quarterly instalments, each in the amount of, $700,000 (each a “Repayment Instalment” and, together, the “Repayment Instalments”); and
(b)          a balloon instalment in the amount of $8,000,000 (the “Balloon Instalment”).
7.2          Repayment Dates
Following the end of the Waiver Period, the first Repayment Instalment of the Loan outstanding shall be repaid on 26 February 2021, each subsequent Repayment Instalment shall be repaid at quarterly intervals thereafter and the last Repayment Instalment shall be repaid, together with the Balloon Instalment, on the Final Repayment Date;”;
(c)
by adding the following wording in the beginning of paragraph (a) of Clause 17.2:
“at all times other than during the Waiver Period,”;
(d)
the definition of, and references throughout to, each Finance Document shall be construed as if the same referred to that Finance Document as amended and supplemented by this Agreement; and
(e)
by construing references throughout to “this Agreement”, “hereunder” and other like expressions as if the same referred to the Loan Agreement as amended and supplemented by this Agreement.
5.2
Amendments to Finance Documents
With effect on and from the Effective Date each of the Finance Documents (other than the Loan Agreement) shall be, and shall be deemed by this Supplemental Agreement to have been, amended as follows:
(a)
the definition of, and references throughout each of the Finance Documents to, a Mortgage shall be construed as if the same referred to the Mortgage as amended and supplemented by any Mortgage Addendum;
(b)
the definition of, and references throughout each of the Finance Documents (other than any Mortgage which shall be amended and supplemented by any Mortgage Addendum) to, the Loan Agreement and any of the other Finance Documents shall be construed as if the same referred to the Loan Agreement and those Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Supplemental Agreement; and
(c)
by construing references throughout each of the Finance Documents to "this Agreement", "this Deed", "hereunder" and other like expressions as if the same referred to such Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Supplemental Agreement.
5.3
Finance Documents to remain in full force and effect
The Finance Documents shall remain in full force and effect and the security constituted by any Finance Document shall continue and remain valid and enforceable as amended and supplemented by:
(a)
the amendments to the Finance Documents contained or referred to in Clauses 5.1, 5.2 and the Mortgage Addendum; and
5


(b)
such further or consequential modifications as may be necessary to make the same consistent with, and to give full effect to, the terms of this Supplemental Agreement.
6
COSTS AND EXPENSES
6.1
Costs and expenses
The provisions of clause 19 (fees and expenses) of the Loan Agreement shall apply to this Supplemental Agreement as if they were expressly incorporated in this Supplemental Agreement with any necessary amendments.
7
COMMUNICATIONS
7.1
General
The provisions of clause 27 (notices) of the Loan Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this Supplemental Agreement, shall apply to this Supplemental Agreement as if they were expressly incorporated in this Supplemental Agreement with any necessary modifications.
8
SUPPLEMENTAL
8.1
Counterparts
This Supplemental Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts.
8.2
Third Party rights
A person who is not a party to this Supplemental Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Supplemental Agreement.
9
LAW AND JURISDICTION
9.1
Governing law
This Supplemental Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.
9.2
Incorporation of the Loan Agreement provisions
The provisions of clause 31 (law and jurisdiction) of the Loan Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this Supplemental Agreement, shall apply to this Supplemental Agreement as if they were expressly incorporated in this Supplemental Agreement with any necessary medications.
This Supplemental Agreement has been duly executed by or on behalf of the parties and has, on the date stated at the beginning of this Deed, been delivered as a Deed.
6


EXECUTION PAGES
BORROWERS
 
SIGNED by
)
 
)
as attorney-in-fact
)
for and on behalf of
)
PANTELIS SHIPPING CORP.
)
in the presence of:
)

SIGNED by
)
 
)
as attorney-in-fact
)
for and on behalf of
)
ARETI SHIPPING LTD
)
in the presence of:
)

SIGNED by
)
 
)
as attorney-in-fact
)
for and on behalf of
)
LIGHT SHIPPING LTD
)
in the presence of:
)

GUARANTOR
SIGNED by
)
 
)
as attorney-in-fact
)
for and on behalf of
)
EURODRY LTD.
)
in the presence of:
)

LENDER
SIGNED by
)
for and on behalf of
)
NATIONAL BANK OF GREECE S.A.
)
in the presence of:
)

7


We hereby confirm and acknowledge that we have read and understood the terms and conditions of this Supplemental Agreement and agree in all respects to the same and confirm that the Finance Documents to which we are a party shall remain in full force and effect and shall continue to stand as security for the obligations of the Borrowers under the Loan Agreement (as amended by this Supplemental Agreement) and the other Finance Documents.



_________________________________
for and on behalf of
EUROBULK LTD
Date: ___ July 2020
 
 
 
 
_________________________________
for and on behalf of
EUROBULK (FAR EAST) LTD INC.
Date: ___ July 2020

8
Exhibit 4.26
THIS AGREEMENT is made on the 27th day of January 2021
BETWEEN:
(1)
(a)       ULTRA ONE SHIPPING LTD, a company incorporated in accordance with  the laws of the Republic of Liberia whose registered office is situated at 80, Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia (“Borrower A”); and
(b)       KAMSARMAX ONE SHIPPING LTD, a company incorporated in accordance with the laws of the Republic of Marshall Islands whose registered office is situated at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960 (“Borrower B” and together with Borrower A, the “Borrowers” and each one of them, a “Borrower”);
(2)
THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 1, as lenders (the “Lenders”);
(3)
EUROBANK S.A., a banking societé anonyme duly incorporated under the laws of Greece, having its registered office at 8, Othonos Street, Athens, Greece and acting as arranger through its branch at 83 Akti Miaouli & 1, Flessa Street, Piraeus 185 38, Greece (the “Arranger”);
(4)
EUROBANK S.A, a banking societé anonyme duly incorporated under the laws of Greece, having its registered office at 8, Othonos Street, Athens, Greece and acting as account bank through its branch at 83 Akti Miaouli & 1, Flessa Street, Piraeus 185 38, Greece (the “Account Bank”);
(5)
EUROBANK S.A., a banking societé anonyme duly incorporated under the laws of Greece, having its registered office at 8, Othonos Street, Athens, Greece and acting as agent through its branch at 83 Akti Miaouli & 1, Flessa Street, Piraeus 185 38, Greece (the “Agent”); and
(6)
EUROBANK S.A., a banking societé anonyme duly incorporated under the laws of Greece, having its registered office at 8, Othonos Street, Athens, Greece and acting as security trustee through its branch at 83 Akti Miaouli & 1, Flessa Street, Piraeus 185 38, Greece (the “Security Trustee”).
AND IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:
1.
PURPOSE, DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
1.1
Purpose
This Agreement sets out the terms and conditions upon and subject to which it is agreed that the Lenders will make available to the Borrowers on a joint and several basis a secured term loan of up to the lesser of (a) $26,700,000 and (b) 62% of the aggregate Market Value of the Ships, in up to two tranches, for the purpose of (i) fully refinancing the current outstanding indebtedness of Borrower A with the Lenders under the Existing Loan Agreement, (ii) fully refinancing the current outstanding indebtedness of Borrower B with Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale under a loan agreement dated 17 February 2016 entered into by Borrower B and said bank and (iii) providing the Group with working capital to be used along with Group’s liquidity, for reducing the total outstanding Series B Convertible perpetual Shares of the Guarantor
1


by $5,000,000 against retaining the dividend rate of subject instruments for both the Guarantor and Euroseas Ltd at 8% until January 2023.
1.2
Definitions.
In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires each term or expression defined in the recital of the parties and in this Clause shall have the meaning given to it in the recital of the parties, in this Clause:
Account” means (a) each of the Earnings Account(s) and the Retention Account and (b) any other account opened, made or established for the purposes of this Agreement;
Account Bank” means, in relation to any of the Earnings Account(s) or the Retention Account, Eurobank S.A., acting through its Shipping Division at 83, Akti Miaouli, 185 38 Piraeus, Greece, or any other branch or financial institution designated by the Agent from time to time at its sole discretion;
Accounting Information” means the annual audited accounts for the Guarantor to be provided to the Agent in accordance with Clause 11.6 (a) of this Agreement (as the context may require);
Accounts Pledges” means, together, the deed or deeds of pledge creating security over the Earnings Account(s) and the Retention Account, to be executed by the Borrowers in favour of the Lenders and/or Security Trustee and/or the Account Bank, in such form as the Agent may approve or require in compliance always with the laws governing same;
Affected Lender” has the meaning given in Clause 5.5;
Affiliate means a subsidiary of that person or a parent company of that person or any other subsidiary of that parent company;
Agency and Trust Deed” means the agency and trust deed executed or to be executed between the Borrowers, the Lenders, the Arranger, the Account Bank, the Agent and the Security Trustee, in such form as the Agent may approve or require, as the same may from time to time be amended and/or supplemented;
Agent” means EUROBANK S.A., having its registered office at 8, Othonos Street, Athens, Greece and acting through its office at 83 Akti Miaouli & 1, Flessa Street, Piraeus 185 38, Greece or any successor of it appointed under clause 5 of the Agency and Trust Deed;
Approved Flag” means, in relation to a Ship, the flag of the Republic of Liberia and/or the Republic of the Marshall Islands or such other flag as the Agent may, in its sole and absolute discretion, approve as the flag on which a Ship shall be registered;
Approved Flag State” means, in relation to a Ship, the Republic of Liberia and/or the Republic of the Marshall Islands or any other country in which the Agent may, in its sole and absolute discretion, approve that a Ship be registered;
Approved Manager” means EUROBULK (FAR EAST) LTD. INC., a company incorporated in the Philippines with its principal office at 12th Floor Ma. Natividad Bldg., 470 TM Kalaw cor., Sts., Ermita, Manila, Philippines and/or EUROBULK
2


LTD, of the Republic of Liberia, established in Greece under law 89/67, 378/68, 27/75 and 814/78 as amended by law 2234/94 with a branch office in Greece at 4, Messogiou & Evropis Street, 151 24, Maroussi, Greece  or any other company appointed by the relevant Borrower owning the relevant Ship with the prior written consent of the Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) from time to time as the commercial, technical and operational manager of such Ship;
Approved Manager’s Undertaking-Assignment” means, in relation to a Ship, a letter of undertaking executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the Approved Manager in favour of the Security Trustee for that Ship in the terms reasonably required by the Security Trustee, agreeing certain matters in relation to the Approved Manager serving as the manager of such Ship and subordinating the rights of the Approved Manager against that Ship and its owner to the rights of the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents and incorporating also a first priority assignment of all the rights which the Approved Manager may have in the Insurances relating to that Ship (other than the right to be reimbursed for P&I claims under the “pay and be paid” rule), in such form as the Agent, acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, may approve or require, as the same may from time to time be amended and/or supplemented;
Arranger” means EUROBANK S.A., having its registered office at 8, Othonos Street, Athens, Greece and acting through its office at 83 Akti Miaouli & 1, Flessa Street, Piraeus 185 38, Greece;
Availability Period” means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on:

(a)
the Latest Permissible Drawdown Date or such later date as the Lenders may agree with the Borrowers; or

(b)
if earlier, the date on which the Total Commitments are fully borrowed, cancelled or terminated;
Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers;
Bail-In Legislation” means:

(a)
in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms, the relevant implementing law or regulation as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time; and

(b)
in relation to any other state, any analogous law or regulation from time to time which requires contractual recognition of any Write-down and Conversion Powers contained in that law or regulation;
Basel III” means:

(a)
the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer”
3


published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;

(b)
the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement – Rules text” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

(c)
any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to “Basel III”;
“Borrowers” means each one of the Borrowers as specified in the beginning of this Agreement;
Business Day”  means a day other than a Saturday or Sunday on which banks are open in New York, London, Athens, Piraeus, Nicosia and, in respect of a day on which a payment is required to be made under a Finance Document, also in New York City;
Charged Property” means all of the assets of the Borrowers or any other Security Party which from time to time are, or are expressed or intended to be, the subject of the Finance Documents.
Charter” means any charter or other contract of employment of more than twelve months’ duration in respect of the employment of a Ship acceptable to the Agent.
Charter Assignment” means, in relation to a Ship, the first priority assignment of any rights granted by the relevant Borrower owning that Ship in favour of the Security Trustee, in such form as the Agent, acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, may approve or require, as the same may from time to time be amended and/or supplemented and respective notices of assignment and acknowledgements thereof.
Charterer” in respect of any Charter, means a first class charterer in the opinion of the Agent and acceptable to the Agent in its discretion, the Agent’s approval not to be unreasonably withheld;
Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as amended);
Commitment” means, in relation to a Lender, the amount set opposite its name in Schedule 1, or, as the case may require, the amount specified in the relevant Transfer Certificate, as that amount may be reduced, cancelled or terminated in accordance with this Agreement (and “Total Commitments” means the aggregate of the Commitments of all the Lenders);
“Commitment Fee” means the fee to be paid by the Borrowers to the Agent pursuant to Clause 20.1 (b);
Commitment Letter means the Commitment Letter dated 23 December 2020 addressed by the Agent to the Guarantor duly accepted by the Borrowers and the Guarantor on 29 December 2020;
4


Compliance Certificate” means a certificate referring to a compliance date in the form set out in Schedule 5 (or in any other form which the Agent approves) to be provided together with the financial accounts provided in accordance with Clauses 11.6 and 12.8;
Compliance Date” means 31 December of each calendar year (or such other dates as the Agent may agree pursuant to Clause 12.8);
Contractual Currency” has the meaning given in Clause 21.5;
Contribution” means, in relation to a Lender, the part of the Loan which is owing to that Lender;
CRD IV” means:

(a)
Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms and amending regulation (EU) No. 648/2012;

(b)
Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC; and
any other law or regulation which implements Basel III;
Creditor Party” means the Agent, the Security Trustee, the Arranger, the Account Bank and any Lender, whether as at the date of this Agreement or at any later time;
Default Rate” means that rate of interest per annum which is determined in accordance with the provisions of Clause 7.2;
DOC” means a document of compliance issued to an Operator in accordance with rule 13 of the ISM Code;
Dollars” and “$” means the lawful currency for the time being of the United States of America;
Drawdown Date” means the date, being a Business Day falling not later than the Latest Permissible Drawdown Date on which a Tranche is or, as the context may require, shall be advanced to the Borrowers;
Drawdown Notice” means a notice in the form set out in Schedule 2 (or in any other form which the Agent approves or reasonably requires);
Earnings” means, in relation to a Ship, all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to the relevant Borrower owning that Ship or (as the case may be) to the Security Trustee pursuant to the General Assignment and which arise out of the use or operation of that Ship, including (but not limited to):

(a)
all freight, hire and passage moneys, compensation payable to that
5


Borrower or (as the case may be) to the Security Trustee pursuant to the General Assignment in the event of requisition of such Ship for hire, remuneration for salvage and towage services, demurrage and detention moneys and damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of such Ship;

(b)
all moneys which are at any time payable under Insurances in respect of loss of earnings;

(c)
contributions of any nature whatsoever in respect of general average; and

(d)
if and whenever such Ship is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) above are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to that Ship;
Earnings Account(s)” means, in relation to a Ship, one or more Accounts opened or to be opened in the name of the Borrower owning that Ship with the Account Bank, which is designated by the Agent, as an Earnings Account for that Ship for the purposes of this Agreement;
EEA Member Country” means any member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway;
Environmental Approval” means any consent, authorisation, licence or approval of any governmental or public body or authorities or courts applicable to any Ship or her operation or the carriage of cargo and/or passengers thereon and/or provisions of goods and/or services on or from that Ship required under any Environmental Law;
Environmental Claim” means any and all enforcement, clean up, removal or other governmental or regulatory actions or orders instituted or completed pursuant to any Environmental Law or any Environmental Approval together with claims made by any third party relating to damage, contribution, loss or injury, resulting from any actual or threatened emission, spill, release or discharge of a Material of Environmental Concern from any Ship;
Environmental Laws” means all national, international and state laws, rules, regulations, treaties and conventions applicable to any vessel owned, managed or crewed by or chartered to any Relevant Party pertaining to the pollution or protection of human health or the environment including, without limitation, the carriage of Materials of Environmental Concern and actual or threatened emissions, spills, releases or discharges of Materials of Environmental Concern from any Ship;
EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the document described as such and published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person) from time to time;
“Evaluation Costs and Expenses” means the amounts to be paid by the Borrowers under Clause 20.1 (a) hereof;
6


Event of Default” means any of the events or circumstances described in Clause 19.1;
Existing Facility means a term loan facility in the amount of (originally) $15,000,000 made available by the Lenders listed in Schedule 1 of the Existing Loan Agreement to Borrower A, pursuant to the Existing Loan Agreement, out of which the principal amount remaining outstanding currently is $12,885,000;
Existing Loan Agreement” means a term loan facility agreement dated 1 October 2018 made between Borrower A and the Lenders listed in Schedule 1 thereto;
Existing Finance Documents” means the Finance Documents, as defined in the Existing Loan Agreement;
Existing Indebtedness” means the aggregate amount of moneys owing to Eurobank S.A. under the Existing Loan Agreement;
FATCA” means:

(a)
sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations or other official guidance;

(b)
any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance enacted in any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of paragraph (a) above; or

(c)
any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction;
FATCA Deduction” means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA;
FATCA Exempt Party” means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction;
FATCA FFI” means a foreign financial institution as defined in section 1471(d)(4) of the Code which, if any Creditor Party is not a FATCA Exempt Party, could be required to make a FATCA Deduction;
Final Maturity Date” means the date falling on the earlier of (a) the sixth anniversary of the Drawdown Date of the second Tranche and (b) 28 February 2027;
Finance Documents” means:

(a)
this Agreement;

(b)
the Agency and Trust Deed;

(c)
the Guarantee;
7



(d)
the Accounts Pledges;

(e)
the Mortgages;

(f)
the General Assignments;

(g)
any Charter Assignment;

(h)
the Approved Manager’s Undertakings;

(i)
the Guarantor’s Undertaking-Assignments; and

(j)
any other document (whether creating a Security Interest or not) which is executed at any time by the Borrowers or any other person as security for, or to establish any form of subordination or priorities arrangement in relation to, any amount payable to the Lenders under this Agreement or any of the documents referred to in this definition;
Financial Indebtedness” means, in relation to a person (the “debtor”), a liability of the debtor:

(a)
for principal, interest or any other sum payable in respect of any moneys borrowed or raised by the debtor;

(b)
under any loan stock, bond, note or other security issued by the debtor;

(c)
under any acceptance credit, guarantee or letter of credit facility made available to the debtor;

(d)
under a financial lease, a deferred purchase consideration arrangement or any other agreement having the commercial effect of a borrowing or raising of money by the debtor;

(e)
under any interest or currency swap or any other kind of derivative transaction entered into by the debtor or, if the agreement under which any such transaction is entered into requires netting of mutual liabilities, the liability of the debtor for the net amount; or

(f)
under a guarantee, indemnity or similar obligation entered into by the debtor in respect of a liability of another person which would fall within (a) to (e) if the references to the debtor referred to the other person;
Financial Year” means, in relation to the Borrowers, each period of 1 year commencing on 1 January in respect of which their accounts are or ought to be prepared;
GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles as from time to time in effect in the United States of America;
General Assignment” means, in relation to a Ship, a first priority deed of assignment collateral to the Mortgage registered or to be registered thereon, executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the relevant Borrower owning that Ship in favour of the Security Trustee, whereby such Borrower shall assign to the Security Trustee the Insurances, the Earnings and any Requisition Compensation of that Ship, in such form as the Agent (acting
8


on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) may approve or require, as the same may from time to time be amended and/or supplemented and respective notices of assignment and acknowledgements thereof;
“Group” means the Guarantor and its subsidiaries (including the Borrowers);
“Guarantee” means the guarantee and indemnity given or, as the context may require, to be given by the Guarantor in favour of the Security Trustee in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, as security for the Secured Liabilities and any and all obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement;
“Guarantor” means EURODRY LTD. being a company incorporated in accordance with the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960 or any other legal entity nominated by the Borrowers and accepted by the Agent which have, or as the context may require, shall or may at any time guarantee the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement and/or those of the other Security Parties to the Lenders and/or any other Creditor Party;
Guarantor’s Undertaking-Assignment” means, in relation to a Ship, an undertaking to the Security Trustee in respect of that Ship executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the Guarantor, being nominated as co-assured in the insurance policies for the Ships whereby the Guarantor would undertake throughout the Security Period, to subordinate any and all claims it may have against the Borrowers and/or the Ships to the claims of the Lenders under the Loan Agreement and the Finance Documents and would incorporate also a first priority assignment of all the rights which the Guarantor may have in the Insurances relating to the Ships (other than the right to be reimbursed for P&I claims under the “pay and be paid” rule);
IACS” means the International Association of Classification Societies;
Insurances” means, in relation to a Ship:

(a)
all policies and contracts of insurance, including entries of a Ship in any protection and indemnity or war risks association, which are effected in respect of that Ship, the Earnings or otherwise in relation to that Ship whether before, on or after the date of this Agreement; and

(b)
all rights and other assets relating to, or derived from, any of the foregoing, including any rights to a return of a premium;
Interbank Market” means the London interbank market;
Interest Payment Date” means in respect of the Loan or any part thereof in respect of which a separate Interest Period is fixed the last day of the relevant Interest Period and in case of any Interest Period longer than three (3) months the date(s) falling at successive three (3) monthly intervals during such longer Interest Period and the last day of such Interest Period;
Interest Period” means in relation to the Loan or any part thereof, each period for the calculation of interest in respect of the Loan ascertained in accordance with Clause 6.;
9


ISM Code” means the International Safety Management Code (including the guidelines on its implementation), adopted by the International Maritime Organisation Assembly as Resolutions A.741 (18) (as amended by MSC 104 (73)) and A.913(22) (superseding Resolution A.788(19)), as the same may be amended, supplemented or superseded from time to time (and the terms “safety management system”, “Safety Management Certificate” and “Document of Compliance” have the same meanings as are given to them in the ISM Code);
ISPS Code” means the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code adopted by the International Maritime Organisation (as the same may be amended, supplemented or superseded from time to time);
ISSC” means a valid and current International Ship Security Certificate issued under the ISPS Code;
“Latest Permissible Drawdown Date” means the 28th February 2021, being the latest date for drawdown of both Tranches pursuant to Clause 2 hereof;
Lender” means, subject to Clause 26.6:

(a)
a bank or financial institution listed in Schedule 1 and acting through its branch indicated in Schedule 1 (or through another branch notified to the Borrowers under Clause 26.14), its successor or assign, unless it has delivered a Transfer Certificate or Certificates covering the entire amounts of its Commitment and its Contribution; and

(b)
the holder for the time being of a valid Transfer Certificate;
“LIBOR” means, for an Interest Period:

(a)
the applicable Screen Rate at or about 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Day for Dollars and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period then applicable to the Loan or that part of the Loan; or

(b)
in case of Screen Rate Replacement Event, the Replacement Benchmark on the Quotation Day for Dollars and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period
and if, in either case, that rate is less than zero, LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero;
Major Casualty” means, in relation to a Ship, any casualty to that Ship in respect of which the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds $500,000 or the equivalent in any other currency;
Majority Lenders” means:

(a)
before the Loan has been made, Lenders whose Commitments are equal to or greater than 66 ⅔ per cent. of the Total Commitments; and

(b)
after the Loan has been made, Lenders whose Contributions are equal to or greater than 66 ⅔ per cent. of the Loan;
10


“Management Agreements” means the agreements made between each Borrower and the Manager providing (inter alia) for the Manager to manage each Ship and each a “Management Agreement”);
Mandatory Costs” shall have the meaning given to it in Clause 21.8;
Margin” means two point seventy five per cent (2.75%) per annum;
“Market Value” means, in relation to a Ship, the market value of that Ship determined not earlier than one month prior to the Drawdown Date of the Tranche related to that Ship and at least once a year thereafter by one separate, independent and reputable first class sale and purchase broker, appointed by and reporting to the Agent certifying the market value of such Ship on the basis of the value of that Ship charter free at the expense of the Borrowers in accordance with Clause 15.4 and 15.9 hereof;
Material Adverse Change” means any event or series of events which, in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders, has or will have a Material Adverse Effect;
Material Adverse Effect” means, in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders, a material adverse effect on:

(a)
the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Borrowers or any other Security Party (other than the Approved Manager); or

(b)
the ability of the Borrowers or any other Security Party (other than the Approved Manager) to perform its respective obligations under the Finance Documents to which they are a party; or

(c)
the validity or enforceability of, or the effectiveness or ranking of, any Security Interest granted pursuant to any of the Finance Documents or the rights or remedies of any Creditor Party under any of the Finance Documents;
Maximum Facility Amount” means an amount equal to the lesser of (i) $26,700,000 and (ii) 62% of the aggregate Market Value of the Ships;
“Minimum Liquidity” means, at any time, free and unencumbered minimum liquidity balances of at least Three Hundred Five Thousand Dollars ($350,000) per Ship which is to be held during the Security Period in an account opened or to be opened with the Lenders or the Agent or the Account Bank in the name of a Borrower or the Guarantor to be assessed on an annual average basis;
month” means a period beginning in one calendar month and ending in the next calendar month on the day numerically corresponding to the day of the calendar month on which it started, provided that (i) if the period started on the last Banking Day in a calendar month or if there is no such numerically corresponding day, it shall end on the last Banking Day in such next calendar month and (ii) if such numerically corresponding day is not a Banking Day, the period shall end on the next following Banking Day in the same calendar month but if there is no such Banking Day it shall end on the preceding Banking Day and “months” and “monthly” shall be construed accordingly;
11


Mortgage” or “Mortgages” means, in relation to a Ship, the first priority or first preferred ship mortgage (as the case may be) on such Ship executed or to be executed by the relevant Borrower owning such Ship in favour of the Security Trustee under an Approved Flag (and Deed of Covenant collateral thereto if applicable), in such form as the Security Trustee may approve or require, as the same may from time to time be amended and/or supplemented;
Mortgaged Ship” means, at any relevant time, any Ship which is at such time subject to a Mortgage and/or the Earnings, Insurances and Requisition Compensation of which are subject to a Security Interest pursuant to the relevant Finance Documents and a Ship shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, be deemed to be a Mortgaged Ship as from whichever shall be the earlier of (a) the Drawdown Date of the Tranche related to that Ship and (b) the date that the Mortgage of that Ship shall have been executed and registered in accordance with this Agreement until whichever shall be the earlier of (i) the payment in full of the amount required to be prepaid pursuant to Clause 8.8 (Mandatory prepayment) as a result of the sale or Total Loss of such Ship and (ii) the date on which all moneys owing under the Finance Documents have been repaid in full;
Negotiation Period” has the meaning given in Clause 5.8;
“Net Worth” means the value of the total assets of the Guarantor minus total liabilities, as expressed in its financial statements;
Notifying Lender” has the meaning given in Clause 23.1;
Operator” means any person who is from time to time during the Security Period concerned in the operation of the Ships (or any of them) and falls within the definition of “Company” set out in rule 1.1.2. of the ISM Code;
Participating Member State” means any member state of the European Union that has the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union;
Party” means a party to this Agreement or a Finance Document (together the “Parties”).
PATRIOT Act” means the United States Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Improvement and Reauthorization Act of 2005 (H.R. 3199);
Payment Currency” has the meaning given in Clause 21.5;
Permitted Security Interests” means:

(a)
Security Interests created by the Finance Documents;

(b)
liens for unpaid crew’s wages in accordance with usual maritime practice;

(c)
liens for salvage;

(d)
liens arising by operation of law for not more than 2 months’ prepaid hire under any charter in relation to a Ship not prohibited by this Agreement;
12



(e)
liens for master’s disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of trading and any other lien arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of the operation, repair or maintenance of a Ship, provided such liens do not secure amounts more than 30 days overdue (unless the overdue amount is being contested by the owner of such Ship in good faith by appropriate steps) and subject, in the case of liens for repair or maintenance, to Clause 14.12(h);

(f)
any Security Interest created in favour of a plaintiff or defendant in any action of the court or tribunal before whom such action is brought as security for costs and expenses where a Borrower is prosecuting or defending such action in good faith by appropriate steps; and

(g)
Security Interests arising by operation of law in respect of taxes which are not overdue for payment other than taxes being contested in good faith by appropriate steps and in respect of which appropriate reserves have been made;
Potential Event of Default” means an event or circumstance which, with the giving of any notice, the lapse of time and/or the satisfaction of any other condition, would constitute an Event of Default;
Quotation Day” means, in relation to any Interest Period for which an interest rate is to be determined, two London Business Days before the first day of that period unless market practice differs in the Interbank Market for a currency, in which case the Quotation Day for that currency shall be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Interbank Market on more than one (1) day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days);
Relevant Jurisdiction” means, in relation to the Borrowers or any other Security Party:

(a)
its jurisdiction of incorporation;

(b)
any jurisdiction where any Charged Property owned by it is situated;

(c)
any jurisdiction where it conducts its business; and

(d)
any jurisdiction whose laws govern the perfection of any of the Finance Documents entered into by it.
“Relevant Nominating Body” means any applicable central bank, regulator or other supervisory authority or a group of them, or any working group or committee sponsored or chaired by, or constituted at the request of, any of them.
Repayment Date” means a date on which a repayment is required to be made under Clause 8;
“Repayment Instalment” means each instalment of the Loan which becomes due for repayment by the Borrowers on a Repayment Date pursuant to Clause 8;
Replacement Benchmark” means a benchmark rate which is:
13



(a)
formally designated, nominated or recommended as the replacement for the Screen Rate by:

(i)
the administrator of the Screen Rate (provided that the market or economic reality that such benchmark rate measures is the same as that measured by the Screen Rate); or

(ii)
any Relevant Nominating Body,
and if replacements have, at the relevant time, been formally designated, nominated or recommended under both paragraphs, the “Replacement Benchmark” will be the replacement under paragraph (ii) above; and

(b)
in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Borrowers, generally accepted in the international or any relevant domestic syndicated loan markets as the appropriate successor to the Screen Rate; or

(c)
in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Borrowers, an appropriate successor to the Screen Rate.
Requisition Compensation” includes all compensation or other moneys payable by reason of any act or event such as is referred to in paragraph (b) of the definition of “Total Loss”;
Resolution Authority” means any body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers;
Restricted Party” means a person that is:

(a)
listed on, owned or controlled by a person listed on, or acting on behalf of a person listed on, any Sanctions List; or

(b)
located in, incorporated under the laws of, or owned or (directly or indirectly) controlled by, or acting on behalf of, a person located in or organised under the laws of a Sanctioned Country; or

(c)
otherwise a target of Sanctions (“target of Sanctions” signifying a person with whom a US person or other national of a Sanctions Authority would be prohibited or restricted by law from engaging in trade, business or other activities or against whom Sanctions are otherwise directed);
Retention Account” means an interest bearing account in the name of the Borrowers with the Lenders and/or the Account Bank, or any other account which is designated by the Agent as the Retention Account at its discretion for the purposes of this Agreement;
Sanctioned Country” means a country or territory that is, or whose government is, the target  of Sanctions broadly prohibiting dealings with such government, country or territory (currently including, without limitation, Cuba, Iran, North Korea Crimea, and Syria).
Sanctions” means any economic, financial or trade sanctions laws, regulations, embargoes or other restrictive measures adopted, administered, enacted or enforced by any Sanctions Authority, or otherwise imposed by any
14


law or regulation to which the Borrowers, any other Security Party and the Bank are subject (which shall include without limitation, any extra-territorial sanctions imposed by law or regulation of the United States of America);
Sanctions Authorities” means together:

(a)
the United States government;

(b)
the United Nations;

(c)
the European Union;

(d)
the United Kingdom; or

(e)
the respective governmental institutions and agencies of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the US Department of Treasury (OFAC), the United States Department of State, and Her Majesty’s Treasury (HMT);
Sanctions List” means the “Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons” list maintained by OFAC, any list maintained by OFAC within its “the Consolidated Sanctions List”, the Consolidated List of Financial Sanctions Targets maintained by HMT, or any similar list maintained by, or public announcement of Sanctions designation made by, any of the Sanctions Authorities;
Screen Rate” means the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for dollars and the relevant period displayed (before any correction, recalculation or republication by the administrator) on pages LIBOR 01 or LIBOR 02 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate), or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters.  If such page or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Borrowers;
Screen Rate Replacement Event” means, in relation to a Screen Rate:

(a)
the methodology, formula or other means of determining that Screen Rate has, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Borrowers, materially changed; or

(b)
any of the following applies:

(i)
either:

(aa)
the administrator of that Screen Rate or its supervisor publicly announces that such administrator is insolvent; or

(bb)
information is published in any order, decree, notice, petition or filing, however described, or filed with a court, tribunal, exchange, regulatory authority or similar administrative, regulatory or judicial body which reasonably confirms that the administrator of that Screen Rate is insolvent,
15


provided that, in each case, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Screen Rate; or

(ii)
the administrator of that Screen Rate publicly announces that it has ceased or will cease, to provide that Screen Rate permanently or indefinitely and, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Screen Rate;

(iii)
the supervisor of the administrator of that Screen Rate publicly announces that such Screen Rate has been or will be permanently or indefinitely discontinued; or

(iv)
the administrator of the Screen Rate or its supervisor announces that the Screen Rate may no longer be used; or

(c)
the administrator of the Screen Rate determines that the Screen Rate should be calculated in accordance with its reduced submissions or other contingency or fallback policies or arrangements and either:

(i)
the circumstance(s) or event(s) leading to such determination are not (in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Borrowers temporary; or

(ii)
that Screen Rate is calculated in accordance with any such policy or arrangements for a period no less that ten Business Days; or

(d)
in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Borrowers, the Screen Rate is otherwise no longer appropriate for the purposes of calculating interest under this Agreement.
Secured Liabilities” means all liabilities which any Security Party, at the date of this Agreement or at any later time or times, has under or by virtue of any Finance Document and in the case of the Approved Manager under or by virtue of the Approved Manager’s Undertaking-Assignment or any judgment relating to any Finance Document; and for this purpose, there shall be disregarded any total or partial discharge of these liabilities, or variation of their terms, which is effected by, or in connection with, any bankruptcy, liquidation, arrangement or other procedure under the insolvency laws of any country;
Security Interest” means:

(a)
any mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating) or pledge, any maritime or other lien or any other security interest of any kind;

(b)
the rights of the plaintiff under an action in rem in which the vessel concerned has been arrested or a writ has been issued or similar step taken; and

(c)
any arrangement entered into by a person (A) the effect of which is to place another person (B) in a position which is similar, in economic terms, to the position in which B would have been had he held a security interest over an asset of A; but (c) does not apply to a right of set off or combination of accounts conferred by the standard terms of business of a bank or financial institution.
16


Security Party” means the Borrowers, the Guarantor, the Approved Manager, and any other person (except a Creditor Party) who, as a surety or mortgagor, as a party to any subordination or priorities arrangement, or in any similar capacity, executes a document falling within paragraph (j) of the definition of “Finance Documents”;
Security Period” means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on such date as all obligations whatsoever of all of the Security Parties under or pursuant to the Finance Documents whensoever arising have been irrevocably paid, performed and/or complied with;
Security Trustee” means EUROBANK S.A., having its registered office at 8, Othonos Street, Athens, Greece and acting through its office at 83, Akti Miaouli, 185 38 Piraeus, Greece or any successor of it appointed under clause 5 of the Agency and Trust Deed;
Ships” means:

(a)
the m.v. «ALEXANDROS P.», of gross registered tons 35812 and 21224 net registered tons, or thereabouts, built in 2017, and duly documented in the name of Borrower A under the laws of the Republic of Liberia with official number 17150 (“Ship A”);

(b)
the m.v. «XENIA», of gross registered tons 44190 and 27620 net registered tons, or thereabouts, built in 2016, and duly documented in the name of Borrower B under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands with official number 6752 (“Ship B”);
 and a “Ship” means any of them;
Total Loss” means:

(a)
actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of a Ship;

(b)
any expropriation, confiscation, requisition or acquisition of a Ship, whether for full consideration, a consideration less than her proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected by any government or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority, excluding a requisition for hire unless she is within 40 days redelivered to the full control of such Ship’s owner;

(c)
any arrest, capture, seizure or detention of a Ship (including any hijacking or theft) unless she is within 40 days redelivered to the full control of such Ship’s owner;
“Tranche A” means, subject to Clause 2.1, an amount of $12,885,000 to be advanced for the purpose of fully refinancing the current outstanding indebtedness of Borrower A with the Lenders under the Existing Loan Agreement related to Ship A;
“Tranche B” means, subject to Clause 2.1, an amount of up to $13,815,000 for the purpose of fully refinancing the current outstanding indebtedness of Borrower B with Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale under a loan
17


agreement dated 17 February 2016 entered into by Borrower B and said bank related to Ship B and providing the Group with working capital to be used as per Clause 1.1 (iii) of this Agreement;
“Tranches” means together Tranche A and Tranche B, and and Tranche means any of them.
Transfer Certificate” has the meaning given in Clause 26.2;
Trust Property” has the meaning given in clause 3.1 of the Agency and Trust Deed; and
UK Bail-In Legislation means (to the extent that the United Kingdom is not an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or implements, Article 55 BRRD) Part 1 of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 and any other law or regulation applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutes or their Affiliates (otherwise than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings);
US Tax Obligor” means:

(a)
a Borrower which is resident for tax purposes in the United States of America; or

(b)
a Security Party some or all of whose payments under the Finance Documents are from sources within the United States for US Federal income tax purposes.
Write-down and Conversion Powers” means:

(a)
in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule;

(b)
in relation to any other applicable Bail-In Legislation:

(i)
any powers under that Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or Affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and

(ii)
any similar or analogous powers under that Bail-In Legislation; and

(c)
in relation to any UK Bail-In Legislation:
18



(i)
any powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or Affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and

(ii)
any similar or analogous powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation.
1.3
Construction of certain terms.  In this Agreement:
approved”  means, for the purposes of Clause 13, approved in writing by the Agent;
asset” includes every kind of property, asset, interest or right, including any present, future or contingent right to any revenues or other payment;
company” includes any partnership, joint venture and unincorporated association;
consent” includes an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, registration, notarisation and legalisation;
contingent liability” means a liability which is not certain to arise and/or the amount of which remains unascertained;
document” includes a deed; also a letter, fax or electronic mail;
excess risks”  means the proportion of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies in respect of a Ship in consequence of her insured value being less than the value at which that Ship is assessed for the purpose of such claims;
expense” means any kind of cost, charge or expense (including all legal costs, charges and expenses) and any value added or other tax applicable thereon;
law” includes any form of delegated legislation, any order or decree, any treaty or international convention and any regulation or resolution of the Council of the European Union, the European Commission, the United Nations or its Security Council;
legal or administrative action” means any legal proceeding or arbitration and any administrative or regulatory action or investigation;
liability” includes every kind of debt or liability (present or future, certain or contingent), whether incurred as principal or surety or otherwise;
months”  shall be construed in accordance with Clause 1.4;
19


obligatory insurances”  means all insurances effected, or which a Borrower is obliged to effect, under Clause 13 below or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document;
parent company”  has the meaning given in Clause 1.5;
person”  includes any company; any state, political sub-division of a state and local or municipal authority; and any international organisation;
policy”, in relation to any insurance, includes a slip, cover note, certificate of entry or other document evidencing the contract of insurance or its terms;
protection and indemnity risks”  means the usual risks covered by a protection and indemnity association managed in London, including pollution risks and the proportion (if any) of any sums payable to any other person or persons in case of collision which are not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies by reason of the incorporation therein of clause 1 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls)(1/10/83) or clause 8 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/11/1995) or the Institute Amended Running Down Clause (1/10/71) or any equivalent provision in the Norwegian Marine Insurance Plan;
regulation” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (either having the force of law or compliance with which is reasonable in the ordinary course of business of the party concerned) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self‑regulatory or other authority or organisation;
subsidiary”  has the meaning given in Clause 1.5;
successor” includes any person who is entitled (by assignment, novation, merger or otherwise) to any other person’s rights under this Agreement or any other Finance Document (or any interest in those rights) or who, as administrator, liquidator or otherwise, is entitled to exercise those rights; and in particular references to a successor include a person to whom those rights (or any interest in those rights) are transferred or pass as a result of a merger, division, reconstruction or other reorganisation of it or any other person;
tax”  includes any present or future tax, duty, impost, levy or charge of any kind which is imposed by any state, any political sub-division of a state or any local or municipal authority (including any such imposed in connection with exchange controls), and any connected penalty, interest or fine; and
war risks”  includes the risk of mines and all risks excluded by clause 23 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) or clause 24 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/11/1995).
1.4
Meaning of “month”.  A period of one or more “months” ends on the day in the relevant calendar month numerically corresponding to the day of the calendar month on which the period started (“the numerically corresponding day”), but:
(a)
on the Business Day following the numerically corresponding day if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day or, if there is no later Business Day in the same calendar month, on the Business Day preceding the numerically corresponding day; or
20


(b)
on the last Business Day in the relevant calendar month, if the period started on the last Business Day in a calendar month or if the last calendar month of the period has no numerically corresponding day;
and “month” and “monthly” shall be construed accordingly.
1.5
Meaning of “subsidiary”. A company (S) is a subsidiary of another company (P) if:
(a)
a majority of the issued shares in S (or a majority of the issued shares in S which carry unlimited rights to capital and income distributions) are directly owned by P or are indirectly attributable to P; or
(b)
P has direct or indirect control over a majority of the voting rights attached to the issued shares of S; or
(c)
P has the direct or indirect power to appoint or remove a majority of the directors of S; or
(d)
P otherwise has the direct or indirect power to ensure that the affairs of S are conducted in accordance with the wishes of P;
and any company of which S is a subsidiary is a parent company of S.
1.6
General Interpretation.
(a)
In this Agreement:

(i)
references to, or to a provision of, a Finance Document or any other document are references to it as amended or supplemented, whether before the date of this Agreement or otherwise;

(ii)
references to, or to a provision of, any law include any amendment, extension, re-enactment or replacement, whether made before the date of this Agreement or otherwise; and

(iii)
words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa.
(b)
Clauses 1.1 to 1.4 and paragraph (a) of this Clause 1.6 apply unless the contrary intention appears.
(c)
References in Clause 1.1 to a document being in the form of a particular Appendix include references to that form with any modifications to that form which the Agent (with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders in the case of substantial modifications) approves or reasonably requires.
(d)
The clause headings shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.
1.7
Event of Default.  A Potential Event of Default and/or an Event of Default are “continuing” if either of them has not been remedied or waived.
1.8
Joint and several liability
(a)
All obligations, covenants, representations, warranties and undertakings in or pursuant to the Finance Documents assumed, given, made or entered into by
21


the Borrowers shall, unless otherwise expressly provided, be assumed, given, made or entered into by the Borrowers jointly and severally.
(b)
Each of the Borrowers agrees that any rights which it may have at any time during the Security Period by reason of the performance of its obligations under the Finance Documents to be indemnified by any other Borrower and/or to take the benefit of any security taken by the Agent pursuant to the Finance Documents shall be exercised in such manner and on such terms as the Agent may require.  Each of the Borrowers agrees to hold any sums received by it until the end of the Security Period as a result of its having exercised any such right on trust for the Agent absolutely.
(c)
Each of the Borrowers agrees that it will not at any time during the Security Period claim any set off or counterclaim against any other Borrower in respect of any liability owed to it by that other Borrower under or in connection with the Finance Documents, nor prove in competition with the Lenders in any liquidation of (or analogous proceeding in respect of) any other Borrower in respect of any payment made under the Finance Documents or in respect of any sum which includes the proceeds of realisation of any security held by the Agent for the repayment of the Indebtedness.
2.
LOAN
2.1
Amount of loan.  Subject to the satisfaction of all conditions precedent and in reliance on the representations and warranties made in or in accordance with them and furthermore subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the Lenders shall make available to the Borrowers in up to two (2) advances, one per each Tranche a principal amount being the lesser of $26,700,000 and up to 62% of the aggregate charter free Market Value of the Ships.
2.2
Lenders’ participations in Loan.  Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, each Lender shall participate in the Loan in the proportion which, as at the relevant Drawdown Date, its Commitment bears to the Total Commitments.
2.3
Purpose of Loan.  The Borrowers undertake with each Creditor Party to use the Loan only for the purpose stated in Clause 1.1 to this Agreement.
3.
POSITION OF THE LENDERS
3.1
Interests of Lenders several. The rights of the Lenders under this Agreement (but without prejudice to the provisions of this Agreement relating to or requiring action by the Majority Lenders) are several; accordingly each Lender shall have the right to protect and enforce its rights arising out of this Agreement and it shall not be necessary for any other Lender and/or any other Creditor Party to be joined as an additional party in any proceedings for this purpose.
3.2
Independent action by a Lender. None of the Lenders shall enforce, exercise any rights, remedies or powers or grant any consents or releases under or pursuant to, or otherwise have a direct recourse to the security and/or guarantees constituted by any of the Finance Documents without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders but, provided such consent has been obtained, it shall not be necessary for any other Lender to be joined as an additional party in any proceedings for this purpose.
22


3.3
Obligations of Lenders several.  The obligations of the Lenders under this Agreement are several; and a failure of a Lender to perform its obligations under this Agreement to which it is a party shall not result in:
(a)
the obligations of the other Lenders being increased; nor
(b)
the Borrowers, any Security Party, any other Lender being discharged (in whole or in part) from its obligations under any Finance Document,
and in no circumstances shall a Lender have any responsibility for a failure of another Lender to perform its obligations under this Agreement.
3.4
Parties bound by certain actions of Majority Lenders.  Every Lender and any other Creditor Party, the Borrowers and each Security Party shall be bound by:
(a)
any determination made, or action taken, by the Majority Lenders under any provision of a Finance Document;
(b)
any instruction or authorisation given by the Majority Lenders to the Agent or the Security Trustee under or in connection with any Finance Document;
(c)
any action taken (or in good faith purportedly taken) by the Agent or the Security Trustee in accordance with such an instruction or authorisation.
3.5
Reliance on action of Agent.  The Borrowers and each Security Party shall be entitled to assume that the Majority Lenders have duly given any instruction or authorisation which, under any provision of a Finance Document, is required in relation to any action which the Agent has taken or is about to take.
3.6
Construction.  In Clauses 3.4 and 3.5 references to action taken include (without limitation) the granting of any waiver or consent, an approval of any document and an agreement to any matter.
4.
DRAWDOWN
4.1
Request for Loan.  Subject to the following conditions, the Borrowers may request each Tranche to be advanced by ensuring that the Agent receives the relevant Drawdown Notice not later than 10.00 a.m. (London time) 2 Business Days prior to the intended Drawdown Date of each Tranche.
4.2
Availability.  The conditions referred to in Clause 4.1 are that:
(a)
the Drawdown Date has to be a Business Day up to and including the Latest Permissible Drawdown Date; and
(b)
the amount of the Loan shall not exceed the lesser of (i) $26,700,000 and (ii) 62% of the aggregate Market Value of the Ships as determined up to thirty days prior to the Drawdown Date of each Tranche; and
(c)
the Borrowers have complied with the provisions of Clause 9.1 with respect to the Loan.
23


4.3
Notification to Lenders of receipt of the Drawdown Notice.  The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders that it has received the relevant Drawdown Notice and shall inform each Lender of:
(a)
the amount of the relevant Tranche and relevant Drawdown Date;
(b)
the amount of that Lender’s participation in the relevant Tranche; and
(c)
the duration of the first Interest Period.
4.4
Drawdown Notice irrevocable.  The relevant Drawdown Notice must be signed by a director or other authorised person of the Borrowers; and once served, the relevant Drawdown Notice cannot be revoked without the prior consent of the Agent, acting on the authority of the Majority Lenders.
4.5
Lenders to make available Contributions.  Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, each Lender shall, on and with value on the relevant Drawdown Date, make available to the Agent for the account of the Borrowers the amount due from that Lender on the relevant Drawdown Date under Clause 2.2.
4.6
Disbursement of Loan.  Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Agent shall on the relevant Drawdown Date pay to the Borrowers the amounts which the Agent receives from the Lenders under Clause 4.5; and that payment to the Borrowers shall be made:
(a)
to the account which the Borrowers specify in the relevant Drawdown Notice; and
(b)
in the same funds as the Agent received the payments from the Lenders.
4.7
Disbursement of Loan to third party.   The relevant payment by the Agent under Clause 4.6 shall constitute the advancement of each Tranche and the Borrowers shall thereupon become indebted, as principal and direct obligors, to each Lender in an amount equal to that Lender’s Contribution.
5.
INTEREST
5.1
Payment of normal interest.  Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, interest on the Loan in respect of each Interest Period shall be paid by the Borrowers on the last day of that Interest Period.
5.2
Normal rate of interest.  Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the rate of interest on the Loan in respect of an Interest Period shall be the aggregate of the Margin and LIBOR for that Interest Period.
5.3
Payment of accrued interest.  In the case of an Interest Period longer than 3 months, accrued interest shall be paid every 3 months during that Interest Period and on the last day of that Interest Period.
5.4
Notification of Interest Periods and rates of normal interest.  The Agent shall notify the Borrowers and each Lender of:
(a)
each rate of interest; and
(b)
the duration of each Interest Period;
24


as soon as reasonably practicable after each is determined.
5.5
Market disruption.  The following provisions of this Clause 5.5 apply if:
(a)
at least one Business Day before the start of an Interest Period, Lenders having Contributions together amounting to more than 40 per cent. of the Loan (or, if the Loan or part thereof has not been advanced, Commitments amounting to more than 40 per cent. of the Total Commitments) notify the Agent that LIBOR fixed by the Agent would not accurately reflect the cost to those Lenders of funding their respective Contributions (or any part of them) during the Interest Period in the London Interbank Dollar Market at or about 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the second Business Day before the commencement of the Interest Period (provided always that any such notifications by any such Lenders shall be duly substantiated); or
(b)
at least one Business Day before the start of an Interest Period, the Agent is notified by a Lender (the “Affected Lender”) that for any reason it is unable to obtain Dollars in the London Interbank Market in order to fund its Contribution (or any part of it) during the Interest Period.
5.6
Notification of market disruption. The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers and each of the Lenders stating the circumstances falling within Clause 5.5 which have caused its notice to be given.
5.7
Suspension of drawdown.  If the Agent’s notice under Clause 5.6 is served before a relevant Tranche is advanced:
(a)
in a case falling within paragraph (a) of Clause 5.5, the Lenders’ obligations to advance the relevant Tranche;
(b)
in a case falling within paragraph (b) of Clause 5.5, the Affected Lender’s obligation to participate in the relevant Tranche;
shall be suspended while the circumstances referred to in the Agent’s notice continue.
5.8
Negotiation of alternative rate of interest.  If the Agent’s notice under Clause 5.6 is served after a relevant Tranche is advanced, the Borrowers, the Agent and the Lenders or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender shall use reasonable endeavours to agree, within 30 Business Days after the date on which the Agent serves its notice under Clause 5.6 (the “Negotiation Period”), an alternative interest rate or (as the case may be) an alternative basis for the Lenders or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender to fund or continue to fund their or its Contribution during the Interest Period concerned.
5.9
Application of agreed alternative rate of interest.  Any alternative interest rate or an alternative basis which is agreed during the Negotiation Period shall take effect in accordance with the terms agreed.
5.10
Alternative rate of interest in absence of agreement.  If an alternative interest rate or alternative basis is not agreed within the Negotiation Period, and the relevant  circumstances are continuing at the end of the Negotiation Period, then the Agent shall, with the agreement of each Lender or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender, set an interest period and interest rate representing the cost of funding of the Lenders or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender in Dollars or in any available
25


currency of their or its Contribution plus the Margin; and the procedure provided for by this Clause 5.10 shall be repeated if the relevant circumstances are continuing at the end of the interest period so set by the Agent.
5.11
Notice of prepayment.  If the Borrowers do not agree with an interest rate set by the Agent under Clause 5.10, the Borrowers may give the Agent not less than 15 Business Days’ notice of their intention to prepay the Loan or, as the case may be, the Affected Lender’s Contribution at the end of the interest period set by the Agent.
5.12
Prepayment; termination of Commitments.  A notice under Clause 5.11 shall be irrevocable; the Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders or (as the case may require) the Affected Lender of the Borrowers’ notice of intended prepayment; and:
(a)
on the date on which the Agent serves that notice, the Total Commitments or (as the case may require) the relevant Contribution of the Affected Lender shall be cancelled; and
(b)
on the last Business Day of the interest period set by the Agent, the Borrowers shall prepay (without premium or penalty) the Loan or, as the case may be, the Affected Lender’s Contribution, together with accrued interest thereon at the applicable rate plus the Margin.
5.13
Application of prepayment.  The provisions of Clause 8 shall apply in relation to the prepayment.
5.14
Replacement of Screen Rate.
5.14.1
If a Screen Rate Replacement Event has occurred in relation to the Screen Rate for dollars, any amendment or waiver which relates to:
(a)
providing for the use of a Replacement Benchmark in relation to that currency in place of that Screen Rate; and
(b)
all or any of the following:

(i)
aligning any provision of any Finance Document to the use of that Replacement Benchmark;

(ii)
enabling that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the calculation of interest under this Agreement (including, without limitation, any consequential changes required to enable that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the purposes of this Agreement);

(iii)
implementing market conventions applicable to that Replacement Benchmark;

(iv)
providing for appropriate fallback (and market disruption) provisions for that Replacement Benchmark; or

(v)
adjusting the pricing to reduce or eliminate, to the extent reasonably practicable, any transfer of economic value from one party to another as a result of the application of that Replacement Benchmark (and if any adjustment or method for calculating any adjustment has been formally designated, nominated or recommended by the Relevant Nominating Body, the adjustment shall be determined on the basis of that
26


designation, nomination or recommendation),
may be made with the consent of the Lenders and the Borrowers.
5.14.2
If any Lender fails to respond to a request for an amendment or waiver described in, or for any other vote of Lenders in relation to, Clause 5.14.1 within ten Business Days (or such longer period in relation to any request which the Borrowers and the Agent may agree) of that request being made:
(a)
its Commitment(s) shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments under the Loan when ascertaining whether any relevant percentage of Total Commitments has been obtained to approve that request; and
(b)
its status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve that request.
6.
INTEREST PERIODS
6.1
Commencement of Interest Periods. The initial Interest Period in respect of Tranche A shall commence on the Drawdown Date of Tranche A and will have a duration as per the relevant Drawdown Notice. The initial Interest Period in respect of Tranche B shall commence on the Drawdown Notice of Tranche B and shall terminate on the last day of the immediately preceding interest period relating to Tranche A whereas both Tranches will be amalgamated. Each subsequent Interest Period shall commence on the expiry of the preceding Interest Period;
6.2
Duration of normal Interest Periods.  Subject to Clauses 6.3 and 6.4, each Interest Period shall be:
(a)
3 or 6 months as notified by the Borrowers to the Agent not later than 11.00 am (London time) 3 Business Days before the commencement of the initial Interest Period or, at the sole discretion of the Lenders of longer than 6 months at the Borrowers’ request; or
(b)
3 months, if the Borrowers fail to notify the Agent by the time specified in paragraph (a); or
(c)
such other period as the Agent may, with the Majority Lenders’ authority, agree with the Borrowers.
6.3
Duration of Interest Periods for repayment instalments. In respect of an amount due to be repaid under Clause 8 on a particular Repayment Date, an Interest Period shall end on that Repayment Date. No Interest Period shall extend beyond the final Repayment Date.
6.4
Non-availability of matching deposits for Interest Period selected.  If, after the Borrowers have selected and the Lenders have agreed to an Interest Period, any Lender notifies the Agent by 10:00 a.m. (London time) on the second Business Day before the commencement of the Interest Period that it is not satisfied that deposits in Dollars for a period equal to the Interest Period will be available to it in the London Interbank Market when the Interest Period commences, then that Interest Period shall have such duration as the Agent after having consulted with the Borrowers may determine.
27


7.
DEFAULT INTEREST
7.1
Payment of default interest on overdue amounts.  The Borrowers shall pay interest in accordance with the following provisions of this Clause 7 on any amount payable by the Borrowers under any Finance Document which the Agent, the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party does not receive on or before the relevant due date for payment thereunder, that is:
(a)
the date on which such Finance Documents provide that such amount is due for payment; or
(b)
if a Finance Document provides that such amount is payable on demand, three (3) days following the date on which the demand is served; or
(c)
if such amount has become immediately due and payable under Clause 19.4, the date on which it became immediately due and payable.
7.2
Default rate of interest and its calculation.  Interest shall accrue on an overdue amount from (and including) the relevant date until the date of actual payment (as well after as before judgment) at the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be two point fifty per cent (2.50%) per annum above the Margin plus, in respect of successive periods of any duration (including at call) up to 3 months which the Agent may select from time to time:

(i)
LIBOR; or

(ii)
if the Agent determines that Dollar deposits for any such period are not being made available to a Lender or (as the case may be) Lenders by leading banks in the London Interbank Market in the ordinary course of business, a rate from time to time determined by the Agent by reference to the cost of funds to the Agent from such other sources as the Agent may from time to time determine.
7.3
Notification of interest periods and default rates. The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrowers of each interest rate determined by the Agent under Clause 7.2 and of each period selected by the Agent for the purposes of that Clause; but this shall not be taken to imply that the Borrowers are liable to pay such interest only with effect from the date of the Agent’s notification.
7.4
Payment of accrued default interest.  Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, any interest due under this Clause shall be paid on the last day of the period by reference to which it was determined; and the payment shall be made to the Agent for the account of the Creditor Party to which the overdue amount is due.
7.5
Compounding of default interest.  Any such interest which is not paid at the end of the period by reference to which it was determined shall thereupon be compounded.
8.
REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT
8.1
Amount of repayment instalments. The Borrowers shall repay the Maximum Facility Amount by twenty four (24) consecutive equal quarterly instalments, each of which shall be in the amount of five hundred thousand Dollars ($500,000) followed by a balloon payment of fourteen million seven hundred thousand Dollars ($14,700,000) (the “Balloon Instalment”).
28


8.2
Repayment Dates.  The first instalment of the Loan shall be repaid on the date falling three (3) months after the Drawdown Date of the second Tranche and each subsequent instalment shall be repaid at three monthly intervals thereafter and the balloon payment shall be repaid concurrently with the twenty fourth and final repayment instalment, which shall be repaid on the final Repayment Date being the date falling on the Final Maturity Date,
Provided always that if the amount of the Loan drawn down hereunder is less than $26,700,000 then the amount of the repayment instalments and of the Balloon Instalment shall be reduced on a pro rata basis.
8.3
Final Repayment Date.  On the final Repayment Date, the Borrowers shall additionally pay to the Lenders all other sums then accrued or owing under any Finance Document.
8.4
Voluntary prepayment.  Subject to the following conditions, the Borrowers may prepay the whole or part of the Loan on the last day of an Interest Period.
8.5
Conditions for voluntary prepayment.  The conditions referred to in Clause 8.4 are that:
(a)
a partial prepayment shall be in the minimum amount of Dollars Two Hundred Fifty Thousand ($250,000) or a multiple thereof;
(b)
the Agent has received from the Borrowers at least ten (10) Business Days prior written confirmative and irrevocable notice specifying the amount to be prepaid in connection with the Loan and the date on which the prepayment is to be made (such date shall be the last day of an Interest Period); and
(c)
the Borrowers have provided evidence satisfactory to the Agent that any consent required by the Borrowers or any Security Party in connection with the prepayment has been obtained and remains in force, and that any requirement relevant to this Agreement which affects the Borrowers or any Security Party has been complied with.
8.6
Effect of notice of prepayment.  A prepayment notice may not be withdrawn or amended without the consent of the Agent, given with the authority of the Majority Lenders, and the amount specified in the prepayment notice shall become due and payable by the Borrowers on the date for prepayment specified in the prepayment notice.
8.7
Notification of notice of prepayment.  The Agent shall notify the Lenders promptly upon receiving a prepayment notice, and shall provide any Lender which so requests with a copy of any document delivered by the Borrowers under Clause 8.5(c).
8.8
Mandatory prepayment in case of Total Loss or sale of a Ship.
(a)
The Borrowers shall, within one hundred eighty (180) days of a Ship becoming a Total Loss or such other later day as may be agreed in writing by the Agent, with the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders, fully prepay the outstanding balance of the portion of the  Loan related to such Ship (as per (c) below)  together with accrued interest to the date of prepayment and all other sums payable by the Borrowers to the Lenders pursuant to this Agreement and the other Finance Documents (and if the relevant portion of the Loan has not been drawn yet, it shall be reduced to zero);
29


(b)
The Borrowers shall immediately upon the sale or refinancing or disposal of a Ship, with the prior written consent of the Lenders and provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, fully prepay the outstanding of the portion of the Loan related to such Ship (as per (c) below) together with accrued interest to the date of prepayment and all other sums payable by the Borrowers to the Lenders pursuant to this Agreement and the other Finance Documents (and if the relevant portion of the Loan has not been drawn yet, it shall be reduced to zero);
(c)
In either case under (a) and (b) of this Clause the Borrowers shall prepay the Loan by the amount required in order for the ratio of the  Market Value of the remaining Ship against the remaining indebtedness under the Loan to be at the same level as that ratio existing prior to the sale or loss of such Ship sold or lost and in any event not less than 120% of the remaining indebtedness and any such prepayment will be applied against reduction of the outstanding repayment instalments for the Loan and the payment of the Balloon Instalment, on a pro rata basis.
8.9
Amounts payable on prepayment.  A prepayment shall be made together with accrued interest (and any other amount payable under Clause 21 below or otherwise) in respect of the Loan and, if the prepayment is not made on the last day of an Interest Period, together with any sums payable under Clause 21.2 but without premium or penalty).
8.10
Application of partial prepayment.  Each partial prepayment shall be applied against the repayment instalments specified in Clause 8.1 (including the balloon payment) in inverse order of maturity starting from the Balloon Instalment.
8.11
No reborrowing.  No amount prepaid or repaid may be re-borrowed.
9.
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
9.1
Documents, fees and no default.  Each Lender’s obligation to contribute to the Loan is subject to the following conditions precedent:
(a)
that, on or before the date of signing of this Agreement, the Agent receives the documents described in Part A of Schedule 3 in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and its lawyers;
(b)
that, on or before the date of drawdown of a Tranche, the Lender receives the documents described in Part B in Schedule 3 in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and its lawyers;
(c)
that, on or before the service of the relevant Drawdown Notice, the Agent receives the fees payable pursuant to Clause 20.(a) (i) and has received payment of the expenses referred to in Clause 20.2;
(d)
that at the date of the relevant Drawdown Notice, at the relevant Drawdown Date on the first day of each Interest Period and on the date of each Compliance Certificate:

(i)
no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the borrowing of the Loan;
30



(ii)
the representations and warranties in Clause 10 and those of the Borrowers or any Security Party which are set out in the other Finance Documents would be true and not misleading in any material respect if repeated on each of those dates with reference to the circumstances then existing;

(iii)
none of the circumstances contemplated by Clause 5.5 has occurred and is continuing;

(iv)
there has not been a Material Adverse Change in the financial position or state of affairs of the Borrowers and/or the Group from that disclosed to the Agent prior to the date of this Agreement;
(e)
that, if the ratio set out in Clause 15.1 were applied immediately following the advancement of each Tranche, the Borrowers would not be obliged to provide additional security or prepay part of the Loan under that Clause; and
(f)
that the Agent has received, and found to be acceptable to it, any further opinions, consents, agreements and documents in connection with the Finance Documents which the Agent (acting reasonably) may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, request by notice to the Borrowers prior to the relevant Drawdown Date.
9.2
Waiver of conditions precedent.  If the Majority Lenders, at their discretion, permit a Tranche to be advanced before certain of the conditions referred to in Clause 9.1 are satisfied, the Borrowers shall ensure that those conditions are satisfied within 5 Business Days after the relevant Drawdown Date (or such longer period as the Agent may, with the authority of the Majority Lenders, specify).
10.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
10.1
General.  The Borrowers represent and warrant to each Creditor Party as follows:
10.2
Status.  Each Borrower is duly incorporated and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its country of incorporation and Borrower B will be in compliance with the Republic of the Marshall Islands Economic Substance Regulation 2018 in accordance with its terms and time frame once the same becomes applicable; neither the Borrowers nor any Security Party is a FATCA FFI or a US Tax Obligor.
10.3
Share capital and ownership.  Each of Borrower A and Borrower B is duly incorporated in Liberia  and the Marshall Islands respectively and has an authorised share capital divided into 500 registered shares and the legal title and beneficial ownership of all those shares is held, free of any Security Interest or other claim by the Guarantor.
10.4
Corporate power.  Each Borrower has the corporate capacity, and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents necessary for it:
(a)
to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and
(b)
to borrow under this Agreement and to make all the payments contemplated by, and to comply with, the Finance Documents to which each Borrower is a Party.
31


10.5
Consents in force.  All the consents referred to in Clause 10.4 remain in force and nothing has occurred which makes any of them liable to revocation.
10.6
Legal validity; effective Security Interests.  The Finance Documents to which each Borrower is a party, do now or, as the case may be, will, upon execution and delivery (and, where applicable, registration as provided for in the Finance Documents):
(a)
constitute that Borrower’s legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against that Borrower in accordance with their respective terms; and
(b)
create legal, valid and binding Security Interests enforceable in accordance with their respective terms over all the assets to which they, by their terms, relate, subject to any relevant insolvency laws affecting creditors’ rights generally.
10.7
No third party Security Interests.  Without limiting the generality of Clause 10.6, at the time of the execution and delivery of each Finance Document:
(a)
the Borrowers will have the right to create all the Security Interests which that Finance Document purports to create; and
(b)
no third party will have any Security Interest (except for Permitted Security Interests) or any other interest, right or claim over, in or in relation to any asset to which any such Security Interest, by its terms, relates.
10.8
No conflicts.  The execution by the Borrowers of each Finance Document to which they are a party, and the borrowing by the Borrowers of the Loan, and its compliance with each Finance Document to which they are a party will not involve or lead to a contravention of:
(a)
any law or regulation in any Relevant Jurisdiction; or
(b)
the constitutional documents of the Borrowers; or
(c)
any contractual or other obligation or restriction which is binding on the Borrowers or any of its assets, and will not have a Material Adverse Effect.
10.9
No withholding taxes.  All payments which the Borrowers are liable to make under the Finance Documents to which any of them is a party may be made without deduction or withholding for or on account of any tax payable under any law of any Relevant Jurisdiction.
10.10
No default.  No Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
10.11
Information.  All information which has been provided in writing by or on behalf of the Borrowers or any Security Party to any Creditor Party in connection with any Finance Document satisfied the requirements of Clause 11.6; all audited and consolidated accounts which have been so provided satisfied the requirements of Clause 11.7; and there has been no Material Adverse Change in the financial position or state of affairs of the Borrowers from that disclosed in the latest of those accounts which constitutes a Material Adverse Effect.
32


10.12
No litigation.  No legal or administrative action involving the Borrowers or any Security Party (including action relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code) has been commenced or taken or, to the Borrowers’ knowledge, is likely to be commenced or taken which, in either case and if determined adversely, would be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
10.13
Compliance with certain undertakings.  At the date of this Agreement, the Borrowers are in compliance with Clauses 11.2, 11.5, 11.9, 11.11 and 11.17.
10.14
Taxes paid.  The Borrowers have paid all taxes applicable to, or imposed on or in relation to them and their business.
10.15
ISM Code and ISPS Code compliance.  All requirements of the ISM Code and the ISPS Code as they relate to the Borrowers, the Approved Manager and the Ships have been complied with.
10.16
No Money Laundering.  Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 2.2, in relation to the borrowing by the Borrowers of the Loan, the performance and discharge of their obligations and liabilities under the Finance Documents, and the transactions and other arrangements effected or contemplated by the Finance Documents to which the Borrowers are a party, the Borrowers confirm that (i) they are acting for their  own account, (ii) that they will use the proceeds of the Loan for their  own benefit, under their full responsibility and exclusively for the purposes specified in this Agreement and (iii) that the foregoing will not involve or lead to contravention of any law, official requirements or other regulatory measure or procedure implemented to combat “money laundering” (as defined in Article 1 of the Directive (91/308/EEC) of the Council of the European Communities).
10.17
Patriot Act.  To the extent applicable to any of the Borrowers, the Borrowers are in compliance with (i) the Trading with the Enemy Act, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 C.F.R., Subtitle B, Chapter V) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto and (ii) the PATRIOT Act. No part of the proceeds of the Loan will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any government official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.
10.18
Social law matters. The Borrowers are in compliance in all material respects with any employment law or relevant regulation applicable to them.
11.
GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS
11.1
General.  The Borrowers undertake with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 11 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authority of the Majority Lenders, otherwise permit.
11.2
Title; negative pledge; pari passu.  Each Borrower will:
(a)
ensure that the Ships will maintain their present ownership, management, control and ultimate beneficial ownership and the Borrowers will hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in the Ships’ Insurances and Earnings, free from all Security Interests and other interests and rights of every kind, except for those created by the Finance Documents and except for
33


Permitted Security Interests. For the avoidance of doubt the Lenders consent and agree to any changes relating to the shareholders of the Guarantor’s trading shares in the normal course of business and confirm that such changes do not violate the terms of this Agreement;
(b)
not create or permit to arise any Security Interest (except for Permitted Security Interests) over any of its asset, present or future; and
(c)
procure that its liabilities under the Finance Documents to which it is a party to will rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future unsecured liabilities, except for liabilities which are mandatorily preferred by law.
11.3
No disposal of assets.  The Borrowers will not (without the prior written consent of the Agent, acting with authority from the Majority Lenders) transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of:
(a)
all or a substantial part of their assets, whether by one transaction or a number of transactions, whether related or not; or
(b)
any debt payable to them or any other right (present, future or contingent right) to receive a payment, including any right to damages or compensation.
11.4
No other liabilities or obligations to be incurred.  The Borrowers will not incur any liability or obligation except (i) liabilities and obligations under the Finance Documents to which they are a party and (ii) liabilities or obligations incurred in the ordinary course of their business of operating and chartering the Ships.
11.5
Information provided to be accurate.  All financial and other information which is provided in writing by or on behalf of the Borrowers under or in connection with any Finance Document to which they are a party will be true and not misleading in any material respect and will not omit any material fact or consideration.
11.6
Provision of financial statements.  The Borrowers will:
(a)
procure that the Guarantor furnishes the Agent, with annual, audited and consolidated financial statements of the Guarantor within 180 days after the end of the financial year concerned, and prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, such obligation commencing from the 1st January 2021;
(b)
send to the Agent, together with the Accounting Information referred to in paragraph (a) above, a Compliance Certificate; and
(c)
provide the Agent from time to time as the Agent may reasonably request and in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent with any information on the financial condition, commitments, business and operations of the Borrowers and any other Security Party.
11.7
Form of financial statements.  All financial statements delivered under Clause 11.6 will:
(a)
give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Guarantor, or as the case may be, of the Borrowers at the date of those accounts and of the profit for the period to which those accounts relate; and
34


(b)
fully disclose or provide for all significant liabilities of the Guarantor, or as the case may be, of the Borrowers for the period to which those accounts relate,
to the Agent’s satisfaction.
11.8
Consents.  The Borrowers will maintain in force and promptly obtain or renew, and will promptly send certified copies to the Agent of, all consents required:
(a)
for the Borrowers and any Security Party to perform their respective obligations under each of the Finance Documents to which each of them is a party;
(b)
for the validity or enforceability of any Finance Document to which each of the Borrowers and any Security Party are is party,
and the Borrowers will comply (and will ensure that each Security Party will comply) with the terms of all such consents.
11.9
Maintenance of Security Interests.  The Borrowers will:
(a)
at their own cost, do all that they reasonably can to ensure that any Finance Document validly creates the obligations and the Security Interests which it purports to create; and
(b)
without limiting the generality of paragraph (a) above, at their own cost, promptly register, file, record or enrol any Finance Document with any court or authority in all Relevant Jurisdictions, pay any stamp, registration or similar tax in all Relevant Jurisdictions in respect of any Finance Document, give any notice or take any other step which, in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders, is or has become necessary or desirable for any Finance Document to be valid, enforceable or admissible in evidence or to ensure or protect the priority of any Security Interest which it creates.
11.10
Notification of litigation.  The Borrowers will provide the Agent with details of any legal or administrative action involving a Borrower, the Approved Manager and any other Security Party or a Ship, its Earnings or its Insurances as soon as such action is instituted or it becomes apparent to the Borrowers that it is likely to be instituted, unless it is clear that the legal or administrative action cannot be considered as having a Material Adverse Effect on the business, assets or financial condition of them or as affecting the validity or enforceability  of any Finance Document.
11.11
Principal place of business.  The Borrowers will not establish, or do anything as a result of which they would be deemed to have, a place of business in the United Kingdom or the United States of America.
11.12
Confirmation of no default.  The Borrowers will, not more than once per quarter and within 2 Business Days after service by the Agent of a written request, serve on the Agent a notice which is signed by at least one (1) director of the Borrowers and which:
(a)
states that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred; or
(b)
states that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred, except for a specified event or matter, of which all material details are given.
35


11.13
Notification of default.  The Borrowers will notify the Agent as soon as the Borrowers become aware of:
(a)
the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default which is continuing; or
(b)
any matter which indicates that an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default may have occurred,
and will thereafter keep the Agent fully up‑to‑date with all developments.
11.14
Provision of further information.  The Borrowers will inform the Agent of all major financial developments in the Group such as new loans, refinancing/restructuring of existing loans, new acquisitions and sales, contracts for term employment of the Ships and furthermore will, as soon as practicable after receiving the request, provide the Agent with any additional financial or other information relating to:
(a)
the Borrowers, the Ships, their Insurances or their Earnings; or
(b)
any other matter relevant to, or to any provision of, a Finance Document,
which may be requested by any Creditor Party at any time.
11.15
Provision of customer information. The Borrowers will produce such documents and evidence as the Lenders shall from time to time require, based on applicable laws and regulations from time to time and the Lenders’ own internal guidelines from time to time, relating to the Lenders’ knowledge of its customers.
11.16
Ownership. The Borrowers or, as the case may be, any other corporate Security Party shall ensure that, throughout the Security Period without the prior written consent of the Agent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, there shall be no change in the Directors and Officers in the Borrowers and in the Chief Executive Officer(s) of the Guarantor and moreover the Borrowers shall ensure that no change shall be made directly or indirectly in the ownership of the Borrowers, the beneficial ownership of the Guarantor, or the control of the Borrowers without the prior written consent of the Agent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. For the avoidance of doubt the Lenders consent and agree to any changes relating to the Guarantor’s trading shares in the normal course of business and confirm that such changes do not violate the terms of this Agreement.
11.17
Sanctions
(a)
The Borrowers undertake to comply (and shall procure that each other Security Party shall comply) in all respects with all Sanctions.
(b)
The Borrowers undertake not to use (and shall procure that no other Security Party shall use) any revenue or benefit derived from any activity or dealing with a Restricted Party in discharging any obligation due or owing to the Creditor Parties.
(c)
The Borrowers undertake to ensure (and shall procure that each other Security Party shall ensure) that no proceeds to the best of their knowledge (after reasonable enquiry)  from any activity or dealing with a Restricted Party are credited to any bank account held with any Creditor Party in its name.
36


(d)
The Borrowers undertake (and shall procure that each other Security Party shall), to the extent permitted  by law, promptly upon becoming aware of them supply to the Agent details of any claim, action, suit, proceedings or investigation against it with respect to Sanctions by any Sanctions Authority.
11.18
Use of proceeds.  The Borrowers shall not (and shall procure that no other Security Party and no Affiliate of any of them shall) permit or authorise any other person to, directly or indirectly, use, lend, make payments of, contribute or otherwise make available, all or any part of the proceeds of the Loan or other transactions contemplated by this Agreement to fund or facilitate trade, business or other activities: (i) involving or for the benefit of any Restricted Party; or (ii) in any other manner that could result in the Borrowers or any other Security Party or any Creditor Party being in breach of any Sanctions or becoming a Restricted Party.
11.19
Anti-Corruption.
(a)
The Borrowers shall not (and shall procure that no other Security Party r will) directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the Loan for any purpose which would breach or might breach applicable anti-corruption laws, including but not limited to the UK Bribery Act of 2010 and the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, each as amended.
(b)
The Borrowers shall (and shall procure that each other Security Party will):

(i)
conduct its business in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and regulations; and

(ii)
maintain effective policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws and regulations.
11.20
Social law matters. The Borrowers shall (and shall procure that each other Security Party shall) comply in all respects with with any employment law or relevant regulation applicable to them.
11.21
Compliance with other laws.  The Borrowers shall (and shall procure that each other Security Party shall) comply in all respects withall laws and regulations to which it may be subject including without limitation (i) the Trading with the Enemy Act and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V) and any other enabling legislation or executive order thereto) and (ii) the PATRIOT Act; and
11.22
Marshall Islands Economic Substance Regulation 2018. Borrower B shall (and shall procure that each other Security Party incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall islands shall) comply in all respects with the Republic of the Marshall Islands Economic Substance Regulation 2018 (including submission to the Agent of documentary evidence of such compliance) always in accordance with its terms and time frame once the same becomes applicable.
11.23
Provision of copies and translation of documents.  The Borrowers will supply the Agent with a sufficient number of copies of the documents referred to above to provide one (1) copy for each Creditor Party.
37


12.
CORPORATE UNDERTAKINGS
12.1
General.  The Borrowers also undertake with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 12 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authority of the Majority Lenders, otherwise permit.
12.2
Maintenance of status.  Each Borrower will maintain its separate corporate existence and remain in good standing under the laws of its incorporation.
12.3
Negative undertakings.  Each Borrower will not:
(a)
carry on any type of business other than the ownership, chartering and operation of its Ship in accordance with its constitutional documents;
(b)
make any form of distribution (other than payment of a dividend pursuant to Clause 12.4) or effect any form of redemption, purchase, reduction or return of share capital or issue, allot or grant any person a right to any shares in its capital; or
(c)
without the prior written consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders), which consent and instructions will not be unreasonably be withheld, incur any debt or provide any form of credit or issue any guarantee to any person, except in the ordinary course of business; or
(d)
without the prior written consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders), open or maintain any account with any bank or financial institution except accounts with the Account Bank for the purposes of the Finance Documents and accounts notified to the Agent prior to the date of this Agreement the Agent or any of its Affiliates outside Greece for the purposes of the Finance Documents and accounts notified to the Agent prior to the date of this Agreement; or
(e)
acquire any shares or other securities other than US or UK Treasury bills and certificates of deposit issued by major North American or European banks, or enter into any transaction in a derivative; or
(f)
enter into any form of amalgamation, merger or de-merger or any form of reconstruction or reorganisation, or change its name; or
(g)
purchase any further assets (other than the Ship owned by such Borrower), either directly or indirectly (through subsidiaries); or
(h)
without the prior written consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders), which consent and instructions will not be unreasonably be withheld, incur any other Financial Indebtedness. Any shareholder loans, inter company loans, affiliate loans and third party loans to the Borrowers shall be fully subordinated to the rights of the Creditor Parties under the Loan Agreement and the Finance Documents, on terms satisfactory to the Agent in its sole discretion.
12.4
Dividends. The Borrowers may declare or pay any dividends or other distribution as long as no Event of Default has occurred which is continuing and such declaration of payment would not result to an Event of Default.
38


12.5
Liquidity. The Borrowers will ensure that throughout the Security Period the Borrowers or any other entity acceptable to the Lender maintain with the Lenders or the Agent or the Account Bank the Minimum Liquidity.
12.6
Debt to equity ratio. The Borrowers will ensure that the Guarantor’s total debt net of cash will not exceed 75% of the total market value of its assets.
12.7
Minimum Net Worth. The Borrowers will ensure that the Guarantor’s minimum Net Worth listed in Nasdaq will be at least Dollars fifteen million ($15,000,000).
12.8
Compliance Check.  On each Compliance Date, compliance with the undertakings contained in Clause 15.1 shall be determined by reference to the Accounting Information for the twelve month period in each Financial Year of the Borrowers (commencing with the twelve month period commencing on 1 January 2021) delivered to the Agent pursuant to the Agreement. At the same time as they deliver that Accounting Information, the Borrowers shall deliver to the Agent a Compliance Certificate signed by a director of the Borrowers. If, prior to the delivery of a Compliance Certificate, the Borrowers become aware that such undertakings will not be complied with, the Borrowers shall immediately notify the Agent thereof.
12.9
Application of FATCA The Borrowers shall not become (and shall procure that no Security Party shall become) a FATCA FFI or a US Tax Obligor, without the prior written consent of the Lenders.
12.10
Republic of the Marshall Islands Economic Substance Regulation 2018. The Borrowers will ensure that each of the Security Parties incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands shall comply in all respects and remain in compliance with the Republic of the Marshall Islands Economic Substance Regulation 2018 in accordance with its terms and time frame once the same becomes applicable.
13.
INSURANCE
13.1
General.  The Borrowers undertake with each Creditor Party to comply (and to the extent applicable to procure in all cases that any other Security Party or other entity if named as co-assured in the insurance policies will comply) with the following provisions of this Clause 13 at all times during the Security Period, except as the Agent may (with the authority of the Majority Lenders), otherwise permit.
13.2
Maintenance of obligatory insurances.  The Borrowers shall (and to the extent applicable shall procure in all cases that each other Security Party or other entity if named as co-assured  in the insurance policies will) keep each Ship insured at its or at the relevant Security Party’s expense against:
(a)
fire and usual marine risks (including hull and machinery and excess risks);
(b)
war risks (including war protection and indemnity liabilities, terrorism, piracy and confiscation); and
(c)
protection and indemnity risks (including cover for oil pollution liability risks); and
(d)
any other risks against which the Majority Lenders consider, having regard to practices and other circumstances prevailing at the relevant time, it would in the opinion of the Majority Lenders be reasonable for the Borrowers and/or the relevant
39


Security Party to insure and which are specified by the Security Trustee by notice to the Borrowers.
13.3
Terms of obligatory insurances.  The Borrowers shall (and to the extent applicable shall procure in all cases that each Security Party other entity if named as co-assured in the insurance policies will) effect such insurances:
(a)
in Dollars;
(b)
in the case of fire and usual marine risks and war risks, in an amount on an agreed value basis at least the greater of (i) 120% of the amount of the Loan and (ii) the aggregate of the Market Values of the Ships;
(c)
in the case of oil pollution liability risks, for an aggregate amount equal to the highest level of cover from time to time available under basic protection and indemnity club entry (with the international group of protection and indemnity clubs) and the international marine insurance market (currently $1,000,000,000);
(d)
in relation to protection and indemnity risks in respect of the full value and tonnage of the Ship;
(e)
on approved terms; and
(f)
through approved brokers and with approved insurance companies and/or underwriters and/or war risks associations, and protection and indemnity risks shall be placed with a member of the International Group of P&I Clubs.
13.4
Further protections for the Creditor Parties.  In addition to the terms set out in Clause 13.3, the Borrowers will:
(a)
procure that the obligatory insurances shall be in the name of the respective Borrower and/or any other entity named as co-assured in the insurance policies of a Ship or whenever the Security Trustee so requires, name (or be amended to name) the Security Trustee as additional named assured for its rights and interests, warranted no operational interest and with full waiver of rights of subrogation against the Security Trustee, but without the Security Trustee thereby being liable to pay (but having the right to pay) premiums, calls or other assessments in respect of such insurance;
(b)
procure that the insurers shall note the Security Trustee’s interest and endorse the relevant notices of assignment and loss payable clause on the relevant certificates of entry or policies and shall furnish the Security Trustee with a copy of such certificates of entry or policies;
(c)
use their best endeavors to provide that all payments by or on behalf of the insurers under the obligatory insurances to the Security Trustee shall be made without set‑off, counterclaim or deductions or condition whatsoever;
(d)
provide that following an Event of Default which is continuing the Security Trustee may make proof of loss if the Borrowers fail to do so.
13.5
Renewal of obligatory insurances.  The Borrowers shall (and to the extent applicable shall procure in all cases that each other Security Party or other entity if named as co-assured  in the insurance policies will):
40


(a)
at least 21 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance:

(i)
notify the Security Trustee of the brokers (or other insurers) and any protection and indemnity or war risks association through or with whom the Borrowers propose to renew that insurance and of the proposed terms of renewal; and

(ii)
in case of any material change in insurance cover, obtain the Majority Lenders’ approval to the matters referred to in paragraph (i) above;
(b)
at least 14 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance, renew the insurance; and
(c)
procure that the approved brokers and/or the war risks and protection and indemnity associations with which such a renewal is effected shall before the expiry of the current insurances notify the Security Trustee in writing of the terms and conditions of the renewal.
13.6
Copies of policies; letters of undertaking.  The Borrowers shall (and to the extent applicable shall procure in all cases that each other Security Party or other entity if named as co-assured  in the insurance policies will) ensure that all approved brokers provide the Security Trustee with copies of all policies relating to the obligatory insurances which they effect or renew and of a letter or letters or undertaking in a form required by the Security Trustee and including undertakings by the approved brokers that:
(a)
they will have endorsed on each policy, immediately upon issue, a loss payable clause and a notice of assignment complying with the provisions of Clause 13.4;
(b)
they will hold such policies, and the benefit of such insurances, to the order of the Security Trustee in accordance with the said loss payable clause;
(c)
they will advise the Security Trustee immediately of any material change to the terms of the obligatory insurances;
(d)
they will notify the Security Trustee, not less than 7 days before the expiry of the obligatory insurances, in the event of their not having received notice of renewal instructions from the Borrowers or their agents and, in the event of their receiving instructions to renew, they will promptly notify the Security Trustee of the terms of the instructions; and
(e)
if the insurances form part of a fleet cover, they will not set off any claims on the Ships against premiums due for other vessels under the fleet cover not mortgaged to the Agent or against premiums due for other insurances; neither will they cancel the insurance cover of the Ships for reason of non-payment of such premiums; and they will arrange for a separate policy to be issued in respect of the Ships forthwith upon being so requested by the Security Trustee.
13.7
Copies of certificates of entry.  The Borrowers shall (and to the extent applicable shall procure in all cases that each other Security Party or other entity if named as co-assured  in the insurance policies will)ensure that, from any protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations in which a Ship is entered, the Security Trustee is provided with:
41


(a)
a certified copy of the certificate of entry for that Ship;
(b)
a letter or letters of undertaking in such form as may be required by the Security Trustee; and
(c)
a certified copy of each certificate of financial responsibility for pollution by oil or other Environmentally Sensitive Material issued by the relevant certifying authority in relation to that Ship.
13.8
Deposit of original policies.  The Borrowers shall (and to the extent applicable shall procure in all cases that each other Security Party or other entity if named as co-assured  in the insurance policies will) ensure that all policies relating to obligatory insurances are deposited with the approved brokers through which the insurances are effected or renewed.
13.9
Payment of premiums.  The Borrowers shall (and to the extent applicable shall procure in all cases that each other Security Party if named as co-assured  in the insurance policies will)punctually pay all premiums or other sums payable in respect of the obligatory insurances and produce all relevant receipts when so required by the Security Trustee.
13.10
Guarantees.  The Borrowers shall (and to the extent applicable shall procure that each other Security Party or other entity if named as co-assured  in the insurance policies will) ensure that any guarantees required by a protection and indemnity or war risks association are promptly issued and remain in full force and effect.
13.11
Restrictions on employment.  The Borrowers shall not  employ any Ship, nor permit same to be employed, outside the cover provided by any obligatory insurances.
13.12
Compliance with terms of insurances.  The Borrowers shall not (and to the extent applicable shall procure in all cases that no other Security Party or other entity if named as co-assured  in the insurance policies will) do or omit to do (or permit to be done or not to be done) any act or thing which would or might render any obligatory insurance invalid, void, voidable or unenforceable or render any sum payable thereunder repayable in whole or in part; and, in particular:
(a)
the Borrowers shall (and shall procure in all cases that each other Security Party or other entity if named as co-assured  in the insurance policies will) take all necessary action and comply with all requirements which may from time to time be applicable to the obligatory insurances, and (without limiting the obligation contained in Clause 13.7(c) above) ensure that the obligatory insurances are not made subject to any exclusions or qualifications to which the Security Trustee has not given its prior approval;
(b)
the Borrowers shall not (and shall procure in all cases that no other Security Party or other entity if named as co-assured  in the insurance policies will)  make any changes relating to the classification or classification society or manager or operator of the Ships approved by the underwriters of the obligatory insurances; and
(c)
the Borrowers shall not (and shall procure in all cases that no other Security Party or other entity if named as co-assured in the insurance policies will) employ any, nor allow it to be employed, otherwise than in conformity with the terms and conditions of the obligatory insurances, without first obtaining the
42


consent of the insurers and complying with any requirements (as to extra premium or otherwise) which the insurers specify.
13.13
Alteration to terms of insurances.  The Borrowers shall not (and to the extent applicable shall procure in all cases that no other Security Party or other entity if named as co-assured in the insurance policies will) make or agree to any material alteration to the terms of any obligatory insurance or waive any right relating to any obligatory insurance without the prior written consent of the Security Trustee (not to be unreasonably withheld).
13.14
Settlement of claims. The Borrowers shall not (and to the extent applicable shall procure in all cases that no other Security Party or other entity if named as co-assured  in the insurance policies will) settle, compromise or abandon any claim under any obligatory insurance for Total Loss or for a Major Casualty without the prior written consent of the Security Trustee (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld),, and shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Trustee to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances in accordance with the Finance Documents.
13.15
Provision of copies of communications.  A Borrower shall (and to the extent applicable shall procure in all cases that any other Security Party or other entity if named as co-assured  in the insurance policies will), if required by the Security Trustee, provide the Security Trustee, at the time of each such communication, copies of all material written communications between that Borrower and:
(a)
the approved brokers; and
(b)
the approved protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations; and
(c)
the approved insurance companies and/or underwriters, which relate directly or indirectly to:

(i)
such Borrower’s obligations relating to the obligatory insurances including, without limitation, all requisite declarations and payments of additional premiums or calls; and

(ii)
any credit arrangements made between such Borrower and any of the persons referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above relating wholly or partly to the effecting or maintenance of the obligatory insurances .
13.16
Provision of information.  In addition, a Borrower shall (and to the extent applicable shall procure in all cases that any other Security Party or other entity if named as co-assured  in the insurance policies will) promptly provide the Security Trustee (or any persons which it may designate) with any information which the Security Trustee (or any such designated person) reasonably requests for the purpose of:
(a)
obtaining or preparing any report from an independent marine insurance broker as to the adequacy of the obligatory insurances effected or proposed to be effected; and/or
(b)
effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurances as are referred to in Clause 13.17 below or dealing with or considering any matters relating to any such insurances,
43


and that Borrower and/or (as the case may be) any other Security Party or other entity, in all cases if named as co-assured  in the insurance policies shall, forthwith upon demand, indemnify the Security Trustee in respect of all fees and other expenses incurred by or for the account of the Security Trustee in connection with any such report as is referred to in paragraph (a) above (it being understood however that prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Borrowers will only bear the costs of such insurance reports once per year).
13.17
Mortgagees’ interest.  The Agent shall be entitled from time to time to effect, maintain and renew a mortgagees’ interest insurance in an amount equal to 110% of the Loan and otherwise on such terms, through such insurers and generally in such manner as the Lenders may from time to time consider appropriate and the Borrowers shall upon demand against appropriate vouchers/invoices fully indemnify the Lenders in respect of all premiums and other expenses which are incurred in connection with or with a view to effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurance or dealing with, or considering, any matter arising out of any such insurance.
13.18
Review of insurance requirements. The Majority Lenders shall be entitled to review the requirements of this Clause 13 from time to time in order to take account of any changes in circumstances after the date of this Agreement which are, in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders, significant and capable of affecting the Borrowers and/or to the extent applicable any other Security Party or other entity in all cases if named as co-assured  in the insurance policies or any Ship and her insurance (including, without limitation, changes in the availability or the cost of insurance coverage or the risks to which the Borrowers and/or (as the case may be) any other Security Party or other entity in all cases if named as co-assured in the insurance policies may be subject), and, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, may appoint insurance consultants in relation to this review at the cost of the Borrowers and/or any other Security Party or other entity in all cases if named as co-assured  in the insurance policies, subject to such appointment taking place once per year.
13.19
Modification of insurance requirements.  The Security Trustee shall notify the Borrowers of any proposed modification under Clause 13.18 to the requirements of this Clause 13 which the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably) consider appropriate in the circumstances.
13.20
Compliance with instructions.  The Security Trustee shall be entitled but will not be bound to (without prejudice to or limitation of any other rights which it may have or acquire under any Finance Document) to effect the insurances of a Ship in the amount and in terms acceptable to the Security Trustee from time to time at the cost and on behalf of the Borrowers and/ to the extent applicable or any other Security Party or other entity in all cases if named as co-assured in the insurance policies.
14.
SHIPS’ COVENANTS
14.1
General.  The Borrowers also undertake with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 14 at all times during the Security Period, except as the Agent (with the authority of the Majority Lenders) may otherwise permit.
14.2
Ship’s name and registration.  Each Borrower shall keep its Ship registered in its name under the Approved Flag; shall not do or allow to be done anything as a result of which such registration might be cancelled or imperilled; and shall not change the name or port of registry or flag of that Ship without the prior written consent of the
44


Agent (acting on the authority of the Majority Lenders), such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.
14.3
Repair and classification.  Each Borrower shall keep its Ship in a good and safe condition and state of repair:
(a)
consistent with first‑class ship ownership and management practice;
(b)
so as to maintain such Ship with the highest classification available for vessels of the same age, type and specification as that Ship with Lloyd’s Register of Shipping (or such other first class classification society being a member of IACS and as may be approved by the Security Trustee), free of overdue recommendations and conditions affecting the Ship’s class; and
(c)
so as to comply with all laws and regulations applicable to vessels registered at ports in the Approved Flag State or to vessels trading to any jurisdiction to which that Ship may trade from time to time, including but not limited to the ISM Code and the ISPS Code.
14.4
Modification.  The Borrowers shall not make any modification or repairs to, or replacement of, the Ships or equipment installed on her which would or might materially alter the structure, type or performance characteristics of the Ships or materially reduce her value.
14.5
Removal of parts.  A Borrower shall not remove any material part of its Ship, or any item of equipment installed on, such Ship unless the part or item so removed is forthwith replaced by a suitable part or item which is in the same condition as or better condition than the part or item removed, is free from any Security Interest or any right in favour of any person other than the Lenders and becomes on installation on that Ship the property of the relevant Borrower and subject to the security constituted by the relevant Mortgage Provided that a Borrower may install leased equipment owned by a third party if the equipment can be removed without any risk of damage to its Ship.
14.6
Surveys.  Each Borrower shall submit its Ship regularly to all periodical or other surveys which may be required for classification purposes, at the cost and expense of the Borrowers. The Agent shall have the right to request one or more technical survey reports of the Ships by surveyors appointed to by the Agent at the cost of the Borrowers, provided that the frequency of such reports shall be limited to one per year (unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing).
14.7
Inspection.  The Borrowers shall permit the Security Trustee (by surveyors or other persons appointed by it for that purpose) to board the Ship at all reasonable times, but without interference to the Ship’s trading and operations, to inspect her condition or to satisfy themselves about proposed or executed repairs and shall afford all proper facilities for such inspections.  Provided that the Ships are found to be in satisfactory condition, the cost of such inspections shall be borne by the Borrowers not more than once per year.
14.8
Prevention of and release from arrest.  Unless contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, the Borrowers shall promptly discharge:
(a)
all liabilities which give or may give rise to maritime or possessory liens on or claims enforceable against the Ships, their Earnings or their Insurances; and
45


(b)
all taxes, dues and other amounts charged in respect of the Ships, their Earnings or their Insurances;
and, forthwith upon receiving notice of the arrest of a Ship, or of her detention in exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim, the Borrowers shall procure her prompt release by providing bail or otherwise as the circumstances may require.
14.9
Compliance with laws etc.  Each Borrower shall:
(a)
comply, or procure compliance with the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws and all other laws or regulations relating to the Ship owned by it, its ownership, operation and management or to the business of that Borrower (including, without limitation, the obtaining of all relevant certificates of financial responsibility and any other matters required for entering United States territorial waters or calling at any United States Port);
(b)
comply (and procure that each Security Party and each Affiliate of any of them shall comply) in all aspects with all Sanctions;
(c)
not employ its Ship nor allow her employment in any manner contrary to any Sanctions;
(d)
in the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether war is declared or not), not cause or permit its Ship to enter or trade to any zone which is declared a war zone by any government or by that Ship’s war risks insurers unless the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders has been given and the Borrowers have (at their expense) effected any special, additional or modified insurance cover which the Majority Lenders may require.
14.10
Provision of information.  The Borrowers shall promptly provide the Security Trustee with any information which the Majority Lenders reasonably request regarding:
(a)
the Ships, their employment, position and engagements;
(b)
the Earnings and payments and amounts due to the master and crew of the Ships;
(c)
any expenses incurred, or likely to be incurred, in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Ships and any payments made in respect of the Ships;
(d)
any towages and salvages;
(e)
its compliance, the Approved Manager’s compliance or the compliance of the Ships with the ISM Code
and, upon the Security Trustee’s request, provide copies of any current charter relating to the Ships and of any current charter guarantee, and copies of the ISM Code and ISPS Code documentation.
14.11
Notification of certain events.  The Borrowers shall immediately notify the Security Trustee by letter of:
(a)
any casualty which is or is likely to be or to become a Major Casualty;
46


(b)
any occurrence as a result of which a Ship has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total Loss;
(c)
any requirement or recommendation made by any insurer or classification society (or any withdrawal of class) or by any competent authority which is not complied with in accordance with its terms;
(d)
any arrest or detention of a Ship which is not lifted within forth eight (48) hours, any exercise or purported exercise of any lien on a Ship or her Earnings or any requisition of that Ship for hire;
(e)
any intended dry docking of a Ship;
(f)
any Environmental Claim made against the Borrowers or in connection with the Ships or any Environmental Incident;
(g)
any claim for breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code being made against the Borrowers, the Approved Manager or otherwise in connection with the Ships; or
(h)
any other matter, event or incident, actual or threatened, the effect of which will or could lead to the ISM Code or the ISPS Code not being complied with,
and the Borrowers shall keep the Security Trustee advised in writing on a regular basis and in such detail as the Security Trustee shall require of the Borrowers’, the Approved Manager’s or any other person’s response to any of those events or matters.
14.12
Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers, etc.  The Borrowers shall not without the prior written consent of the Agent (acting on the authority of the Majority Lenders):
(a)
let a Ship on demise charter for any period;
(b)
enter into any time charter or bareboat charter or consecutive voyage charter in respect of a Ship for a term which exceeds, or which by virtue of any optional extensions may exceed, 12 months;
(c)
enter into any charter in relation to a Ship under which more than 2 months’ hire (or the equivalent) is payable in advance;
(d)
charter a Ship otherwise than on bona fide arm’s length terms  at the time when that Ship is fixed;
(e)
appoint a commercial, technical or operational manager of a Ship (other than the Approved Manager) or agree to any material alteration to the terms of the Approved Manager’s appointment (and in respect of which, the consent of the Agent shall not be unreasonably withheld);
(f)
de‑activate or lay up a Ship;
(g)
change the legal ownership of the shares in a Ship;
(h)
put a Ship into the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon her in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) (or the equivalent in any other currency) unless
47


that person has first given to the Security Trustee and in terms satisfactory to it a written undertaking not to exercise any lien on that Ship or her Earnings for the cost of such work or otherwise; or
(i)
change the classification society with which a Ship is classed (and in respect of which, the consent of the Agent and the authority of the Majority Lenders shall not be unreasonably withheld).
14.13
Notice of Mortgage.  The Borrowers shall keep each Mortgage registered against the relevant Ship as a valid first priority mortgage, carry on board that Ship a certified copy of the relevant Mortgage and place and maintain in a conspicuous place in the navigation room and the Master’s cabin of such Ship a framed printed notice stating that such Ship is mortgaged by the relevant Borrower to the Lenders.
14.14
Sharing of Earnings.   The Borrowers shall not enter into any agreement or arrangement for the sharing of any Earnings other than a profit sharing agreed at arm’s length under a charter party provided that it is not a part of any pool arrangement, in which case the Agent’s prior written consent will be required (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld). For the avoidance of doubt the Agent has provided its consent in connection with the charter party dated 10/8/18 with Guardian Navigation GMax LLC and Ship A’s entry in the pool of Guardian Navigation GMax LLC.
14.15
ISPS Code.  The Borrowers shall comply with the ISPS Code and in particular, without limitation, shall:
(a)
procure that a Ship and the company responsible for such Ship’s compliance with the ISPS Code, comply with the ISPS Code; and
(b)
maintain for each Ship an ISSC; and
(c)
notify the Lender immediately in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification of the ISSC.
14.16
Charter Assignment.  If a Borrower enters into any time charter or contract of affreightment in respect of its Ship which is of twelve (12) months or more in duration, or is capable of exceeding twelve (12) months in duration, that Borrower shall execute in favour of the Security Trustee a Charter Assignment and notice of assignment (and shall use its best endeavours to obtain an acknowledgement of the same from the relevant charterer or counterparty) of such time charter or contract of affreightment in such form and on such terms as the Agent may reasonably require, and shall deliver to the Agent such other documents equivalent to those referred to at paragraphs 2, 3, 4 and 5 of Schedule 3, Part A hereof as the Agent may reasonably require.
15.
SECURITY COVER
15.1
Provision of additional security cover; prepayment of Loan.  The Borrowers undertake with each Creditor Party that if the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) notifies the Borrowers that:
(a)
the aggregate of the Market Value (determined as provided below) of the Ships; plus
(b)
the net realisable value of any additional security previously provided under this Clause 15 (but always excluding any amounts standing to the credit of the Earnings Account(s) and the Retention Account),
48


is during the Security Period below one hundred and twenty per cent (120%) of the outstanding amount of the Loan, the Borrowers will, within thirty (30) days after the date on which the Agent’s notice is served, either:
(i)
provide, or ensure that a third party provides, additional security which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, has a net realisable value at least equal to the shortfall and which consists of either (aa) cash pledged to the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party which when in the form of cash in Dollars, will be valued on a Dollar for Dollar basis or (bb) a Security Interest (including, but not limited to, a first priority mortgage or a second priority mortgage over another vessel), covering such asset or assets and documented in such terms as the Agent may, with authorisation from the Majority Lenders, approve or require; or
(ii)
prepay in accordance with Clause 8 such part of the Loan as will eliminate the shortfall, to be applied against repayment instalments of the  Loan (including the payment of the Balloon Instalment) on a pro rata basis.
15.2
Meaning of additional security.  In Clause 15.1 “security” means a Security Interest over an asset or assets (whether securing the Borrowers’ liabilities under the Finance Documents or a guarantee in respect of those liabilities), or a guarantee, letter of credit or other security in respect of the Borrowers’ liabilities under the Finance Documents, in each case in a form and substance acceptable to the Agent in its sole discretion.
15.3
Requirement for additional documents.  The Borrowers shall not be deemed to have complied with Clause 15.1(i) above until the Agent has received in connection with the additional security certified copies of documents of the kinds referred to in paragraphs 2, 3, 4 and 5 of Schedule 3 (Part A) and such legal opinions in terms acceptable to lawyers selected by the Agent in its sole discretion.
15.4
Valuation of Ship.  Subject to the following provisions of this Clause 15.4, the Market Value of a Ship shall be determined:
(a)
in Dollars, as at the date of (or no earlier than 30 days prior to) such valuation;
(b)
by an independent shipbroker selected by or acceptable to the Agent and reporting to the Agent;
(c)
with or without physical inspection of the Ships (as the Agent may require);
(d)
on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash on normal arm’s length commercial form as between a willing seller and a willing buyer, free of any existing charter or other contract of employment.
15.5
Value of additional vessel security.  The net realisable value of any additional security which is provided under Clause 15.1 (i) and which consists of a Security Interest over a vessel other than a Ship shall be that shown by way of a valuation complying with the requirements of Clause 15.4.
15.6
Valuations binding and conclusive.  Any valuation under Clause 15.1(i), 15.4 or 15.5 shall be binding and conclusive evidence of the Market Value of the Ships or of the other assets it refers to at the date of such valuation.
15.7
Provision of information.  The Borrowers shall promptly provide the Agent and any shipbroker or expert acting under Clause 15.4 or 15.5 with any information
49


which the Agent or the shipbroker or expert may reasonably request for the purposes of the valuation; and, if the Borrowers fail to provide the information by the date specified in the request, the valuation may be made on any basis and assumptions which the shipbroker or the Majority Lenders (or the expert appointed by them) consider prudent.
15.8
Payment of valuation expenses. Without prejudice to the generality of the Borrowers’ obligations under Clauses 20.2, 20.3 and 21.3, the Borrowers shall, subject to the provisions of Clause 15.9, on demand, pay the Agent the amount of the fees and expenses of any shipbrokers or experts instructed by the Agent under this Clause and all legal and other expenses incurred by any Creditor Party in connection with any matter arising out of this Clause.
15.9
Frequency of valuations. The Agent shall be entitled to obtain written valuations of the Ships prior to the drawdown of the relevant Tranche and any time during the Security Period, provided that after drawdown of the relevant Tranche the costs and expenses of such shall only be borne by the Borrowers once per year (unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or a mandatory prepayment event under Clause 8.8 has occurred, in which case the Agent shall be entitled to obtain a valuation at any time, at the cost and expense of the Borrowers).
16.
PAYMENTS AND CALCULATIONS
16.1
Currency and method of payments.  All payments to be made by the Lenders or by the Borrowers under a Finance Document shall be made to the Agent or to the Security Trustee, in the case of an amount payable to it:
(i)
by not later than 11.00 a.m. (New York City time) on the due date;
(ii)
in same day Dollar funds settled through the New York Clearing House Interbank Payments System (or in such other Dollar funds and/or settled in such other manner as the Agent shall specify as being customary at the time for the settlement of international transactions of the type contemplated by this Agreement);
(iii)
if in Dollars, to the account of the Agent with such corresponding bank in New York as the Agent may from time to time notify to the Borrowers and the other Creditor Parties; and
(iv)
in the case of an amount payable to the Security Trustee, to such account as it may from time to time notify to the Borrowers and the other Creditor Parties.
16.2
Payment on non-Business Day.  If any payment by the Borrowers under a Finance Document would otherwise fall due on a day which is not a Business Day:
(a)
the due date shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day; or
(b)
if the next succeeding Business Day falls in the next calendar month, the due date shall be brought forward to the immediately preceding Business Day,
and interest shall be payable during any extension under paragraph (a) at the rate payable on the original due date.
16.3
Basis for calculation of periodic payments. All interest and commitment fee and any other payments under any Finance Document which are of an annual or
50


periodic nature shall accrue from day to day and shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a 360 day year.
16.4
Distribution of payments to Creditor Parties. Subject to Clauses 16.5, 16.6 and 16.7:
(a)
any amount received by the Agent under a Finance Document for distribution or remittance to a Lender, or the Security Trustee shall be made available by the Agent to that Lender, or, as the case may be, the Security Trustee by payment, with funds having the same value as the funds received, to such Account as the Lender or the Security Trustee may have notified to the Agent not less than 5 Business Days previously; and
(b)
amounts to be applied in satisfying amounts of a particular category which are due to the Lenders generally shall be distributed by the Agent to each Lender pro rata to the amount in that category which is due to it.
16.5
Permitted deductions by Agent. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the Agent may, before making an amount available to a Lender, deduct and withhold from that amount any sum which is then due and payable to the Agent from that Lender under any Finance Document or any sum which the Agent is then entitled under any Finance Document to require that Lender to pay on demand.
16.6
Agent only obliged to pay when monies received. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the Agent shall not be obliged to make available to the Borrowers or any Lender any sum which the Agent is expecting to receive for remittance or distribution to the Borrowers or that Lender until the Agent has satisfied itself that it has received that sum.
16.7
Refund to Agent of monies not received. If and to the extent that the Agent makes available a sum to the Borrowers or a Lender, without first having received that sum, the Borrowers or (as the case may be) the Lender concerned shall, on demand:
(a)
refund the sum in full to the Agent; and
(b)
pay to the Agent the amount (as certified by the Agent) which will indemnify the Agent against any funding or other loss, liability or expense incurred by the Agent as a result of making the sum available before receiving it.
16.8
Agent may assume receipt. Clause 16.7 shall not affect any claim which the Agent has under the law of restitution, and applies irrespective of whether the Agent had any form of notice that it had not received the sum which it made available.
16.9
Creditor Party accounts. Each Creditor Party shall maintain accounts showing the amounts owing to it by the Borrowers and each Security Party under the Finance Documents and all payments in respect of those amounts made by the Borrowers and any Security Party.
16.10
Agent’s memorandum account. The Agent shall maintain a memorandum account showing the amounts advanced by the Lenders and all other sums owing to the Agent, the Security Trustee and each Lender from the Borrowers and each Security Party under the Finance Documents and all payments in respect of those amounts made by the Borrowers and any Security Party.
51


16.11
Accounts prima facie evidence. If any accounts maintained under Clauses 16.9 and 16.10 show an amount to be owing by the Borrowers or a Security Party to a Creditor Party, those accounts shall, absent manifest error, be prima facie evidence that that amount is owing to that Creditor Party.
16.12
Contractual recognition of Bail-In.
Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the Parties, each Party acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any Party to any other Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:
(a)
any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including (without limitation):

(i)
a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability;

(ii)
a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred on, it; and

(iii)
a cancellation of any such liability; and
(b)
a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability.
17.
APPLICATION OF RECEIPTS
17.1
Normal order of application.  Except as any Finance Document may otherwise provide, any sums which are received or recovered by any Creditor Party under or by virtue of any Finance Document shall be applied:‑
(a)
FIRST: in or towards satisfaction of any amounts then due and payable under the Finance Documents in the following order and proportions:

(i)
first, in or towards satisfaction pro rata of all amounts then due and payable to the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents other than those amounts referred to at (ii) and (iii) below (including, but without limitation, all amounts payable by the Borrowers under Clauses 20, 21 and 22 of this Agreement or by the Borrowers or any Security Party under any corresponding or similar provision in any other Finance Document);

(ii)
secondly, in or towards satisfaction pro rata of any and all amounts of interest or default interest payable to the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents but shall have failed to pay or deliver to the Creditor Parties at the time of application or distribution under this Clause 17); and

(iii)
thirdly, in or towards satisfaction pro rata of the Loan;
(b)
SECONDLY: in retention of an amount equal to any amount not then due and payable under any Finance Document but which the Agent, by notice to the Borrowers, the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties, states in
52


its reasonable opinion will or may become due and payable in the future and, upon those amounts becoming due and payable, in or towards satisfaction of them in accordance with the provisions of Clause 17.1(a); and
(c)
THIRDLY: any surplus shall be paid to the Borrowers or to any other person appearing to be entitled to it.
17.2
Variation of order of application.  The Agent may, following the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default which is continuing, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders by notice to the Borrowers, the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties provide for a different manner of application from that set out in Clause 17.1 either as regards a specified sum or sums or as regards sums in a specified category or categories.
17.3
Appropriation rights overriden. This Clause 17 and any notice which the Agent gives under Clause 17.2 shall override any right of appropriation possessed, and any appropriation made, by the Borrowers or any Security Party.
18.
APPLICATION OF EARNINGS
18.1
Payment and application of Earnings.  The Borrowers undertake with each Creditor Party to ensure that, throughout the Security Period (and subject only to the provisions of a General Assignment for a Mortgaged Ship), all the Earnings of a Mortgaged Ship are credited to the relevant Earnings Account related to such Mortgaged Ship and shall be applied as follows:
(a)
first, towards payment of all sums other than principal and interest due to the Lenders under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents;
(b)
secondly, towards payment of the next instalment of principal and the next payment of interest due to the Lenders in accordance with the provisions of Clause 18.2; and
(c)
thirdly, any surplus shall (subject always to the other provisions of this Clause 18 and provided no Event of Default is continuing) be available to the Borrowers, and
it is expressly agreed that so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing, the Borrowers shall be entitled to withdraw from the Earnings Account(s) any amount provided, however, that if in the opinion of the Agent or the Security Trustee (as the case may be) there will be insufficient sums standing to the credit of the Earnings Account(s) to meet payments under (a) and (b) above, the Agent or the Security Trustee (as the case may be) shall be entitled to refuse any withdrawal from the Earnings Account(s).
18.2
Monthly retentions.  The Borrowers undertake with each Creditor Party to ensure that, in each calendar month of the Security Period commencing one month after the Drawdown Date of the first Tranche, on such dates as the Agent may from time to time specify, there is transferred to the Retention Account out of the aggregate Earnings received in the Earnings Account(s) during the preceding calendar month:
(a)
one‑third of the amount of the repayment instalment falling due under Clause 8 on the next Repayment Date; and
53


(b)
the relevant fraction of the aggregate amount of interest on the Loan which is payable on the next due date for payment of interest under this Agreement.
The “relevant fraction” is a fraction of which the numerator is 1 and the denominator the number of months comprised in the then current Interest Period (or, if the period is shorter, the number of months from the later of the commencement of the current Interest Period or the last due date for payment of interest to the next due date for payment of interest under this Agreement).
18.3
Shortfall in Earnings.  If the aggregate Earnings received in the Earnings Accounts are insufficient in any month for the required amount to be transferred to the Retention Account under Clause 18.2, the Borrowers shall make up the amount of the insufficiency on demand from the Agent; but, without thereby prejudicing the Agent’s right to make such demand at any time, the Agent may permit the Borrowers or the holder of such Earnings Account to make up all or part of the insufficiency by increasing the amount of any transfer under Clause 18.2 from the Earnings received in the next or subsequent months.
18.4
Application of retentions.  Until an Event of Default occurs, the Lenders shall on each Repayment Date and on each due date for the payment of interest under this Agreement apply in accordance with the payment details set out in Clause 16.1 so much of the balance on the Retention Account as equals:
(a)
the repayment instalment due on that Repayment Date; or
(b)
the amount of interest payable on that interest payment date;
in discharge of the Borrowers’ liability for that repayment instalment or that interest.
18.5
Interest accrued on Retention Account.  Any credit balance on the Retention Account shall bear interest at the rate from time to time offered by the Account Bank to its customers for Dollar deposits of similar amounts and for periods similar to those for which such balance appears to the Account Bank likely to remain on the Retention Account.
18.6
Location of accounts.  The Borrowers and each other holder of an Account shall maintain the Accounts with the Account Bank, free of Security Interest and rights of set-off (other than as created under the Accounts Pledges), until no amount remains outstanding under this Agreement or any other Finance Documents and shall procure that transfers are made from each Account (and irrevocably authorises the Agent following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing  to instruct the Account Bank to transfer from each Account) in order to facilitate the payment of amounts required and/or contemplated by this Agreement and the other Finance Documents and shall promptly:
(a)
comply with any requirement of the Agent as to the location or re‑location of any of the Accounts;
(b)
execute any documents which the Lenders specify to create or maintain in execute any documents which the Agent specifies to create or maintain in favour of the Security Trustee a Security Interest over (and/or rights of set-off, consolidation or other rights in relation to) each Account.
18.7
Debits for expenses etc.  The Agent shall be entitled (but not obliged) from time to time to debit any Earnings Account with prior notice in order to discharge any
54


amount due and payable under Clause 20 or 21 to a Creditor Party or payment of which a Creditor Party has become entitled to demand under Clause 20 or 21.
18.8
Borrowers’ obligations unaffected.  The provisions of this Clause 18 do not affect:
(a)
the liability of the Borrowers to make payments of principal and interest on the due dates; or
(b)
any other liability or obligation of the Borrowers or any Security Party under any Finance Document.
19.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
19.1
Events of Default.  An Event of Default occurs if:
(a)
the Borrowers or any Security Party fail to pay when due or (if payable on demand) three (3) days following the date on which the written demand is served any sum payable under a Finance Document or under any document relating to a Finance Document, unless such failure to pay is caused by an administrative or technical error or any disruption event in the payment/communication system which is beyond the control of the Borrowers, in which case the Borrowers shall rectify such error within three (3) Business Days; or
(b)
any breach occurs of Clauses 9.2, 10.12, 11.2, 11.11, 11.17, 12.2, 12.3, 13 or 15.1, and in case any such breach (other than those referred to in Clauses 9.2. 13 and 15.1 hereinabove to which other grace periods are applicable, as therein provided) is in the opinion of the Security Trustee, capable of remedy, if it will continue un-remedied for seven (7) Business Days after its occurrence; or
(c)
any breach of the obligations set out in Clause 11.20 occurs which in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders could have a Material Adverse Effect.
(d)
any breach by the Borrowers or any Security Party occurs of any provision of a Finance Document (other than a breach covered by paragraph (a) or (b)) which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, is capable of remedy, and such default continues un-remedied ten (10) days after written notice from the Agent requesting action to remedy the same; or
(e)
(subject to any applicable grace period specified in the Finance Document) any breach by the Borrowers or any Security Party occurs of any provision of a Finance Document (other than a breach covered by paragraphs (a), (b) or (c)); or
(f)
any representation, warranty or statement made by, or by an officer of, the Borrowers or a Security Party in a Finance Document or in a Drawdown Notice or any other notice or document relating to a Finance Document is untrue or misleading in a material way when it is made; or
(g)
any of the following occurs in relation to any Financial Indebtedness of the Borrowers:
55



(i)
any Financial Indebtedness of the Borrowers is not paid when due or, if  payable on demand, three (3) days following the date on which the written demand is served; or

(ii)
any Financial Indebtedness of the Borrowers becomes due and payable or capable of being declared due and payable prior to its stated maturity date as a consequence of any event of default; or

(iii)
a lease, hire purchase agreement or charter creating any Financial Indebtedness of the Borrowers is terminated by the lessor or owner or becomes capable of being terminated as a consequence of any termination event; or

(iv)
any overdraft, loan, note issuance, acceptance credit, letter of credit, guarantee, foreign exchange or other facility, or any swap or other derivative contract or transaction, relating to any Financial Indebtedness of the Borrowers ceases to be available or becomes capable of being terminated as a result of any event of default, or cash cover is required, or becomes capable of being required, in respect of such a facility as a result of any event of default; or

(v)
any Security Interest securing any Financial Indebtedness of the Borrowers becomes enforceable; or
(h)
any of the following occurs in relation to the Borrowers:

(i)
the Borrowers become, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, unable to pay their debts as they fall due; or

(ii)
any assets of a Borrower are subject to any form of execution, attachment, arrest, sequestration or distress in respect of a sum of, or sums aggregating, $500,000 or more or the equivalent in another currency unless such execution, attachment, arrest, sequestration or distress is being contested in good faith and on substantial grounds and is discussed or withdrawn within thirty (30) days of the occurrence thereof; or

(iii)
any administrative or other receiver is appointed over any asset of the Borrowers; or

(iv)
the Borrowers make any formal declaration of bankruptcy or any formal statement to the effect that they are insolvent or likely to become insolvent, or a winding up or administration order is made in relation to the Borrowers, or the members or directors of the Borrowers pass a resolution to the effect that it should be wound up, placed in administration; or

(v)
a petition is presented in any Relevant Jurisdiction for the winding up or administration, or the appointment of a provisional liquidator, of the Borrowers unless the petition is being contested in good faith and on substantial grounds and is dismissed or withdrawn within 30 days of the presentation of the petition; or

(vi)
the Borrowers petition a court, or present any proposal for, any form of judicial or non‑judicial suspension or deferral of payments,
56


reorganisation of their debt (or certain of their debt) or arrangement with all or a substantial proportion (by number or value) of their creditors or of any class of them or any such suspension or deferral of payments, reorganisation or arrangement is effected by court order, contract or otherwise; or

(vii)
any meeting of the members or directors of the Borrowers is summoned for the purpose of considering a resolution or proposal to authorise or take any action of a type described in paragraphs (iii), (iv), (v) or (vi) above; or

(viii)
in a Relevant Jurisdiction other than England, any event occurs or any procedure is commenced which, in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders, is similar to any of the foregoing; or
(i)
the Borrowers cease or suspend carrying on its business or a part of their business which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, is material in the context of this Agreement; or
(j)
it becomes unlawful in any Relevant Jurisdiction or impossible:

(i)
for the Borrowers or any Security Party to discharge any liability under a Finance Document or to comply with any other obligation which the Majority Lenders consider material under a Finance Document; or

(ii)
for the Agent, the Security Trustee, the Account Bank or the Lenders to exercise or enforce any right under, or to enforce any Security Interest created by, a Finance Document; or
(k)
any consent necessary to enable the Borrowers to own, operate or charter the Ships or to enable the Borrowers or any Security Party to comply with any provision which the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably) consider material of a Finance Document is not granted, expires without being renewed, is revoked or becomes liable to revocation or any condition of such a consent is not fulfilled; or
(l)
it appears to the Majority Lenders that, without their prior consent, a change has occurred after the date of this Agreement in the beneficial ownership of the shares in the Borrowers as declared to the Agent prior to the execution of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt the Agent consents and agrees to any changes relating to the Guarantor’s trading shares in the normal course of business and confirm that such changes do not violate the terms of this Agreement; or
(m)
any provision which the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably) consider material of a Finance Document proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable, or a Security Interest created by a Finance Document proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable or such a Security Interest proves to have ranked after, or loses its priority to, another third party claim or interest; or
(n)
the security constituted by a Finance Document is in any way imperilled or in jeopardy; or
57


(o)
If any debt of any Security Party (which in the case of the Guarantor exceeds an aggregate amount of $1,000,000) is not paid when due or any debt of any Security Party (which in the case of the Guarantor exceeds an aggregate amount of $1,000,000) becomes due and payable prior to the date when it would otherwise have become due (unless as a result of the exercise by the relevant Security Party of a voluntary right of prepayment), or any creditor of any Security Party becomes entitled to declare its claim (which in the case of the Guarantor exceeds an aggregate amount of $1,000,000) due and payable, or any facility or commitment available to any Security Party is withdrawn, suspended or cancelled by reason of any default (however described) of such Security Party, and such debt is not discharged within seven (7) Business Days; or
(p)
any of the following occurs in relation to any of the Ships:

(i)
a Ship is arrested, confiscated, seized, taken in execution, impounded, forfeited, detained in exercise or purported exercise of any possessory lien or other claim or otherwise taken from the possession of the relevant Borrower and such Borrower shall fail to procure the release of such Ship within a period of forty (40) days thereafter; or

(ii)
the registration of a Ship under the laws and flag of the relevant Approved Flag State is cancelled or terminated without the prior written consent of the Agent or, if a Ship is only provisionally registered on the Drawdown Date of the relevant Tranche and is not permanently registered under the laws and flag of Approved Flag State at least fifteen (15) days prior to the deadline for completing such permanent registration; or

(iii)
an Approved Flag State, becomes involved in hostilities or civil war or there is a seizure of power in the relevant Approved Flag State by unconstitutional means if, in any such case, such event could in the opinion of the Majority Lenders reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the security constituted by any of the Finance Documents and the Borrowers fail to register the Ships under another Approved Flag State as and when requested by the Majority lenders or do such other action as the Agent may reasonably require to ensure that such event or circumstance will not have a Material Adverse Effect within 30 days of notice  from the Agent or such longer period as the Agent may in its discretion agrees; or
(q)
any other event occurs or any other circumstances arise or develop including, without limitation:

(i)
a Material Adverse Effect; or

(ii)
any accident or other event involving the Ship,
in the light of which the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably) consider that there is a significant risk that the Borrowers are, or will later become, unable to discharge their liabilities under the Finance Documents as they fall due.
19.2
Actions following an Event of Default.  On, or at any time after, the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing:
58


(a)
the Agent may, and if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, the Agent shall:

(i)
serve on the Borrowers a notice stating that the Commitments and all other obligations of each Lender to the Borrowers under this Agreement are terminated; and/or

(ii)
serve on the Borrowers a notice stating that the Loan, all accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing under this Agreement are immediately due and payable or are due and payable on demand; and/or

(iii)
take any other action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (i) or (ii) above, the Agent and/or the Lenders are entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law; and/or
(b)
the Security Trustee may, and if so instructed by the Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, the Security Trustee shall take any action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (a) (i) or (ii) above, the Security Trustee, the Agent and/or the Lenders are entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law.
19.3
Termination of Commitments.  On the service of a notice under paragraph (a)(i) of Clause 19.2, the Commitments and all other obligations of each Lender to the Borrowers under this Agreement shall terminate.
19.4
Acceleration of Loan.  On the service of a notice under paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 19.2, the Loan, all accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing from the Borrowers or any Security Party under this Agreement and every other Finance Document shall become immediately due and payable or, as the case may be, payable on demand.
19.5
Multiple notices; action without notice.  The Agent may serve notices under paragraphs (a) (i) and (ii) of Clause 19.2 simultaneously or on different dates and it and/or the Security Trustee may take any action referred to in that Clause if no such notice is served or simultaneously with or at any time after the service of both or either of such notices.
19.6
Notification of Creditor Parties and Security Parties.  The Agent shall send to each Lender, the Security Trustee, the Account Bank and each Security Party a copy or the text of any notice which the Agent serves on the Borrowers under Clause 19.2; but the notice shall become effective when it is served on the Borrowers, and no failure or delay by the Agent to send a copy or the text of the notice to any other person shall invalidate the notice or provide the Borrowers or any Security Party with any form of claim or defence.
19.7
Creditor Parties’ rights unimpaired.  Nothing in this Clause shall be taken to impair or restrict the exercise of any right given to individual Lenders under a Finance Document or the general law; and, in particular, this Clause is without prejudice to Clause 3.1 and Clause 3.2.
19.8
Exclusion of Creditor Party Liability.  No Creditor Party, and no receiver or manager appointed by the Security Trustee, shall have any liability to a Borrowers or a Security Party:
59


(a)
for any loss caused by an exercise of rights under, or enforcement of a Security Interest created by, a Finance Document or by any failure or delay to exercise such a right or to enforce such a Security Interest; or
(b)
as mortgagee in possession or otherwise, for any income or principal amount which might have been produced by or realised from any asset comprised in such a Security Interest or for any reduction (however caused) in the value of such an asset;except that this does not exempt a Creditor Party or a receiver or manager from liability for losses shown to have been caused by the gross negligence or the wilful misconduct of such Creditor Party’s own officers and employees or (as the case may be) such receiver’s or manager’s own partners or employees.
19.9
Interpretation.  In Clause 19.1(f) references to an event of default or a termination event include any event, howsoever described, which is similar to an event of default in a facility agreement or a termination event in a finance lease; and in Clause 19.1(g) “petition” includes an application.
20.
FEES AND EXPENSES
20.1
Evaluation Costs and Expenses – Commitment Fee
(a)
The Borrowers shall irrevocably and unconditionally pay to the Arranger, a non-refundable amount equal to:

(i)
one hundred fifty thousand Dollars ($150,000) on the Drawdown Date of the first Tranche; and

(ii)
one hundred fifty thousand Dollars ($150,000) on 20 June 2021;
representing  the Original Lender’s cost and expenses for the evaluation of the Commitment and the terms on which it shall be made available (as outlined in this Agreement) and the arrangement of the drawdown of the Loan, whether in whole or in part.
(b)
The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent a commitment fee at the rate of zero point fifty per cent (0.50%) per annum on the Maximum Facility Amount, such fee accruing from 29 December 2020 and being payable quarterly in arrears to the Agent on account of the Lenders on the earliest of:

(i)
the 28th day of February 2021, or

(ii)
the date upon which the second Tranche is drawn by the Borrowers;or

(iii)
the date upon which the Borrowers shall have given written notification to the Agent as to their intention not to make further use of the Loan or such Tranche, as the case me be.
(c)
The Evaluation Costs and Expenses and Commitment Fee referred to in this Clause 20.1 shall not be refundable.
20.2
Costs of negotiation, preparation etc.  The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent on its demand the amount of all expenses (including, but not limited to, all legal expenses and VAT, if applicable) incurred by the Agent or the Security Trustee in
60


connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution or registration of any Finance Document or any related document or with any transaction contemplated by a Finance Document or a related document, other than any syndication costs/expenses.
20.3
Costs of variations, amendments, enforcement etc.  The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent’s demand, the amount of all expenses incurred by a Lender in connection with:
(a)
any amendment or supplement to a Finance Document;
(b)
any consent or waiver by the Lenders, the Majority Lenders or the Creditor Party concerned under or in connection with a Finance Document;
(c)
the valuation of any security provided or offered under Clause 15 or any other matter relating to such security;
(d)
any step taken by the Agent or the Security Trustee concerned with a view to the protection, exercise or enforcement of any right or Security Interest created by a Finance Document or for any similar purpose.
20.4
Documentary taxes. The Borrowers shall promptly pay any tax payable on or by reference to any Finance Document, and shall, on the Agent’s demand, fully indemnify each Creditor Party against any liabilities and expenses resulting from any failure or delay by the Borrowers to pay such a tax.
20.5
Certification of amounts.  A notice which is signed by at least one officer of a Creditor Party, which states that a specified amount, or aggregate amount, is due to that Creditor Party under this Clause 20 and which indicates (without necessarily specifying a detailed breakdown) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall, save for manifest error, be prima facie evidence that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due.
21.
INDEMNITIES
21.1
Indemnities regarding borrowing and repayment of Loan.  The Borrowers shall fully indemnify the Agent and each Lender on the Agent’s written demand and the Security Trustee on its demand in respect of all expenses, liabilities and losses which are incurred by that Creditor Party, or which that Creditor Party reasonably and with due diligence estimates that it will incur, as a result of or in connection with:
(a)
the Loan not being borrowed on the date specified in the relevant Drawdown Notices for any reason other than a default by the Lender claiming the indemnity;
(b)
the receipt or recovery of all or any part of the Loan or an overdue sum otherwise than on the last day of an Interest Period or other relevant period;
(c)
any failure (for whatever reason) by the Borrowers to make payment of any amount due under a Finance Document on the due date or, if  payable on demand, three (3) days following the date on which the written demand is served (after giving credit for any default interest paid by the Borrowers on the amount concerned under Clause 7);
61


(d)
the occurrence and/or continuance of an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default (including, but not limited to, a breach of Clauses 11.17 or 11.18) and/or the acceleration of Loan under Clause 19.4;
and in respect of any tax (other than tax on its overall net income or which relates to a FACTA Deduction) for which a Creditor Party is liable in connection with any amount paid or payable to that Creditor Party (whether for its own account or otherwise) under any Finance Document.
21.2
Breakage costs.  Without limiting its generality, Clause 21.1 covers any liability, expense or loss, incurred by a Lender:
(a)
in liquidating or employing deposits from third parties acquired or arranged to fund or maintain all or any part of its Contribution and/or any overdue amount (or an aggregate amount which includes its Contribution or any overdue amount); and
(b)
in terminating, or reversing or otherwise in connection with, any open position arising under this Agreement.
21.3
Miscellaneous indemnities.  The Borrowers shall fully indemnify the Agent and the Security Trustee severally on their respective demands in respect of all claims, demands, proceedings, liabilities, taxes, losses and expenses of every kind (“liability items”) which may be made or brought against, or incurred by, the Agent or the Security Trustee, in any country, in relation to:
(a)
any action taken, or omitted or neglected to be taken, under or in connection with any Finance Document by the Agent, the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party or by any receiver appointed under a Finance Document;
(b)
any other event, matter or question which occurs or arises at any time during the Security Period and which has any connection with, or any bearing on, any Finance Document, any payment or other transaction relating to a Finance Document or any asset covered (or previously covered) by a Security Interest created (or intended to be created) by a Finance Document;
other than liability items which are shown to have been caused by the gross negligence or the wilful misconduct of the Agent’s or (as the case may be) the Security Trustee’s own officers or employees.
Without prejudice to its generality, this Clause 21.3 covers any claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which arise, or are asserted, under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, the ISM Code, the ISPS Code or any Environmental Law.
21.4
Extension of indemnities; environmental indemnity.  Without prejudice to its generality, Clause 21.3 covers:
(a)
any matter which would be covered by Clause 21.3 if any of the references in that Clause to a Lender were a reference to the Agent or (as the case may be) to the Security Trustee; and
(b)
any liability items which arise, or are asserted, under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, pollution or the protection of the environment if such liability items would not have arise or asserted against the Lender or Agent or the Security Trustee (as the case may be) if any of them had not entered into
62


any of the Finance Documents and/or exercised any of its rights, powers and discretions thereby conferred and/or performed any of its obligations thereunder and/or been involved in any of the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents.
21.5
Currency indemnity.  If any sum due from the Borrowers or any other Security Party to a Creditor Party under a Finance Document or under any order or judgment relating to a Finance Document has to be converted from the currency in which the Finance Document provided for the sum to be paid (the “Contractual Currency”) into another currency (the “Payment Currency”) for the purpose of:
(a)
making or lodging any claim or proof against the Borrowers or any Security Party, whether in its liquidation, any arrangement involving it or otherwise; or
(b)
obtaining an order or judgment from any court or other tribunal; or
(c)
enforcing any such order or judgment;
the Borrowers or such other Security Party shall indemnify the Creditor Party concerned against any loss arising when the amount of the payment actually received by that Creditor Party is converted at the available rate of exchange into the Contractual Currency.
In this Clause 21.5, the “available rate of exchange” means the rate at which the Creditor Party concerned is able at the opening of business (London time) on the Business Day after it receives the sum concerned to purchase the Contractual Currency with the Payment Currency.
This Clause 21.5 creates a separate liability of the Borrowers which is distinct from their other liabilities under the Finance Documents and which shall not be merged in any judgment or order relating to those other liabilities.
21.6
Certification of amounts.  A notice which is signed by 1 officer of a Creditor Party, which states that a specified amount, or aggregate amount, is due to that Creditor Party under this Clause 21 and which indicates (without necessarily specifying a detailed breakdown) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall, save for manifest error, be prima facie evidence that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due.
21.7
Sums deemed due to a Lender.  For the purposes of this Clause 21, a sum payable by the Borrowers to the Agent or the Security Trustee for distribution to a Lender shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender.
21.8
Mandatory Costs.  The Borrowers shall, on demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of a Lender, such amount which any Lender certifies in a notice to the Agent to be its good faith determination of the amount necessary to compensate it for complying with:
(a)
in the case of a Lender lending from a lending office in a Participating Member State, the minimum reserve requirements (or other requirements having the same or similar purpose) of the European Central Bank or any other authority or agency which replaces all or any of its functions) in respect of loans made from that lending office; and
63


(b)
in the case of any Lender lending from a lending office in the United Kingdom, any reserve asset, special deposit or liquidity requirements (or other requirements having the same or similar purpose) of the Bank of England (or any other governmental authority or agency) and/or paying any fees to the Financial Conduct Authority and/or the Prudential Regulation Authority (or any other governmental authority or agency which replaces all or any of their functions), which, in each case, is referable to that Lender’s participation in the Loan.
22.
NO SET-OFF OR TAX DEDUCTION
22.1
No deductions.  All amounts due from the Borrowers under a Finance Document shall be paid:
(a)
without any form of set‑off, cross-claim or condition; and
(b)
free and clear of any tax deduction except a tax deduction which the Borrowers are required by law to make.
22.2
Grossing-up for taxes.  If the Borrowers are required by law to make a tax deduction from any payment:
(a)
the Borrowers shall notify the Agent as soon as it becomes aware of the requirement;
(b)
the Borrowers shall pay the tax deducted to the appropriate taxation authority promptly, and in any event before any fine or penalty arises;
(c)
the amount due in respect of the payment shall be increased by the amount necessary to ensure that each Creditor Party receives and retains (free from any liability relating to the tax deduction) a net amount which, after the tax deduction, is equal to the full amount which it would otherwise have received.
22.3
Evidence of payment of taxes.  Within 1 month after making any tax deduction, the Borrowers shall deliver to the Agent documentary evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the tax had been paid to the appropriate taxation authority.
22.4
Exclusion of tax on overall net income.  In this Clause 22 “tax deduction” means any deduction or withholding for or on account of any present or future tax except tax on a Creditor Party’s overall net income.
22.5
FATCA Information.
(a)
Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Party shall, within ten (10) Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

(i)
confirm to that other Party whether it is a FATCA Exempt Party or is not a FATCA Exempt Party;

(ii)
supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with FATCA; and
64



(iii)
supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with any other law, regulation or exchange of information regime.
(b)
If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to paragraph (a) (i) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.
(c)
Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any Creditor Party to do anything which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation, any policy of that party, any fiduciary duty or any duty of confidentiality, or to disclose any confidential information (including, without limitation, its tax returns and calculations); provided, however, that information required (or equivalent to the information so required) by United States Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8 or W-9 (or any successor forms) shall not be treated as confidential information of such party for purposes of this paragraph (c).
(d)
If a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with paragraph (a) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then if that Party failed to confirm whether it is (and/or remains) a FATCA Exempt Party then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.
22.6
FATCA Deduction
(a)
Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.
(b)
Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction) notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Borrowers and the Agent and the Agent shall notify the other Creditor Parties.
22.7
Contractual recognition of Bail-In.
Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the Parties, each Party acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any Party to any other Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:
(a)
any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability applicable to such Party, including (without limitation):
65



(i)
a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability;

(ii)
a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred on, it; and

(iii)
a cancellation of any such liability; and
(b)
a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability applicable to such Party.
23.
ILLEGALITY, ETC
23.1
Illegality.  This Clause 23 applies if a Lender (the “Notifying Lender”) notifies the Agent that it has become, or will with effect from a specified date, become:
(a)
unlawful or prohibited (including, without limitation, due to a breach of Clauses 11.17 or 11.18) as a result of the introduction of a new law, an amendment to an existing law or a change in the manner in which an existing law is or will be interpreted or applied; or
(b)
contrary to, or inconsistent with, any regulation,
for the Notifying Lender to maintain or give effect to any of its obligations under this Agreement in the manner contemplated by this Agreement.
23.2
Notification of illegality.  The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers, the Security Parties, the Security Trustee and the other Lenders of the notice under Clause 23.1 which the Agent receives from the Notifying Lender.
23.3
Prepayment; termination of Commitment. On the Agent notifying the Borrowers under Clause 23.2, the Notifying Lender’s Commitment shall terminate; and thereupon or, if later, on the date specified in the Notifying Lender’s notice under Clause 23.1 as the date on which the notified event would become effective the Borrowers shall prepay the Notifying Lender’s Contribution in accordance with Clause 8.
23.4
Mitigation.  If circumstances arise which would result in a notification under Clause 23.1 then, without in any way limiting the rights of the Notifying Lender under Clause 23.3, the Notifying Lender shall use reasonable endeavours to transfer its obligations, liabilities and rights under this Agreement and the Finance Documents to another office or financial institution not affected by the circumstances but the Notifying Lender shall not be under any obligation to take any such action if, in its opinion, to do would or might:
(a)
have an adverse effect on its business, operations or financial condition; or
(b)
involve it in any activity which is unlawful or prohibited or any activity that is contrary to, or inconsistent with, any regulation; or
(c)
involve it in any expense (unless indemnified to its satisfaction) or tax disadvantage.
66


24.
INCREASED COSTS
24.1
Increased costs.  This Clause 24 applies if the Notifying Lender notifies the Agent that it considers that as a result of:
(a)
the introduction or alteration after the date of this Agreement of a law or an alteration after the date of this Agreement in the manner in which a law is interpreted or applied (disregarding any effect which relates to the application to payments under this Agreement of a tax on the Lender’s overall net income); or
(b)
the effect of complying with any regulation (including any regulation which relates to capital adequacy or liquidity controls or which affects the manner in which the Notifying Lender allocates capital resources to its obligations under this Agreement) which is introduced, or altered, or the interpretation or application of which is altered, after the date of this Agreement (including, but not limited to, Basel III and CRD IV costs),
is that the Notifying Lender (or a parent company of it) has incurred or will incur an “increased cost”, that is to say,:

(i)
an additional or increased cost incurred as a result of, or in connection with, the Notifying Lender having entered into, or being a party to, this Agreement or a Transfer Certificate, of funding or maintaining its Commitment or Contribution or performing its obligations under this Agreement, or of having outstanding all or any part of its Contribution or other unpaid sums; or

(ii)
a reduction in the amount of any payment to the Notifying Lender under this Agreement or in the effective return which such a payment represents to the Notifying Lender or on its capital;

(iii)
an additional or increased cost of funding all or maintaining all or any of the advances comprised in a class of advances formed by or including the Notifying Lender’s Contribution or (as the case may require) the proportion of that cost attributable to the Contribution; or

(iv)
a liability to make a payment, or a return foregone, which is calculated by reference to any amounts received or receivable by the Notifying Lender under this Agreement;
but not an item attributable to a change in the rate of tax on the overall net income of the Notifying Lender (or a parent company of it) or an item covered by the indemnity for tax in Clause 21.1 or by Clause 22 or which is attributable to a FATCA Deduction.
For the purposes of this Clause 24.1 the Notifying Lender may in good faith allocate or spread costs and/or losses among its assets and liabilities (or any class thereof) on such basis as it considers appropriate.
24.2
Notification to Borrowers of claim for increased costs.  The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers and the Security Parties of the notice which the Agent received from the Notifying Lender under Clause 24.1.
24.3
Payment of increased costs.  The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent’s demand, for the account of the Notifying Lender the amounts which the Agent
67


from time to time notifies the Borrowers that the Notifying Lender has specified to be necessary to compensate the Notifying Lender for the increased cost.
24.4
Notice of prepayment.  If the Borrowers are not willing to continue to compensate the Notifying Lender for the increased cost under Clause 24.3, the Borrowers may give the Agent not less than 14 days’ notice of its intention to prepay the Notifying Lender’s Contribution at the end of an Interest Period.
24.5
Prepayment; termination of Commitment.  A notice under Clause 24.4 shall be irrevocable; the Agent shall promptly notify the Notifying Lender of the Borrowers’ notice of intended prepayment; and:
(a)
on the date on which the Agent serves that notice, the Commitment of the Notifying Lender shall be cancelled; and
(b)
on the date specified in its notice of intended prepayment, the Borrowers shall prepay (without premium or penalty) the Notifying Lender’s Contribution, together with accrued interest thereon at the applicable rate plus the Margin.
24.6
Application of prepayment. Clause 8 shall apply in relation to the prepayment.
25.
SET‑OFF
25.1
Application of credit balances.  Each Creditor Party may without prior notice at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing:
(a)
apply any balance (whether or not then due) which at any time stands to the credit of any Account in the name of the Borrowers and/or the Guarantor at any office in any country of that Creditor Party in or towards satisfaction of any sum then due from the Borrowers and/or the Guarantor to that Creditor Party under any of the Finance Documents; and
(b)
for that purpose:

(i)
break, or alter the maturity of, all or any part of a deposit of the Borrowers and/or the Guarantor;

(ii)
convert or translate all or any part of a deposit or other credit balance into Dollars;

(iii)
enter into any other transaction or make any entry with regard to the credit balance which the Creditor Party concerned considers appropriate.
25.2
Existing rights unaffected.  No Creditor Party shall be obliged to exercise any of its rights under Clause 25.1; and those rights shall be without prejudice and in addition to any right of set‑off, combination of accounts, charge, lien or other right or remedy to which a Creditor Party is entitled (whether under the general law or any document).
25.3
Sums deemed due to a Lender.  For the purposes of this Clause 25, a sum payable by the Borrowers and/or the Guarantor to the Agent or the Security Trustee for distribution to, or for the account of, a Lender shall be treated as a sum due to that
68


Lender; and each Lender’s proportion of a sum so payable for distribution to, or for the account of, the Lenders shall be treated as a sum due to such Lender.
25.4
No Security Interest.  This Clause 25 gives the Lenders a contractual right of set off only, and does not create any equitable charge or other Security Interest over any credit balance of the Borrowers and/or the Guarantor.
25.5
No Borrowers’/Guarantor’s set off. The Borrowers and/or the Guarantor shall not have a right of set off in relation to sums that may be due from any Creditor Party under this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents.
26.
TRANSFERS AND CHANGES IN LENDING OFFICES
26.1
Transfer by the Borrowers.  The Borrowers may not:
(a)
without the prior written consent of the Agent (given on the instructions of all of the Lenders), transfer any of its rights or obligations under any Finance Document;
(b)
without the prior written consent of the Agent (given on the instructions of all the Lenders), enter into any merger, de-merger or other reorganisation, or carry out any other act, as a result of which any of its rights or liabilities would vest in, or pass to, another person.
26.2
Transfer by a Lender.  Subject to Clause 26.4, a Lender (the “Transferor Lender”) may, at its sole discretion and at its own expense, without the consent of and/or the prior consultation with the Borrowers (but with notice to the Borrowers) and/or any Security Party, at any time assign or transfer by novation (as applicable):
(a)
its rights in respect of all or part of its Contribution; or
(b)
its obligations in respect of all or part of its Commitment; or
(c)
a combination of (a) and (b);
to be (in the case of its rights) assigned or transferred to, or (in the case of its obligations) assumed by and novated to, another bank or financial institution, or by a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (a “Transferee Lender”) by delivering to the Agent a completed certificate in the form set out in Schedule 4 with any modifications approved or required by the Agent (a “Transfer Certificate”) executed by the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender and should the Transfer Certificate alone be not sufficient in the Transferor Lender’s or Transferee Lender’s jurisdiction for a Transferor Lender to transfer all or a proportionate share of the Transferor Lender’s interest in the security constituted by the Finance Documents, the Borrowers hereby undertake, immediately on being requested to do so by the Agent and at the cost of the Transferor Lender, to enter into, and procure that the other Security Parties shall (at the cost of the Transferor Lender) enter into, such documents as may be necessary or desirable to transfer to the Transferee Lender all or the relevant part of such Lender’s interest in the Finance Documents and all relevant references in this Agreement to such Lender shall thereafter be construed as a reference to the Transferor Lender and/or its Transferee Lender (as the case may be) to the extent of their respective interests.
69


However any rights and obligations of the Transferor Lender in its capacity as Agent or Security Trustee shall be dealt with separately in accordance with the Agency and Trust Deed.
26.3
Transfer Certificate, delivery and notification.  As soon as reasonably practicable after a Transfer Certificate is delivered to the Agent, it shall (unless it has reason to believe that the Transfer Certificate may be defective):
(a)
sign the Transfer Certificate on behalf of itself, the Borrowers, the Security Parties, the Security Trustee, the Arranger, the Account Bank and each of the Lenders;
(b)
on behalf of the Transferee Lender, send to the Borrowers and each Security Party letters or faxes or electronic mail notifying them of the Transfer Certificate and attaching a copy of it;
(c)
send to the Transferee Lender copies of the letters or faxes or electronic mail sent under paragraph (b) above.
26.4
Effective Date of Transfer Certificate.  A Transfer Certificate becomes effective on the date, if any, specified in the Transfer Certificate as its effective date Provided that it is signed by the Agent under Clause 26.3 on or before that date.
26.5
No transfer without Transfer Certificate.  No assignment or transfer of any right or obligation of a Lender under any Finance Document is binding on, or effective in relation to, the Borrowers, any Security Party, the Agent or the Security Trustee unless it is effected, evidenced or perfected by a Transfer Certificate.
26.6
Lender re-organisation; waiver of Transfer Certificate.  However, if a Lender enters into any merger, de-merger or other reorganisation as a result of which all its rights or obligations vest in another person (the “successor”), the Agent may, if it sees fit, by notice to the successor and the Borrowers and the Security Trustee waive the need for the execution and delivery of a Transfer Certificate; and, upon service of the Agent’s notice, the successor shall become a Lender with the same Commitment and Contribution as were held by the predecessor Lender.  In addition, where security rights (such as pledge and mortgage rights) created in the interest of the Lender concerned were transferred to the successor as a result of such a merger, de-merger or other reorganisation, then such rights will serve as if they were created in the interest of the successor.
26.7
Effect of Transfer Certificate.  A Transfer Certificate takes effect in accordance with English law as follows:
(a)
to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate, all rights, interests and/or obligations (present, future or contingent) which the Transferor Lender has under or by virtue of the Finance Documents are assigned and/or transferred by novation (as applicable) to the Transferee Lender absolutely, free of any defects in the Transferor Lender’s title and of any rights or equities which the Borrowers or any Security Party had against the Transferor Lender;
(b)
the Transferor Lender’s Commitment is discharged to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate;
70


(c)
the Transferee Lender becomes a Lender with the Contribution previously held by the Transferor Lender and a Commitment of an amount specified in the Transfer Certificate;
(d)
the Transferee Lender becomes bound by all the provisions of the Finance Documents which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including those about pro‑rata sharing and the exclusion of liability on the part of, and the indemnification of, the Agent and the Security Trustee and, to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes bound by those provisions (other than those relating to exclusion of liability), the Transferor Lender ceases to be bound by them;
(e)
any part of the Loan which the Transferee Lender advances after the Transfer Certificate’s effective date ranks in point of priority and security in the same way as it would have ranked had it been advanced by the transferor, assuming that any defects in the transferor’s title and any rights or equities of the Borrowers or any Security Party against the Transferor Lender had not existed;
(f)
the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to all the rights under the Finance Documents which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including but not limited to those relating to the Majority Lenders and those under Clause 5.7 and Clause 21, and to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to such rights, the Transferor Lender ceases to be entitled to them; and
(g)
in respect of any breach of a warranty, undertaking, condition or other provision of a Finance Document or any misrepresentation made in or in connection with a Finance Document, the Transferee Lender shall be entitled to recover damages by reference to the loss incurred by it as a result of the breach or misrepresentation, irrespective of whether the original Lender would have incurred a loss of that kind or amount.
The rights and equities of the Borrowers or any Security Party referred to above include, but are not limited to, any right of set off and any other kind of cross‑claim.
26.8
Maintenance of register of Lenders.  During the Security Period the Agent shall maintain a register in which it shall record the name, Commitment, Contribution and administrative details (including the lending office) from time to time of each Lender holding a Transfer Certificate and the effective date (in accordance with Clause 26.4) of the Transfer Certificate; and the Agent shall make the register available for inspection by any Lender, the Security Trustee and the Borrowers during normal banking hours, subject to receiving at least 3 Business Days prior notice.
26.9
Reliance on register of Lenders.  The entries on that register shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive in determining the identities of the Lenders and the amounts of their Commitments and Contributions and the effective dates of Transfer Certificates and may be relied upon by the Agent and the other parties to the Finance Documents for all purposes relating to the Finance Documents.
26.10
Authorisation of Agent to sign Transfer Certificates.  The Borrowers, the Arranger, the Account Bank, the Security Trustee, each Lender irrevocably authorise the Agent to sign Transfer Certificates on its behalf.
26.11
Registration fee. In respect of any Transfer Certificate, the Agent shall be entitled to recover a registration fee of $2,500 from the Transferor Lender or (at the
71


Agent’s option) the Transferee Lender. Such fees will not burden any of the Security Parties under any circumstances.
26.12
Sub-participation; subrogation assignment.  A Lender may sub‑participate all or any part of its rights and/or obligations under or in connection with the Finance Documents without the consent of, or any notice to, the Borrowers, any Security Party, the Agent or the Security Trustee; and the Lenders may assign, in any manner and terms agreed by the Majority Lenders, the Agent and the Security Trustee, all or any part of those rights to an insurer or surety who has become subrogated to them.
26.13
Disclosure of information.  A Lender may disclose to a potential Transferee Lender or sub‑participant any information necessary to effect the relevant transaction which the Lender has received in relation to the Borrowers, any Security Party or their affairs under or in connection with any Finance Document, provided that the potential Transferee Lender or sub-participant shall have first signed a confidentiality undertaking in relation thereto.
26.14
Change of lending office.  A Lender may change its lending office without consultation with the Borrowers by giving notice to the Agent and the change shall become effective on the later of:
(a)
the date on which the Agent receives the notice; and
(b)
the date, if any, specified in the notice as the date on which the change will come into effect.
26.15
Notification.  On receiving such a notice, the Agent shall notify the Borrowers and the Security Trustee; and, until the Agent receives such a notice, it shall be entitled to assume that a Lender is acting through the lending office of which the Agent last had notice.
26.16
Security over Lenders’ rights.  In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 26, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from, the Borrowers or any other Security Party, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create a Security Interest in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:
(a)
any charge, assignment or other Security Interest to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and
(b)
in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Security Interest granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities;
except that no such charge, assignment or Security Interest shall:

(i)
release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security Interest for Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

(ii)
require any payments to be made by the Borrowers or any other Security Party or grant to any person any more extensive rights than
72


those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.
26.17
Consent to disclosure.  The Borrowers authorise any of the Lenders to disclose all information related or connected to:
(a)
the Ships or any other vessel owned or operated by a Security Party;
(b)
the negotiation, drafting and content of this Agreement and the Finance Documents;
(c)
the Loan; or
(d)
any Security Party,
to any service provider (included but not limited to professional advisers, auditors, lawyers, accountants, surveyors, valuers, insurers, insurance advisers and brokers) which any of the Lenders may in its discretion deem necessary or desirable in connection with this Agreement or any other Finance Documents and/or the protection or enforcement of its rights thereunder, provided that the recipient has agreed to treat the information as confidential.
27.
VARIATIONS AND WAIVERS
27.1
Variations, waivers etc. by Majority Lenders.  Subject to Clause 27.2, a document shall be effective to vary, waive, suspend or limit any provision of a Finance Document, or any Creditor Party’s rights or remedies under such a provision or the general law, only if the document is signed, or specifically agreed to by fax or electronic mail, by the Borrowers, by the Agent on behalf of the Majority Lenders, by the Agent and the Security Trustee in their own rights, and, if the document relates to a Finance Document to which a Security Party is party, by that Security Party.
27.2
Variations, waivers etc. requiring agreement of all Lenders.  However, as regards the following, Clause 27.1 applies as if the words “by the Agent on behalf of the Majority Lenders” were replaced by the words “by or on behalf of every Lender”:
(a)
a reduction in the Margin or in the definition of LIBOR;
(b)
a postponement to the date for, or a reduction in the amount of, any payment of principal, interest, fees, or other sums payable under this Agreement;
(c)
an increase in any Lender’s Commitment;
(d)
an extension of the Availability Period;
(e)
a change to the definition of “Majority Lenders”, “Finance Documents”, “Restricted Party”, “Sanctions”, “Sanctions Authority” or “Sanctions List”;
(f)
a change to the preamble or to Clause 2, 3, 4, 5.1, 11.17, 11.18, 17, 19 or 30;
(g)
a change to Clause 3 or this Clause 27;
(h)
any release of, or material variation to, a Security Interest, guarantee, indemnity or subordination arrangement set out in a Finance Document; and
73


(i)
any other change or matter as regards which this Agreement or another Finance Document expressly provides that each Lender’s consent is required.
27.3
Exclusion of other or implied variations.  Except for a document which satisfies the requirements of Clauses 27.1 and 27.2, no document, and no act, course of conduct, failure or neglect to act, delay or acquiescence on the part of the Creditor Parties or any of them (or any person acting on behalf of any of them) shall result in the Creditor Parties or any of them (or any person acting on behalf of any of them) being taken to have varied, waived, suspended or limited, or being precluded (permanently or temporarily) from enforcing, relying on or exercising:
(a)
a provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document; or
(b)
an Event of Default; or
(c)
a breach by the Borrowers or a Security Party of an obligation under a Finance Document or the general law; or
(d)
any right or remedy conferred by any Finance Document or by the general law,
and there shall not be implied into any Finance Document any term or condition requiring any such provision to be enforced, or such right or remedy to be exercised, within a certain or reasonable time.
27.4
Notification of Variation or Waiver.  No variation or waiver may be made before the date falling ten (10) Business Days after the terms of that variation or waiver have been notified by the Agent to the Lenders. The Agent shall notify the Lenders reasonably promptly of any variations or waivers proposed by the Borrowers.
27.5
Variation or Waiver: FATCA.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Agent or a Lender reasonably believes that an amendment or waiver may constitute a “material modification” for the purposes of FATCA that may result (directly or indirectly) in a Party being required to make a FATCA Deduction and the Agent or that Lender (as the case may be) notifies the Borrowers and the Agent accordingly, that amendment or waiver may, subject to paragraph (b) below, not be effected without the consent of the Agent or that Lender (as the case may be).
28.
NOTICES
28.1
General.  Unless otherwise specifically provided, any notice under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be given by letter or fax or electronic mail; and references in the Finance Documents to written notices, notices in writing and notices signed by particular persons shall be construed accordingly.
28.2
Addresses for communications.  A notice shall be sent:
(a)
to the Borrowers:
c/o Eurodry Ltd
   
4, Messogiou & Evropis Street
   
151 24, Maroussi
   
Athens, Greece
   
Fax No: +30 2111 804097
   
Email: aha@euroseas.gr
     
74


   
Attn:  Mr. Tassos Aslidis/Simos Pariaros
     
(b)
to a Lender:
At the address below its name in
   
Schedule 1 or (as the case may require) in the relevant Transfer Certificate;
     
(c)
to the Arranger, Account Bank and
EUROBANK S.A.
 
Security Trustee:
83 Akti Miaouli & 1, Flessa Street
   
185 38 Piraeus
   
Greece
   
Fax No: +30 210 4587877;
     
(d)
to the Agent:
EUROBANK S.A.
   
83 Akti Miaouli & 1, Flessa Street
   
185 38 Piraeus
   
Greece
   
Fax: +30 210 4587877
   
Attn:  Mr S. Yagos

or to such other address as the relevant party may notify the Agent or, if the relevant party is the Agent or the Security Trustee, the Borrowers, the Lenders, the Arranger, the Account Bank and the Security Parties.
28.3
Effective date of notices.  Subject to Clauses 28.4 and 28.5:
(a)
a notice which is delivered personally or posted shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at the time when it is delivered;
(b)
a notice which is sent by fax shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, 2 hours after its transmission is completed;
(c)
a notice which is sent by e-mail shall be deemed to be effective in accordance with paragraphs (c) and (d) of Clause 28.7.
28.4
Service outside business hours.  However, if under Clause 28.3 a notice would be deemed to be served:
(a)
on a day which is not a business day in the place of receipt; or
(b)
on such a business day, but after 5 p.m. local time;
the notice shall (subject to Clause 28.5) be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at 9 a.m. on the next day which is such a business day.
28.5
Illegible notices.  Clauses 28.3 and 28.4 do not apply if the recipient of a notice notifies the sender within one hour after the time at which the notice would otherwise be deemed to be served that the notice has been received in a form which is illegible in a material respect.
28.6
Valid notices.  A notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall not be invalid by reason that its contents or the manner of serving it do not comply with the requirements of this Agreement or, where appropriate, any other Finance Document under which it is served if,
75


in the case of incorrect and/or incomplete contents, it should have been reasonably clear to the party on which the notice was served what the correct or missing particulars should have been.
28.7
Electronic communication.
(a)
Any communication to be made between any two Parties under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means (including, without limitation, by way of posting to a secure website), if those two Parties:

(i)
notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the transmission of information by that means; and

(ii)
notify each other of any change to their respective addresses or any other such information supplied to them by not less than five (5) Business Day’s notice .
(b)
Any such electronic communication as specified in paragraph (a) above to be made between a Security Party and the Agent or any other Creditor Party may only be made in that way to the extent that those two Parties agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication.
(c)
Any such electronic communication as specified in paragraph (a) above made between any two Parties will be effective only when actually received (or made available) in readable form and, in the case of any electronic communication made by a Party to the Agent or any other Creditor Party, only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent or such other Creditor Party shall specify for this purpose.
(d)
Any electronic communication which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraph (c) above, after 5.00 p.m. in the place in which the Party to whom the relevant communication is sent or made available has its address for the purpose of this Agreement shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.
(e)
Any reference in a Finance Document to a communication being sent or received shall be construed to include that communication being made available in accordance with this Clause 28.7.
28.8
English language.  Any notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall be in English.
28.9
Meaning of notice. In this Clause “notice” includes any demand, consent, authorisation, approval, instruction, waiver or other communication.
29.
SUPPLEMENTAL
29.1
Rights cumulative, non-exclusive.  The rights and remedies which the Finance Documents give to each Creditor Party are:
(a)
cumulative;
76


(b)
may be exercised as often as appears expedient; and
(c)
shall not, unless a Finance Document explicitly and specifically states so, be taken to exclude or limit any right or remedy conferred by any law.
29.2
Severability of provisions.  If any provision of a Finance Document is or subsequently becomes void, unenforceable or illegal, that shall not affect the validity, enforceability or legality of the other provisions of that Finance Document or of the provisions of any other Finance Document.
29.3
Third party rights.  A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.
29.4
Counterparts.  A Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts.
29.5
PATRIOT Act Notice.  Each of the Agent and the Lenders hereby notifies the Borrowers that pursuant to the requirements of the PATRIOT Act and the policies and practices of the Agent and each Lender, the Agent and each of the Lenders is required to obtain, verify and record certain information and documentation that identifies the Borrowers and each Security Party, which information includes the name and address of the Borrowers and each Security Party and such other information that will allow the Agent and each of the Lenders to identify the Borrowers and each Security Party in accordance with the PATRIOT Act.
30.
LAW AND JURISDICTION
30.1
English law.  This Agreement (and any non-contractual obligations connected with it) shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.
30.2
Exclusive English jurisdiction.  Subject to Clause 30.3, the courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any disputes which may arise out of or in connection with this Agreement.
30.3
Choice of forum for the exclusive benefit of the Creditor Parties.  Clause 30.2 is for the exclusive benefit of the Creditor Parties, each of which reserves the right:
(a)
to commence proceedings in relation to any matter which arises out of or in connection with this Agreement in the courts of any country other than England and which have or claim jurisdiction to that matter; and
(b)
to commence such proceedings in the courts of any such country or countries concurrently with or in addition to proceedings in England or without commencing proceedings in England.
The Borrowers shall not commence any proceedings in any country other than England in relation to a matter which arises out of or in connection with this Agreement.
30.4
Service of process.
(a)
Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, the Borrowers (and the Borrowers shall procure that each other Security Party, other than a Security Party incorporated in England and Wales):
77



(i)
irrevocably appoint Hill Dickinson at The Broadgate Tower, 20 Primrose Street, London, EC2A 2EW, England (Tel.: +44 (0)20 7283 9033, fax: +44 (0)20 7283 1144, attention of: Mr. Roderick James Palmer) as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with this Agreement and any Finance Document; and

(ii)
agrees that (on the understanding that process has first duly been served upon the process agent) failure by a process agent to notify the Borrowers or the relevant Security Party of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.
(b)
If any person appointed as an agent for service of process is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process or terminates its appointment as agent for service of process, the Borrowers must immediately (and in any event within seven (7) days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms reasonably acceptable to the Agent. Failing this, the Agent may appoint another agent for this purpose and will duly notify the Borrowers on the contact details of the same.
30.5
Creditor Party rights unaffected.  Nothing in this Clause 30 shall exclude or limit any right which any Creditor Party may have (whether under the law of any country, an international convention or otherwise) with regard to the bringing of proceedings, the service of process, the recognition or enforcement of a judgment or any similar or related matter in any jurisdiction.
30.6
Meaning of “proceedings”.  In this Clause 30, “proceedings” means proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure.
AS WITNESS the hands of the duly authorised officers or attorneys of the parties the day and year first before written.
78


SCHEDULE 1

THE LENDERS AND THEIR COMMITMENTS

Name of Lender
Lending Office
and
contact details
Total Commitments ($)
Eurobank S.A.
 
Lending office
83 Akti Miaouli & 1, Flessa Street,185 38 Piraeus, Greece
 
Contact details
83 Akti Miaouli & 1, Flessa Street,185 38 Piraeus, Greece
Fax No: +30 210 4587877
Attn: Loans Administration
26,700,000
79

SCHEDULE 2
DRAWDOWN NOTICE

To:
EUROBANK S.A.
83, Akti Miaouli
185 38 Piraeus
Greece
Attention: [Loans Administration]
[] January 2021


1.
We refer to the loan agreement (the “Loan Agreement”) dated [] January 2021 and made between (1) ourselves as Borrowers, (2) the Lenders referred to therein and (3) yourselves as Arranger, Account Bank, Agent and as Security Trustee in connection with a secured term loan of up to $26,700,000. Terms defined in the Loan Agreement have their defined meanings when used in this Drawdown Notice.
2.
We request to draw Tranche [A] [B] as follows:
Amount: $ [];
Drawdown Date:  [] 2021;
Duration of the first Interest Period shall be [] months;
Payment instructions: account of [] and numbered [] held with [] of [].
3.
We represent and warrant that:
(a)
the representations and warranties in Clause 10 of the Loan Agreement are true and correct at the date hereof as if made with respect to the facts and circumstances existing at this date;
(b)
there has been no Material Adverse Change since the date of the accounts referred to in Clause 11.6 of the Loan Agreement;
(c)
the said Tranche will be used for our own benefit and under our full responsibility and exclusively for the purposes specified in the preamble of the Loan Agreement; and
(d)
no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or will result from the borrowing of the said Tranche [A] [B].
4.
This notice cannot be revoked without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders.
5.
This notice is governed by English law.

Yours faithfully
--------------------------------------
[●]
authorised signatory for
ULTRA ONE SHIPPING LTD
KAMSARMAX ONE SHIPPING LTD
80

SCHEDULE 3
CONDITION PRECEDENT DOCUMENTS
PART A
The following are the documents referred to in Clause 9.1(a):
1.
A duly executed original of this Agreement, the Agency and Trust Deed, the Guarantee and the Accounts Pledges.
2.
Copies of the certificate of incorporation and constitutional documents of each Borrower, the Guarantor and the Approved Manager, together with up to date evidence of the good standing.
3.
Originals of resolutions of the directors and shareholders of each Borrower and originals of the relevant minutes containing the resolutions of the directors of the Guarantor and the Approved Manager authorising the execution of each of the Finance Documents referred to at 1 above to which that Borrower and/or any other Security Party is a party and authorising named officers of the Borrowers to give the Drawdown Notice(s) and other notices under this Agreement.
4.
The original of any power of attorney under which any Finance Document referred to at 1 above is executed on behalf of each Borrower, the Guarantor and the Approved Manager.
5.
Copies of all consents which a Borrower or any Security Party requires to enter into, or make any payment under, any Finance Document.
6.
All documentation required by the Agent in respect of the Borrowers and any other Security Party pursuant to any Lender’s “Know your customer” requirements based on applicable laws and regulations from time to time and the Agent’s own internal guidelines from time to time, together with such other documents or evidence as such Lender may reasonably require with respect to money laundering regulations.
7.
If applicable, a copy of any Charter (and all addenda thereto), together with evidence of authorisation with respect to the execution thereof by the relevant Borrower and by the Charterer.
8.
Documentary evidence that the agent for service of process named in Clause 30 of this Agreement has accepted its appointment.
9.
Favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Agent on such matters concerning English law or the laws of Liberia and/or the Marshall Islands and such other Relevant Jurisdictions as the Agent may require.
10.
A certificate in a form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders confirming the legal ownership and the beneficial ownership of the shares in the Borrowers, in a form and substance satisfactory to the Agent in its sole discretion.
11.
The originals of any mandates or other documents required in connection with the opening and operation of the Earnings Account(s) and the Retention Account.
81


12.
If the Agent so requires, in respect of any of the documents referred to above, a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.
PART B
The following are the documents referred to in Clause 9.1(b):
1.
Immediately prior to the Drawdown Date of the relevant Tranche:
(a)
in the case of the Tranche related to Ship A, evidence in all respects satisfactory to the Agent that the total sum of the Existing Indebtedness has been repaid in full and the Security Interests created under the Existing Finance Documents have been discharged and released; and
(b)
in the case of the Tranche related to Ship B, copies of the duly executed deeds of release and reassignment (and notices of reassignment)  in relation to any existing security interest in form and substance acceptable to the Agent or, if this is not possible, an up to date certificate of ownership and encumbrances (or equivalent) issued by the relevant authorities and showing the Ship B registered in the ownership of the Borrower B and subject only to a mortgage to secure any indebtedness in favour of such party not being a Creditor Party, accompanied by a letter of undertaking in form and substance acceptable to the Agent duly executed by such party not being a Creditor Party to provide such deeds of release and reassignment immediately after the Drawdown Date of the relevant Tranche.
2.
In respect of each Ship, a duly executed original of:
(a)
the Mortgage;
(b)
the General Assignment;
(c)
the Approved Manager’s Undertaking-Assignment;
(d)
the Guarantor’s Undertaking-Assignment;
(e)
if applicable, a Charter Assignment,
together with (if not already delivered pursuant to Schedule 3, Part A, paragraph 3) up to date evidence of the good standing, originals resolutions of the directors and shareholders of each Borrower and originals of the relevant minutes containing the resolutions of the directors of the Guarantor and the Approved Manager authorising the execution of each of the Finance Documents with respect to the execution of such Finance Documents, and all other documents required by any of such Finance Documents, including, without limitation, all notices of assignment and/or charge.
3.
Documentary evidence that:
(a)
each Ship is on the Drawdown Date of the Tranche related to such Ship definitively and permanently registered in the name of the relevant Borrower under the Approved Flag;
(b)
each Ship is on the Drawdown Date of the Tranche related to such Ship (or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter) in the absolute and unencumbered
82



ownership of the relevant Borrower save as contemplated by the Finance Documents related to such Ship;
(c)
each Ship is on the Drawdown Date of the Tranche related to such Ship be classed with the highest available class with Lloyds Register of Ships (or IACS equivalent) free of all overdue recommendations and conditions of such classification society affecting Class;
(d)
the Mortgage in respect of each Ship has been executed by the relevant Borrower and has been, or will immediately following drawdown of the relevant Tranche be, registered against that Ship as a valid first priority ship mortgage in accordance with the laws of the Approved Flag State; and
(e)
each Ship is on the Drawdown Date of the Tranche related to such Ship insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and all requirements therein in respect of insurances shall have been complied with; and
(f)
where a Ship is subject to a Charter, a signed copy of that Charter and evidence of the due execution thereof by the parties thereto and acceptance of the relevant Ship thereunder and/or a copy of the recap agreement containing the terms of the relevant fixture.
4.
Documents establishing that each Ship is, as from the Drawdown Date of the Tranche related to such Ship, managed by the Approved Manager on terms acceptable to the Agent, together with:
(a)
a copy of the ship management agreement for that Ship;
(b)
copies of the Document of Compliance and Safety Management Certificate and ISSC;
(c)
copies of such other ISM Code or ISPS Code documentation as the Agent may by written notice to the relevant Borrower have requested not later than 2 days before the relevant Drawdown Date, certified as true and complete in all material respects by the relevant Borrower and the relevant Approved Manager;
5.
A valuation of each Ship addressed to the Agent (at the Borrowers’ expense) prepared in accordance with Clause 15.4 of this Agreement and not older than thirty (30) days prior to the Drawdown Date of the relevant Tranche related to such Ship, in a form satisfactory to the Agent.
6.
Evidence that the sum of $350,000 per Ship is standing to the credit of the Earnings Account(s) in Greece or any other account or accounts held with the Account Bank in Greece in the name of the Borrowers or the Guarantor by way of required minimum liquidity pursuant to the provisions of Clause 12.5 of this Agreement.
7.
A favourable opinion from an independent insurance consultant appointed by the Agent on such matters relating to the insurances for the Ships as the Agent may require, and at the cost and expense of the Borrowers.
8.
Favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Lenders on such matters concerning the laws of England, the laws of Liberia, the laws of the
83



Marshall Islands the laws of the Approved Flag State (if different) and such other Relevant Jurisdiction as the Agent may require.
9.
Receipt by the Arranger of the amount of one hundred fifty thousand Dollars ($150,000) referred to in Cause 20.1 (a) (i) representing 50% of the Evaluation Costs and Expenses and receipt by the Agent of any other fees, costs and expenses due under Clause 20 of this Agreement.
10.
A signed confirmation in writing from the Borrowers, confirming that all trading certificates for each Ship are up to date and in full force.
PART C
CONDITIONS SUBSEQUENT
(1)
Letters of undertaking. Letters of undertaking in respect of the Insurances as required by the Finance Documents together with copies of the relevant policies or cover notes or entry certificates duly endorsed with the interest of the Creditor Parties.
(2)
Service of notices and acknowledgements of notices to the Charterer. Service of all notices of assignment and/or charge given pursuant to any Finance Documents by the Agent pursuant to Part A or Part B of this Schedule 3 and (on an effort basis) an acknowledgement by the Charterer of any notice of assignment executed in connection with a Charter Assignment, in any case provision of same is not delayed or denied by the Charterer.
(3)
Legal opinions. Such of the legal opinions specified in Part B of this Schedule 3 as have not already been provided to the Agent.

84

SCHEDULE 4

TRANSFER CERTIFICATE
The Transferor and the Transferee accept exclusive responsibility for ensuring that this Certificate and the transaction to which it relates comply with all legal and regulatory requirements applicable to them respectively.
To:
EUROBANK S.A. for itself and for and on behalf of the Borrowers, each other Security Party, the Arranger, the Account Bank, the Security Trustee and each Lender, as defined in the Loan Agreement referred to below.
[●]
This Certificate relates to the loan agreement dated [] January 2021 (the “Loan Agreement”) and made between  (1) the entities named therein as borrowers (the “Borrowers”), (2) the banks and financial institutions named therein as Lenders, (3) EUROBANK S.A. as Arranger, Account Bank, Agent and Security Trustee, for a secured term loan of up to $26,700,000.
1.
In this Certificate:
the Relevant Parties” means the Agent, the Borrowers, each other Security Party, the Security Trustee, the Arranger, the Account Bank and each Lender;
the Transferor” means [full name] of [lending office];
the Transferee” means [full name] of [lending office].
Terms defined in the Loan Agreement shall, unless the contrary intention appears, have the same meanings when used in this Certificate.
3.
The effective date of this Certificate is [●] Provided that this Certificate shall not come into effect unless it is signed by the Agent on or before that date.
4.
The Transferor [transfers by novation to the Transferee all rights, interests and obligations] or upon transfer of rights only [assigns to the Transferee absolutely all rights and interests] (present, future or contingent) which the Transferor has as Lender under or by virtue of the Loan Agreement and every other Finance Document in relation to [●] per cent of the Contribution outstanding to the Transferor (or its predecessors in title) which is set out below:
 
Contribution
 
Amount transferred
 
     
5.
By virtue of this Transfer Certificate and Clause 26 of the Loan Agreement, the Transferor is discharged [entirely from its Commitment which amounts to $[●]] [from [●] per cent. of its Commitment, which percentage represents   $[●]] and the Transferee acquires a Commitment of $[●].
6.
The Transferee undertakes with the Transferor and each of the Relevant Parties that the Transferee will observe and perform all the obligations under the Finance Documents which Clause 26 of the Loan Agreement provides will become binding on it upon this Certificate taking effect. [For the avoidance of
85



doubt the Transferor shall remain as [●] under the Loan Agreement and the Finance Documents].
7.
The Agent, at the request of the Transferee (which request is hereby made) accepts, for the Agent itself and for and on behalf of every other Relevant Party, this Certificate as a Transfer Certificate taking effect in accordance with Clause 26 of the Loan Agreement.
8. The Transferor:
(a)
warrants to the Transferee and each Relevant Party:

(i)
that the Transferor has full capacity to enter into this transaction and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents which are in connection with this transaction; and

(ii)
that this Certificate is valid and binding as regards the Transferor;
(b)
warrants to the Transferee that the Transferor is absolutely entitled, free of encumbrances, to all the rights and interests covered by the [transfer] [assignment] in paragraph 4 above;
(c)
undertakes with the Transferee that the Transferor will, at its own expense, execute any documents which the Transferee reasonably requests for perfecting in any Relevant Jurisdiction the Transferee’s title under this Certificate or for a similar purpose.
9. The Transferee:
(a)
confirms that it has received a copy of the Loan Agreement and each other Finance Document;
(b)
agrees that it will have no rights of recourse on any ground against either the Transferor, the Agent, the Arranger, the Account Bank, the Security Trustee or any Lender in the event that:

(i)
the Finance Documents prove to be invalid or ineffective,

(ii)
the Borrowers or any other Security Party fails to observe or perform its obligations, or to discharge its liabilities, under the Finance Documents;

(iii)
it proves impossible to realise any asset covered by a Security Interest created by a Finance Document, or the proceeds of such assets are insufficient to discharge the liabilities of the Borrowers or any other Security Party under the Finance Documents;
(c)
agrees that it will have no rights of recourse on any ground against the Agent, the Arranger, the Account Bank, the Security Trustee or any Lender in the event that this Certificate proves to be invalid or ineffective;
(d)
warrants to the Transferor and each Relevant Party (i) that it has full capacity to enter into this transaction and has taken all corporate action and obtained all official consents which it needs to take or obtain in connection with this transaction; and (ii) that this Certificate is valid and binding as regards the Transferee; and
86


(e)
confirms the accuracy of the administrative details set out below regarding the Transferee; and
(f)
agrees to be responsible for all legal and other costs (including without limitation, notarial fees, breakage costs and, if applicable, VAT) incurred by the Transferor with respect to documenting the transfer and perfecting any security.
10.
The Transferor and the Transferee each undertake with the Agent and the Security Trustee severally, on demand, fully to indemnify the Agent and/or the Security Trustee in respect of any claim, proceeding, liability or expense (including all legal expenses) which they or either of them may incur in connection with this Certificate or any matter arising out of it, except such as are shown to have been mainly and directly caused by the gross negligence or dishonesty of the Agent’s or the Security Trustee’s own officers or employees.
11.
The Transferee shall repay to the Transferor on demand so much of any sum paid by the Transferor under paragraph 10 above as exceeds one-half of the amount demanded by the Agent or the Security Trustee in respect of a claim, proceeding, liability or expense which was not reasonably foreseeable at the date of this Certificate; but nothing in this paragraph shall affect the liability of each of the Transferor and the Transferee to the Agent or the Security Trustee for the full amount demanded by it.
12.
This Certificate (and any non-contractual obligations connected with it) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law, and may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original).

[Name of Transferor]
[Name of Transferee]
   
By: [●]
By: [●]
Date: [●]
Date: [●]


Agent

Signed for itself and for and on behalf of itself
as Agent and for every other Relevant Party

Eurobank S.A.

By: [●]
Date: [●]

87

Administrative Details of Transferee
Name of Transferee:
Lending Office:
Contact Person:
(Loan Administration Department):
Telephone:
Fax:
Email:
Contact Person
(Credit Administration Department):
Telephone:
Fax:
Email:
Account for payments:


Note:
This Transfer Certificate alone may not be sufficient to transfer a proportionate share of the Transferor’s interest in the security constituted by the Finance Documents in the Transferor’s or Transferee’s jurisdiction. It is the responsibility of each Lender to ascertain whether any other documents are required for this purpose.

88



SCHEDULE 5
FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
To:



Attn: 
EUROBANK S.A.
83, Akti Miaouli
185 38 Piraeus
Greece
Loans Administration

[date]

Dear Sirs

Loan Agreement dated [●] 2021 (the “Loan Agreement”) made between (i) the Borrowers referred to therein, (ii) the Lenders referred to therein and (iii) EUROBANK S.A. as Arranger, Account Bank, Agent and Security Trustee in connection with a loan facility of up to $26,700,000.
Terms defined in the Loan Agreement have their defined meanings when used in this Compliance Certificate.
We enclose with this certificate a copy of the annual audited consolidated financial statements of the Guarantor referred to in the Loan Agreement (the “Guarantor”) for the financial year commencing on the 1st January 2021. The accounts (i) have been prepared in accordance with all applicable laws and GAAP consistently applied, (ii) give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Borrowers and the Guarantor at the date of the accounts and of its profit for the period to which the accounts relate and (iii) fully disclose or provide for all significant liabilities of the Borrowers and the Guarantor.
We also enclose copies of the valuations of the Ships which are used in calculating the asset cover ratio under Clause 15.1 of the Loan Agreement as at [●].
The Borrowers represent that no Event of Default has occurred as at the date of this certificate [(except for the following matter or event [set out all material details of mater or event]).]
We now certify that, as at [●].
(a) minimum liquidity balances of $350,000 per Ship have been maintained on an annual average basis in an Account held with the Lenders or the Agent or the Account Bank in the name of any Borrower or the Borrowers or the Guarantor;
(b) the asset cover ratio under Clause 15.1 of the Loan Agreement is [●]%.
We hereby repeat the representations and warranties set out in Clause 10 of the Loan Agreement and confirm that they remain true and correct by reference to the facts and circumstances existing on the date of this Compliance Certificate.
This certificate shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.

Signed
89



____________________
authorised signatory for
ULTRA ONE SHIPPING LTD
KAMSARMAX ONE SHIPPING LTD
90

EXECUTION PAGES

 
THE BORROWERS
Signed by
Stefania Karmiri
for and on behalf of
ULTRA ONE SHIPPING LTD
in the presence of
 
 
 
)
)
)
)
 
/s/ Stefania Karmiri


Witness:
/s/ Aikaterini Maria Avramidou
     
Name:
Aikaterini Maria Avramidou
     
Address:
13, Defteras Merarchias Street
Piraeus, Greece
     
Occupation:
Attorney-at-law
     

 
 
Signed by
Stefania Karmiri
for and on behalf of
KAMSARMAX ONE SHIPPING LTD
in the presence of
 
 
 
)
)
)
)
 /s/ Stefania Karmiri


Witness:
/s/ Aikaterini Maria Avramidou
     
Name:
Aikaterini Maria Avramidou
     
Address:
13, Defteras Merarchias Street
Piraeus, Greece
     
Occupation:
Attorney-at-law
     




 
THE LENDERS
Signed by
Stavros Yagos
and Nikoletta Mitropoulou
for and on behalf of
EUROBANK S.A.
in the presence of
 
 
 
)
)
)
)
 
/s/ Stavros Yagos
/s/ Nikoletta Mitropoulou


Witness:
/s/ Aikaterini Maria Avramidou
     
Name:
Aikaterini Maria Avramidou
     
Address:
13, Defteras Merarchias Street
Piraeus, Greece
     
Occupation:
Attorney-at-law
     

91


 
THE ARRANGER
Signed by
Stavros Yagos
and Nikoletta Mitropoulou
for and on behalf of
EUROBANK S.A.
in the presence of
 
 
 
)
)
)
)
 
/s/ Stavros Yagos
/s/ Nikoletta Mitropoulou


Witness:
/s/ Aikaterini Maria Avramidou
     
Name:
Aikaterini Maria Avramidou
     
Address:
13, Defteras Merarchias Street
Piraeus, Greece
     
Occupation:
Attorney-at-law
     


 
THE ACCOUNT BANK
Signed by
Stavros Yagos
and Nikoletta Mitropoulou
for and on behalf of
EUROBANK S.A.
in the presence of
 
 
 
)
)
)
)
 
/s/ Stavros Yagos
/s/ Nikoletta Mitropoulou


Witness:
/s/ Aikaterini Maria Avramidou
     
Name:
Aikaterini Maria Avramidou
     
Address:
13, Defteras Merarchias Street
Piraeus, Greece
     
Occupation:
Attorney-at-law
     




 
THE AGENT
Signed by
Stavros Yagos
and Nikoletta Mitropoulou
for and on behalf of
EUROBANK S.A.
in the presence of
 
 
 
)
)
)
)
 
/s/ Stavros Yagos
/s/ Nikoletta Mitropoulou


Witness:
/s/ Aikaterini Maria Avramidou
     
Name:
Aikaterini Maria Avramidou
     
Address:
13, Defteras Merarchias Street
Piraeus, Greece
     
Occupation:
Attorney-at-law
     


92


 
THE SECURITY TRUSTEE
Signed by
Stavros Yagos
and Nikoletta Mitropoulou
for and on behalf of
EUROBANK S.A.
in the presence of
 
 
 
)
)
)
)
 
/s/ Stavros Yagos
/s/ Nikoletta Mitropoulou


Witness:
/s/ Aikaterini Maria Avramidou
     
Name:
Aikaterini Maria Avramidou
     
Address:
13, Defteras Merarchias Street
Piraeus, Greece
     
Occupation:
Attorney-at-law
     




93

Exhibit 4.27




Dated: 27th January 2021





Eurodry ltd.
(The "Guarantor")



-And-





Eurobank s.a.
(the "security trustee")




     
     
 
Guarantee
 
     









INDEX


CLAUSE
 
PAGE
     
1.
INTERPRETATION
1
     
2.
GUARANTEE
2
     
3.
LIABILITY AS PRINCIPAL AND INDEPENDENT DEBTOR
2
     
4.
EXPENSES
3
     
5.
ADJUSTMENT OF TRANSACTIONS
3
     
6.
PAYMENTS
3
     
7.
INTEREST
3
     
8.
SUBORDINATION
4
     
9.
ENFORCEMENT
4
     
10.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
4
     
11.
UNDERTAKINGS
6
     
12.
JUDGMENTS AND CURRENCY INDEMNITY
8
     
13.
SET-OFF
8
     
14.
NO SET-OFF OR TAX DEDUCTION
9
     
15.
SUPPLEMENTAL
9
     
16.
TRANSFER
10
     
17.
NOTICES
10
     
18.
INVALIDITY OF LOAN AGREEMENT
11
     
19.
GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION
11






THIS GUARANTEE is made on 27 January 2021

BETWEEN
(1)
EURODRY LTD., being a company incorporated in accordance with the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960, Republic of Marshall Islands (the "Guarantor"); and
(2)
EUROBANK S.A., a banking societe anonyme duly incorporated under the laws of Greece, having its registered office at 8, Othonos Street, Athens, Greece, acting for the purposes of this Agreement through its office at 83, Akti Miaouli, 185 38 Piraeus, Greece (the "Security Trustee", which expression includes its successors and assigns).
BACKGROUND
(A)
By a loan agreement dated 27 January 2021 (hereinafter, as the same may be amended, supplemented, novated or varied from time to time, the "Loan Agreement") and made between (i) Ultra One Shipping Ltd, a company incorporated in accordance with the laws of the Republic of Liberia whose registered office is situated at 80, Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia ("Borrower A") and Kamsarmax One Shipping Ltd, a company incorporated in accordance with the laws of the Republic of Marshall Islands ("Borrower B" and together with Borrower A, the "Borrowers"), as joint and several borrowers, (ii) the banks and financial institutions listed in Schedule 1 thereto, which on the date hereof comprised only Eurobank S.A., as lenders ("the Lenders" or "a Lender") and (iii) Eurobank S.A., as agent (the "Agent"), arranger (the "Arranger"), account bank (the "Account Bank") and security trustee (the "Security Trustee" and together with the Lenders, the Agent, the Arranger and the Account Bank, the "Creditor Parties"), it was agreed that the Lenders would make available to the Borrowers a secured term loan facility of up to the lesser of (a) $26,700,000 and (b) 62% of the aggregate Market Value of the Ships as therein defined for the purposes and upon the terms and conditions set out therein.
(B)
By an agency and trust deed dated 27 January 2021 and entered into pursuant to the Loan Agreement (the "Agency and Trust Deed"), it was agreed that the Security Trustee would hold the Trust Property on trust for the Lenders.
(C)
The execution and delivery to the Security Trustee of this Guarantee is one of the conditions precedent to the availability of the facility under the said Loan Agreement.
IT IS AGREED as follows:
1
INTERPRETATION
1.1
Terms defined in the Loan Agreement. Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same meanings when used in this Guarantee unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise defined in this Guarantee.
1.2
Construction of certain terms. In this Guarantee:
"bankruptcy" includes a liquidation, receivership or administration and any form of suspension of payments, arrangement with creditors or reorganisation under any corporate or insolvency law of any country;
"Loan Agreement" means the loan agreement dated 27 January 2021 referred to in Recital (A) and includes any existing or future amendments or supplements, whether made with the Guarantor's consent or otherwise.



1.3
Application of construction and interpretation provisions of Loan Agreement. Clauses 1 2 to 1.8 of the Loan Agreement apply, with any necessary modifications, to this Guarantee.
1.4
Inconsistency between Loan Agreement provisions and this Guarantee. This Guarantee shall be read together with the other Finance Documents, but in case of any conflict between the Loan Agreement and this Guarantee, the provisions of the Loan Agreement shall prevail.
1.5
Contractual recognition of bail-in. The Guarantor agrees to be bound by clause 22.7 (Contractual recognition of Bail-In) of the Loan Agreement as if it were a party to the Loan Agreement.
2
GUARANTEE
2.1
Guarantee and indemnity. The Guarantor unconditionally and irrevocably:
(a)
guarantees the due payment of all amounts payable by the Borrowers under or in connection with the Loan Agreement and the Finance Documents and the punctual performance by the Borrowers of all their respective obligations thereunder;
(b)
undertakes to pay to the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party, on the Security Trustee's demand, any such amount which is not paid by the Borrowers when due and payable under or in connection with the Loan Agreement and any other Finance Document; and
(c)
as a separate, continuing and primary obligation agrees to fully indemnify the Security Trustee and (to the extent applicable) each other Creditor Party on the Security Trustee's demand in respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are made or brought against or incurred by the Security Trustee or the other Creditor Party concerned as a result of or in connection with any obligation or liability guaranteed by the Guarantor being or becoming unenforceable, invalid, void or illegal; and the amount recoverable under this indemnity shall be equal to the amount which the Security Trustee or the other Creditor Party concerned would otherwise have been entitled to recover.
2.2
No limit on number of demands. The Security Trustee may serve more than one demand under Clause 2.1.
2.3
Release of Guarantee. This Guarantee shall terminate and be cancelled upon the receipt by the Lender or any other Creditor Party of all amounts due or to become due to it hereunder in accordance with the terms hereof, whereupon, the Guarantor shall be fully released from any and all of its obligations hereunder and any other Finance Documents.
3
LIABILITY AS PRINCIPAL AND INDEPENDENT DEBTOR
3.1
Principal and independent debtor. The Guarantor shall be liable under this Guarantee as a principal and independent debtor and bccordingly it shall not have, as regards this Guarantee, any of the rights or defences of a surety.
3.2
Waiver of rights and defences. Without limiting the generality of Clause 3.1, none of the following shall give rise to the Guarantor being discharged, or its having any cause of action against any Creditor Party:
(a)
any amendment, novation, restatement or supplement being made to any of the Finance Documents;
2


(b)
any arrangement or concession (including a rescheduling or acceptance of partial payments) relating to, or affecting, any of the Finance Documents;
(c)
any release or loss (even though negligent) of any right or Security Interest created by any of the Finance Documents;
(d)
any failure (even though negligent) promptly or properly to exercise or enforce any such right or Security Interest, including a failure to realise for its full market value an asset covered by such a Security Interest; or
(e)
any other Finance Document or any Security Interest now being or later becoming void, unenforceable, illegal or invalid or otherwise defective for any reason, including a neglect to register it.
4
EXPENSES
4.1
Costs of preservation of rights, enforcement etc. The Guarantor shall pay to the Security Trustee on its demand the amount of all expenses incurred by the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party in connection with any matter arising out of this Guarantee or any Security Interest connected with it, including any advice, claim or proceedings relating to this Guarantee or such a Security Interest.
4.2
Fees and expenses payable under Loan Agreement. Clause 4.1 is without prejudice to the Guarantor's liabilities in respect of the Borrowers' obligations under clause 20 of the Loan Agreement (fees and expenses) and under similar provisions of the other Finance Documents.
5
ADJUSTMENT OF TRANSACTIONS
5.1
Reinstatement of obligation to pay. The Guarantor shall pay to the Security Trustee or, as the case may be, to any other Creditor Party on its demand any amount which any Creditor Party is required, or agrees, to pay pursuant to any claim by, or settlement with, a trustee in bankruptcy of the Borrowers or of another Security Party (or similar person) on the ground that the Loan Agreement or any other Finance Document, or a payment by the Borrowers or of another Security Party, was invalid or on any similar ground.
6
PAYMENTS
6.1
Method of payments. Any amount due under this Guarantee shall be paid:
(a)
in immediately available funds;
(b)
to such account as the Security Trustee may from time to time notify to the Guarantor;
(c)
without any form of set-off, cross-claim or condition; and
(d)
free and clear of any tax deduction except a tax deductibn which the Guarantor is required by law to make.
7
INTEREST
7.1
Accrual of interest. Any amount due under this Guarantee shall carry interest after the date on which the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party demands payment of it until it is actually paid, unless interest on that same amount also accrues under the Loan Agreement.
3



7.2
Calculation of interest. Interest under this Guarantee shall be calculated and accrue in the same way as interest under clause 5 of the Loan Agreement.
7.3
Guarantee extends to interest payable under Loan Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, it is confirmed that this Guarantee covers all interest payable under the Loan Agreement, including that payable under clause 7 of the Loan Agreement.
8
SUBORDINATION
8.1
Subordination of rights of Guarantor. All rights which the Guarantor at any time has (whether in respect of this Guarantee or any other transaction) against the Borrowers, any other Security Party or their respective assets shall be fully subordinated to the rights of the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party under the Finance Documents; and in particular, the Guarantor shall not:
(a)
claim, or in a bankruptcy of the Borrowers or any other Security Party prove for, any amount payable to the Guarantor by the Borrowers or any other Security Party, whether in respect of this Guarantee or any other transaction;
(b)
take or enforce any Security Interest for any such amount;
(c)
claim to set-off any such amount against any amount payable by the Guarantor to the Borrowers or any other Security Party; or
(d)
claim any subrogation or other right in respect of any Finance Document or any sum received or recovered by a Creditor Party under a Finance Document.
9
ENFORCEMENT
9.1
No requirement to commence proceedings against the Borrowers. Neither the Security Trustee nor any other Creditor Party will need to commence any proceedings under, or enforce any Security Interest created by, the Loan Agreement or any other Finance Document before claiming or commencing proceedings under this Guarantee.
9.2
Conclusive evidence of certain matters. However, as against the Guarantor:
(a)
any judgment or order of a court in England or the Marshall Islands or any other Relevant Jurisdiction in connection with the Loan Agreement; and
(b)
any written statement or admission of the Borrowers (absent any manifest error) in connection with the Loan Agreement or any other Finance Document,
shall be binding and conclusive as to all matters of fact and law to which it relates.
9.3
Suspense account. The Security Trustee and any Creditor Party may, for the purpose of claiming or proving in a bankruptcy of the Borrowers or any other Security Party, place any sum received or recovered under or by virtue of this Guarantee or any Security Interest connected with it on a separate suspense or other nominal account without applying it in satisfaction of the Borrowers' obligations under the Loan Agreement or any other Finance Document.
10
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
10.1
General. The Guarantor represents and warrants to the Security Trustee as follows.
4



10.2
Status. The Guarantor is duly incorporated and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, will be in compliance with the Republic of the Marshall Islands Economic Substance Regulation 2018 in accordance with its terms and time frame once the same becomes applicable and is not a FATCA FFI or a US Tax Obligor.
10.3
Corporate power. The Guarantor has the corporate capacity, and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents necessary for it:
(a)
to execute this Guarantee; and
(b)
to make all the payments contemplated by, and to comply with this Guarantee.
10.4
Consents in force. All the consents referred to in Clause 10.3 remain in force and nothing has occurred which makes any of them liable to revocation.
10.5
Legal validity. This Guarantee constitutes the Guarantor's legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with its terms subject to any relevant insolvency laws affecting creditors' rights generally.
10.6
No conflicts. The execution by the Guarantor of this Guarantee and its compliance with this Guarantee will not involve or lead to a contravention of:
(a)
any law or regulation; or
(b)
the constitutional documents of the Guarantor; or
(c)
any contractual or other obligation or restriction which is binding on the Guarantor or any of its assets.
10.7
No withholding taxes. All payments which the Guarantor is liable to make under this Guarantee may be made without deduction or withholding for or on account of any tax payable under any law of any Relevant Jurisdiction.
10.8
No default. To the knowledge of the Guarantor, no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
10.9
Information. All information which has been provided in writing by or on behalf of the Guarantor to the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party in connection with any Finance Document satisfied the requirements of Clause 11.2; all audited financial statements which have been so provided satisfied the requirements of Clause 11.4; and there has been no material adverse change in the financial position or state of affairs of the Guarantor from that disclosed in the latest of those accounts which could (in the reasonable opinion of the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party) affect the solvency of the Guarantor.
10.10
No litigation. No legal or administrative action involving the Guarantor has been commenced or taken or, to the Guarantor's knowledge, is likely to be commenced or taken which, in either case, would be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Guarantor's financial position or profitability.
10.11
The Guarantor represents and warrants that:
(a)
its total debt net of cash will not exceed 75% of the total market value of its assets; and
(b)
the Guarantor's minimum Net Worth listed in Nasdaq will throughout the Security Period be at least United States Dollars fifteen million ($15,000,000).
5



10.12
Disclosure of material facts. The Guarantor is not aware of any material facts or circumstances which have not been disclosed to the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Parties and which might, if disclosed, have adversely affected their decision (acting reasonably) considering whether or not to make loan facility of the nature contemplated by the Loan Agreement available to the Borrowers.
10.13
Copy Loan Agreement. The Guarantor has received a copy of the Loan Agreement and represents and warrants that it is fully aware of all the terms and provisions of the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents.
11
UNDERTAKINGS
11.1
General. The Guarantor undertakes with the Security Trustee to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 11 at all times during the Security Period, except as the Security Trustee may otherwise permit.
11.2
Information provided to be accurate. All financial and other information which is provided in writing by or on behalf of the Guarantor under or in connection with this Guarantee will be true and not misleading and will not omit any material fact or consideration.
11.3
Provision of financial statements. The Guarantor will send to the Security Trustee:
(a)
as soon as possible, but in no event later than 180 days after the end of each financial year of the Guarantor, the annual audited consolidated financial statements of the Guarantor and its subsidiaries; and
(b)
promptly after each written request by the Security Trustee, such further information about the financial condition, commitments and operations of its managed fleet and of each Security Party, as the Security Trustee may reasonably require.
11.4
Form of financial statements. All audited consolidated financial statements delivered under Clause 11.3 will:
(a)
be prepared in accordance with all applicable laws and GAAP consistently applied;
(b)
give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Guarantor at the date of those accounts and of the profit for the period to which those accounts relate; and
(c)
fully disclose or provide for all significant liabilities of the Guarantor.
11.5
Shareholder and creditor notices. The Guarantor will send the Security Trustee, at the same time as they are despatched, copies of all communications which are
despatched to the Guarantor's shareholders and creditors or any class of them.
11.6
Consents. The Guarantor will maintain in force and promptly obtain or renew, and will promptly send certified copies to the Security Trustee of, all consents required:
(a)
for the Guarantor to perform its obligations under this Guarantee;
(b)
for the validity or enforceability of this Guarantee;
and the Guarantor will comply with the terms of all such consents.
11.7
Maintenance of Security Interests. The Guarantor will:
6



(a)
at its own cost, do all that it reasonably can to ensure that any Finance Document to which it is a party validly creates the obligations and the Security Interests which it purports to create; and
(b)
without limiting the generality of paragraph (a) above, at its own cost, promptly register, file, record or enrol any Finance Document to which it is a party with any court or authority in all Relevant Jurisdictions, pay any stamp, registration or similar tax in all Relevant Jurisdictions in respect of any Finance Document to which it is a party, give any notice or take any other step which may be or become necessary or desirable for any Finance Document to which it is a party to be valid, enforceable or admissible in evidence or to ensure or protect the priority of any Security Interest which it creates.
11.8
Notification of litigation. The Guarantor will provide the Security Trustee with details of any legal or administrative action involving the Guarantor as soon as such action is instituted or it becomes apparent to the Guarantor that it is likely to be instituted, unless it is clear that the legal or administrative action cannot be considered material in the context of this Guarantee.
11.9
Notification of default. The Guarantor will notify the Security Trustee as soon as the Guarantor becomes aware of:
(a)
the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default which are continuing; or
(b)
any matter which indicates that an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default which are continuing may have occurred;
and will thereafter keep the Security Trustee fully up-to-date with all developments.
11.10
Maintenance of status. The Guarantor will maintain its separate corporate existence and remain in good standing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands and will comply in all respects with the Republic of the Marshall Islands Economic Substance Regulation 2018 in accordance with its terms and time frame once the same becomes applicable.
11.11
Negative pledge. The Guarantor shall procure that the Borrowers will not, create or permit to arise any Security Interest over any asset present or future except Security Interests created or permitted by the Finance Documents and except for Permitted Security Interests.
11.12
No disposal of assets, change of business. The Guarantor will not, and shall procure that the Borrowers will not:
(a)
transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or a substantial part of its assets, whether by one transaction or a number of transactions, whether related or not except in the usual course of its trading operations; or
(b)
make any substantial change to the nature of its business from that dxisting at the date of this Guarantee.
11.13
No merger etc. The Guarantor shall procure that the Borrowers will not, enter into any form of merger, sub-division, amalgamation or other reorganisation, and shall ensure that throughout the Security Period, no change shall be made to the legal or beneficial ownership of the shares in the Guarantor without the prior written consent of the Lenders, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. For the avoidance of doubt the Lenders consent and agree to any changes relating to the Guarantor's trading
7



shares in the normal course of business and confirm that such changes do not violate the terms of this Guarantee.
11.14
Maintenance of ownership of Borrowers. The Guarantor shall remain the beneficial owner of the entire issued and allotted share capital of the Borrowers, free from any Security Interest, and shall ensure that throughout the Security Period, no change shall be made to the legal ownership of the shares in the Borrowers. For the avoidance of doubt the last sentence of Clause 11.13 above applies to this Clause 11.14.
11.15
Sanctions.
The Guarantor confirms and undertakes that it shall (and shall procure that the Borrowers shall) comply with all Sanctions applicable to it or the Borrowers, in accordance with the Loan Agreement.
11.16
Application of FATCA. The Guarantor shall not become a FATCA FFI or a US Tax Obligor, without the prior written consent of the Lenders.
11.17
Pari Pasu. The obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee and each of the Finance Documents to which the Guarantor is or is to be a party are direct, general and unconditional obligations of the Guarantor and rank at least pari passu with all other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated Financial Indebtedness of the Guarantor except for obligations which are mandatorily preferred by operation of law and not by contract
12
JUDGMENTS AND CURRENCY INDEMNITY
12.1
Judgments relating to Loan Agreement. This Guarantee shall cover any amount payable by the Borrowers under or in connection with any judgment relating to the Loan Agreement.
12.2
Currency indemnity. In addition, clause 21.5 (Currency indemnity) of the Loan Agreement shall apply, with any necessary adaptations, in relation to this Guarantee.
13
SET-OFF
13.1
Application of credit balances. The Security Trustee may at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing without prior notice:
(a)
apply any balance (whether or not then due) which at any time stands to the credit of any account in the name of the Guarantor at any office in any country of the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party in or towards satisfaction of any sum then due from the Guarantor to the Security Trustee under this Guarantee; and
(b)
for that purpose:

(i)
break, or alter the maturity of, all or any part of a deposit of the Guarantor;

(ii)
convert or translate all or any part of a deposit or other credit balance into Dollars;

(iii)
enter into any other transaction or make any entry with regard to the credit balance which the Security Trustee considers appropriate.
13.2
Existing rights unaffected. The Security Trustee shall not be obliged to exercise any of its rights under Clause 13.1; and those rights shall be without prejudice and in addition to any right of set-off, combination of accounts, charge, lien or other right or
8




remedy to which the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party is entitled (whether under the general law or any document).
14
NO SET-OFF OR TAX DEDUCTION
14.1
No deductions. All amounts due from the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall be paid:
(a)
without any form of set-off, cross-claim or condition; and
(b)
free and clear of any tax deduction except a tax deduction which the Guarantor is required by law to make.
14.2
Grossing-up.
(a)
If the Guarantor is required by law to make a tax deduction from any payment:

(i)
the Guarantor shall notify the Security Trustee as soon as it becomes aware of the requirement;

(ii)
the Guarantor shall pay the tax deducted to the appropriate taxation authority promptly, and in any event before any fine or penalty arises;

(iii)
the amount due in respect of the payment shall be increased by the amount necessary to ensure that the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party receives and retains (free from any liability relating to the tax deduction) a net amount which, after the tax deduction, is equal to the full amount which it would otherwise have received.
(b)
If the Guarantor is required to make a FATCA deduction, the provisions of Clause 22.6 (FATCA Deduction) of the Loan Agreement shall apply to this Guarantee as if they were incorporated into it with any necessary modifications.
14.3
Evidence of payment of taxes. Within 1 month after making any tax deduction, the Guarantor shall deliver to the Security Trustee documentary evidence satisfactory to the Lender that the tax had been paid to the appropriate taxation authority.
14.4
Exclusion of tax on overall net income. In this Clause 14 "tax deduction" means any deduction or withholding for or on account of any present or future tax except tax on any Creditor Party's overall net income.
15
SUPPLEMENTAL
15.1
Continuing guarantee. This Guarantee shall remain in force as a continuing security at all times during the Security Period.
15.2
Rights cumulative, non-exclusive. The Security Trustee's rights under and in connection with this Guarantee are cumulative, may be exercised as often as appears expedient and shall not be taken to exclude or limit any right or remedy conferred by law.
15.3
No impairment of rights under Guarantee: If the Security Trustee omits to exercise, delays in exercising or invalidly exercises any of its rights under this Guarantee, that shall not impair that or any other right of the Security Trustee under this Guarantee.
9



15.4
Severability of provisions. If any provision of this Guarantee is or subsequently becomes void, illegal, unenforceable or otherwise invalid, that shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of its other provisions.
15.5
Guarantee not affected by other security. This Guarantee shall not impair, nor be impaired by, any other guarantee, any Security Interest or any right of set-off or netting or to combine accounts which any Creditor Party may now or later hold in connection with the Loan Agreement.
15.6
Guarantor bound by Loan Agreement. The Guarantor agrees with the Security Trustee to be bound by all provisions of the Loan Agreement which are applicable to the Security Parties in the same way as if those provisions had been set out (with any necessary modifications) in this Guarantee.
15.7
Applicability of provisions of Guarantee to other Security Interests. Any Security Interest which the Guarantor creates (whether at the time at which it signs this Guarantee or at any later time) to secure any liability under this Guarantee shall be a principal and independent security, and Clauses 3 and 18 shall, with any necessary modifications, apply to it, notwithstanding that the document creating the Security Interest neither describes it as a principal or independent security nor includes provisions similar to Clauses 3 and 18.
15.8
Applicability of provisions of Guarantee to other rights. Clauses 3 and 18 shall also apply to any right of set-off or netting or to combine accounts which the Guarantor creates by an agreement entered into at the time of this Guarantee or at any later time (notwithstanding that the agreement does not include provisions similar to Clauses 3 and 18), being an agreement referring to this Guarantee.
15.9
Third party rights. A person (other than a Creditor Party) who is not a party to this Guarantee has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Guarantee.
16
TRANSFER
16.1
Transfer by Security Trustee. The Security Trustee may transfer its rights under and in connection with this Guarantee to the same extent as it may transfer its rights under the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents.
16.2
Benefit of this Guarantee. This Guarantee will bind the Guarantor and its successors and will enure to the benefit of the Creditor Parties and their respective successors, transferees and assigns, as if each of the other Creditor Parties had also been a Party. The Guarantor acknowledges the transfer provisions in clause 26 (Transfers and Changes in Lending Offices) of the Loan Agreement and agrees that any person in favour of whom a transfer is made in accordance with those provisions will be entitled to the benefit of this Guarantee.
17
NOTICES
17.1
Notices to Guarantor. Any notice or demand to the Guarantor under or in connection with this Guarantee shall be given by letter or fax or electronic mail at:
Eurodry Ltd.
c/o Eurobulk Ltd.
4, Messogiou & Evropis Street
151 24 Maroussi
Greece
Fax No: +30 2111 804097
Attn: Tassos Aslidis/Simos Pariaros

10


or to such other address, fax number, or electronic mail or officer which the Guarantor may notify to the Security Trustee.
17.2
Application of certain provisions of Loan Agreement. Clauses 28.3, 28.4 and 28.5 of the Loan Agreement apply to any notice or demand under or in connection with this Guarantee.
17.3
Validity of demands. A demand under this Guarantee shall be valid notwithstanding that it is served:
(a)
on the date on which the amount to which it relates is payable by the Borrowers under the Loan Agreement;
(b)
at the same time as the service of a notice under paragraph (a)(i) of clause 19.2 of the Loan Agreement;
and a demand under this Guarantee may refer to all amounts payable under or in connection with the Loan Agreement without specifying a particular sum or aggregate sum.
17.4
Notices to Security Trustee. Any notice to the Security Trustee under or in connection with this Guarantee shall be sent to the same address and in the same manner as notices to the Security Trustee under the Loan Agreement.
18
INVALIDITY OF LOAN AGREEMENT
18.1
Invalidity of Loan Agreement. In the event of:
(a)
the Loan Agreement now being or later becoming, with immediate or retrospective effect, void, illegal, unenforceable or otherwise invalid for any other reason whatsoever, whether of a similar kind or not; or
(b)
without limiting the scope of paragraph (a), a bankruptcy of the Borrowers, the introduction of any law or any other matter resulting in the Borrowers being discharged from liability under the Loan Agreement, or the Loan Agreement ceasing to operate (for example, by interest ceasing to accrue),
this Guarantee shall cover any amount which would have been or become payable under or in connection with the Loan Agreement if the Loan Agreement had been and remained entirely valid, legal and enforceable, or the Borrowers had not suffered bankruptcy, or any combination of such events or circumstances, as the case may be, and the Borrowers had remained fully liable under it for liabilities whether invalidly incurred or validly incurred but subsequently retrospectively invalidated; and references in this Guarantee to amounts payable by the Borrowers under or in connection with the Loan Agreement shall include references to any amount which would have so been or become payable as aforesaid.
18.2
Invalidity of Finance Documents. Clause 18.1 also applies to each of the Finance Documents to which the Borrowers are a party.
19
GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION
19.1
English law. This Guarantee (and any non contractual obligations connected with it) shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.
19.2
Exclusive English jurisdiction. Subject to Clause 19.3, the courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any Dispute.
11



19.3
Choice of forum for the exclusive benefit of the Security Trustee. Clause 19.2 is for the exclusive benefit of the Security Trustee, which reserves the rights:
(a)
to commence proceedings in relation to any Dispute in the courts of any country other than England and which have or claim jurisdiction to that Dispute; and
(b)
to commence such proceedings in the courts of any such country or countries concurrently with or in addition to proceedings in England or without commencing proceedings in England.
The Guarantor shall not commence any proceedings in any country other than England in relation to a Dispute.
19.4
Service of process.
(a)
Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, the Guarantor:

(i)
irrevocably appoints Hill Dickinson at The Broadgate Tower, 20 Primrose Street, London, EC2A 2EW, England (Tel.: +44 (0)20 7283 9033, fax' +44 (0)20 7283 1144, attention of: Mr. Roderick James Palmer), as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with this Guarantee and any Finance Document; and

(ii)
agrees that (on the understanding that process has first duly been served upon the process agent) failure by a process agent to notify the Guarantor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

(b)
If any person appointed as an agent for service of process is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process or terminates its appointment as agent for service of process, the Guarantor must immediately (and in any event within seven (7) days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms reasonably acceptable to the Security Trustee. Failing this, the Security Trustee may appoint another agent for this purpose and will duly notify the Guarantor on the contact details of the same.
19.5
Creditor Parties' rights unaffected. Nothing in this Clause 19 shall exclude or limit any right which any Creditor Party may have (whether under the law of any country, an international convention or otherwise) with regard to the bringing of proceedings, the service of process, the recognition or enforcement of a judgment or any similar or related matter in any jurisdiction.
19.6
Meaning of "proceedings" and "Dispute". In this Clause 19, "proceedings" means proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure and a "Dispute" means any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Guarantee) or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee.
THIS GUARANTEE has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Guarantee.
12


EXECUTION PAGE

GUARANTOR
       
         
EXECUTED AS A DEED
)
     
by Stefania Karmiri
)
 
/s/ Stefania Karmiri
 
for and on behalf of
)
     
EURODRY LTD.
)
     
of the Marshall Islands
)
     
pursuant to a power of attorney
)
     
dated 13 January 2021
)
     
         
         



in the presence of
 
     
Witness:
/s/ Avramidou Aikaterini Maria
 
Name:
Avramidou Aikaterini Maria
 
Address:
13, Defteras Merarchias Street
Piraeus, 18535, Greece,
 
Occupation:
Attorney-at-law
 
     

SECURITY TRUSTEE
       
         
EXECUTED AS A DEED
)
     
by Stavros Yagos
)
 
/s/ Stavros Yagos
 
and Nikoletta Mitropoulou
)
 
/s/ Nikoletta Mitropoulou
 
for and on behalf of
)
     
EUROBANK S.A.
)
     
pursuant to a power of attorney
)
     
dated 20 March 2020
)
     
         
         

in the presence of
 
     
Witness:
/s/ Avramidou Aikaterini Maria
 
Name:
Avramidou Aikaterini Maria
 
Address:
13, Defteras Merarchias Street
Piraeus, 18535, Greece,
 
Occupation:
Attorney-at-law
 
     


13
Exhibit 4.28


EXECUTION VERSION

DATED               22 February                2021
EIRINI SHIPPING LTD
- and -
SINOPAC CAPITAL INTERNATIONAL (HK) LIMITED
____________________________________
LOAN AGREEMENT
in respect of a loan of
up to USD5,000,000
____________________________________

Index

Clause
 
Page
     
1
Purpose, definitions and construction
3
     
2
The Commitment and cancellation
16
     
3
Interest and Interest Periods
17
     
4
Repayment and prepayment
19
     
5
Fees and expenses
21
     
6
Payments and taxes; accounts and calculations
22
     
7
Representations and warranties
25
     
8
Undertakings
30
     
9
Conditions
41
     
10
Events of Default
42
     
11
Indemnities
46
     
12
Unlawfulness and increased costs
47
     
13
Application of moneys, set off, pro-rata payments and miscellaneous
48
     
14
Assignment, transfer and lending office
52
     
15
Notices and other matters
54
     
16
Governing law
55
     
17
Jurisdiction
55
     
Schedule 1 Form of Drawdown Notice
58
   
Schedule 2 Conditions precedent and subsequent
59
   
Execution Page
66


2

THIS AGREEMENT dated 22 February 2021 is made BY and BETWEEN:
(1)
EIRINI SHIPPING LTD as Borrower; and
(2)
SINOPAC CAPITAL INTERNATIONAL (HK) LIMITED as Lender.
NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:
1
PURPOSE, DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
1.1
Purpose
This Agreement sets out the terms and conditions upon which the Lender agrees to make available to the Borrower a loan facility of up to five million Dollars (USD5,000,000) in a single advance for the purposes of enabling the Borrower to refinance the Vessel.
1.2
Definitions
In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:
Annual Financial Statements” means the financial statements for a financial year of each of the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor delivered pursuant to clause 8.1.6(a);
Approved Broker” means Clarksons Valuation Limited, Maersk Broker KS, Simpsons Spence and Young Ltd, Howe Robinson Partners, Arrow Shipbroking Group, Fearnleys AS or an affiliate of any of the entities referred to the aforementioned or such ship broker as the Lender may agree with the Borrower is an Approved Broker for the purposes of this Agreement;
“Available Facility” means, at any relevant time, such part of the Commitment which is available for borrowing under this Agreement at such time in accordance with clause 9;
Balloon Instalment” has the meaning given to it in clause 4.1.1, as the same may reduce from time to time;
Banking Day” means a day on which dealings in deposits in USD are carried on in the London Interbank Eurocurrency Market and (other than Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for business in London, Athens, Hong Kong, Taipei and New York City (or any other relevant place of payment under clause 6);
Borrowed Money” means Indebtedness in respect of (i) money borrowed or raised and debit balances at banks, (ii) any bond, note, loan stock, debenture or similar debt instrument, (iii) acceptance or documentary credit facilities, (iv) receivables sold or discounted (otherwise than on a non-recourse basis), (v) deferred payments for assets or services acquired, (vi) finance leases and hire purchase contracts, (vii) swaps, forward exchange contracts, futures and other derivatives, (viii) any other transaction (including without limitation forward sale or purchase agreements) having the commercial effect of a borrowing or raising of money or of any of (ii) to (vii) above and (ix) guarantees in respect of Indebtedness of any person falling within any of (i) to (viii) above;
3

Borrower” means Eirini Shipping Ltd, a corporation incorporated in the Republic of Liberia and having its registered office at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia;
Break Costs” means the aggregate amount of all losses, premiums, penalties, costs and expenses whatsoever certified by the Lender at any time and from time to time as having been incurred by the Lender in maintaining or funding the Loan or in liquidating or re-employing fixed deposits acquired to maintain the same as a result of either:

(a)
any repayment or prepayment of the Loan or any part thereof otherwise than (i) in accordance with clause 4.1, or (ii) on an Interest Payment Date whether on a voluntary or involuntary basis or otherwise howsoever; or

(b)
the Borrower failing or being incapable of drawing the Loan after the Drawdown Notice has been given;
Casualty Amount” means five hundred thousand Dollars (USD500,000) (or the equivalent in any other currency);
Certified Copy” means in relation to any document delivered or issued by or on behalf of any company, a copy of such document certified as a true, complete and up to date copy of the original by any of the directors or officers for the time being of such company or by such company’s attorneys or solicitors;
Charter Assignment” means a specific assignment of any Extended Employment Contract required to be executed hereunder by the Borrower in favour of the Lender (including any notices and/or acknowledgements and/or undertakings associated therewith) in such form as the Lender may reasonably require;
Classification” means, in relation to the Vessel, the highest class available for a vessel of her type with the Classification Society;
Classification Society” means any classification society which is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies which the Lender shall, at the request of the Borrower, have agreed in writing shall be treated as the classification society in relation to the Vessel for the purposes of the relevant Ship Security Documents;
Co-Assured” means, any other person (other than the Borrower or the Manager) who is named as a co-assured or a member under the Insurance of the Vessel.
Code” means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder;
Commitment” means five million Dollars (USD5,000,000) which the Lender is obliged to lend to the Borrower under this Agreement, as such amount may be reduced and/or cancelled under this Agreement;
Compulsory Acquisition” means, in respect of the Vessel, requisition for title or other compulsory acquisition including, if the Vessel is not released therefrom within the Relevant Period, capture, appropriation, forfeiture, seizure, detention, deprivation or confiscation howsoever for any reason (but
4

excluding requisition for use or hire) by or on behalf of any Government Entity or other competent authority or by pirates, hijackers, terrorists or similar persons; and “Relevant Period” means for the purposes of this definition of Compulsory Acquisition either (i) one (1) calendar month or, (ii) in respect of pirates, hijackers, terrorists or similar persons, if relevant underwriters confirm in writing (in terms satisfactory to the Lender) prior to the end of such one (1) month period that such capture, appropriation, forfeiture, seizure, detention, deprivation or confiscation will be fully covered by the Borrower’s relevant insurances, the shorter of twelve (12) months after the date upon which the relevant incident occurred and such period at the end of which the relevant cover expires;
Constitutional Documents” means, in relation to a Security Party, its memorandum and articles of association, by-laws and/or any other documents that form part of its constitution, including those referred to as such in any certificate delivered pursuant to schedule 2;
Corporate Guarantee” means the unconditional, irrevocable and on demand guarantee of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement required to be executed by the Corporate Guarantor in favour of the Lender in such form as the Lender may reasonably require;
Corporate Guarantor” means EuroDry Ltd., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands with its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands, MH96960;
Default” means any Event of Default or any event or circumstance which with the giving of notice or lapse of time or the satisfaction of any other condition (or any combination thereof) would constitute an Event of Default;
Dollars” and “USD” mean the lawful currency of the USA and in respect of all payments to be made under any of the Security Documents means funds which are for same day settlement in the New York Clearing House Interbank Payments System (or such other US dollar funds as may at the relevant time be customary for the settlement of international banking transactions denominated in US dollars);
Drawdown” means a drawdown of the Loan Facility;
Drawdown Date” means any date being a Banking Day falling during the Drawdown Period on which the Loan is, or is to be, made available;
Drawdown Notice” means a notice substantially in the form of schedule 1;
Drawdown Period” means the period commencing on the Execution Date and ending on the earliest of (i) the date falling three (3) months from the Execution Date, (ii) such later date as the Lender may agree in its sole discretion and (iii) any date on which the Commitment is finally cancelled or fully drawn under the terms of this Agreement;
Earnings” means all moneys whatsoever from time to time due or payable to the Borrower during the Facility Period arising out of the use or operation of the Vessel including (but without limiting the generality of the foregoing) all freight, hire and passage moneys, income arising under pooling arrangements, compensation payable to the Borrower in event of requisition
5

of the Vessel for hire, remuneration for salvage and towage services, demurrage and detention moneys, and damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract (including any contract of affreightment) for the employment of the Vessel (including any proceeds under any loss of hire insurance, if applicable);
EIAPP Certificate” means the Engine International Air Pollution Prevention Certificate issued or to be issued pursuant to Annex VI of the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, MARPOL 73/78 (Regulations for the Prevention of Air Pollution from Ships) in relation to the Vessel;
Encumbrance” means any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, hypothecation, assignment, title retention having a similar effect, preferential right, option, trust arrangement or security interest or other encumbrance, security or arrangement conferring howsoever a priority of payment in respect of any obligation of any person (excluding preferential payment rights granted by preferred shares);
Environmental Approvals” means all authorisations, consents, licences, permits, exemptions or other approvals required under applicable Environmental Laws;
Environmental Claim” means (i) any claim by, or directive from, any applicable Government Entity alleging breach of, or non-compliance with, any Environmental Laws or Environmental Approvals or otherwise howsoever relating to or arising out of an Environmental Incident or (ii) any claim by any other third party howsoever relating to or arising out of an Environmental Incident (and, in each such case, “claim” shall include a claim for damages and/or direction for and/or enforcement relating to clean-up costs, removal, compliance, remedial action or otherwise) or (iii) any Proceedings arising from any of the foregoing;
Environmental Incident” means, regardless of cause, (i) any discharge or release of Environmentally Sensitive Material from the Vessel; (ii) any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is discharged or released from a vessel other than the Vessel which involves collision between the Vessel and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, where the Vessel , the Manager and/or the Borrower and/or the relevant Group Member and/or the Operator are actually, contingently or allegedly at fault or otherwise howsoever liable (in whole or in part) or (iii) any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is discharged or released from a vessel other than the Vessel and where the Vessel is actually or potentially liable to be arrested as a result and/or where the Manager and/or the Borrower and/or other Group Member and/or the Operator are actually, contingently or allegedly at fault or otherwise howsoever liable;
Environmental Laws” means all laws, regulations, conventions and agreements whatsoever relating to pollution, human or wildlife well-being or protection of the environment (including, without limitation, the United States Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and any comparable laws of the individual States of the USA);
Environmentally Sensitive Material” means oil, oil products or any other products or substance which are polluting, toxic or hazardous or any
6

substance the release of which into the environment is howsoever regulated, prohibited or penalised by or pursuant to any Environmental Law;
Event of Default” means any of the events or circumstances listed in clause 10.1;
Execution Date” means the date on which this Agreement has been executed by all the parties hereto;
Extended Employment Contract” means, in respect of the Vessel and at any relevant time, any bareboat charterparty (irrespective of the duration of such charterparty) or any time charterparty or other contract of employment of such ship (including the entry of the Vessel in any pool) which has a remaining tenor exceeding twelve (12) months (excluding any options to renew or extend such tenor) at such time;
Facility Period” means the period starting on the date of this Agreement and ending on such date as all obligations whatsoever of all of the Security Parties under or pursuant to the Security Documents whensoever arising, actual or contingent, have been irrevocably paid, performed and/or complied with;
FATCA” means:

(i)
sections 1471 to 1474 of the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”) or any associated regulations or other official guidance;

(ii)
any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance enacted in any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of paragraph (a) above; or

(iii)
any agreement pursuant to the implementation of paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction;
FATCA Application Date” means:

(i)
in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014; or

(ii)
in relation to a “passthru payment” described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraph (a) above, the first date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA;
FATCA Deduction” means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Security Document required by FATCA;
FATCA Exempt Party” means a party to a Security Document that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction;
FATCA FFI” means a foreign financial institution as defined in section 1471(d)(4) of the Code which, if the Bank is not a FATCA Exempt Party, could be required to make a FATCA Deduction;
7

Final Repayment Date” means the date falling 60 Months after the Drawdown Date;
Flag State” means the Republic of Liberia or any other country, or such other state or territory which is acceptable to the Lender, on whose flag the Vessel is or is to be registered in the ownership of the Borrower;
General Assignment” means, in respect of the Vessel, the deed of assignment of its earnings, insurances and requisition compensation executed or to be executed by the Borrower in favour of the Lender in such form as the Lender may reasonably require;
Government Entity” means any national or local government body, tribunal, court or regulatory or other agency and any organisation of which such body, tribunal, court or agency is a part or to which it is subject;
Group” means, at any relevant time, the Corporate Guarantor and its Subsidiaries (including the Borrower);
Group Member” means any member of the Group;
IAPP Certificate” means the International Air Pollution Prevention Certificate issued or to be issued pursuant to Annex VI of the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, MARPOL 73/78 (Regulations for the Prevention of Air Pollution from Ships) in relation to the Vessel;
Indebtedness” means any obligation howsoever arising (whether present or future, actual or contingent, secured or unsecured as principal, surety or otherwise) for the payment or repayment of money;
Insurances” means all policies and contracts of insurance (which expression includes all entries of the Vessel in a protection and indemnity or war risks association) which are from time to time during the Facility Period in place or taken out or entered into by or for the benefit of the Borrower (whether in the sole name of the Borrower, or in the joint names of the Borrower and the Mortgagee or otherwise) in respect of the Vessel or otherwise howsoever in connection with the Vessel and all benefits thereof (including claims of whatsoever nature and return of premiums);
Insurance Assignment” means a specific assignment of any Insurances required to be executed hereunder by a Co-Assured in favour of the Lender (including any notices and/or acknowledgements and/or undertakings associated therewith) in such form as the Lender may reasonably require;
Interest Payment Date” means the last day of an Interest Period and, if an Interest Period is longer than three (3) months, the date falling at the end of each successive period of three (3) months from the start of such Interest Period;
Interest Period” means each period determined in accordance with clause 3.2 and, in relation to any unpaid sum, each period determined in accordance with clause 3.3;
ISM Code” means in relation to its application to the Borrower, the Vessel and its operation:
8


(a)
‘The International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention’, currently known or referred to as the ‘ISM Code’, adopted by the Assembly of the International Maritime Organisation by Resolution A.741(18) on 4 December 1993 and incorporated on 19 May 1994 into Chapter IX of the International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea 1974 (SOLAS 1974); and

(b)
all further resolutions, circulars, codes, guidelines, regulations and recommendations which are now or in the future issued by or on behalf of the International Maritime Organisation or any other entity with responsibility for implementing the ISM Code, including, without limitation, the ‘Guidelines on implementation or administering of the International Safety Management (ISM) Code by Administrations’ produced by the International Maritime Organisation pursuant to Resolution A.788(19) adopted on 25 December 1995,
as the same may be amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time;
ISM Code Documentation” means, in relation to the Vessel, the document of compliance (DOC) and safety management certificate (SMC) issued by a Classification Society pursuant to the ISM Code in relation to the Vessel within the periods specified by the ISM Code;
ISM SMS” means the safety management system which is required to be developed, implemented and maintained under the ISM Code;
ISPS Code” means the International Ship and Port Security Code of the International Maritime Organisation and includes any amendments or extensions thereto and any regulations issued pursuant thereto;
ISSC” means an International Ship Security Certificate issued in respect of the Vessel pursuant to the ISPS Code;
Latest Accounts” means, in respect of any fiscal year of the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor, the latest annual unaudited unconsolidated accounts of the Borrower and the latest annual audited consolidated accounts of the Corporate Guarantor required to be prepared pursuant to clause 8.1.6;
Lender” means SinoPac Capital International (HK) Limited having its registered office at Suites 3306, 33/F., Tower 1, The Gateway, 25 Canton Road, Tsim Sha Tsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong (fax no. +886-2-81612452);
LIBOR” means, in relation to the Loan:

(a)
the applicable Screen Rate; or

(b)
(if no such Screen Rate is available) the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted to the Lender in the London Interbank Market,
each as of the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for Dollars and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan and, in each case, if that rate is less than zero, LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero;
Loan” means the loan made or to be made under the Loan Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of the loan;
9

Loan Facility” means the loan facility provided by the Lender on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement in an amount not exceeding the lesser of (i) five million Dollars (USD5,000,000) and (ii) 65% of the Market Value of the Vessel (to be determined immediately prior to the Drawdown Date);
Management Agreement” means, in respect of the Vessel, the agreement between the Borrower and the Manager, in a form approved by the Lender;
Manager” means Eurobulk Ltd., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of Liberia with its registered office at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia and having its place of business at 4 Messogiou & Evropis Street, 151 24 Maroussi, Greece, or any other commercial and/or technical manager appointed by the Borrower, with the prior written consent of the Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), as the manager of the Vessel;
Manager's Undertaking” means, in respect of the Vessel, the undertaking and assignment of insurances required to be executed hereunder by the Manager in favour of the Lender in such form as the Lender may reasonably require;
Margin” means 3.60% (three point six per cent) per annum;
Market Value” means the market value of the Vessel as determined from time to time in accordance with clause 8.2.1;
Material Adverse Effect” means, a material adverse effect on:

(a)
the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Group taken as a whole; or

(b)
the ability of the Borrower or the Guarantor to perform its obligations under the relevant Security Documents; or

(c)
the validity or enforceability of, or the effectiveness or ranking of, any Encumbrance granted or purporting to be granted pursuant to any of the Security Documents, or the rights or remedies of the Lender under any of the Security Documents;
Maturity Date” means the date falling 5 years after the Drawdown Date of the Loan;
MII Policy” means a mortgagee’s interest insurance policy in respect of the Vessel to be effected by the Lender on or before the Drawdown Date to cover the Vessel as the same may be renewed or replaced annually thereafter and maintained throughout the Facility Period through such brokers, with such underwriters and containing such coverage as may be acceptable to the Lender in its sole discretion, insuring a sum of at least one hundred and twenty per cent (120%) of the Loan in respect of mortgagee’s interest insurance;
Month” means a period beginning in one calendar month and ending in the next calendar month on the day numerically corresponding to the day of the calendar month on which it started, provided that (a) if the period started on the last Banking Day in a calendar month or if there is no such numerically
10

corresponding day, it shall end on the last Banking Day in such next calendar month and (b) if such numerically corresponding day is not a Banking Day, the period shall end on the next following Banking Day in the same calendar month but if there is no the Banking Day it shall end on the preceding Banking Day and “months” and “monthly” shall be construed accordingly;
Mortgage” means the first preferred Liberia ship mortgage of the Vessel required to be executed hereunder by the Borrower, to be in such form as the Lender may reasonably require;
Operator” means any person who is from time to time during the Facility Period concerned in the operation of the Vessel and falls within the definition of “Company” set out in rule 1.1.2 of the ISM Code;
Permitted Encumbrance” means any Encumbrance in favour of the Lender created pursuant to the Security Documents any Encumbrance created in favour of a plaintiff or defendant in any proceedings or arbitration as security for costs and expenses while the Borrower is actively prosecuting or defending such proceedings or arbitration in good faith; Encumbrances arising by operation of law in respect of taxes which are not overdue for payment or in respect of taxes being contested in good faith by appropriate steps and in respect of which appropriate reserves have been made and Permitted Liens;
Permitted Liens” means any lien on the Vessel for master's, officer's or crew's wages outstanding in the ordinary course of trading, any lien for salvage and any ship repairer's or outfitter's possessory lien for a sum not (except with the prior written consent of the Lender) exceeding the Casualty Amount any lien arising in the ordinary course of trading by statute or by operation of law in respect of obligations which are not overdue (and while such obligations are not overdue) or which are being contested in good faith by bona fide and appropriate proceedings (and for the payment of which adequate, freely-available reserves have been provided) unless such proceedings or the continued existence of such lien makes likely the sale, forfeiture or loss of, or of any interest in, the Vessel, and liens securing liabilities for Taxes against which adequate, freely-available reserves have been provided;
Pertinent Jurisdiction” means any jurisdiction in which or where any Security Party is incorporated, resident, domiciled, has a permanent establishment or assets, carries on, or has a place of business or is otherwise howsoever effectively connected;
Prepayment Fee” means the fee payable by the Borrower in accordance with clause 4.7.5;
Proceedings” means any litigation, arbitration, legal action or complaint or judicial, quasi-judicial or administrative proceedings whatsoever arising or instigated by anyone (private or governmental) in any court, tribunal, public office or other forum whatsoever and wheresoever (including, without limitation, any action for provisional or permanent attachment of any thing or for injunctive remedies or interim relief and any action instigated on an ex parte basis);
Quotation Day” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined under any provision of a Security Document, the day
11

which is 2 Banking Days before the first day of that period unless market practice differs in the London Interbank Market, in which case the Quotation Day will be determined by the Lender in accordance with market practice in the London Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the London Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days);
Registry” means the office of the registrar, commissioner or representative of the Flag State, who is duly empowered to register the Vessel, the Borrower’s title thereto and the Mortgage under the laws and flag of the Flag State;
Repayment Date” means the date on which any instalment of the Loan is repayable under the provisions of clause 4.1.1;
Repayment Instalment” means each of the repayment instalments falling due under and in accordance with clause 4.1.1, as the same may be reduced in accordance with this Agreement;
Required Authorisation” means any authorisation, consent, declaration, licence, permit, exemption, approval or other document, whether imposed by or arising in connection with any law, regulation, custom, contract, security or otherwise howsoever which must be obtained at any time from any person, Government Entity, central bank or other self-regulating or supra-national authority in order to enable the Borrower lawfully to borrow the Loan and/or to enable any Security Party lawfully and continuously to continue its corporate existence and/or perform all its obligations whatsoever whensoever arising and/or grant security under the relevant Security Documents and/or to ensure the continuous validity and enforceability thereof;
Requisition Compensation” means all moneys or other compensation from time to time payable during the Facility Period by reason of Compulsory Acquisition of the Vessel;
Restricted Person” means a person that is:

(i)
listed on, or directly or indirectly owned or controlled (as such terms are defined by the relevant Sanctions Authority) by a person listed on, any Sanctions List;

(ii)
located in, incorporated under the laws of, or owned or controlled by, or acting on behalf of, a person located in or organised under the laws of, a country or territory that is the target of country or territory-wide Sanctions (“Sanctions Restricted Jurisdiction”); or

(iii)
otherwise a target of Sanctions;
Sanctions” means any economic, financial or trade sanctions laws, regulations, embargoes or restrictive measures administered, enacted or enforced by:

(i)
the United States government;

(ii)
the United Nations;

(iii)
the European Union or any of its Member States;
12


(iv)
the United Kingdom;

(v)
any country to which any Security Party or any other member of the Group or any affiliate of any of them is bound; or

(vi)
the respective governmental institutions and agencies of any of the foregoing, including without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the US Department of Treasury (“OFAC”), the United States Department of State, and Her Majesty’s Treasury (“HMT”) (together “Sanctions Authorities” and each, “Sanctions Authority”);
Sanctions List” means the “Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons” list issued by OFAC, the “Consolidated List of Financial Sanctions Targets in the UK” issued by HMT, or any similar list issued or maintained or made public by any of the Sanctions Authorities;
Security Documents” means this Agreement, the Mortgage, the Corporate Guarantee, the General Assignment, any Charter Assignment, the Shares Security, the Manager’s Undertaking, any Subordination Deed, any Tripartite Deed, any Insurance Assignment and any other documents as may have been or shall from time to time after the date of this Agreement be executed to guarantee and/or to govern and/or secure all or any part of the Loan, interest thereon and other moneys from time to time owing by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement (whether or not any such document also secures moneys from time to time owing pursuant to any other document or agreement);
Security Party” means the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor, the Shareholder, the Manager or any other person who may at any time be a party to any of the Security Documents (other than the Lender);
Semi-Annual Financial Statements” means the financial statements for a financial half year of each of the Borrower and the Guarantor delivered pursuant to clause 8.1.6(b);
Security Value” means, at any time, the amount in Dollars which, at that time, is the aggregate of (a) the Market Value of the Vessel which has not then become a Total Loss and (b) the value of any additional security then held by the Lender provided under clause 8.2;
Shareholder” means Eurodry Ltd., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands with its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands, MH96960;
Shares Security” means the charge of the shares of and in the Borrower to be executed by the Shareholder in favour of the Lender, to be in such form as the Lender may reasonably require;
Ship Security Documents” means the Mortgage, the General Assignment, any Charter Assignment, any Tripartite Deed, any Insurance Assignment and the Manager’s Undertaking;
Specified Time” means 11:00am London time;
Subordination Deed” means any deed of subordination required by clause 8.3.7;
13

Subsidiary” of a person means any company or entity directly or indirectly controlled by such person, and for this purpose “control” means either the ownership of more than fifty per cent (50%) of the voting share capital (or equivalent rights of ownership) of such company or entity or the power to direct its policies and management, whether by contract or otherwise;
Taxes” includes all present and future income, corporation, capital or value-added taxes and all stamp and other taxes and levies, imposts, deductions, duties, charges and withholdings whatsoever together with interest thereon and penalties in respect thereto, if any, and charges, fees or other amounts made on or in respect thereof (and “Taxation” shall be construed accordingly);
Total Commitment” means, at any relevant time, the aggregate of the Commitments of the Lender at such time;
Total Loss” means, in relation to the Vessel:

(i)
the actual, constructive, compromised or arranged total loss of the Vessel; or

(ii)
Compulsory Acquisition; or

(iii)
any hijacking, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest, detention or confiscation of the Vessel not falling within the definition of Compulsory Acquisition, unless the Vessel be released and restored to the Borrower within sixty (60) days after such incident;
Tripartite Deed” means, if the Vessel is subject to a bareboat charter, a deed containing (inter alia) an assignment of the relevant charterer’s interest in the insurances of the Vessel, required to be executed by the Borrower and the relevant charterer in favour of the Lender in such form as the Lender may reasonably require and the relevant charterer may agree;
Underlying Documents” means, together, any Extended Employment Contract and the Management Agreement;
Unlawfulness” means any event or circumstance which is the subject of a notification by the Lender to the Borrower under clause 12.1;
USA” means the United States of America;
US Tax Obligor” means:
(a)     the Borrower if it is resident for tax purposes in the USA; or
(b)      a Security Party some or all of whose payments under the Security Documents are from sources within the USA for US federal income tax purposes; and
Vessel” means the 2004-built bulk carrier of 76,466dwt named “EIRINI P.” registered in the name of the Borrower under the Liberia flag.
1.3
Construction
In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:
14

1.3.1
clause headings and the index are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the construction of this Agreement;
1.3.2
references to clauses and schedules are to be construed as references to clauses of, and schedules to, this Agreement and references to this Agreement include its schedules and any supplemental agreements executed pursuant hereto;
1.3.3
references to (or to any specified provision of) this Agreement or any other document shall be construed as references to this Agreement, that provision or that document as in force for the time being and as duly amended and/or supplemented and/or novated;
1.3.4
references to a “regulation” include any present or future regulation, rule, directive, requirement, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any Government Entity, central bank or any self-regulatory or other supra-national authority;
1.3.5
references to any person in or party to this Agreement shall include reference to such person’s lawful successors and assigns and references to the Lender shall also include a Transferee Lender;
1.3.6
words importing the plural shall include the singular and vice versa;
1.3.7
references to a person shall be construed as references to an individual, firm, company, corporation or unincorporated body of persons or any Government Entity;
1.3.8
references to a “guarantee” include references to an indemnity or any other kind of assurance whatsoever (including, without limitation, any kind of negotiable instrument, bill or note) against financial loss or other liability including, without limitation, an obligation to purchase assets or services as a consequence of a default by any other person to pay any Indebtedness and “guaranteed” shall be construed accordingly;
1.3.9
references to any statute or other legislative provision are to be construed as references to any such statute or other legislative provision as the same may be re enacted or modified or substituted by any subsequent statute or legislative provision (whether before or after the date hereof) and shall include any regulations, orders, instruments or other subordinate legislation issued or made under such statute or legislative provision;
1.3.10
a certificate by the Lender as to any amount due or calculation made or any matter whatsoever determined in connection with this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower except for manifest error;
1.3.11
if any document, term or other matter or thing is required to be approved, agreed or consented to by the Lender such approval, agreement or consent must be obtained in writing unless the contrary is stated;
1.3.12
time shall be of the essence in respect of all obligations whatsoever of the Borrower under this Agreement, howsoever and whensoever arising;
1.3.13
a Default or an Event of Default is “continuing” if it has not been remedied or waived;
15

1.3.14
and the words “other” and “otherwise” shall not be construed eiusdem generis with any foregoing words where a wider construction is possible.
1.4
References to currencies
Currencies are referred to in this Agreement by the three letter currency codes (ISO 4217) allocated to them by the International Organisation for Standardisation.
1.5
Contracts (Rights of Third Parties Act) 1999
Except for clause 18, no part of this Agreement shall be enforceable under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 by a person who is not a party to this Agreement.
2
THE COMMITMENT AND CANCELLATION
2.1
Agreement to lend
The Lender, relying upon each of the representations and warranties in clause 7, agrees to make available to the Borrower upon and subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Loan Facility in a single advance for the purposes of enabling the Borrower to refinance the Vessel.
2.2
Drawdown
2.2.1
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Loan shall be made available to the Borrower following receipt by the Lender from the Borrower of a Drawdown Notice not later than 10:00 a.m. (Taipei Time) on the third Banking Day before the date, which shall be a Banking Day falling within the Drawdown Period, on which the Borrower proposes the Loan is made available.
2.2.2
The Drawdown Notice shall be effective on actual receipt by the Lender and, once given, shall, subject as provided in clause 3.4, be irrevocable.
2.3
Limitation and application of the Loan
2.3.1
The amount of the proposed Loan in respect of the Loan Facility must not exceed the Total Commitments.
2.3.2
Only one (1) Drawdown may be requested for the Loan.
2.3.3
The principal amount specified in the Drawdown Notice for borrowing on the Drawdown Date shall, subject to the terms of this Agreement, not exceed the lesser of (i) five million Dollars (USD5,000,000) and (ii) 65% of the Market Value of the Vessel (to be determined immediately prior to the Drawdown Date), to be applied in or towards refinancing the Vessel and providing working capital to the Borrower.
2.3.4
The Loan shall be paid forthwith upon drawdown to such account as the Borrower shall stipulate in the Drawdown Notice.
2.4
Availability
2.4.1
The Borrower acknowledges that payment of the Loan referred to in clause 2.3.4 to the account or accounts specified in the Drawdown Notice shall
16

satisfy the obligation of the Lender to lend the Loan to the Borrower under this Agreement.
2.5
Cancellation in changed circumstances
2.5.1
The Borrower may at any time during the Facility Period by notice to the Lender (effective only on actual receipt) cancel with effect from a date not less than ten (10) Banking Days after receipt by the Lender of such notice, all or part of the undrawn Total Commitment.
2.6
Use of proceeds
2.6.1
Without prejudice to the Borrower’s obligations under clause 8.1.4, the Lender shall not have any responsibility for the application of the proceeds of the Loan or any part thereof by the Borrower.
2.6.2
The Borrower shall not, and shall procure that each Security Party and each other Group Member and any Subsidiary of any of them shall not, permit or authorise any other person to, directly or indirectly, use, lend, make payments of, contribute or otherwise make available, all or any part of the proceeds of the Loan or other transactions contemplated by this Agreement to fund or facilitate trade, business or other activities: (i) involving or for the benefit of any Restricted Person; or (ii) in any other manner that could result in the Borrower or any other Security Party being in breach of any Sanctions or becoming a Restricted Person.
3
INTEREST AND INTEREST PERIODS
3.1
Normal interest rate
The Borrower must pay interest on the Loan in respect of each Interest Period relating thereto on each Interest Payment Date at the rate per annum determined by the Lender to be the aggregate of (a) the Margin in respect thereof and (b) LIBOR for such period.
3.2
Interest Periods
3.2.1
The period during which the Loan is outstanding under this Agreement shall, subject to clause 3.2.2 and clause 3.2.4, be divided into consecutive Interest Periods of 3 Month’s duration unless provided otherwise in this Agreement or such other duration as may be agreed by the Lender and the Borrower.
3.2.2
The first Interest Period shall start on the Drawdown Date and end on the date falling 3 Months after the Drawdown Date.
3.2.3
Each subsequent Interest Period shall start on the last day of the preceding Interest Period and end on the date falling 3 Months therefrom.
3.2.4
No Interest Period of the Loan shall extend beyond the Final Repayment Date.
3.3
Default interest
If the Borrower fails to pay any sum (including, without limitation, any sum payable pursuant to this clause 3.3) on its due date for payment under any of the Security Documents, the Borrower must pay interest on such sum on demand from the due date up to the date of actual payment (as well after as
17

before judgment) at a rate determined by the Lender pursuant to this clause 3.3. The period starting on such due date and ending on such date of payment shall be divided into successive periods selected by the Lender each of which (other than the first, which shall start on such due date) shall start on the last day of the preceding such period. The rate of interest applicable to each such period shall be the aggregate (as determined by the Lender) of (a) two per cent (2%) per annum, (b) the Margin and (c) LIBOR for such periods. Such interest shall be due and payable on demand, or, if no demand is made, then on the last day of each such period as determined by the Lender and on the day on which all amounts in respect of which interest is being paid under this clause are paid, and each such day shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, be treated as an Interest Payment Date, provided that if such unpaid sum is an amount of principal which became due and payable by reason of a declaration by the Lender under clause 10.2.2 or a prepayment pursuant to clauses 4.3, 4.4, 8.2.1(a) or 12.1, on a date other than an Interest Payment Date relating thereto, the first such period selected by the Lender shall be of a duration equal to the period between the due date of such principal sum and such Interest Payment Date and interest shall be payable on such principal sum during such period at a rate of two per cent (2%) above the rate applicable thereto immediately before it shall have become so due and payable. If, for the reasons specified in clause 3.4.1, the Lender is unable to determine a rate in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this clause 3.3, interest on any sum not paid on its due date for payment shall be calculated at a rate determined by the Lender to be two per cent (2%) per annum above the aggregate of the Margin and the cost of funds to the Lender compounded at such intervals as the Lender selects.
3.4
Market disruption; non-availability
3.4.1
If at any time prior to the commencement of any Interest Period:

(a)
the Lender for any reason is unable to obtain Dollars in the London Interbank Market in order to fund the Loan (or any part of it) during that Interest Period; or

(b)
the Lender considers that LIBOR would not accurately reflect the cost to it of funding the Loan (or any part of them) during that Interest Period,
then the Lender must promptly give notice (a “Determination Notice”) thereof to the Borrower. A Determination Notice shall contain particulars of the relevant circumstances giving rise to its issue. After the giving of any Determination Notice, regardless of any other provision of this Agreement, no Commitment shall be borrowed until notice to the contrary is given to the Borrower by the Lender.
3.4.2
Within ten (10) Banking Days of any Determination Notice being given by the Lender under clause 3.4.1, the Lender must certify an alternative basis in place of LIBOR (the “Alternative Basis”) for maintaining the Loan. The Alternative Basis may at the Lender’s sole discretion include (without limitation) alternative interest periods, alternative currencies or alternative rates of interest but shall include the relevant Margin above the cost of funds to the Lender.
18

Once the Alternative Basis has been received by the Borrower, the Borrower and the Lender shall negotiate in good faith for a period of thirty (30) Banking Days in order to arrive at a mutually acceptable substitute basis for the Lender to continue to make available the Loan and, if within such thirty (30) Banking Day period the Borrower and the Lender shall agree in writing upon such an alternative basis (the “Substitute Basis”) the Substitute Basis should be retroactive to and effective from the first day of the Interest Period.
The Substitute Basis so certified shall be binding upon the Borrower, and shall take effect in accordance with its terms from the date specified in the Determination Notice until such time as the Lender notifies the Borrower that none of the circumstances specified in clause 3.4.1 continues to exist whereupon the normal interest rate fixing provisions of this Agreement shall again apply and, subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the Commitment may again be borrowed.
If the Borrower does not agree the Substitute Basis, then the Borrower shall have the right to repay the Loan without any premium or penalty on the next Interest Payment Date after receiving notice of the Substitute Basis, together with accrued interest thereon payable to the Lender at the rate certified by the Lender and notified to the Borrower as being a reasonable interest reflecting the cost to the Lender of funding the Loan during the period ending on the date of such prepayment, plus the Margin.
So long as any Substitute Basis is in force, the Lender shall from time to time (but at least monthly) review whether or not the circumstances are such that such Substitute Basis is no longer necessary and, if the Lender so determines it shall notify the Borrower that the Substitute Basis shall cease to be effective from such date as the Lender shall reasonably specify.
4
REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT
4.1
Repayment
4.1.1
Subject to any obligation to pay earlier under this Agreement, the Borrower must repay the Loan by:

(a)
twenty (20) equal quarterly instalments of USD210,000 each; and

(b)
an instalment (the “Balloon Instalment”) of USD800,000,
the first repayment instalment falling due 3 months after the Drawdown Date and subsequent instalments falling due at quarterly intervals thereafter, with the final instalment falling due on the Maturity Date and the Balloon Instalment being repayable together with the final such instalment.
4.1.2
If less than the full amount of the Loan Facility is drawn down, then each of the said repayment instalments and the Balloon Instalment shall be reduced pro rata by the amount of, in aggregate, such undrawn amount.
4.1.3
The Borrower shall on the Maturity Date also pay to the Lender all other amounts in respect of interest or otherwise then due and payable under this Agreement and the Security Documents.
4.2
Voluntary prepayment
19

Subject to clauses 4.3, 4.4, 4.5 and 4.6, the Borrower may, subject to having given 10 Banking Days’ prior written notice (or such shorter period as the Lender may agree) thereof to the Lender, prepay any specified amount (such part being in an amount of five hundred thousand Dollars (USD500,000) or any larger sum which is an integral multiple of such amount) of the Loan on any Interest Payment Date without premium or penalty.
4.3
Mandatory Prepayment on Total Loss
On the date falling ninety (90) days after that on which the Vessel became a Total Loss or, if earlier, on the date upon which the relevant insurance proceeds are, or Requisition Compensation is, received by the Borrower (or the Lender pursuant to the Security Documents) the Borrower must prepay the Loan in full.
4.3.1
Interpretation
For the purpose of this Agreement, a Total Loss shall be deemed to have occurred:

(a)
in the case of an actual total loss of the Vessel, on the actual date and at the time the Vessel was lost or, if such date is not known, on the date on which the Vessel was last reported;

(b)
in the case of a constructive total loss of the Vessel, upon the date and at the time notice of abandonment of the Vessel is given to the then insurers of the Vessel (provided a claim for total loss is admitted by such insurers) or, if such insurers do not immediately admit such a claim, at the date and at the time at which either a total loss is subsequently admitted by such insurers or a total loss is subsequently adjudged by a competent court of law or arbitration tribunal to have occurred;

(c)
in the case of a compromised or arranged total loss of the Vessel, on the date upon which a binding agreement as to such compromised or arranged total loss has been entered into by the then insurers of the Vessel;

(d)
in the case of Compulsory Acquisition, on the date upon which the relevant requisition of title or other compulsory acquisition occurs; and

(e)
in the case of hijacking, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest, detention or confiscation of the Vessel (other than within the definition of Compulsory Acquisition) by any Government Entity, or by persons allegedly acting or purporting to act on behalf of any Government Entity, which deprives the Borrower of the use of the Vessel for more than sixty (60) days, upon the expiry of the period of sixty (60) days after the date upon which the relevant incident occurred.
4.4
Mandatory prepayment on sale of the Vessel
On the date of completion of the sale of the Vessel, the Borrower must prepay the Loan in full, including the applicable Prepayment Fee, if any, in accordance with clause 4.7.5.
20

4.5
Illegality
4.5.1
If, in any applicable jurisdiction, it becomes unlawful for the Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its funding of the Loan or it becomes unlawful for any affiliate of the Lender for the Lender to do so:

(a)
the Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower upon becoming aware of that event;

(b)
upon the Lender notifying the Borrower, the Available Facility will be immediately cancelled; and
the Borrower shall repay the Loan on the last day of the Interest Period occurring after the Lender has notified the Borrower or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) and the Commitment shall be cancelled in the amount of the Loan repaid.
4.6
Amounts payable on prepayment
4.6.1
Any prepayment of all or part of the Loan under this Agreement shall be made together with:

(a)
accrued interest on the amount to be prepaid to the date of such prepayment;

(b)
any additional amount payable under clauses 3.4, 6.6 or 12.2; and

(c)
all other sums payable by the Borrower to the Lender under this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents including, without limitation any Break Costs.
4.7
Notice of prepayment; reduction of Repayment Instalments
4.7.1
Every notice of prepayment shall be effective only on actual receipt by the Lender, shall be irrevocable, shall specify the amount to be prepaid and shall
oblige the Borrower to make such prepayment on the date specified.
4.7.2
Any amount prepaid pursuant to clause 4.2 shall satisfy the obligations specified in clause 4.1.1 in inverse order of maturity.
4.7.3
The Borrower may not prepay the Loan or any part thereof except as expressly provided in this Agreement.
4.7.4
No amount repaid or prepaid may be re-borrowed.
4.7.5
Save and except for the occurrence of mandatory prepayment, the Borrower shall pay a fee in an amount equal to 1% of the amount prepaid or cancelled under this clause 4 within the first two (2) years from the Drawdown Date, which fee shall be paid on the date of the relevant prepayment or cancellation date.
5
FEES AND EXPENSES
5.1
Arrangement fee
21

The Borrower agrees to pay to the Lender a non-refundable arrangement fee of one per cent (1%) of the amount of the Loan Facility within seven (7) Banking Days from the Execution Date, but latest by two (2) Banking Days before the Drawdown Date.
5.2
Expenses
The Borrower agrees to reimburse the Lender on a full indemnity basis within ten (10) days of demand all reasonable expenses and/or disbursements whatsoever (including without limitation legal, printing and out of pocket expenses) certified by the Lender as having been incurred by them from time to time:
5.2.1
in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and, where relevant, registration of the Security Documents and of any contemplated or actual amendment, or indulgence or the granting of any waiver or consent howsoever in connection with, any of the Security Documents (including legal fees) (but excluding any such expense incurred in connection with the transfer, assignment or sub-participation of any of the rights and/or obligations of the Lender under the Security Documents);
5.2.2
in contemplation or furtherance of, or otherwise howsoever in connection with, the exercise or enforcement of, or preservation of any rights, powers, remedies or discretions under any of the Security Documents, or in consideration of the Lender’s rights thereunder or any action proposed or taken following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing or otherwise in respect of the moneys owing under any of the Security Documents; and
5.2.3
in connection with obtaining a written report from a maritime insurance consultant or broker acceptable to the Lender in relation to the Insurances of the Vessel (which the Lender may obtain not more than once a year,),
5.3
Value added tax
All fees and expenses payable pursuant to this Agreement must be paid together with value added tax or any similar tax (if any) properly chargeable thereon in any jurisdiction. Any value added tax chargeable in respect of any services supplied by the Lender under this Agreement shall, on delivery of the value added tax invoice, be paid in addition to any sum agreed to be paid hereunder.
5.4
Stamp and other duties
The Borrower must pay all stamp, documentary, registration or other like duties or taxes, but excluding any FATCA Deduction (except for any such Taxes incurred in connection with any transfer, assignment or sub-participation of any of the rights and/or obligations of the Lender under any of the Security Documents) (including any duties or taxes payable by the Lender) imposed on or in connection with any of the Underlying Documents, the Security Documents or the Loan and agree to indemnify the Lender against any liability arising by reason of any delay or omission by the Borrower to pay such duties or taxes.
6
PAYMENTS AND TAXES; ACCOUNTS AND CALCULATIONS
6.1
No set-off or counterclaim
22

All payments to be made by the Borrower under any of the Security Documents must be made in full, without any set off or counterclaim whatsoever and, subject as provided in clause 6.6, free and clear of any deductions or withholdings, in USD on or before 11:00 am (London time) on the due date in freely available funds to such account at the Lender and in such place as the Lender may from time to time specify for this purpose.
6.2
Payment by the Lender
All sums to be advanced by the Lender to the Borrower under this Agreement shall be remitted in USD on the Drawdown Date to the account specified in the Drawdown Notice.
6.3
Non-Banking Days
When any payment under any of the Security Documents would otherwise be due on a day which is not a Banking Day, the due date for payment shall be extended to the next following Banking Day unless the Banking Day falls in the next calendar month in which case payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Banking Day.
6.4
Calculations
All interest and other payments of an annual nature under any of the Security Documents shall accrue from day to day and be calculated on the basis of actual days elapsed and a three hundred and sixty (360) day year.
6.5
Currency of account
If any sum due from the Borrower under any of the Security Documents, or under any order or judgment given or made in relation thereto, must be converted from the currency (“the first currency”) in which the same is payable thereunder into another currency (“the second currency”) for the purpose of (i) making or filing a claim or proof against the Borrower, (ii) obtaining an order or judgment in any court or other tribunal or (iii) enforcing any order or judgment given or made in relation thereto, the Borrower undertakes to indemnify and hold harmless the Lender from and against any loss suffered as a result of any discrepancy between (a) the rate of exchange used for such purpose to convert the sum in question from the first currency into the second currency and (b) the rate or rates of exchange at which the Lender may in the ordinary course of business purchase the first currency with the second currency upon receipt of a sum paid to it in satisfaction, in whole or in part, of any such order, judgment, claim or proof. Any amount due from the Borrower under this clause 6.5 shall be due as a separate debt and shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other sums due under or in respect of any of the Security Documents and the term “rate of exchange” includes any premium and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of the first currency with the second currency.
6.6
Grossing-up for Taxes - by the Borrower
If at any time the Borrower must make any deduction or withholding in respect of Taxes (other than a FATCA Deduction) or otherwise from any payment due under any of the Security Documents for the account of the Lender or withholding in respect of Taxes from any payment due under any of the Security Documents, the sum due from the Borrower in respect of
23

such payment must be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such deduction or withholding, the Lender receives on the due date for such payment (and retains, free from any liability in respect of such deduction or withholding), a net sum equal to the sum which it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been required to be made and the Borrower must indemnify the Lender against any losses or costs incurred by it by reason of any failure of the Borrower to make any such deduction or withholding or by reason of any increased payment not being made on the due date for such payment. The Borrower must promptly deliver to the Lender any receipts, certificates or other proof evidencing the amounts (if any) paid or payable in respect of any deduction or withholding as aforesaid.
6.7
Claw back of Tax benefit
If, following any such deduction or withholding as is referred to in clause 6.6 from any payment by the Borrower, the Lender shall receive or be granted a credit against or remission for any Taxes payable by it, the Lender shall, and to the extent that it can do so without prejudicing the retention of the amount of such credit or remission and without prejudice to the right of the Lender to obtain any other relief or allowance which may be available to it, reimburse the Borrower with such amount as Lender shall in its absolute discretion certify to be the proportion of such credit or remission as will leave the Lender (after such reimbursement) in no worse position than it would have been in had there been no such deduction or withholding from the payment by the Borrower as aforesaid. Such reimbursement shall be made forthwith upon the Lender certifying that the amount of such credit or remission has been received by it. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall oblige the Lender to rearrange its tax affairs or to disclose any information regarding its tax affairs and computations. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower shall not, by virtue of this clause 6.7, be entitled to enquire about the Lender’s tax affairs.
6.8
Loan account
The Lender shall maintain, in accordance with its usual practice, an account evidencing the amounts from time to time lent by, owing to and paid to it under the Security Documents. The Lender shall maintain a control account or accounts (as the Lender may deem necessary) showing the Loan and other sums owing by the Borrower under the Security Documents and all payments in respect thereof being made from time to time. The control account shall, in the absence of manifest error, be prima facie evidence of the amount from time to time owing by the Borrower under the Security Documents.
6.9
Partial payments
If, on any date on which a payment is due to be made by the Borrower under any of the Security Documents, the amount received by the Lender from the Borrower falls short of the total amount of the payment due to be made by the Borrower on such date then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies available to the Lender under any of the Security Documents, the Lender must apply the amount actually received from the Borrower in or towards discharge of the obligations of the Borrower under the Security Documents in the following order, notwithstanding any appropriation made, or purported to be made, by the Borrower:
24

6.9.1
first, in or towards payment, in such order as the Lender may decide, of any unpaid costs and expenses of the Lender under any of the Security Documents;
6.9.2
secondly, in or towards payment of any fees payable to the Lender under, or in relation to, the Security Documents which remain unpaid;
6.9.3
thirdly, in or towards payment to the Lender of any accrued default interest owing pursuant to clause 3.3 but remains unpaid;
6.9.4
fourthly, in or towards payment to the Lender of any accrued interest owing in respect of the Loan which shall have become due under any of the Security Documents but remains unpaid;
6.9.5
fifthly, in or towards payment to the Lender of any due but unpaid Repayment Instalments; and
6.9.6
sixthly, in or towards payment to the Lender, on a pro rata basis, for any loss suffered by reason of any such payment in respect of principal not being effected on an Interest Payment Date relating to the part of the Loan repaid and which amounts are so payable under this Agreement and any other sum relating to the Loan which shall have become due under any of the Security Documents but remains unpaid.
The order of application set out in clauses 6.9.1 to 6.9.6 may be varied by the Lender without any reference to, or consent or approval from, the Borrower.
7
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
7.1
Continuing representations and warranties
The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lender that:
7.1.1
Due incorporation
each of the corporate Security Parties is duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its respective country of incorporation, in each case, as a corporation and has power to carry on its respective businesses as it is now being conducted and to own its respective property and other assets, to which it has unencumbered legal and beneficial title except as disclosed to the Lender, and the shares of the Borrower are in registered form;
7.1.2
Corporate power
each of the Security Parties has power to execute, deliver and perform its obligations and, as the case may be, to exercise its rights under the Underlying Documents and the Security Documents to which it is a party; all necessary corporate, shareholder (if applicable) and other action has been taken to authorise the execution, delivery and on the execution of the Security Documents performance of the same and no limitation on the powers of the Borrower to borrow or any other Security Party to howsoever incur liability and/or to provide or grant security will be exceeded as a result of borrowing any part of the Loan;
7.1.3
Binding obligations

25

the Underlying Documents and the Security Documents, when executed, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the relevant Security Parties enforceable in accordance with their respective terms;
7.1.4
No conflict with other obligations
the execution and delivery of, the performance of their obligations under, and compliance with the provisions of, the Underlying Documents and the Security Documents by the relevant Security Parties will not (i) contravene any existing applicable law, statute, rule or regulation or any judgment, decree or permit to which any Security Party or other member of the Group is subject, (ii) conflict with, or result in any breach of any of the terms of, or constitute a default under, any agreement or other instrument to which any Security Party or other member of the Group is a party or is subject or by which it or any of its property is bound, (iii) contravene or conflict with any provision of the Constitutional Documents of any Security Party or (iv) result in the creation or imposition of, or oblige any of the Security Parties to create, any Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) on any of the undertakings, assets, rights or revenues of any of the Security Parties;
7.1.5
No default
no Event of Default has occurred;
7.1.6
No litigation or judgments
no Proceedings are current, pending or threatened against any of the Security Parties or their assets which could have a Material Adverse Effect and there exist no judgments, orders, injunctions which would materially affect the obligations of the Security Parties under the Security Documents to which they are a party;
7.1.7
No filings required
except for the registration of the Mortgage in the relevant register under the laws of the Flag State through the Registry, it is not necessary to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any of the Underlying Documents or any of the Security Documents that they or any other instrument be notarised, filed, recorded, registered or enrolled in any court, public office or elsewhere in any Pertinent Jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar tax or charge be paid in any Pertinent Jurisdiction on or in relation to any of the Underlying Documents or the Security Documents and each of the Underlying Documents and the Security Documents is in proper form for its enforcement in the courts of each Pertinent Jurisdiction;
7.1.8
Required Authorisations and legal compliance
all Required Authorisations have been obtained or effected or waived by the person requiring the same and, to the extent no such waiver exists, are in full force and effect and no Security Party has in any way contravened any applicable law, statute, rule or regulation (including all such as relate to money laundering) to which such Security Party is subject;
7.1.9
Choice of law
26

the choice of English law to govern the Underlying Documents and the Security Documents (other than the Mortgage), the choice of the law of the Flag State to govern the Mortgage and the submissions by the Security Parties to the jurisdiction of the English courts and the obligations of such Security Parties associated therewith, are valid and binding;
7.1.10
No immunity
no Security Party nor any of their assets is entitled to immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise from any Proceedings whatsoever;
7.1.11
Financial statements correct and complete
the latest audited consolidated accounts of the Corporate Guarantor and its Subsidiaries (including the Borrower) in respect of the relevant financial year as delivered to the Lender present or will present fairly and accurately the consolidated financial position of the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor as at the date thereof and the results of the operations of the Corporate Guarantor and its Subsidiaries (including the Borrower) and, as at such date, neither the Borrower nor the Corporate Guarantor have any significant liabilities (contingent or otherwise) or any unrealised or anticipated losses which are not disclosed by, or reserved against or provided for in, such financial statements;
7.1.12
Pari passu
the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement are direct, general and unconditional obligations of the Borrower and rank at least pari passu with all other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated Indebtedness of the Borrower except for obligations which are mandatorily preferred by operation of law and not by contract;
7.1.13
Information
all information, whatsoever provided by any Security Party to the Lender in connection with the negotiation and preparation of the Security Documents or otherwise provided hereafter in relation to, or pursuant to this Agreement is, or will be, true and accurate in all material respects and not misleading, does or will not omit material facts and all reasonable enquiries have been, or shall have been, made to verify the facts and statements contained therein; there are, or will be, no other facts the omission of which would make any fact or statement therein misleading in any (in the reasonable opinion of the Lender) material respect;
7.1.14
No withholding Taxes
no Taxes anywhere are imposed whatsoever by withholding or otherwise on any payment to be made by any Security Party under the Underlying Documents or the Security Documents to which such Security Party is or is to be a party or are imposed on or by virtue of the execution or delivery by the Security Parties of the Underlying Documents or the Security Documents or any other document or instrument to be executed or delivered under any of the Security Documents;
7.1.15
No Default under Underlying Documents
27

except as disclosed in writing by the Borrower to the Lender, no Security Party is in material default of any of its obligations under any relevant Underlying Document;
7.1.16
Use of proceeds
the Borrower shall apply the Loan only for the purposes specified in clause 2.1;
7.1.17
Copies true and complete
the Certified Copies of the Underlying Documents delivered or to be delivered to the Lender pursuant to clause 9.1 are, or will when delivered be, true and complete copies or, as the case may be, originals of such documents; and such documents constitute valid and binding obligations of the parties thereto enforceable in accordance with their respective terms and there have been no amendments or variations thereof or defaults thereunder;
7.1.18
Ownership of Borrower
all the shares in the Borrower are legally owned by the Shareholder and ultimately owned and controlled by the Corporate Guarantor and are not held on trust for any third party;
7.1.19
No Indebtedness
the Borrower has not incurred any Borrowed Moneys save as envisaged by this Agreement or as otherwise disclosed to the Lender or incurred in the ordinary course of its business of owning, operating and chartering the Vessel;
7.1.20
Tax returns
the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor have filed all tax and other fiscal returns (if any) which may be required to be filed by any tax authority to which they are subject;
7.1.21
Freedom from Encumbrances
neither the Vessel nor its Earnings, Insurances or Requisition Compensation (each as defined in the relevant Ship Security Documents) nor any Extended Employment Contract in respect of the Vessel nor any other properties or rights which are, or are to be, the subject of any of the Security Documents nor any part thereof will be subject to any Encumbrance except Permitted Encumbrances;
7.1.22
Environmental Matters
except as may already have been disclosed by the Borrower in writing to, and acknowledged in writing by, the Lender:

(a)
the Borrower, the Manager and the other Group Members have complied with the provisions of all Environmental Laws;
28


(b)
the Borrower, the Manager and the other Group Members have obtained all Environmental Approvals and are in compliance with all such Environmental Approvals;

(c)
no Environmental Claim has been made or threatened or pending against any of the Borrower, the Manager, or any other Group Member; and

(d)
there has been no Environmental Incident;
7.1.23
ISM and ISPS Code
the Borrower has complied with and continue to comply with and have procured that the Manager of the Vessel has complied with and continues to comply with the ISM Code, the ISPS Code and all other statutory and other requirements relative to their business and in particular they or the Manager have obtained and maintains a valid DOC, IAPP Certificate, EIAPP Certificate (if applicable) and SMC for the Vessel and that they and the Manager have implemented and continue to implement an ISM SMS;
7.1.24
Accounting reference date
the Borrower’s and the Corporate Guarantor’s accounting reference date is 31 December.
7.1.25
Office
the Borrower does not have an office in England;
7.1.26
Restricted Persons, unlawful activity

(a)
none of the shares in the Borrower, in (to the best of its knowledge) the Corporate Guarantor, or in any other Security Party or the Vessel are or will be at any time during the Facility Period legally or beneficially owned or controlled by a Restricted Person;

(b)
no Restricted Person has or will have at any time during the Facility Period any legal or beneficial interest of any nature whatsoever in any of the shares of the Borrower, (to the best of its knowledge) the Corporate Guarantor, or any other Security Party or the Vessel;
7.1.27
Sanctions
(to the best of its knowledge only in respect of an agent) no Security Party nor any director, officer, agent, employee of any Security Party or any person acting on behalf of any Security Party, is a Restricted Person nor acts directly or indirectly on behalf of a Restricted Person;
7.1.28
FATCA
none of the Security Parties is a FATCA FFI or a US Tax Obligor; and
7.1.29
Republic of the Marshall Islands Economic Substance Regulation 2018
29

The Corporate Guarantor is in compliance with the Republic of the Marshall Islands Economic Substance Regulation 2018 in accordance with its terms and the time frame once the same becomes applicable.
7.2
Repetition of representations and warranties
On each day throughout the Facility Period, the Borrower shall be deemed to repeat the representations and warranties in clause 7 updated mutatis mutandis as if made with reference to the facts and circumstances existing on such day and in clause 7.1.11 as if made with reference to the Latest Accounts at any relevant time.
8
UNDERTAKINGS
8.1
General
The Borrower undertakes with the Lender that, from the Execution Date until the end of the Facility Period, it will:
8.1.1
Notice of Event of Default and Proceedings
promptly inform the Lender of (a) any Event of Default and of any other circumstances or occurrence which might adversely affect the ability of any Security Party to perform its obligations under any of the Security Documents to which it is a party and (b) as soon as the same is commenced or threatened, details of any Proceedings involving any Security Party which could have a Material Adverse Effect on that Security Party and/or the operation of the Vessel (including, but not limited to any Total Loss of the Vessel or the occurrence of any Environmental Incident) and will from time to time, if so requested by the Lender, confirm to the Lender in writing that, save as otherwise stated in such confirmation, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and no such Proceedings have been commenced or threatened;
8.1.2
Authorisation
to the extent a waiver has not been obtained, obtain or cause to be obtained, maintain in full force and effect and comply fully with all Required Authorisations, provide the Lender with Certified Copies of the same and do, or cause to be done, all other acts and things which may from time to time be necessary or desirable under any applicable law (whether or not in the Pertinent Jurisdiction) for the continued due performance of all the obligations of the Security Parties under each of the Security Documents;
8.1.3
Corporate Existence
ensure that each Security Party maintains its corporate existence as a body corporate duly organised and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Pertinent Jurisdiction;
8.1.4
Use of proceeds
use the Loan exclusively for the purposes specified in clauses 1.1 and 2.1;
8.1.5
Pari passu
30

ensure that its obligations under this Agreement shall, without prejudice to the provisions of clause 8.3, at all times rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated Indebtedness with the exception of any obligations which are mandatorily preferred by law and not by contract;
8.1.6
Financial statements

(a)
supply to the Lender as soon as become available, but in any event within 180 days after the end of each of its financial years:

(i)
the unaudited Annual Financial Statements of the Borrower for that financial year; and

(ii)
the audited consolidated Annual Financial Statements of the Corporate Guarantor for that financial year.

(b)
supply to the Lender as soon as become available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each financial half year (i) in the case of the Borrower, the Semi-Annual Financial Statements; and (ii) in the case of the Corporate Guarantor, the unaudited consolidated Semi-Annual Financial Statements, for that financial half year.

(c)
procure that each set of Annual Financial Statements and Semi-Annual Financial Statements includes a balance sheet, a profit and loss account and a cashflow statement and that, in addition each set of Annual Financial Statements of the Corporate Guarantor shall be audited.

(d)
procure that each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to this clause 8.1.6 shall:

(i)
give a true and fair view of (in the case of Annual Financial Statements for any financial year), or fairly present (in other cases), the financial condition and operations of the relevant Security Party as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up; and

(ii)
in the case of Annual Financial Statements of the Corporate Guarantor, not be the subject of any adverse auditor’s qualification having a Material Adverse Effect in its ability to perform its obligations under the relevant Security Documents.

(e)
supply to the Lender the bank account statement of the Borrower each month evidencing that the charterhire of each charter of the Vessel is remitted to the account designated by the Lender.
8.1.7
Reimbursement of MII Policy premiums
reimburse the Lender on the Lender’s written demand the amount of the premium payable by the Lender for the inception or, as the case may be, extension and/or continuance of the MII Policy (including any insurance tax thereon);
31

8.1.8
Provision of further information
provide the Lender, and procure that the Corporate Guarantor (including its Subsidiaries), shall provide the Lender, with such financial or other information (including, but not limited to, financial standing, Indebtedness, balance sheet, off-balance sheet commitments, repayment schedules, operating expenses, charter arrangements concerning the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor (including its Subsidiaries), the Group and their respective affairs, activities, financial standing, Indebtedness and operations and the performance of the Vessel as the Lender may from time to time reasonably require save for any information which is confidential in relation to arms-length third parties or is not disclosable by law, convention or regulatory requirements;
8.1.9
Obligations under Security Documents, etc.
duly and punctually perform each of the obligations expressed to be imposed or assumed by them under the Security Documents and any Extended Employment Contact and will procure that each of the other Security Parties will, duly and punctually perform each of the obligations expressed to be assumed by it under the Security Documents and any Extended Employment Contract to which it is a party;
8.1.10
Compliance with ISM Code
and will procure that any Operator will, comply with and ensure that the Vessel and any Operator complies with the requirements of the ISM Code, including (but not limited to) the maintenance and renewal of valid certificates pursuant thereto throughout the Facility Period;
8.1.11
Withdrawal of DOC and SMC
immediately inform the Lender if there is any actual withdrawal of its or any Operator’s DOC, IAPP Certificate, EIAPP Certificate or the SMC of the Vessel;
8.1.12
Issuance of DOC and SMC
and will procure that any Operator will promptly inform the Lender of the receipt by the Borrower or any Operator of notification that its application for a DOC or any application for an SMC or IAPP Certificate or EIAPP Certificate for the Vessel has been refused;
8.1.13
ISPS Code Compliance
and will procure that the Manager or any Operator will:

(a)
maintain at all times a valid and current ISSC in respect of the Vessel;

(b)
immediately notify the Lender in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or material modification of the ISSC in respect of the Vessel; and

(c)
procure that the Vessel will comply at all times with the ISPS Code;
8.1.14
Compliance with Laws and payment of taxes
32


(a)
comply with all relevant Environmental Laws, laws, statutes and regulations applicable to it and pay all taxes for which it is liable as they fall due; and

(b)
comply in all respects with, and will procure that each Security Party and each other Group Member will comply in all respects with, all Sanctions;
8.1.15
Inspection
ensure that the Lender, by independent marine surveyors or other persons appointed by it for such purpose (who shall be appointed by the Lender at the Lender’s expense), may board the Vessel, once per calendar year or whenever the Lender deems necessary after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, provided in each case that the Lender shall use reasonable endeavours to ensure that such inspections or surveys shall not interfere with the operation of the Vessel, for the purpose of inspecting or surveying her and will afford all proper facilities for such inspections or survey and for this purpose will give the Lender reasonable advance notice of any intended drydocking of the Vessel (whether for the purpose of classification, survey or otherwise) and will provide the Lender with or ensure that the Lender receives on request all reports of such inspections;
8.1.16
The Vessel
ensure that throughout the Facility Period the Vessel will at all times after her delivery (except as the Lender may otherwise permit) be:

(i)
in the absolute sole, legal and beneficial ownership of the Borrower and not held on trust for any third party;

(ii)
registered through the offices of the Registry as a ship under the laws and flag of the Flag State;

(iii)
in compliance with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code and operationally seaworthy and in every way fit for service;

(iv)
classed with the Classification free of all overdue requirements and recommendations of the Classification Society affecting the Classification;

(v)
insured in accordance with the Ship Security Documents; and

(vi)
managed by the Manager in accordance with the terms of the Management Agreement, which shall be acceptable to the Lender.
8.1.17
Charters
deliver to the Lender, a Certified Copy of each Extended Employment Contract upon its execution or from time to time upon the Lender’s request, forthwith on the Lender’s request execute (a) a Charter Assignment in respect thereof and (b) any notice of assignment required in connection therewith and use reasonable efforts to procure the acknowledgement of any such notice of assignment by the relevant charterer (provided that any failure to procure the acknowledgement shall not constitute an Event of Default) and (c) (if the Vessel is subject to a bareboat charter) procure execution by the Borrower and the charterer of a Tripartite Deed, together
33

with all notices required to be determined thereunder and will provide evidence acceptable to the Lender that such notice has been given to the relevant charterer and the Borrower shall pay all legal and other costs incurred by the Lender in connection with any such Charter Assignment and Tripartite Deed, forthwith following the Lender’s demand;
8.1.18
Chartering
not without the prior written consent of the Lender and, if such consent is given, only subject to such conditions as the Lender may reasonably impose (and in the case of (b) only, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), to let the Vessel:

(a)
on demise charter for any period; or

(b)
by any time or consecutive voyage charter for a term which exceeds or which by virtue of any optional extensions therein contained might exceed twelve (12) months' duration; or

(c)
on terms whereby more than two (2) months' hire (or the equivalent) is payable in advance;
8.1.19
Sanctions

(a)
(to the best of its knowledge only in respect of an agent) not be, and shall procure that any Security Party and other Group Member, or any director, officer, agent, employee or person acting on behalf of the foregoing is not, a Restricted Person and does not act directly or indirectly on behalf of a Restricted Person;

(b)
and shall procure that each Security Party and each other Group Member shall, not use any revenue or benefit derived from any activity or dealing with a Restricted Person in discharging any obligation due or owing to the Lender;

(c)
procure that no proceeds from any activity or dealing with a Restricted Person are credited to any bank account held with the Lender in its name or in the name of any other member of the Group;

(d)
take, and shall procure that each Security Party and each other Group Member has taken, reasonable measures to ensure compliance with Sanctions;

(e)
and shall procure that each Security Party and each other Group Member shall, to the extent permitted by law promptly upon becoming aware of them, supply to the Lender details of any claim, action, suit, proceedings or investigation against it with respect to Sanctions by any Sanctions Authority; and

(f)
not accept, obtain or receive any goods or services from any Restricted Person, except (without limiting clause 8.1.19(b)), to the extent relating to any warranties and/or guarantees given and/or liabilities incurred in respect of an activity or dealing with a Restricted Person by the Borrower, any other Security Party or any other Group Member in accordance with this Agreement;
34

8.1.20
Ownership
ensure that all the shares in the Borrower are legally owned by the Shareholder and ultimately owned and controlled by the Corporate Guarantor and are not held on trust for any third party;
8.1.21
Shipping activities
procure that the Corporate Guarantor shall at all times remain the ultimate holding company of shipowning companies engaged in shipping activities reasonably acceptable to the Lender;
8.1.22
FATCA Information

(a)
subject to paragraph (c) below each party to any Security Document shall, within 10 Banking Days of a reasonable request by the other party to that Security Documents:

(i)
confirm to that other party whether it is:

(A)
a FATCA Exempt Party; or

(B)
not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

(ii)
supply to that other party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other party’s compliance with FATCA;

(iii)
supply to that other party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other party's compliance with any other law, regulation, or exchange of information regime;

(b)
if a party to any Security Document confirms to another party pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that party shall notify the other party reasonably promptly;

(c)
paragraph (a) above shall not oblige the Lender to do anything, and paragraph (a)(iii) above shall not oblige any other party to any Security Document to do anything, which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:

(i)
any law or regulation;

(ii)
any policy of the Lender;

(iii)
any fiduciary duty; or

(iv)
any duty of confidentiality;

(d)
paragraph (a) above shall not oblige the Lender to do anything, and paragraph (a)(iii) above shall not oblige any other party to any Security Document to do anything, which would or might in its reasonable opinion cause it to disclose any confidential information
35

(including, without limitation, its tax returns and calculations); provided, however, that information required (or equivalent to the information so required) by United States Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8 or W-9 (or any successor forms) shall not be treated as confidential information of such Lender for purposes of this paragraph (d);

(e)
if a party to any Security Document fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party, or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with paragraph (a) (i) or (ii) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then such party shall be treated for the purposes of the Security Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until (in each case) such time as that party provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information;
8.1.23
FATCA Deduction

(a)
A party to any Security Document may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no party to any Security Document shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

(b)
A party to any Security Document shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction) notify the party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Borrower and the Lender; and
8.1.24
Republic of the Marshall Islands Economic Substance Regulation 2018
procure that the Corporate Guarantor will be in compliance with the Republic of the Marshall Islands Economic Substance Regulation 2018 in accordance with its terms and time frame once the same becomes applicable.
8.2
Security value maintenance
8.2.1
Valuation of the Vessel
The Market Value of the Vessel shall be determined in each June and December in each calendar year within the Facility Period by a valuation report:

(a)
in Dollars;

(b)
by an Approved Broker appointed by the Lender;

(c)
without physical inspection of the Vessel (unless the Lender may so require); and

(d)
on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery at arm’s length on normal commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer, without taking into account any existing charter or other contract of employment,
36

which valuation shall be binding as regards the Borrower (absent manifest error).
8.2.2
Information
The Borrower shall promptly provide the Lender and any shipbroker or expert carrying out the valuation with any information which the Lender or the shipbroker or expert may reasonably request for the proposes of the valuation and, if the Borrower fails to provide the information by the date specified in the request, the valuation may be made on assumptions which the Lender and any shipbroker or expert appointed by it, considers prudent.
8.2.3
Costs
Within the Facility Period, the Borrower shall provide the Lender with valuation report of the Vessel and shall bear the costs in connection with the Lender obtaining valuations of the Vessel not more than twice per year. In the event of valuation for additional securities provided for the purpose of clause 8.2.5, same should be under Borrower’s account and shall not be included in the aforementioned frequency.
8.2.4
Minimum required security cover
Clause 8.2.5 applies if the Lender notifies the Borrower that the aggregate Security Value is below 120% of the Loan at any time during the Facility Period.
8.2.5
Provision of additional security; prepayment
If the Lender serves a notice on the Borrower under clause 8.2.4, the Borrower shall, or shall procure the Corporate Guarantor to, within thirty (30) days after the date on which the Lender’s notice is served, either:

(a)
provide, or ensure that a third party provides, cash deposit in the amount equal to the shortfall, or additional security which, in the opinion of the Lender, has a net realisable value at least equal to the shortfall and is documented in such terms as the Lender may approve or require; and/or

(b)
prepay such part (at least) of the Loan under clause 4.2 as will eliminate the shortfall.
For the purpose of the Security Documents, the value at any time of any other asset over which additional security is provide under this Clause 8.2 will be value as most recently determined in accordance with this Clause 8.2.
In addition, for the purposes of this clause 8.2.5 the market value (i) of any additional security over a ship (other than the Vessel) shall be determined (at the Borrower’s expense) in USD by an Approved Broker appointed by, and reporting to, the Lender, such valuation to be made without physical inspection, and on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash at arms’ length, on normal commercial terms, as between a willing buyer and a willing seller, without taking into account the benefit or burden of any charterparty or other engagement concerning the Vessel and (ii) of any other additional security provided or to be provided to the Lender shall be determined by the Lender in its reasonable discretion, Provided that
37

additional security in the form of cash in Dollars will be valued on a Dollar for Dollar basis.
8.2.6
Documents and evidence
In connection with any additional security provided in accordance with this clause 8.2, the Lender shall be entitled to receive (at the Borrower’s expense) such evidence and documents of the kind referred to in schedule 2 as may in the Lender’s reasonable opinion be appropriate and such favourable legal opinions as the Lender shall reasonably require.
8.2.7
Release of Security
If the Security Value shall at any time exceeds 120% of the Loan, and the Borrower shall previously have provided further security to the Lender pursuant to clause 8.2.5 for more than three (3) months, the Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after notice from the Borrower to do so and subject to being indemnified to its reasonable satisfaction against the cost of doing so, release any such further security specified by the Borrower provided that the Lender is satisfied that, immediately following such release, the Security Value will equal or exceed 120% of the Loan.
8.3
Negative undertakings relating to the Borrower
The Borrower undertakes with the Lender that, from the Execution Date until the end of the Facility Period, it will procure that, except with the prior written consent of the Lender (and such consent in respect of any change of name of the Vessel not to be unreasonably withheld), it will not:
8.3.1
Negative pledge
permit any Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) to subsist, arise or be created or extended over all or any part of its present or future undertakings, assets, rights or revenues to secure or prefer any present or future Indebtedness or other liability or obligation of any Group Member or any other person;
8.3.2
No merger or transfer
merge or consolidate with any other person or permit any change to the legal or beneficial ownership of its shares from that existing at the Execution Date (and for the avoidance of doubt any change in the ownership of shares of and in the Corporate Guarantor occurring in the normal course of business shall not constitute a breach of this clause 8.3);
8.3.3
Disposals
sell, transfer, assign, create security or option over, pledge, pool, abandon, lend or otherwise dispose of or cease to exercise direct control over any part of their present or future undertaking, assets, rights or revenues (otherwise than by transfers, sales or disposals for full consideration in the ordinary course of trading) whether by one or a series of transactions related or not;
8.3.4
Other business or manager
38

undertake any type of business other than the ownership and operation of the Vessel or (without the prior consent of the Lender) employ anyone other than the Manager as commercial and technical manager of the Vessel;
8.3.5
Acquisitions
acquire, any assets other than the Vessel and rights arising under contracts entered into by or on behalf of the Borrower in the ordinary course of its business of owning, operating and chartering the Vessel;
8.3.6
Other obligations
incur, any obligations except for obligations arising under the Underlying Documents or the Security Documents or contracts entered into in the ordinary course of its business of owning, operating and chartering the Vessel;
8.3.7
No borrowing
incur any Borrowed Money except for Borrowed Money (i) pursuant to the Security Documents or (ii) incurred in the ordinary course of its business of owning, operating and chartering the Vessel or (iii) owed by any Group Member provided that such Borrowed Money is fully subordinated to the Borrowed Money incurred under the Security Documents by a Subordination Deed in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Lender;
8.3.8
Repayment of borrowings
repay or prepay the principal of, or pay interest on or any other sum in connection with any of their Borrowed Money except for Borrowed Money pursuant to or permitted under the Security Documents;
8.3.9
Guarantees
issue any guarantees or otherwise become directly or contingently liable for the obligations of any person, firm, or corporation except pursuant to the Security Documents and except for guarantees from time to time required in the ordinary course of trading up to USD350,000 or such higher amount as agreed with the Lender or by any protection and indemnity or war risks association with which the Vessel is entered, guarantees required to procure the release of the Vessel from any arrest, detention, attachment or levy or guarantees required for the salvage of the Vessel;
8.3.10
Loans
make any loans or grant any credit (save for normal trade credit in the ordinary course of business) to any person or agree to do so;
8.3.11
Sureties
permit any Indebtedness of the Borrower to any person (other than to the Lender pursuant to the Security Documents) to be guaranteed by any person (except for guarantees from time to time required in the ordinary course of trading up to USD350,000 or such higher amount as agreed with the Lender or by any protection and indemnity or war risks association with which the Vessel is entered, guarantees required to procure the release of
39

the Vessel from any arrest, detention, attachment or levy or guarantees or undertakings required for the salvage of the Vessel); or
8.3.12
Flag, Class etc.
permit:

(a)
any change in the name or flag of the Vessel;

(b)
any change of Classification or Classification Society in respect of the Vessel;

(c)
any change of Manager in respect of the Vessel; or

(d)
any change in the ownership (including ultimate beneficial ownership) or control of the Borrower from that existing as at the date hereof and shall procure that there is no change in the ownership (including ultimate beneficial ownership) or control of the Manager (if other than the Corporate Guarantor) from that existing as at the date hereof (and for the avoidance of doubt any change in the ownership of shares of and in the Corporate Guarantor occurring in the normal course of business shall not constitute a breach of this clause);
8.3.13
Underlying Documents
terminate or materially amend or vary an Extended Employment Contract or a Management Agreement (and for the avoidance of doubt, material amendments include, but are not limited to, reductions of rate of hire, increase of management fees not already provided for in the Management Agreement and termination rights); or
8.3.14
Lay-up
de-activate or lay up the Vessel; or
8.3.15
Place of business
own or operate and will procure that no Security Party shall own or operate a place of business situate in England; or
8.3.16
Share capital and distribution
declare or pay any dividends if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a result of such declaration or payment or distribute any of its present or future assets, undertakings, rights or revenue;
8.3.17
Sharing of Earnings
permit there to be any agreement or arrangement whereby the Earnings (as defined in the relevant Ship Security Documents) of the Vessel may be shared or pooled howsoever with any other person except for customary profit sharing arrangements under a charterparty;
8.3.18
Lawful use
40

permit the Vessel to be employed:

(i)
in any way or in any activity with a Restricted Person or in any Sanctions Restricted Jurisdiction or which is (i) unlawful under international law or the domestic laws of any relevant country or (ii) contrary to any Sanctions;

(ii)
to the best of its knowledge, in carrying illicit or prohibited goods;

(iii)
in a way which may make the Vessel liable to be condemned by a prize court or destroyed, seized or confiscated;

(iv)
in any part of the world where there are hostilities (whether war has been declared or not), unless such employment has been notified to, and approved by, the relevant insurers of the Vessel; or

(v)
to the best of its knowledge, in carrying contraband goods,
and the Borrower shall procure that the persons responsible for the operation of the Vessel shall take all necessary and proper precautions to ensure that this does not happen, including participation in industry or other voluntary schemes available to the Vessel and in which leading operators of ships operating under the same flag or engaged in similar trades generally participate at the relevant time;
8.3.19
FATCA
become a FATCA FFI or a US Tax Obligor and shall procure that no Security Party shall do so.
9
CONDITIONS
9.1
Initial conditions precedent
The Borrower may not deliver the Drawdown Notice unless the Lender, or its duly authorised representative, has received in form and substance satisfactory to it all of the documents and other evidence listed in part 1 of schedule 2, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender.
9.2
Conditions precedent on Drawdown
Subject to clause 9.1, the Lender will only be obliged to comply with clause 2.2 in relation to the Drawdown of the Loan, if the Lender, or its duly authorised representative, has received in form and substance satisfactory to it all of the documents and evidence listed in part 2 of schedule 2.
9.3
Further conditions precedent
The Lender will only be obliged to comply with clause 2.2 if on the date of the Drawdown Notice and on the proposed Drawdown Date:

(c)
no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Drawdown;

(d)
all of the representations set out in clause 7 are true; and
41

the representations are true so far as they relate to the Vessel.
9.4
Conditions subsequent
The Borrower undertakes to deliver or to cause to be delivered to the Lender the documents and evidence listed in part 3 of schedule 2 as soon as practicable after the Drawdown Date, but no later than the date as stipulated set out therein.
9.5
Waiver of conditions precedent
The conditions in this clause 9 are inserted solely for the benefit of the Lender and may be waived by the Lender in whole or in part and with or without conditions.
10
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
10.1
Events
Each of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default (whether such event shall occur voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of law or regulation or in connection with any judgment, decree or order of any court or other authority or otherwise, howsoever):
10.1.1
Non-payment: any Security Party fails to pay any sum payable by it under any of the Security Documents to which it is a party at the time, in the currency and in the manner stipulated in the Security Documents (and so that, for this purpose, sums payable (i) under clauses 3.1 and 4.1 shall be treated as having been paid at the stipulated time if (aa) received by the Lender within two (2) Banking Days of the dates therein referred to and (bb) such delay in receipt is caused by administrative or other delays or errors within the banking system and (ii) on demand shall be treated as having been paid at the stipulated time if paid within two (2) Banking Days of demand); or
10.1.2
Breach of Insurance and certain other obligations: the Borrower or, as the context may require, the Manager or any other person fails to obtain and/or maintain the Insurances (as defined in, and in accordance with the requirements of, the Ship Security Documents) for the Vessel or if any insurer in respect of such Insurances cancels the Insurances or disclaims liability by reason, in either case, of mis-statement in any proposal for the Insurances or for any other failure or default on the part of the Borrower or any other person or the Borrower commits any breach of or omits to observe any of the obligations or undertakings expressed to be assumed by it under clause 8; or
10.1.3
Breach of other obligations: any Security Party commits any breach of or omits to observe any of its obligations or undertakings expressed to be assumed by it under any of the Security Documents to which it is a party (other than those referred to in clauses 10.1.1 and 10.1.2 above) unless such breach or omission, in the opinion of the Lender is capable of remedy, in which case the same shall constitute an Event of Default if it has not been remedied within fifteen (15) Banking Days of the occurrence thereof; or
10.1.4
Misrepresentation: any representation or warranty made or deemed to be made or repeated by or in respect of any Security Party in or pursuant to any of the Security Documents to which it is a party or in any notice,
42

certificate or statement referred to in or delivered under any of the Security Documents is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect; or
10.1.5
Cross-default: any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Indebtedness of the Corporate Guarantor exceeding USD1,000,000 is not paid when due (subject to applicable grace periods) or any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Indebtedness of the Corporate Guarantor exceeding USD1,000,000 becomes (whether by declaration or automatically in accordance with the relevant agreement or instrument constituting the same) due and payable prior to the date when it would otherwise have become due (unless as a result of the exercise by the Borrower or the Corporate Guarantor of a voluntary right of prepayment), or any creditor of the Borrower or the Corporate Guarantor becomes entitled to declare any such Indebtedness due and payable or any facility or commitment available to the Borrower or the Corporate Guarantor relating to Indebtedness is withdrawn, suspended or cancelled by reason of any default (however described) of the person concerned, and such Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Corporate Guarantor (as the case may be) is not paid within fourteen (14) Banking Days from the due date for payment; or
10.1.6
Execution: any uninsured judgment or order made against any Security Party is not stayed, appealed against or complied with within fifteen (15) days or a creditor attaches or takes possession of, or a distress, execution, sequestration or other process is levied or enforced upon or sued out against, any of the undertakings, assets, rights or revenues of any Security Party and is not discharged within twenty (20) days; or
10.1.7
Insolvency: any Security Party is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due; suspends making payments on any of its debts or announces an intention to do so; becomes insolvent; or has negative net worth (taking into account contingent liabilities); or suffers the declaration of a moratorium in respect of any of its Indebtedness; or
10.1.8
Dissolution: any corporate action, Proceedings or other steps are taken to dissolve or wind-up any Security Party unless the Borrower can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Lender, by providing an opinion of leading counsel that such corporate action, Proceedings or other steps are frivolous, vexatious or an abuse of the process of the court or an order is made or resolution passed for the dissolution or winding up of any Security Party or a notice is issued convening a meeting for such purpose; or
10.1.9
Administration: any petition is presented, notice given or other steps are taken anywhere to appoint an administrator of any Security Party or an administration order is made in relation to any Security Party; or
10.1.10
Appointment of receivers and managers: any administrative or other receiver is appointed anywhere of any Security Party or any material part of its assets and/or undertaking or any other steps are taken to enforce any Encumbrance over all or any substantial part of the assets of any Security Party; or
10.1.11
Compositions: any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedures or steps are taken or negotiations commenced, by any Security Party or by any of its creditors with a view to the general readjustment or rescheduling of all or a substantial part of its Indebtedness or to proposing any kind of composition, compromise or arrangement involving such company and any
43

of its creditors (excluding always negotiations with holders of preferred shares); or
10.1.12
Analogous proceedings: there occurs, in relation to any Security Party, in any country or territory in which any of them carries on business or to the jurisdiction of whose courts any part of their assets is subject, any event which, in the reasonable opinion of the Lender, appears in that country or territory to correspond with, or have an effect equivalent or similar to, any of those mentioned in clauses 10.1.6 to 10.1.11 (inclusive) or any Security Party otherwise becomes subject, in any such country or territory, to the operation of any law relating to insolvency, bankruptcy or liquidation; or
10.1.13
Cessation of business: any Security Party suspends or ceases or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on its business without the prior consent of the Lender; or
10.1.14
Seizure: all or a material part of the undertaking, assets, rights or revenues of, or shares or other ownership interests in, any Security Party are seized, nationalised, expropriated or compulsorily acquired by or under the authority of any Government Entity and the same are not returned to the relevant Security Party within 45 days of such seizure, nationalisation, expropriation or compulsory acquisition; or
10.1.15
Invalidity: any of the Security Documents shall at any time and for any reason become invalid or unenforceable or otherwise cease to remain in full force and effect, or if the validity or enforceability of any of the Security Documents shall at any time and for any reason be contested by any Security Party which is a party thereto, or if any such Security Party shall deny that it has any, or any further, liability thereunder; or
10.1.16
Unlawfulness: any Unlawfulness occurs or it becomes impossible or unlawful at any time for any Security Party, to fulfil any of the covenants and obligations expressed to be assumed by it in any of the Security Documents or for the Lender to exercise the rights or any of them vested in it under any of the Security Documents or otherwise; or
10.1.17
Repudiation: any Security Party repudiates any of the Security Documents or does or causes or permits to be done any act or thing evidencing an intention to repudiate any of the Security Documents; or
10.1.18
Encumbrances enforceable: any Encumbrance (other than Permitted Encumbrances) in respect of any of the property (or part thereof) which is the subject of any of the Security Documents becomes enforceable; or
10.1.19
Arrest: the Vessel is arrested, confiscated, seized, taken in execution, impounded, forfeited, detained in exercise or purported exercise of any possessory lien or other claim or otherwise taken from the possession of the Borrower and the Borrower shall fail to procure the release of the Vessel within a period of fifteen (15) Banking Days thereafter; or
10.1.20
Registration: the registration of the Vessel under the laws and flag of the Flag State is cancelled or terminated without the prior written consent of the Lender; or
10.1.21
Unrest: the Flag State of the Vessel becomes involved in hostilities or civil war or there is a seizure of power in the Flag State by unconstitutional means unless the Borrower shall have transferred the Vessel onto a new flag
44

acceptable to the Lender within thirty (30) days of the Lender’s written request to the Borrower to effect such transfer; or
10.1.22
Environmental Incidents: an Environmental Incident occurs which gives rise, or may give rise, to an Environmental Claim which could, in the opinion of the Lender be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (i) on the financial condition of any Security Party or the Group taken as a whole or (ii) on the security constituted by any of the Security Documents or the enforceability of that security in accordance with its terms; or
10.1.23
P&I: the Borrower or the Manager or any other person fails or omits to comply with any requirements of the protection and indemnity association or other insurer with which the Vessel is entered for insurance or insured against protection and indemnity risks (including oil pollution risks) to the effect that any cover (including, without limitation, any cover in respect of liability for Environmental Claims arising in jurisdictions where the Vessel operates or trades) is or may be liable to cancellation, qualification or exclusion at any time; or
10.1.24
Material events: any other event occurs or circumstance arises which, in the reasonable opinion of the Lender, is likely materially and adversely to affect either (i) the ability of any Security Party to perform all or any of its obligations under or otherwise to comply with the terms of any of the Security Documents to which it is a party or (ii) the security created by any of the Security Documents or (iii) the value or nature of the financial condition of any Security Party (other than the Manager); or
10.1.25
Required Authorisations: to the extent it has not been waived, any Required Authorisation is revoked or withheld or modified or is otherwise not granted or fails to remain in full force and effect; or
10.1.26
Money Laundering: any Security Party is in breach of or fails to observe any law, official requirement, other regulatory measure or procedure implemented to combat “money laundering” as defined in Article 1 of the Directive (2015/849/EC) of the Council of the European Communities; or
10.1.27
Management Agreement: a Management Agreement is terminated, revoked, suspended, rescinded, transferred, novated or otherwise ceases to remain in full force and effect for any reason except with the prior consent of the Lender; or
10.1.28
Change of Ownership: there is any change in the immediate and/or ultimate legal and/or beneficial ownership or control of any of the shares of the Borrower or the Shareholder from that existing on the Execution Date (and for the avoidance of doubt any change in the ownership of shares of and in the Corporate Guarantor occurring in the normal course of business shall not constitute a breach of this clause); or
10.1.29
Sanctions: A Security Party fails to comply with clauses 7.1.26, 7.1.27 or 8.1.19 of this Agreement.
10.2
Acceleration
The Lender may at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default, and only while the same is continuing, by notice to the Borrower declare that:
45

10.2.1
the obligation of the Lender to make its Commitment available shall be terminated, whereupon the Total Commitment shall be reduced to zero forthwith; and/or
10.2.2
the Loan and all interest accrued and all other sums payable whatsoever under the Security Documents have become due and payable, whereupon the same shall, immediately or in accordance with the terms of such notice, become due and payable.
10.3
Demand Basis
If, under clause 10.2.2, the Lender has declared the Loan to be due and payable on demand, at any time thereafter the Lender shall by written notice to the Borrower (a) demand repayment of the Loan on such date as may be specified whereupon, regardless of any other provision of this Agreement, the Loan shall become due and payable on the date so specified together with all interest accrued and all other sums payable under this Agreement or (b) withdraw such declaration with effect from the date specified in such notice.
11
INDEMNITIES
11.1
General indemnity
The Borrower agrees to indemnify the Lender on demand, without prejudice to any of the Lender's other rights under any of the Security Documents, against any loss (including loss of Margin) or expense (including, without limitation, Break Costs) which the Lender shall certify as sustained by it as a consequence of any Default, any prepayment of the Loan being made under clauses 4.3, 4.4, 8.2.5 or 12.1 or any other repayment or prepayment of the Loan being made otherwise than on an Interest Payment Date relating to the part of the Loan prepaid or repaid; and/or the Loan not being made for any reason (excluding any default by the Lender) after the Drawdown Notice has been given.
11.2
Environmental indemnity
The Borrower shall indemnify the Lender on demand and hold it harmless from and against all costs, claims, expenses, payments, charges, losses, demands, liabilities, actions, Proceedings, penalties, fines, damages, judgements, orders, sanctions or other outgoings of whatever nature which may be incurred or made or asserted whensoever against the Lender at any time, whether before or after the repayment in full of principal and interest under this Agreement, arising howsoever out of an Environmental Claim made or asserted against the Lender which would not have been, or been capable of being, made or asserted against the Lender had it not entered into any of the Security Documents or been involved in any of the resulting or associated transactions.
11.3
Capital adequacy and reserve requirements indemnity
The Borrower shall promptly indemnify the Lender on demand against any cost incurred or loss suffered by the Lender as a result of its complying with (i) the minimum reserve requirements from time to time (ii) any capital adequacy directive and/or (iii) any revised framework for international convergence of capital measurements and capital standards and/or any regulation imposed by any Government Entity in connection therewith,
46

and/or in connection with maintaining required reserves with a relevant national central bank to the extent that such compliance or maintenance relates to the Commitment and/or the Loan or deposits obtained by it to fund the whole or part thereof and to the extent such cost or loss is not recoverable by the Lender under clause 12.2.
12
UNLAWFULNESS AND INCREASED COSTS
12.1
Unlawfulness
If it is or becomes contrary to any law, directive or regulation for the Lender to contribute to the Loan or to maintain its Commitment or fund the Loan, the Lender shall promptly give notice to the Borrower whereupon (a) the Loan and Commitment shall be reduced to zero and (b) the Borrower shall be obliged to prepay the Loan either (i) forthwith or (ii) on a future specified date not being earlier than the latest date permitted by the relevant law, directive or regulation together with interest accrued to the date of prepayment and all other sums payable by the Borrower under this Agreement.
Provided that if circumstances arise which would result in a notification under this clause 12.1 then, prior to giving such notice, the Lender shall use reasonable endeavours to transfer its obligations, liabilities and rights under this Agreement and the Security Documents to another office of the Lender not affected by the circumstances but the Lender shall not be under any obligation to take any such action if, in its opinion, to do would or might:

(a)
have an adverse effect on its business, operations or financial condition; or

(b)
involve it in any activity which is unlawful or prohibited or any activity that is contrary to, or inconsistent with, any regulation; or

(c)
involve it in any expense (unless indemnified to its satisfaction) or tax disadvantage.
12.2
Increased costs
If the result of any change in, or in the interpretation or application of, or the introduction of, any law or any regulation, request or requirement (whether or not having the force of law, but, if not having the force of law, with which the Lender or, as the case may be, its holding company habitually complies), including (without limitation) those relating to Taxation, capital adequacy, liquidity, reserve assets, cash ratio deposits and special deposits, is to:
12.2.1
subject the Lender to Taxes or change the basis of Taxation of the Lender with respect to any payment under any of the Security Documents (other than Taxes or Taxation on the overall net income, profits or gains of the Lender imposed in the jurisdiction in which its principal or lending office under this Agreement is located); and/or
12.2.2
increase the cost to, or impose an additional cost on, the Lender or its holding company in making or keeping the Commitment available or maintaining or funding all or part of the Loan; and/or
47

12.2.3
reduce the amount payable or the effective return to the Lender under any of the Security Documents; and/or
12.2.4
reduce the Lender's or its holding company's rate of return on its overall capital by reason of a change in the manner in which it is required to allocate capital resources to its obligations under any of the Security Documents; and/or
12.2.5
require the Lender or its holding company to make a payment or forgo a return on or calculated by reference to any amount received or receivable by it under any of the Security Documents; and/or
12.2.6
require the Lender or its holding company to incur or sustain a loss (including a loss of future potential profits) by reason of being obliged to deduct all or part of the Commitment or the Loan from its capital for regulatory purposes,
then and in each such case (subject to clause 12.3):

(a)
the Lender shall notify the Borrower in writing of such event promptly upon its becoming aware of the same; and

(b)
the Borrower shall on demand made at any time whether or not the Loan has been repaid, pay to the Lender the amount which the Lender specifies (in a certificate setting forth the basis of the computation of such amount but not including any matters which the Lender or its holding company regards as confidential) is required to compensate the Lender and/or (as the case may be) its holding company for such liability to Taxes, cost, reduction, payment, forgone return or loss.
For the purposes of this clause 12.2 “holding company” means the company or entity (if any) within the consolidated supervision of which the Lender is included.
12.3
Exception
Nothing in clause 12. shall entitle the Lender to receive any amount in respect of compensation for any such liability to Taxes, increased or additional cost, reduction, payment, foregone return or loss to the extent that the same is the subject of an additional payment under clause 6.6.
13
APPLICATION OF MONEYS, SET OFF, PRO-RATA PAYMENTS AND MISCELLANEOUS
13.1
Application of moneys
All moneys received by the Lender under or pursuant to any of the Security Documents and expressed to be applicable in accordance with the provisions of this clause 13.1 or in a manner determined in the Lender’s discretion, shall be applied in the following manner:
13.1.1
first, in or towards payment, in such order as the Lender may decide, of any unpaid costs and expenses of the Lender and the Lender under any of the Security Documents;
48

13.1.2
secondly, in or towards payment of any fees payable to the Lender under, or in relation to, the Security Documents which remain unpaid;
13.1.3
thirdly, in or towards payment to the Lender of any accrued default interest owing pursuant to clause 3.3 but remains unpaid;
13.1.4
fourthly, in or towards payment to the Lender of any accrued interest owing in respect of the Loan which shall have become due under any of the Security Documents but remains unpaid;
13.1.5
fifthly, in or towards payment to the Lender of any due but unpaid Repayment Instalments;
13.1.6
sixthly, in or towards payment to the Lender in application in repayment of the Loan in accordance with clause 4.7.2;
13.1.7
seventhly, in or towards payment for any loss suffered by reason of any such payment in respect of principal not being effected on an Interest Payment Date relating to the part of the Loan repaid and which amounts are so payable under this Agreement and any other sum relating to the Loan which shall have become due under any of the Security Documents but remains unpaid; and
13.1.8
eighthly, the surplus (if any) shall be paid to the Borrower or to whomsoever else may then be entitled to receive such surplus.
The order of application set out in clauses 13.1.1 to 13.1.8 may be varied by the Lender without any reference to, or consent or approval from, the Borrower.
13.2
Set-off
13.2.1
The Borrower irrevocably authorises the Lender (without prejudice to any of the Lender’s rights at law, in equity or otherwise), following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing and without notice to the Borrower, to apply any credit balance to which the Borrower is then entitled standing upon any account of the Borrower with any branch of the Lender in or towards satisfaction of any sum due and payable from the Borrower to the Lender under any of the Security Documents. For this purpose, the Lender is authorised to purchase with the moneys standing to the credit of such account such other currencies as may be necessary to effect such application.
13.2.2
The Lender shall not be obliged to exercise any right given to it by this clause 13.2. The Lender shall notify the Borrower forthwith upon the exercise or purported exercise of any right of set off giving full details in relation thereto.
13.2.3
Nothing in this clause 13.2 shall be effective to create a charge or other security interest.
13.3
Further assurance
The Borrower undertakes with the Lender that the Security Documents shall both at the date of execution and delivery thereof and throughout the Facility Period be valid and binding obligations of the respective parties thereto which, with the rights of the Lender thereunder, are enforceable in
49

accordance with their respective terms and that it will, at its expense, execute, sign, perfect and do, and will procure the execution, signing, perfecting and doing by each of the other Security Parties of, any and every such further assurance, document, act or thing as in the reasonable opinion of the Lender may be necessary for perfecting the security contemplated or constituted by the Security Documents.
13.4
Conflicts
In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and any of the other Security Documents, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.
13.5
No implied waivers, remedies cumulative
No failure or delay on the part of the Lender to exercise any power, right or remedy under any of the Security Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise by the Lender of any power, right or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power, right or remedy. The remedies provided in the Security Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies provided by law. No waiver by the Lender shall be effective unless it is in writing.
13.6
Severability
If any provision of this Agreement is prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such prohibition, invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect or impair howsoever the remaining provisions thereof or affect the validity, legality or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.
13.7
Force Majeure
Regardless of any other provision of this Agreement, the Lender shall not be liable for any failure to perform the whole or any part of this Agreement resulting directly or indirectly from (i) the action or inaction or purported action of any governmental or local authority (ii) any strike, lockout, boycott or blockade (including any strike, lockout, boycott or blockade effected by or upon the Lender or any of its representatives or employees) (iii) any act of God (iv) any act of war (whether declared or not) or terrorism or (v) any other circumstances whatsoever outside the Lender’s control.
13.8
Amendments
This Agreement may be amended or varied only by an instrument in writing executed by all parties hereto who irrevocably agree that the provisions of this clause 13.8 may not be waived or modified except by an instrument in writing to that effect signed by all of them.
13.9
Replacement of Screen Rate
13.9.1
Any amendment or waiver which relates to:

(a)
providing for the use of a Replacement Benchmark; and

(b)
any or all of the following:
50


(i)
aligning any provision of any Security Document to the use of that Replacement Benchmark;

(ii)
enabling that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the calculation of interest under this Agreement (including, without limitation, any consequential changes required to enable that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the purposes of this Agreement);

(iii)
implementing market conventions applicable to that Replacement Benchmark;

(iv)
providing for appropriate fallback (and market disruption) provisions for that Replacement Benchmark; or

(v)
adjusting the pricing to reduce or eliminate, to the extent reasonably practicable, any transfer of economic value from one Party to another as a result of the application of that Replacement Benchmark (and if any adjustment or method for calculating any adjustment has been formally designated, nominated or recommended by the Relevant Nominating Body, the adjustment shall be determined on the basis of that designation, nomination or recommendation),

may be made with the consent of the Lender and the Security Parties.
13.9.2
In this clause 13.9:
Relevant Nominating Body” means any applicable central bank, regulator or other supervisory authority or a group of them, or any working group or committee sponsored or chaired by, or constituted at the request of, any of them or the Financial Stability Board.
Replacement Benchmark” means a benchmark rate which is:

(a)
formally designated, nominated or recommended as the replacement for a Screen Rate by:

(i)
the administrator of that Screen Rate (provided that the market or economic reality that such benchmark rate measures is the same as that measured by that Screen Rate); or

(ii)
any Relevant Nominating Body,
and if replacements have, at the relevant time, been formally designated, nominated or recommended under both paragraphs, the “Replacement Benchmark” will be the replacement under paragraph (ii) above;
51


(b)
in the opinion of the Lender and the Security Parties, generally accepted in the international or any relevant domestic syndicated loan markets as the appropriate successor to that Screen Rate; or
in the opinion of the Lender and the Security Parties, an appropriate successor to a Screen Rate.
13.10
Counterparts
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and all such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same agreement which may be sufficiently evidenced by one counterpart.
13.11
English language
All documents required to be delivered under and/or supplied whensoever in connection howsoever with any of the Security Documents and all notices, communications, information and other written material whatsoever given or provided in connection howsoever therewith must either be in the English language or accompanied, at the Lender’s request, by an English translation certified by a notary, lawyer or consulate acceptable to the Lender.
14
ASSIGNMENT, TRANSFER AND LENDING OFFICE
14.1
Benefit and burden
This Agreement shall be binding upon, and ensure for the benefit of, the Lender and the Borrower and their respective successors in title.
14.2
No assignment by Borrower
The Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement.
14.3
Transfer by Lender
The Lender may at any time (i) change its office through which the Loan is made available or (ii) cause all or any part of its rights, benefits and/or obligations under this Agreement and the other Security Documents to be transferred or assigned without the consent of the Borrower or the Corporate Guarantor to a wholly-owned banking subsidiary or associated company of the Lender or with the consent (which should not be unreasonably withheld) of the Borrower to any third party (in either case a “Transferee Lender”) provided always that any such Transferee Lender, by delivery of such undertaking as the Lender may approve, becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement and agrees to perform all or, as the case may be, relevant part of the Lender’s obligations under this Agreement the rights and equities of the Borrower or of any other Security Party referred to above include, but are not limited to, any right of set-off and any other kind of cross-claim. The Lender shall give a notice to the Borrower at least 14 Banking Days if such transfer or assignment is to any third party.
14.4
Documenting transfers
If the Lender assigns all or any part of its rights or transfers all or any part of its rights, benefits and/or obligations as provided in clause 14.3, the Borrower undertakes, immediately on being requested to do so by the
52

Lender and at the cost of the Transferee Lender, to enter into, and procure that the other Security Parties shall (at the cost of the Transferee Lender) enter into, such documents as may be necessary or desirable to transfer to the Transferee Lender all or the relevant part of the Lender’s interest in the Security Documents and all relevant references in this Agreement to the Lender shall thereafter be construed as a reference to the Lender and/or its Transferee Lender (as the case may be) to the extent of their respective interests. For the avoidance of doubt there will be no expense for the Borrower in connection with an assignment or transfer, as provided in clauses 14.3 and 14.5.
14.5
Sub-Participation
The Lender may sub-participate all or any part of its rights and/or obligations under the Security Documents at its own expense without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower. Any such sub-participation shall have no effect on the Lender’s rights under the Security Documents and shall not affect the Borrower at all.
14.6
Disclosure of information
The Lender may disclose to:

(a)
its officers, employees, auditors and professional advisers;

(b)
persons to whom disclosure is required to be made by applicable law or court order or pursuant to the rules or regulations of any supervisory or regulatory body or in connection with any judicial proceedings;

(c)
any person who may conduct any merger and acquisition (or any transaction of such kind) with the Lender;

(d)
any person to bring lawsuits against, or to collect and recover whole or a part of the money payable by, the Borrower or the Corporate Guarantor under and pursuant to any of the Security Documents;

(e)
any person conducting credit appraisal or verification, or any other person permitted by the laws;

(f)
any person who (i) becomes a lender in accordance with this Agreement, (ii) is a prospective assignee, transferee of the Lender; or (iii) is a potential sub-participant of the Lender, and their respective professional advisers (a “Prospective Assignee”) who may propose entering into contractual relations with the Lender in relation to this Agreement such information about the Borrower and/or the other Security Parties as the Lender shall consider appropriate, but only if the Prospective assignee has first undertaken to the Borrower to keep secret and confidential and, not without the prior written consent of the Borrower, disclose to any third party, any of the information, reports or documents to be supplied by the Lender.
14.7
No additional costs
If at the time of, or immediately after, any assignment or transfer by the Lender of all or any part of its rights or benefits or obligations under this
53

Agreement, or any change in the office through which it lends for the purposes of this Agreement, the Borrower would be obliged to pay to the Lender or, as the case may be, the Transferee Lender under clause 3.4, 6.6 or clause 12.2 any sum in excess of the sum (if any) which it would have been obliged to pay to the Lender or the Transferor Lender, as the case may be, under the relevant clause in the absence of such assignment, transfer or change, the Borrower shall not be obliged to pay that excess.
15
NOTICES AND OTHER MATTERS
15.1
Notices
15.1.1
unless otherwise specifically provided herein, every notice under or in connection with this Agreement shall be given in English by letter delivered personally and/or sent by post and/or transmitted by fax and/or electronically;
15.1.2
in this clause “notice” includes any demand, consent, authorisation, approval, instruction, certificate, request, waiver or other communication.
15.2
Addresses for communications, effective date of notices
15.2.1
Subject to clause 15.2.2 and clause 15.2.5 notices to the Borrower shall be deemed to have been given and shall take effect when received in full legible form by the Borrower at the address and/or the fax number appearing below (or at such other address or fax number as the Borrower may hereafter specify for such purpose to the Lender by notice in writing);
 
Address:
c/o Eurodry Ltd.
4, Messogiou & Evropis Street, 151 24, Maroussi, Greece
 
Fax:
+30 211 180 40 97
 
Attn:
Tassos Aslidis/Simos Pariaros
 
Email:
aha@eurodry.gr/snp@eurodry.gr

15.2.2
notwithstanding the provisions of clause 15.2.1 or clause 15.2.5, a notice of Default and/or a notice given pursuant to clause 10.2 or clause 10.3 to the Borrower shall be deemed to have been given and shall take effect when delivered, sent or transmitted by the Lender to the Borrower to the address or fax number referred to in clause 15.2.1;
15.2.3
subject to clause 15.2.5, notices to the Lender shall be deemed to be given, and shall take effect, when received in full legible form by the Lender at the address and/or the fax number appearing below (or at any such other address or fax number as the Lender may hereafter specify for such purpose to the Borrower in writing);
 
Address:
c/o SinoPac Leasing Corp.
5/F., NO. 203 Bade Road, Sec. 2, Taipei 10491, Taiwan, R.O.C.
 
Fax:
+886-2-81612452
 
Attn:
Carol Lin
 
Email:
carol.cl.lin@sinopac.com

15.2.4
subject to clause 15.2.5, notices to the Lender shall be deemed to be given and shall take effect when received in full legible form by the Lender at its address and/or fax number specified in the definition of “Lender” (or at any other address or fax number as the Lender may hereafter specify for such purpose); and
54

15.2.5
if under clause 15.2.1 or clause 15.2.3 a notice would be deemed to have been given and effective on a day which is not a working day in the place of receipt or is outside the normal business hours in the place of receipt, the notice shall be deemed to have been given and to have taken effect at the opening of business on the next working day in such place.
15.3
Electronic Communication
15.3.1
Any communication to be made by and/or between the Lender and the Security Parties or any of them under or in connection with the Security Documents or any of them may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if and provided that all such parties:

(a)
notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

(b)
notify each other of any change to their electronic mail address or any other such information supplied by them.
15.3.2
Any electronic communication made by and/or between the Lender and the Security Parties or any of them will be effective only when actually received in readable form.
16
GOVERNING LAW
This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it is governed by and shall be construed in accordance with English law.
17
JURISDICTION
17.1
Exclusive Jurisdiction
For the benefit of the Lender, and subject to clause 17.4 below, the Borrower hereby irrevocably agrees that the courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction:
17.1.1
to settle any disputes or other matters whatsoever arising under or in connection with this Agreement or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and any disputes or other such matters arising in connection with the negotiation, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any part thereof, whether the alleged liability shall arise under the laws of England or under the laws of some other country and regardless of whether a particular cause of action may successfully be brought in the English courts; and
17.1.2
to grant interim remedies or other provisional or protective relief.
17.2
Submission and service of process
The Borrower accordingly irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the jurisdiction of the English courts. Without prejudice to any other mode of service the Borrower:
17.2.1
irrevocably empowers and appoints Messrs Hill Dickinson Services (London) Ltd at present of The Broadgate Tower, 20 Primrose Street, London EC2A
55

2EW, England, as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with this Agreement;
17.2.2
agrees to maintain such an agent for service of process in England from the date hereof until the end of the Facility Period;
17.2.3
agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the Borrower of service of process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned;
17.2.4
without prejudice to the effectiveness of service of process on its agent under clause 17.2.1 above but as an alternative method, consents to the service of process relating to any such proceedings by mailing or delivering a copy of the process to its address for the time being applying under clause 16.2; and
17.2.5
agrees that if the appointment of any person mentioned in clause 17.2.1 ceases to be effective, the Borrower shall immediately appoint a further person in England to accept service of process on its behalf in England and, failing such appointment within seven (7) days the Lender shall thereupon be entitled and is hereby irrevocably authorised by the Borrower in those circumstances to appoint such person by notice to the Borrower.
17.3
Forum non conveniens and enforcement abroad
The Borrower:
17.3.1
waives any right and agrees not to apply to the English court or other court in any jurisdiction whatsoever to stay or strike out any proceedings commenced in England on the ground that England is an inappropriate forum and/or that Proceedings have been or will be started in any other jurisdiction in connection with any dispute or related matter falling within clause 17.1; and
17.3.2
agrees that a judgment or order of an English court in a dispute or other matter falling within clause 17.1 shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and may be enforced against it in the courts of any other jurisdiction.
17.4
Right of Lender, but not Borrower, to bring proceedings in any other jurisdiction
17.4.1
Nothing in this clause 17 limits the right of the Lender to bring Proceedings, including third party proceedings, against the Borrower, or to apply for interim remedies, in connection with this Agreement in any other court and/or concurrently in more than one jurisdiction;
17.4.2
the obtaining by the Lender of judgment in one jurisdiction shall not prevent the Lender from bringing or continuing proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether or not these shall be founded on the same cause of action.
17.5
Enforceability despite invalidity of Agreement
Without prejudice to the generality of clause 13.6, the jurisdiction agreement contained in this clause 17 shall be severable from the rest of this Agreement and shall remain valid, binding and in full force and shall continue to apply notwithstanding this Agreement or any part thereof being
56

held to be avoided, rescinded, terminated, discharged, frustrated, invalid, unenforceable, illegal and/or otherwise of no effect for any reason.
17.6
Effect in relation to claims by and against non-parties
17.6.1
For the purpose of this clause “Foreign Proceedings” shall mean any Proceedings except proceedings brought or pursued in England arising out of or in connection with (i) or in any way related to any of the Security Documents or any assets subject thereto or (ii) any action of any kind whatsoever taken by the Lender pursuant thereto or which would, if brought by the Borrower against the Lender, have been required to be brought in the English courts;
17.6.2
the Borrower shall not bring or pursue any Foreign Proceedings against the Lender and the Borrower shall use its best endeavours to prevent persons not party to this Agreement from bringing or pursuing any Foreign Proceedings against the Lender;
17.6.3
If, for any reason whatsoever, any Security Party and/or any person connected howsoever with any Security Party (including but not limited to any shareholder of the Borrower) brings or pursues against the Lender any Foreign Proceedings, the Borrower shall indemnify the Lender on demand in respect of any and all claims, losses, damages, demands, causes of action, liabilities, costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, legal costs) of whatsoever nature howsoever arising from or in connection with such Foreign Proceedings which the Lender certifies as having been incurred by it;
the Lender and the Borrower hereby agree and declare that the benefit of this clause 17 shall extend to and may be enforced by any officer, employee, agent or business associate of the Lender against whom the Borrower brings a claim in connection howsoever with any of the Security Documents or any assets subject thereto or any action of any kind whatsoever taken by, or on behalf of or for the purported benefit of the Lender pursuant thereto or which, if it were brought against the Lender, would fall within the material scope of clause 17.1. In those circumstances this clause 17 shall be read and construed as if references to the Lender were references to such officer, employee, agent or business associate, as the case may be.
57

Schedule 1
Form of Drawdown Notice

To:
SinoPac Capital International (HK) Limited
Suites 3306, 33/F., Tower 1, The Gateway, 25 Canton Road, Tsim Sha Tsui,
Kowloon, Hong Kong


[●] 2021

Dear Sirs

Re:
Loan agreement dated                        2021 in respect of a loan of up to USD5,000,000 (the “Loan Agreement”) made between (1) Eirini Shipping Ltd as Borrower and (2) SinoPac Capital International (HK) Limited as Lender



We refer to the Loan Agreement. Words and expressions whose meanings are defined therein shall have the same meanings when used herein.
We hereby give you notice that we wish to draw the sum of USD[              ] on [date] 2021. The funds should be credited to the account of [              ] and numbered [              ] with [              ] of [              ].
We confirm that:
(a)
no Default has occurred and is continuing;
(b)
the representations and warranties contained in clause 7 of the Loan Agreement are true and correct at the date hereof as if made with respect to the facts and circumstances existing at such date;
(c)
the borrowing to be effected by the drawdown of the Loan will be within our corporate powers, has been validly authorised by appropriate corporate action and will not cause any limit on our borrowings (whether imposed by statute, regulation, agreement or otherwise howsoever) to be exceeded;
(d)
there has been no material adverse change in our financial position or in the consolidated financial position of the Borrower or the Corporate Guarantor from that described by us to the Lender in the negotiation of the Loan Agreement and/or in any documents or statements already delivered to the Lender in connection therewith;
(e)
there are no Required Authorisations; and
(f)
there has occurred nothing which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

By
   
 
Authorised Signatory
 
 
EIRINI SHIPPING LTD
 





58

Schedule 2
Conditions precedent and subsequent
Part 1
Conditions precedent to the Drawdown Notice
1.
Security Parties’ documents
1.1
A copy of the Constitutional Documents of each Security Party.
1.2
A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each Security Party (or any committee of such board empowered to approve and authorise the following matters):

(i)
approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Security Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute, deliver and perform such Security Documents;

(ii)
authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Security Documents on its behalf; and

(iii)
authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, the Drawdown Notices) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Security Documents.
1.3
If applicable, a copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the relevant company, establishing any committee referred to in paragraph 1.2 above and conferring authority on that committee.
1.4
A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph 1.2 above.
1.5
A copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares in each Security Party (other than the Corporate Guarantor) approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the relevant Security Documents to which such Security Party is a party.
1.6
A certificate of each Security Party (signed by a director) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing or securing, as appropriate, the Commitment would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on such Security Party to be exceeded.
1.7
The original of any power of attorney under which any person is to execute any of the Security Documents on behalf of any Security Party.
1.8
A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Security Party certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part of this Schedule is correct, complete and in full force and effect and has not been amended or superseded as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement and that any resolutions or power of attorney relating to it have not been revoked or amended.
2.
Legal opinions
59

2.1
A legal opinion addressed to the Lender as to English law, substantially in the form approved by the Lender prior to signing this Agreement.
2.2
A legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Lender in each jurisdiction (other than England) in which a Security Party is incorporated and/or which is or is to be the Flag State of the Vessel, each substantially in the form approved by the Lender prior to signing this Agreement.
3.
Other documents and evidence
3.1
Evidence that any process agent referred to in clause 18.2 or any equivalent provision of any other Security Document entered into on or before the Drawdown Date has accepted its appointment.
3.2
A copy of any other authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Lender reasonably considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Security Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Security Document.
3.3
A copy, certified by a director of the Borrower to be a true and complete copy, of the Original Financial Statements.
3.4
Evidence that the fees, commissions, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to clause 5 (Fees and Expenses) have been paid or will be paid by the Drawdown Date.
4.
“Know your customer” information
Such documentation and information as the Lender may reasonably request to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures under all laws and regulations applicable to it.
5.
Security Documents
5.1
The Corporate Guarantee duly executed by the Corporate Guarantor in favour of the Lender.
5.2
The Share Security duly executed by the Shareholder together with all letters, transfers, certificates and other documents required to be delivered under the Share Security.
5.3
A Subordination Deed in respect of the Borrower duly executed by the Borrower and the Shareholder in favour of the Lender.
6.
Value of security Valuations obtained (not more than 3 months before the Drawdown Date) in accordance with clause 8.2.
7.
Capital injection
Evidence of receipt by the Borrower of capital injection of minimum HKD1,000,000 or USD130,000 or other equivalent currencies which may be freely used for Borrower’s corporate/business purposes.
60

8.
Related documents
A Certified Copy of the Extended Employment Contract.
61

Part 2
Conditions precedent to Drawdown of the Loan
1.
Corporate documents
1.1
A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Borrower certifying that eachcopy document relating to it specified in part 1 of this schedule remains correct, complete and in full force and effect and has not been amended or superseded as at a date no earlier than a date approved for this purpose and that any resolutions or power of attorney referred to in part 1 of this schedule in relation to it have not been revoked or amended.
1.2
A certificate of an authorised signatory of each other Security Party which is party to any of the Security Documents required to be executed at or before Drawdown Date certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in part 1 of this schedule remains correct, complete and in full force and effect and has not been amended or superseded as at a date no earlier than a date approved for this purpose and that any resolutions or power of attorney referred to in part I of this schedule in relation to it have not been revoked or amended.
1.3
A certificate of the Borrower (signed by a director) confirming that each condition specified in clause 9.3 is satisfied on the Drawdown Date.
2.
Security
2.1
The Mortgage duly executed by the Borrower.
2.2
The General Assignment duly executed by the Borrower.
2.3
The Charter Assignment duly executed by the Borrower.
2.4
Any Tripartite Deed (if applicable).
2.5
Any Insurance Assignment (if applicable).
2.6
The Manager's Undertaking pursuant to the Security Documents duly executed by the Manager.
2.7
Duly executed notices of assignment and (if available) acknowledgments of those notices as required by any of the above Security Documents.
3.
Registration of Vessel and Mortgage
3.1
Evidence that the Vessel is:

(a)
legally and beneficially owned by the Borrower and registered in the name of the Borrower through the relevant Registry as a ship under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State;

(b)
operationally seaworthy and in every way fit for service;

(c)
classed with the relevant Classification free of all requirements and outstanding recommendations of the relevant Classification Society affecting class;
62


(d)
insured in the manner required by the Security Documents; and

(e)
free of any charter commitment which would require approval under the Security Documents.
3.2
Evidence that the Mortgage has been duly registered with the relevant Registry in the relevant Flag State.
3.3
Evidence that there are no Encumbrance of any kind created or permitted byany person on or in relation to the Vessel, other than the Mortgage.
4.
Insurance
4.1
In relation to the Ship's Insurances:

(a)
If required, an opinion from insurance consultant appointed by the Lender;

(b)
evidence that such Insurances have been placed; and

(c)
evidence (including but not limited in the form of an email) from approved brokers, insurers and/or associations that they will issue letters of undertaking in favour of the Lender in an approved form in relation to the Insurances (including but not limited to insurances relating to fire and usual marine risks (including hull and machinery and excess risks), war risks (including acts of terrorism and piracy) and protection and indemnity risks) and will note the interest of the Lender as loss payee.
5.
ISM and ISPS Code
5.1
A copy of each of:

(a)
the document of compliance issued in accordance with the ISM Code to the person who is the operator of the Vessel for the purposes of that code;

(b)
the safety management certificate in respect of the Vessel issued in accordance with the ISM Code;

(c)
the international ship security certificate in respect of the Vessel issued under the ISPS Code; and

(d)
if so requested by the Lender, any other certificates issued under any applicable code required to be observed by the Vessel or in relation to its operation under any applicable law.
6.
Management agreement
A copy of the management agreement between the Borrower and the Manager relating to the appointment of that Manager.
7.
Fees and expenses
Evidence that the fees, commissions, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to clause 5.1 have been paid or will be paid by the Drawdown Date.
63

8.
Taxes
If applicable, evidence that any withholding Tax has been paid or will be paid or that the relevant applications have been or will be lodged with the relevant tax authorities.
64

Part 3
Conditions subsequent
Conditions Subsequent to Drawdown
1.
Acknowledgements of notices of assignment
Acknowledgements of all notices of assignment and/or charge given pursuant to any Security Documents received by the Lender.
2.
Legal Opinions
Such of the legal opinions specified in part 1 of this schedule 2 as have not already been provided to the Lender.
3.
Insurance
Within one (1) month from the Drawdown Date of the Loan, copies of all policies and contracts of insurance (including hull and machinery insurances and all entries of the Vessel in a protection and indemnity or war risks association), and the original of the mortgagee’s interest insurance policies and contracts of insurance, of the Vessel.
4.
Fees and expenses
Evidence that the fees, commissions, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to clause 5.2 have been paid or will be paid with 14 days following receipt of the appropriate invoices / vouchers.
65

Execution Page
IN WITNESS whereof the parties to this Agreement have caused this Agreement to be duly executed on the date first above written.
THE BORROWER

SIGNED by
)
     
attorney-in-fact for and on behalf of
)
     
EIRINI SHIPPING LTD
)
     
pursuant to a Power of Attorney
)
 
/s/ Stefania Karmiri
 
dated 10 February 2021
)
 
Attorney-in-fact
 
         

THE LENDER


EXECUTED
       
by: Lin, Chia-Heng, Director
)
     
for and on behalf of
)
     
SINOPAC CAPITAL INTERNATIONAL
)
     
(HK) LIMITED
)
 
/s/ Lin, Chia-Heng
 
 
)
 
Authorised Signatory
 
         
         
in the presence of:
       
         
/s/ Carol Lin
       
Name: Carol Lin
       
Address:
       







66

Exhibit 4.29



EXECUTION VERSION

 
DATED        22 February        20201
 

EURODRY LTD
as Guarantor
SINOPAC CAPITAL INTERNATIONAL (HK) LIMITED
as Lender
 

CORPORATE GUARANTEE

 














20


CONTENTS
Clause
 
Page
1
Definitions and construction
1
2
Guarantee
2
3
Payments and Taxes
5
4
Representations and warranties
7
5
Undertakings
10
6
Benefit of this Guarantee
14
7
Notices and other matters
14
8
Jurisdiction
16
9
Governing Law
18


THIS GUARANTEE is dated the 22nd day of  February2021
BETWEEN:
(1)
EURODRY LTD. a company incorporated in in the Marshall Islands and whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands, MH96960 (the “Guarantor”); and
(2)
SINOPAC CAPITAL INTERNATIONAL (HK) LIMITED a company incorporated in Hong Kong, having its registered office at Suites 3306, 33/F., Tower 1, The Gateway, 25 Canton Road, Tsim Sha Tsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong (the “Lender”, which expression includes its successors and assigns).
WHEREAS:
(A)
By a loan agreement (the “Loan Agreement”) dated 22 February 2021 and made between (i) Eirini Shipping Ltd, incorporated in Liberia and having its registered office at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia as borrower (the “Borrower”) and (ii) the Lender, it was agreed that the Lender would make available to the Borrower a loan facility of up to USD5,000,000 (the “Loan).
(B)
Pursuant to the Loan Agreement, and as a condition precedent to the Lender agreeing to make the Loan or any part thereof available to the Borrower, the Guarantor has, amongst other things, agreed to execute and deliver this Guarantee in favour of the Lender.
IT IS AGREED as follows:
1
DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
1.1
Defined expressions
Word and expressions whose meanings are defined in the Loan Agreement shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the same meanings when used in this Guarantee.
1.2
Definitions
In this Guarantee, unless the context otherwise requires:
Expenses” means at any relevant time (to the extent that the same have not been received or recovered by the Lender) the aggregate of the amount of all expenses, disbursements, costs, fees, duties, charges, payments and outgoings of whatever nature and howsoever arising (including but not limited to legal costs, direct and indirect Taxes, printing costs, stamp duties, registration fees, travelling and accommodation costs and out-of-pocket expenses) certified by the Lender from time to time and at any time as having been incurred or paid by the Lender in connection howsoever with the establishment, maintenance, assertion, preservation, protection and/or enforcement (actual or contemplated) of any of the security, rights, powers and/or remedies granted by or referred to in the Loan Agreement or this Guarantee and the other Security Documents or any of them;
Guarantee” includes each separate or independent stipulation or agreement by, or obligation of, the Guarantor contained in this Guarantee;
Guaranteed Liabilities” means all moneys, obligations and liabilities which are the subject of the undertaking of the Guarantor in clause 2.1 of this Guarantee;
1


Outstanding Indebtedness” means the aggregate of all sums of money from time to time owing to the Lender, whether actually or contingently, under the Loan Agreement and the other Security Documents or any of them; and
Vessel” means the built container ship which is to be acquired by the Borrower and registered in the name of the Borrower under the Liberian flag with the name “EIRINI P.”.
1.3
Construction
The provisions of clauses 1.3 and 1.4 of the Loan Agreement shall apply to this Guarantee as if references therein to “this Agreement” were to this Guarantee and otherwise mutatis mutandis.
1.4
Third parties
Except for clause 8.6.4, no part of this Guarantee shall be enforceable under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 by a person who is not a party to this Guarantee.
2
GUARANTEE
2.1
Covenant to pay/Guarantee
In consideration of the Lender making or continuing making loans or advances to, or otherwise giving credit or granting banking facilities or accommodation or granting time to, the Borrower in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement, whenever the Borrower fails to make payment when due of any sum whatsoever under the Loan Agreement and/or the other Security Documents, or fails to discharge or perform any of its obligations under the Loan Agreement and/or any other Security Document, the Guarantor hereby absolutely, irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes as primary obligor and not as mere surety (a) the due and prompt performance by the Borrower of all its obligations under or pursuant to the Loan Agreement and the other Security Documents to which it is a party and (b) to pay to the Lender, on demand by the Lender all such monies (including, without limitation, principal, interest and Expenses) and to perform or procure the performance or discharge of all such obligations and liabilities whatsoever, whensoever and howsoever arising, as are now or may hereafter become due, owing or incurred by the Borrower to the Lender under or pursuant to the Loan Agreement and the other Security Documents or any of them when such monies, obligations or liabilities have become due or owing or have been incurred whether by acceleration or otherwise, or are present, future or contingent, joint or several, incurred as principal or surety, originally owing to the Lender or purchased or otherwise howsoever acquired by the Borrower, denominated in any currency or incurred on any banking account or in any manner whatsoever.
Such liabilities shall, without limitation, include interest (as well after as before judgment) to date of payment at such rate as at the time is equal to the rate payable under the Loan Agreement, included, as the case may be, at a rate calculated in accordance with clause 3.4 of the Loan Agreement.
2.2
Guarantor as principal debtor; indemnity
The Guarantor, as primary obligor and as a separate and independent obligation and liability from its obligations and liabilities under clause 2.1, irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to indemnify the Lender on demand against all liabilities,
2


damages, losses, costs and expenses suffered or incurred by the Lender arising from or in connection with any failure of the Borrower to perform or discharge any purported obligation or liability which would prima facie have been the subject of this Guarantee but is not or ceases to be valid or enforceable against the Borrower for any reason whatsoever.
2.3
No security taken by Guarantor
The Guarantor warrants to the Lender that it has not taken or received, and undertakes, for so long as this Guarantee remains in force, not to take or receive the benefit of any security from the Borrower or any other person in respect of or extending to the Guaranteed Liabilities.
2.4
Interest
The Guarantor agrees to pay interest (to the extent that such interest is not paid by the Borrower) from the date upon which the Borrower fails to make payment under the Loan Agreement or any Security Documents to which it is a party (or if earlier, from the date when the legal liability of the Borrower to pay interest under the Loan Agreement ceased by reason of the provisions or enactments relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or otherwise) until payment has been effected in full of all moneys, obligations and liabilities hereby guaranteed, such interest to be payable before and after judgment at such rate as would at that time be equal to the rate of interest payable under clause 3.4 of the Loan Agreement.
2.5
Continuing security and other matters
This Guarantee is a continuing security and shall:
2.5.1
secure the ultimate balance from time to time owing to the Lender by the Borrower notwithstanding any settlement of account or other matter whatsoever;
2.5.2
be in addition to and shall not merge with or otherwise prejudice or affect any present or future Encumbrance, security, guarantee, power, right or remedy now or hereafter held by or available to the Lender; and
2.5.3
not be in any way prejudiced or affected by the existence of any such Encumbrance, security, guarantee, power, rights or remedies or by the same becoming wholly or in part void, voidable or unenforceable on any ground whatsoever or by the Lender dealing with, exchanging, varying or failing to perfect or enforce any of the same or giving time for payment or indulgence or compounding with any other person liable.
2.6
Liability unconditional
The Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that none of the Guaranteed Liabilities shall be reduced, released or otherwise howsoever adversely affected by any circumstances, event, action, matter or thing whatsoever, howsoever arising, including, without limitation:
2.6.1
any renewal, variation, determination or increase in any accommodation or credit given by the Lender to the Borrower;
2.6.2
any time or waiver granted to or composition with the Borrower or any other person;
3


2.6.3
any variation, extension, release, discharge, compromise, dealing with, exchange or  renewal of anny right or remedy which the Lender may now or hereafter have from or against the Borrower and any other person in respect of any of the obligations and liabilities of the Borrower and any other person;
2.6.4
any act or omission by the Lender or any other person in taking up, perfecting or enforcing any security or guarantee from or against the Borrower or any other person;
2.6.5
the administration, insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation, winding-up, incapacity, limitation, disability or the discharge by operation of law of the Borrower or any change in the constitution, name and style of the Borrower or any other person; or
2.6.6
any invalidity, irregularity, unenforceability, act or omission which might have discharged or affected the liability of the Guarantor had it been a mere surety in respect of the Guaranteed Liabilities or by anything done or omitted by any person which but for this provision might operate to exonerate or discharge the Guarantor or otherwise reduce or extinguish its liability under this Guarantee.
2.7
Cumulative remedies
The Lender shall not be obliged to make any claim or demand on the Borrower or to resort to any Encumbrance, security, guarantee, power, right or remedy or other means of payment now or hereafter held by or available to it before enforcing this Guarantee and no action taken or omitted by the Lender in connection with any such Encumbrance, security, guarantee, power, right or remedy or other means of payment shall discharge, reduce, prejudice or affect the liability of the Guarantor under this Guarantee nor shall the Lender be obliged to apply any money or other property received or recovered in consequence of any enforcement or realisation of any such Encumbrance, security, guarantee, power, right or remedy or other means of payment in reduction of the Guaranteed Liabilities.
2.8
Non-Competition
Until all the Guaranteed Liabilities have been irrevocably paid, discharged or satisfied in full (and notwithstanding payment of a dividend in any liquidation or under any compromise or arrangement) the Guarantor shall not by virtue of any payment made, security realised or moneys received for or on account of the Guarantor's liability hereunder:
2.8.1
be subrogated to any rights, security or moneys held, received or receivable by the Borrower or be entitled to any right of contribution;
2.8.2
be entitled and shall not claim to rank as creditor against the assets or in the bankruptcy or liquidation of the Borrower in competition with the Lender or from any other person liable or demand or accept any Encumbrance, security, guarantee, power, right or remedy in respect of the same or dispose of the same;
2.8.3
take any step to enforce any right against the Borrower or any other person liable in respect of any Guaranteed Liabilities; or
2.8.4
claim any set-off or counterclaim against the Borrower or any other person liable or claim or prove in competition with the Lender in the liquidation of the Borrower or any other person liable or have the benefit of, or share in, any payment from or composition with, the Borrower or any other person liable or any other
4


Encumbrance, security, guarantee, power, right or remedy now or hereafter held by the Lender for any Guaranteed Liabilities or for the obligations or liabilities of any other person liable but so that, if so directed by the Lender, it will prove for the whole or any part of its claim in the liquidation of the Borrower or any other person liable on terms that the benefit of such proof and of all money received by it in respect thereof shall be held on trust for the Lender and applied in or towards discharge of the Guaranteed Liabilities in such manner as the Lender shall deem appropriate.
2.9
Application of moneys
Any monies received in connection with this Guarantee will be applied towards the discharge of the Guaranteed Liabilities in accordance with clause 13 of the Loan Agreement.
2.10
Settlements conditional
Any release, discharge or settlement between the Guarantor and the Lender shall be conditional upon no security, disposition or payment to the Lender by the Borrower or any other person liable being void, set aside or ordered to be refunded pursuant to any enactment or law relating to bankruptcy, liquidation, insolvency or administration or for any other reason whatsoever and if such condition shall not be fulfilled the Lender shall be entitled to enforce this Guarantee subsequently as if such release, discharge or settlement had not occurred and any such payment had not been made.
2.11
Guarantor to pay and deliver up certain property
If, contrary to clauses 2.3 or 2.8, the Guarantor takes or receives the benefit of any security or receives or recovers any money or other property, from the Borrower, such security, money or other property shall be held on trust for the Lender and shall be delivered or paid, as appropriate, to the Lender on demand.
2.12
Release of this Guarantee
Upon irrevocable payment and discharge in full to the satisfaction of the Lender of the Outstanding Indebtedness, the Lender shall, at the request and cost of the Guarantor, release the Guarantor from its obligations under this Guarantee.
3
PAYMENTS AND TAXES
3.1
Time for payment
All amounts payable by the Guarantor under or pursuant to this Guarantee shall be paid to such accounts at such banks as the Lender may from time to time direct to the Guarantor in Dollars in same day funds for immediate value.
3.2
No set-off or counterclaim
All payments to be made by the Guarantor pursuant to this Guarantee shall, subject only to clause 3.3, be made free and clear of and without deduction for or on account of any taxes or other deductions, withholdings, restrictions, conditions or counterclaims of any nature.
3.3
Grossing up for Taxes
5


If at any time the Guarantor must make any deduction or withholding in respect of Taxes (other than a FATCA Deduction) or otherwise from any payment due under this Guarantee for the account of the Lender or withholding in respect of Taxes from any payment due under this Guarantee, the sum due from the Guarantor in respect of such payment must be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such deduction or withholding, the Lender receives on the due date for such payment (and retains, free from any liability in respect of such deduction or withholding), a net sum equal to the sum which it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been required to be made and the Guarantor must indemnify the Lender against any losses or costs incurred by it by reason of any failure of the Guarantor to make any such deduction or withholding or by reason of any increased payment not being made on the due date for such payment. The Guarantor must promptly deliver to the Lender any receipts, certificates or other proof evidencing the amounts (if any) paid or payable in respect of any deduction or withholding as aforesaid.
3.4
Claw back of Tax benefit
If, following any such deduction or withholding as is referred to in clause 3.3 from any payment by the Guarantor, the Lender shall receive or be granted a credit against or remission for any Taxes payable by it or on its behalf, the Lender shall, and to the extent that it can do so without prejudicing the retention of the amount of such credit or remission and without prejudice to its right to obtain any other relief or allowance which may be available to it, reimburse the Guarantor with such amount as the Lender shall in its absolute discretion certify to be the proportion of such credit or remission as will leave the Lender (after such reimbursement) in no worse position than it would have been in had there been no such deduction or withholding from the payment by the Guarantor as aforesaid. Such reimbursement shall be made forthwith upon the Lender certifying that the amount of such credit or remission has been received by it. Nothing contained in this Guarantee shall oblige the Lender to rearrange its tax affairs or to disclose any information regarding its tax affairs and computations. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Guarantor shall not, by virtue of this clause 3.4, be entitled to enquire about the Lender’s tax affairs.
3.5
Currency indemnity
If any sum due from the Guarantor under this Guarantee, or under any order or judgment given or made in relation thereto, must be converted from the currency (“the first currency”) in which the same is payable thereunder into another currency (“the second currency”) for the purpose of (i) making or filing a claim or proof against the Guarantor, (ii) obtaining an order or judgment in any court or other tribunal or (iii) enforcing any order or judgment given or made in relation thereto, the Guarantor undertakes to indemnify and hold harmless the Lender from and against any loss suffered as a result of any discrepancy between (a) the rate of exchange used for such purpose to convert the sum in question from the first currency into the second currency and (b) the rate or rates of exchange at which the Lender may in the ordinary course of business purchase the first currency with the second currency upon receipt of a sum paid to it in satisfaction, in whole or in part, of any such order, judgment, claim or proof. Any amount due from the Guarantor under this clause 3.5 shall be due as a separate debt and shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other sums due under or in respect of this Guarantee and the term “rate of exchange” includes any premium and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of the first currency with the second currency.
6


4
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
4.1
Continuing representations and warranties
The Guarantor represents and warrants that
4.1.1
Due incorporation
the Guarantor is duly incorporated and validly existing in good standing, under the laws of its country of incorporation, as a corporation and has power to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and to own its property and other assets to which it has unencumbered legal and beneficial title except as disclosed to the Lender;
4.1.2
Insolvency
the Guarantor is not insolvent or in liquidation or in administration or subject to any other insolvency procedure, and no receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, liquidator, trustee or analogous officer has been appointed in respect of the Guarantor or all or any part of its assets;
4.1.3
Corporate power to guarantee
the Guarantor has the power to execute, deliver and perform its obligations, and, as the case may be, to exercise its rights, under this Guarantee and the other Security Documents to which it is a party; all necessary corporate, shareholder (if applicable) and other action has been taken to authorise the execution, delivery and on the execution of such Security Documents, performance of the same and no limitation on the powers of the Guarantor to howsoever incur liability and/or to guarantee or howsoever provide or grant security will be exceeded as a result of this Guarantee;
4.1.4
Binding obligations
this Guarantee and the other Security Documents to which it is a party when executed, will constitute the valid and legally binding obligations of the Guarantor enforceable in accordance with their respective terms;
4.1.5
No conflict with other obligations
the execution and delivery of, the performance of its obligations under, and compliance with the provisions of, this Guarantee and the other Security Documents to which it is a party by the Guarantor will not (i) contravene any existing applicable law, statute, rule or regulation or any judgment, decree or permit to which the Guarantor is subject, (ii) conflict with, or result in any breach of any of the terms of, or constitute a default under, any agreement or other instrument to which the Guarantor is a party or is subject or by which it or any of its property is bound, (iii) contravene or conflict with any provision of the constitutional documents of the Guarantor or (iv) result in the creation or imposition of, or oblige the Guarantor to create, any Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) on any of the undertakings, assets, rights or revenues of the Guarantor;
4.1.6
No default
no Event of Default has occurred;
7



4.1.7
No litigation or judgments
no Proceedings are current, pending or, to the knowledge of the officers of the Guarantor, threatened against the Guarantor or its assets which could have a Material Adverse Effect and there exist no judgments, orders, injunctions which would materially affect the obligations of the Guarantor under the Security Documents to which it is a party;
4.1.8
No filings required
it is not necessary to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any of the Security Documents to which it is a party that they or this Guarantee or any other instrument be notarised, filed, recorded, registered or enrolled in any court, public office or elsewhere in any Pertinent Jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar tax or charge be paid in any Pertinent Jurisdiction on or in relation to any of such Security Documents and each of the Security Documents to which it is a party is in proper form for its enforcement in the courts of each Pertinent Jurisdiction;
4.1.9
Required Authorisations and legal compliance
all Required Authorisations have been obtained or effected or waived by the person requiring the same and, to the extent no waiver exists, are in full force and effect and the Guarantor has in no way contravened any applicable law, statute, rule or regulation (including all such as relate to money laundering);
4.1.10
Choice of law
the choice of English law to govern this Guarantee and the other Security Documents to which it is party and the submission herein by the Guarantor to the jurisdiction of the English courts and performance of associated obligations are valid and binding;
4.1.11
No immunity
neither the Guarantor nor any of its assets is entitled to immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise from any Proceedings whatsoever;
4.1.12
Pari passu
the obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee are direct, general and unconditional obligations ranking at least pani passu with all other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated Indebtedness of the Guarantor except for obligations which are mandatorily preferred by operation of law and not by contract;
4.1.13
Information
all information whatsoever provided by the Guarantor to the Lender in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Guarantee or the Security Documents to which it is a party or otherwise provided hereafter in relation to, or pursuant to this Guarantee or such Security Documents is, or will be, true and accurate in all material respects and not misleading, does or will not omit material facts and all reasonable enquiries have been, or shall have been, made to verify the facts and statements contained therein; there are, or will be, no other facts the omission of which would make any fact or statement therein misleading in any (in the reasonable opinion of the Lender) material respect;
8


4.1.14
No withholding Taxes
no Taxes anywhere are imposed whatsoever by withholding or otherwise on any payment to be made by the Guarantor under this Guarantee or the Security Documents to which it is a party or are imposed on or by virtue of the execution or delivery by the Guarantor of this Guarantee or such Security Documents or any other document or instrument to be executed or delivered under this Guarantee or such Security Documents;
4.1.15
Copies true and complete
Certified Copies of the Underlying Documents delivered or to be delivered to the Lender pursuant to clause 9.1 of the Loan Agreement are, or will when delivered be, true and complete copies or, as the case may be, originals of such documents; and such documents constitute valid and binding obligations of the parties thereto enforceable in accordance with their respective terms and there have been no amendments or variations thereof or defaults thereunder;
4.1.16
Tax returns
the Guarantor has filed all tax and other fiscal returns (if any) which may be required to be filed by any tax authority to which it is subject;
4.1.17
Office
the Guarantor does not have an office in England or the United States of America, save that the Lender acknowledges and agrees that the Guarantor is listed as a public limited company on NASDAQ; and
4.1.18
Environmental Matters
except as may already have been disclosed by the Guarantor in writing to, and acknowledged in writing by, the Lender:

(a)
the Guarantor and, to the best of the Guarantor’s knowledge and belief (having made due enquiry), the other Group Members have complied with the provisions of all Environmental Laws;

(b)
the Guarantor and, to the best of the Guarantor’s knowledge and belief (having made due enquiry), the other Group Members have obtained all Environmental Approvals and are in compliance with all such Environmental Approvals;

(c)
no Environmental Claim has been made or threatened or pending against the Guarantor or, to the best of the Guarantor’s knowledge and belief (having made due enquiry), the other Group Members; and

(d)
there has been no Environmental Incident;
4.1.19
Restricted Persons, unlawful activity

(a)
to the best of its knowledge, none of the shares in the Guarantor are or will be at any time during the Facility Period legally or beneficially owned or controlled by a Restricted Person;
9



(b)
to the best of its knowledge, no Restricted Person has or will have at any time during the Facility Period any legal or beneficial interest of any nature whatsoever in any of the shares of the Guarantor;
4.1.20
Sanctions
(to the best of its knowledge only in respect of an agent) neither the Guarantor nor any director, officer, agent, employee of the Guarantor or any person acting on behalf of the Guarantor, is a Restricted Person nor acts directly or indirectly on behalf of a Restricted Person; and
4.1.21
FATCA
the Guarantor is not a FATCA FFI or a US Tax Obligor.
4.2
Repetition of representations and warranties
On each day throughout the Facility Period the Guarantor shall be deemed to repeat the representations and warranties in clause 4 updated mutatis mutandis as if made with reference to the facts and circumstances existing on such day.
5
UNDERTAKINGS
General
The Guarantor undertakes that, from the date of this Guarantee until the end of the Facility Period, it will:
5.1
Notice of Default and Proceedings
promptly notify the Lender of (a) any Event of Default and of any other circumstances or occurrence which might adversely affect its ability to perform its obligations under this Guarantee and (b) as soon as the same is commenced or threatened, details of any Proceedings involving the Guarantor which could have a Material Adverse Effect on the Guarantor and/or the operation of the Vessel (including, but not limited to any Total Loss of the Vessel or the occurrence of any Environmental Incident) and will from time to time, if so requested by the Lender, confirm to the Lender in writing that, save as otherwise stated in such confirmation, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing unremedied and unwaived and no such Proceedings have been commenced or threatened;
5.2
Authorisation
to the extent a waiver has not been obtained, obtain or cause to be obtained, maintain in full force and effect and comply fully with all Required Authorisations, provide the Lender with Certified Copies of the same and do, or cause to be done, all other acts and things which may from time to time be necessary or desirable under applicable law (whether or not in a Pertinent Jurisdiction) for the continued due performance of all its obligations under this Guarantee;
5.3
Corporate Existence
10


ensure that the Guarantor maintains its corporate existence as a body corporate duly organised and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands;
5.4
Pari passu
ensure that its obligations under this Guarantee shall at all times rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated Indebtedness with the exception of any obligations which are mandatorily pref`erred by law and not by contract;
5.5
Financial statements

(a)
supply to the Lender as soon as become available, but in any event within 180 days after the end of each of its financial years the audited consolidated Annual Financial Statements for that financial year.

(b)
supply to the Lender as soon as become available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each financial half year the unaudited consolidated Semi-Annual Financial Statements for that financial half year.

(c)
procure that each set of Annual Financial Statements and Semi-Annual Financial Statements includes a balance sheet, a profit and loss account and a cashflow statement and that, in addition each set of Annual Financial Statements shall be audited.

(d)
procure that each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to this clause 5.5 shall:

(i)
give a true and fair view of (in the case of Annual Financial Statements for any financial year), or fairly present (in other cases), the financial condition and operations of the Guarantor as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up; and

(ii)
in the case of Annual Financial Statements, not be the subject of any auditor’s adverse qualification having a Material Adverse Effect in its ability to perform its obligations under the relevant Security Documents.
5.6
Provision of further information
provide the Lender, and procure that its Subsidiaries shall provide the Lender, with such financial or other information (including, but not limited to, financial standing, Indebtedness, balance sheet, off-balance sheet commitments, repayment schedules, operating expenses, charter arrangements concerning the Borrower, the Guarantor (including its Subsidiaries), the Group and their respective affairs, activities, financial standing, Indebtedness and operations and the performance of the Vessel as the Lender may from time to time reasonably require save for any information which is confidential in relation to arms-length third parties or is not disclosable by law, convention or regulatory requirements;
5.7
Obligations under this Guarantee
11


duly and punctually perform each of the obligations expressed to be imposed or assumed by it under this Guarantee;
5.8
ISPS Code Compliance
, and will procure that the Manager and/or any Operator will:

(a)
throughout the Facility Period obtain and maintain at all times a valid and current ISSC in respect of the Vessel;

(b)
immediately notify the Lender in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or material modification of the ISSC in respect of the Vessel; and

(c)
procure that the Vessel will comply at all times with the ISPS Code;
5.9
Compliance with Laws and payment of taxes

(a)
comply with all relevant Environmental Laws, laws, statutes and regulations applicable to it and pay all taxes for which it is liable as they fall due; and

(b)
comply in all respects with, and will procure that each Security Party and each other Group Member will comply in all respects with, all Sanctions;
5.10
Sanctions

(a)
not be, and shall procure that any Security Party and other Group Member, or any director, officer, agent, employee or person acting on behalf of the foregoing is not, a Restricted Person and does not act directly or indirectly on behalf of a Restricted Person;

(b)
, and shall procure that each Security Party and each other Group Member shall, not use any revenue or benefit derived from any activity or dealing with a Restricted Person in discharging any obligation due or owing to the Lender;

(c)
procure that no proceeds from any activity or dealing with a Restricted Person are credited to any bank account held with the Lender in its name or in the name of any other member of the Group;

(d)
take, and shall procure that each Security Party and each other Group Member has taken, reasonable measures to ensure compliance with Sanctions;

(e)
, and shall procure that each Security Party and each other Group Member shall, to the extent permitted by law promptly upon becoming aware of them, supply to the Lender details of any claim, action, suit, proceedings or investigation against it with respect to Sanctions by any Sanctions Authority;

(f)
not accept, obtain or receive any goods or services from any Restricted Person, except (without limiting Clause 5.10(b)), to the extent relating to any warranties and/or guarantees given and/or liabilities incurred in respect of an activity or dealing with a Restricted Person by the Borrower,
12


any other Security Party or any other Group Member in accordance with the Loan Agreement;
5.11
FATCA Deduction

(a)
the Guarantor may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and the Guarantor shall not be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction;

(b)
the Guarantor shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction) notify the party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Borrower and the Lender.
5.12
Ownership
ensure that all the shares in the Borrower are legally owned by the Shareholder and ultimately owned and controlled by the Guarantor and are not held on trust for any third party;
5.13
Management
ensure that the Vessel is managed by the Manager at all times;
5.14
No merger or transfer
not without the prior written consent of the Lender, merge or consolidate with any other person or permit any change to the legal or beneficial ownership of its shares from that existing at the Execution Date, save for any change in the ownership of shares of and in the Guarantor occurring in the normal course of business;
5.15
Share capital
not declare or pay any dividends if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a result of such declaration or payment.
5.16
Loans
not without the prior written consent of the Lender, make any loans or grant any credit (save for normal trade credit in the ordinary course of business) to any person or agree to do so;
5.17
Place of business
not without the prior written consent of the Lender, own or operate a place of business situated in the United States of America or England, save that the Lender acknowledges and agrees that the Guarantor is listed as a public limited company on NASDAQ; and
5.18
Shipping activities
at all times remain the ultimate holding company of shipowning companies engaged in shipping activities reasonably acceptable to the Lender.
13


6
BENEFIT OF THIS GUARANTEE
6.1
Benefit and burden
This Guarantee shall be binding upon the Guarantor and its successors in title and shall enure for the benefit of the Lender and its successors in title and its Assignees and Transferees. The Guarantor expressly acknowledges and accepts the provisions of clause 14 of the Loan Agreement and agrees that any person in favour of whom an assignment or a transfer is made in accordance with such clause shall be entitled to the benefit of this Guarantee. For the avoidance of doubt there will be no expense for the Guarantor in connection with an assignment or transfer, as provided in clauses 14.3 and 14.5 of the Loan Agreement.
6.2
Changes in constitution of Lender
Without prejudice to the provisions of clause 6.1, this Guarantee shall remain binding on the Guarantor notwithstanding any change in the constitution of the Lender or the Lender’s absorption in, or amalgamation with, or the acquisition of all or part of its undertaking or assets by, any other person, or any reconstruction or reorganisation of any kind, to the intent that this Guarantee shall remain valid and effective in all respects in favour of any assignee, transferee or other successor in title of the Lender, always in accordance with clause 14 of the Loan Agreement, in the same manner as if such assignee, transferee or other successor in title had been named in this Guarantee as a party instead of, or in addition to, the Lender.
6.3
No assignment by Guarantor
The Guarantor may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under or pursuant to this Guarantee.
6.4
Disclosure of information
The Lender may disclose to a prospective assignee, transferee or to any other person (a “Prospective Assignee”) who may propose entering into contractual relations with the Lender in relation to this Guarantee such information about the Guarantor and/or the other Security Parties as the Lender shall consider appropriate, but only if the Prospective Assignee has first undertaken to the Guarantor to keep secret and confidential and, not without the prior written consent of the Guarantor, disclose to any third party, any of the information, reports or documents to be supplied by the Lender.
7
NOTICES AND OTHER MATTERS
7.1
Notices
7.1.1
Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, every Notice under or in connection with this Guarantee shall be given in English by letter delivered personally and/or sent by post and/or transmitted by fax and/or electronically.
7.1.2
In this clause 7, “Notice” and or “Notices” includes any demand, consent, authorisation, approval, instruction, request, waiver or other communication.
7.2
Address for Notices, effective date of Notices
14


7.2.1
Subject to clause 7.2.2 and clause 7.2.3, Notices to the Guarantor shall be deemed to have been given, and shall take effect, when received in full legible form by the Guarantor at the address and/or fax number appearing below (or at such other address or fax number as the Guarantor may hereafter specify for such purpose to the Lender by Notice in writing):

Address:
4, Messogiou & Evropis Street, 151 24, Maroussi, Greece

Fax:
+30 211 180 40 97

Attn:
Tassos Aslidis/Simos Pariaros

Email:
aha@eurodry.gr/snp@eurodry.gr
7.2.2
Notwithstanding the provisions of clause 7.2.1 or 7.2.5 a Notice given pursuant to clause 2 shall be deemed to have been given and shall take effect when delivered, sent or transmitted by the Lender to the Guarantor to the address or fax number referred to in clause 7.2.1.
7.2.3
Subject to clause 7.2.4, Notices to the Lender shall be deemed to be given, and shall take effect, when received in full legible form by the Lender at the address and/or the fax number appearing below (or at such other address or fax number as the Lender may hereafter specify for such purpose to the Guarantor by notice in writing):

Address
c/o SinoPac Leasing Corp.
5/F., NO. 203 Bade Road, Sec. 2, Taipei 10491, Taiwan, R.O.C.

Fax No.
+886-2-81612452

Attention:
Carol Lin

Email:
carol.cl.lin@sinopac.com
7.2.4
subject to clause 7.2.5, notices to the Lender shall be deemed to be given and shall take effect when received in full legible form by the Lender at its address and/or fax number specified in the definition of “Lender” (or at any other address or fax number as the Lender may hereafter specify for such purpose); and
7.2.5
if under clause 7.2.1 or 7.2.3 any Notice would be deemed to have been given and effective on a day which is not a working day in the place of receipt or is outside normal business hours in the place of receipt, the notice shall be deemed to have been given and to have taken effect at the opening of business on the next working day in such place.
7.3
No implied waivers, remedies cumulative
No failure or delay on the part of the Lender in exercising any right, power, discretion or remedy under or pursuant to this Guarantee nor any actual or alleged course of dealing between the Lender and the Guarantor shall operate as a waiver of, or acquiescence in, any default on the part of the Guarantor, unless expressly agreed to do so in writing by the Lender nor shall any single or partial exercise by the Lender of any right, power, discretion or remedy or the exercise by the Lender of any other right, power, discretion or remedy. The remedies provided in this Guarantee are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.
7.4
English translations
Any certificates, instruments and other documents to be delivered under or supplied in connection with this Guarantee shall be written in English or shall be
15


accompanied by a certified English translation upon which the Lender shall be entitled to rely.
7.5
Expenses
The Guarantor agrees to reimburse the Lender on demand on a full indemnity basis for all legal and other costs, charges and expenses incurred by the Lender in relation to the enforcement of this Guarantee against the Guarantor.
7.6
Partial invalidity
If, at any time, any provision of this Guarantee is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, that provision shall be severed from the remainder and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected or impaired in any way.
7.7
Electronic communication
7.7.1
Any communication to be made by and/or between the Lender and the Guarantor under or in connection with this Guarantee may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if and provided that all such parties:

(i)
notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

(ii)
notify each other of any change to their electronic mail address or any other such information supplied by them.
7.7.2
Any electronic communication made by and/or between the Lender and the Guarantor will be effective only when actually received in readable form.
8
JURISDICTION
8.1
Exclusive jurisdiction
For the benefit of the Lender, and subject to clause 8.4 below, the Guarantor hereby irrevocably agrees that the courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction:
8.1.1
to settle any disputes or other matters whatsoever arising under or in connection with or in any way related to this Guarantee (or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee), and any disputes or other such matters arising in connection with the negotiation, validity, existence or enforceability of this Guarantee or any part thereof, whether the dispute or other matter arises under the laws of England or under the laws of some other country; and
8.1.2
to grant interim remedies, or other provisional or protective relief.
8.2
Submission and service of process
For the purpose of clause 8.1, the Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the jurisdiction of the English courts. Without prejudice to any other mode of service, the Guarantor:
16


8.2.1
irrevocably empowers and appoints Messrs Hill Dickinson Services (London) Ltd at their office for the time being, presently at The Broadgate Tower, 20 Primrose Street, London EC2A 2EW, England, as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with this Guarantee;
8.2.2
agrees to maintain such an agent for service of process in England for so long as any amount is outstanding and/or the Guarantor has any actual or contingent liability arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee;
8.2.3
agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the Guarantor of service of process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned;
8.2.4
without prejudice to the effectiveness of service of process on its agent under sub-clause 8.2.1 but as an alternative method, consents to the service of process relating to any such proceedings by mailing or delivering a copy of the process to its address for the time being applying under clause 7.2 (Notices);
8.2.5
agrees that if the appointment of any person mentioned in sub-clause 8.2.1 above ceases to be effective, the Guarantor shall immediately appoint a further person in England to accept service of process on its behalf in England and, failing such appointment within seven (7) days, the Lender shall thereupon be entitled and is hereby irrevocably authorised by the Guarantor in those circumstances to appoint such person by notice to the Guarantor.
8.3
Forum non conveniens and enforcement abroad
The Guarantor:
8.3.1
waives any right and agrees not to apply to the English court or any other Court in any jurisdiction whatsoever or to stay or strike out proceedings commenced in England on the ground that England is an inappropriate forum and/or that there is another more appropriate forum and/or that proceedings have been or will be commenced in any other jurisdiction in connection with any dispute or other matter and/or related matter falling within clause 8.1, and
8.3.2
agrees that a judgment or order of an English court in a dispute or other matter falling within clause 8.1 shall be conclusive and binding on the Guarantor and may be enforced against it in the courts of any other jurisdiction.
8.4
Right of Lender, but not Guarantor, to bring proceedings in any other jurisdiction
Nothing in this clause 8 limits the right of the Lender to bring proceedings, including third party proceedings, against the Guarantor, or to apply for interim remedies, in connection with this Guarantee in any other court and/or concurrently in more than one jurisdiction. The obtaining by the Lender of judgment in one jurisdiction shall not prevent the Lender from bringing or continuing proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether or not these shall be founded on the same cause of action.
8.5
Enforceability despite invalidity of Guarantee
The jurisdiction agreement contained in this clause 8 shall be severable from the remainder of this Guarantee and shall remain valid, binding and in full force and shall continue to apply notwithstanding this Guarantee, or any part thereof, being held to be avoided and/or rescinded and/or terminated and/or discharged and/or
17


frustrated and/or invalid, unenforceable, illegal, discharged or otherwise of no effect for any reason.
8.6
Effect in relation to claims by and against non-parties
8.6.1
For the purpose of this clause “Foreign Proceedings” shall mean any legal action or other proceeding whatsoever brought or pursued in any jurisdiction other than England, arising out of or in connection with or in any way related to this Guarantee and/or any of the other Security Documents or any assets subject thereto or which would, if brought by the Guarantor against the Lender have been required to be brought in the English courts.
8.6.2
The Guarantor shall not bring or pursue any Foreign Proceedings against the Lender;
8.6.3
If, for any reason whatsoever, the Guarantor brings or pursues against the Lender any Foreign Proceedings, the Guarantor shall indemnify the Lender on demand in respect of any and all claims, losses, damages, demands, causes of action, liabilities, costs and expenses (including but not limited to. legal costs) of whatsoever nature howsoever arising from or in connection with such Foreign Proceedings as the Lender certifies as having been incurred by it;
8.6.4
The Lender and the Guarantor hereby agree and declare that the benefit of this clause 8 shall extend to and may be enforced by, any officer, employee, agent or business associate of the Lender against whom the Guarantor brings a claim in connection howsoever with (i) the Loan Agreement, this Guarantee or any of the other Security Documents or any assets subject thereto or (ii) any action of any kind whatsoever taken by, on behalf of or for the benefit howsoever of the Lender pursuant thereto, or which, if it were brought against the Lender, would fall within the material scope of clause 8.1. In those circumstances this clause 8 shall be read and construed as if references to the Lender were references to such officer, employee, agent or business associate, as the case may be but shall be without prejudice to any potential liability thereof for losses or damages caused to any Security Party by gross negligence or wilful default of such officer, employee, agent or business associate.
9
GOVERNING LAW
This Guarantee and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.
IN WITNESS whereof the parties to this Guarantee have caused this Guarantee to be duly executed as a deed on the date first above written.

18


SIGNED and DELIVERED as a DEED
)
 
by
)
 
for and on behalf of
)

EURODRY LTD.
)

duly authorised pursant to a power of attorney
)
/s/ Stefania Karmiri
dated
)
Stefania Karmiri
   
Attorney in-fact
in presence of:

   
/s/ Ioanna Mitsaki
   
Ioanna Mitsaki
   
Ince
   
Akti Miaouli 47-49
   
Piraeus 185 36 Greece
   
     
EXECUTED
)
 
by: Lin, Chia Heng, Director
)
 
for an on behalf of
)
 
SINOPAC CAPITAL INTERNAITONAL
)
/s/ Lin, Chia-Heng
(HK) LIMITED
)
Authorised Signatory
 
)
 
in presence of:
   
     
     
/s/ Carol Lin
   
Name: Carol Lin
   
Address:
   






19













Exhibit 8.1
List of Subsidiaries

Subsidiary
Country of Incorporation
Pantelis Shipping Corp.
Liberia
Eirini Shipping Ltd.
Liberia
Ultra One Shipping Ltd.
Liberia
Kamsarmax One Shipping Ltd.
Marshall Islands
Kamsarmax Two Shipping Ltd.
Marshall Islands
Areti Shipping Ltd.
Marshall Islands
Light Shipping Ltd.
Marshall Islands

Exhibit 12.1

CERTIFICATION OF THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

I, Aristides J. Pittas, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of EuroDry Ltd. (the “Company”);

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The Company's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have:


a)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;


b)
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;


c)
evaluated the effectiveness of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and


d)
disclosed in this report any change in the Company's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The Company's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company's auditors and the audit committee of the Company's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):


a)
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and


b)
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: April 22, 2021


/s/ Aristides J. Pittas                                         
Aristides J. Pittas
Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 12.2

CERTIFICATION OF THE PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER

I, Anastasios Aslidis, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of EuroDry Ltd. (the “Company”);

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The Company's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have:
 
 
a)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 
b)
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
 
c)
evaluated the effectiveness of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 
d)
disclosed in this report any change in the Company's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The Company's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company's auditors and the audit committee of the Company's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

 
a)
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 
b)
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: April 22, 2021


/s/ Anastasios Aslidis                                           
Anastasios Aslidis
Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 13.1


CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

In connection with this Annual Report of EuroDry Ltd. (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2020 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on or about the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Aristides J. Pittas, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 
(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 
(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

A signed original of this written statement has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the SEC or its staff upon request.

Date: April 22, 2021


/s/ Aristides J. Pittas                                             
Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 13.2

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

In connection with the Annual Report of EuroDry Ltd. (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2020 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on or about the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Anastasios Aslidis, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 
(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 
(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

A signed original of this written statement has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the SEC or its staff upon request.

Date: April 22, 2021


/s/ Anastasios Aslidis                                       
Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 15.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-238235 on Form F-3 of our report dated April 22, 2021, relating to the consolidated financial statements of EuroDry Ltd., appearing in this Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2020.

/s/ Deloitte Certified Public Accountants S.A.
Athens, Greece
April 22, 2021